Docstoc

(Highered)Computer Science 2009 catalog

Document Sample
(Highered)Computer Science 2009 catalog Powered By Docstoc
					M c G R AW - H I L L 2 0 0 9 C A T A L O G

Welcome to McGraw-Hill’s 2009 Computer Science & Electrical Engineering Catalog. Inside this catalog, you will find a wide selection of McGraw-Hill latest academic publications. Apart from those published from the US, we have also included publications from Asia as well as from our subsidiaries in Australia, India and United Kingdom. For the benefit of students, widely adopted textbooks are made available as low-priced McGraw-Hill International Editions (see titles in this catalog tagged with “International Edition”).

EXAMINATION COPY REQUEST
Teaching professionals who wish to consider McGraw-Hill titles for textbook adoption may request for an examination copy for review. To request for a review copy: contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives fax the Examination Copy Request Form email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com submit online at www.mheducation.asia (Note: All requests for examination copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hill reserves the right to refuse any requests that do not relate to teaching).

HOW TO ORDER
McGraw-Hill books and International Editions are easily available through your local bookstores. In case of difficulty in purchasing our publications, please contact the local McGraw-Hill office (see inside back cover) or send your orders to: McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 Tel: (65) 6868 8188 (Customer Service Hotline) Fax: (65) 6862 3354 Email: mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com A NOTE TO LIBRARIANS Please place your orders through your regular local Library Supplier/Contractor. For further assistance, kindly contact your local McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) representative.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is continuously sourcing for quality manuscript for the academic and professional markets in Asia for inclusion in our global publishing program. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email us directly in Singapore at asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com if you are planning to write a book.

MAILING LIST
If you wish to receive up-to-date information on McGraw-Hill’s new publications regularly, please submit your particulars on the mailing list form (see back pages) and return to us by fax or mail.

Your Partner in Test Generation
Imagine being able to create and access your test anywhere, at any time without installing the testing software. Now, with the newest release of EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks, author their own and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.

Features and Functions Test Creation Online Test Management Online Scoring and Reporting EZ Test is designed to make it simple for you to select questions from McGraw-Hill test banks. You can use a single McGraw-Hill test bank, or easily choose questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks. EZ Test supports the use of following question types: True or False Fill In the Blank Yes or No Numeric Response Multiple Choice Matching Check All That Apply Ranking Uses variables to create algorithmic questions for any question type. You can create multiple versions of the same test. You can scramble questions to create different versions of your test. Automated scoring for most of EZ test’s numerous questions types. How do you get it? To learn if it is available with your book, contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representatives or email mghasia_sg@McGraw-Hill.com. Short Answer Survey Essay

a ris .mh h e .c o m

Why ARIS?
McGraw-Hill’s ARIS (Assessment, Review, and Instruction System) is an electronic homework and course management system designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use, straight-out-of-the-box” system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, ARIS is your smart solution. Flexibility
■ ■ ■ ■ Choose pre-built assignments or create your own custom content and assignments. Administer and share course sections with peers, adjuncts, parttimers and TAs. Integrate ARIS with third-party course management systems, including Blackboard/WebCT™. Set Mathematical tolerance standards for accepting alternative versions of a student’s correct answer. (This feature is only applicable to ARIS disciplines that utilize algorithmically generated questions, i.e., Chemistry, Physics and Engineering.) Assign problems, videos, and other learning aids as homework. Provide students with immediate feedback. Know exactly where your students stand with robust gradebook reporting. Save yourself and your students time and stress by enjoying the industry’s most intuitive user interface for electronic homework. Help from our online technical support 24-hours a day, seven days a week.

Power

■ ■ ■

Ease of Use

■ ■

ARIS is available for the subjects in Anatomy & Physiology Astronomy Biology Chemistry Engineering Environmental Science For More Information
■ Contact your local McGraw-Hill Higher Education sales representatives. ■ Visit aris.mhhe.com & click on the technical support tab.

Geography Geology Microbiology Nutrition Physics

w w w. m a t h z o n e . c o m

Why MathZone?
McGraw-Hill’s MathZone is an electronic homework and course management system designed for greater flexibility, power, and ease of use than any other system. Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use, straight-out-of-the-box” system or one you can customize to fit your specific course needs, MathZone is your smart solution. Flexibility
■ ■ ■ ■ Set Mathematical tolerance standards for flexibility in accepting alternative versions of a student’s correct answer. Choose pre-built assignments or create your own custom content and assignments. Use the “Print” feature to create hard-copy versions of algorithmically generated quizzes and tests to hand out in class. Allow students to print algorithmic assignments; work the math at their own pace using pencil and paper; and enter their answers at a later date. Administer and share course sections with peers, adjuncts, parttimers and TAs. Integrate MathZone with third-party course management systems, including Blackboard/WebCT™. Know exactly where your students stand with robust gradebook reporting and individualized, assignable assessment powered by ALEKS®. Assign problems, videos, and other learning aids as homework. Choose algorithmic problems from an entire library of McGraw-Hill titles. Save yourself and your students time and stress by enjoying the industry’s most intuitive user interface for electronic homework. Help from our online technical support 24-hours a day, seven days a week.

■ ■

Power

■

■

Ease of Use

■ ■

MathZone is available for the subjects in Mathematics & Statistics

For More Information
■ Contact your local McGraw-Hill Higher Education sales representatives. ■ Visit www.mathzone.com & click on the technical support tab.

New Version

Anatomy & Physiology REVEALED® Version 2.0
ISBN: 978-007-337807-7 CD-ROM ISBN: 978-007-337807-0 Online

Anatomy &Physiology | REVEALED® Version 2.0 has the following new features:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

System selection menu enables easy switching between systems. Type-in “Google-like” search integrated across all body systems quickly locates information. Separate histology section contains labeled micrographs organized by system. All-new integumentary system module includes skin and fingernail dissections. Expanded skeletal system coverage offers images of individual bones, origin/insertion maps, and joint dissections. Larger viewing area maximizes structure visibility. Color-coded layer tags distinguish system-specific and reference structures. Directional labels clarify dissection views.

Over 100,000 students are using

Anatomy & Physiology | REVEALED®
and recommending it to their friends! To see why, please visit www.aprevealed.com
Anatomy &Physiology | REVEALED® Version 2.0 is a virtual cadaver dissection tool with
animations and quizzes to help students succeed in any of the following courses:
■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Anatomy & Physiology Human Anatomy Human Physiology Human Biology Nursing

■

■

Allied Health (Medical Assisting, Radiology Technician, Surgical Technician, Massage Therapy, Medical Billing, Medical Insurance, Medical Coding) Public Safety (Paramedic & Emergency Medical Technician)

www.blackboard.com

/

www.webct.com

course management systems

Course Management Systems like Blackboard and WebCT offer you another way to integrate digital McGraw-Hill content into your class. McGrawHill Online Learning Center content is formatted to save you hours of computer inputting.

How instructors use it
Load McGraw-Hill content into your platform and you will have a fully populated course online. You can then customize the content to match your syllabus. You will also be able to assign specific exercises, quizzes, or readings to your students. Grades are posetd automatically to let you know how students are doing as a whole, or individually. Built-in communication allows you to conduct live chats, oversee bulletin board topics, and e-mail students who might need more help than others.

How students use it
Students can visit your online course via the Internet to check the coursework you have assigned. The platform will record the students’ progress through your course, which will enable you to see where they are studying most. Self-grading quizzes also indicate exactly where students need further review. The platform’s communicaiton system encourages student collaboration with features such as live chat rooms, asynchronous bulletin boards, or traditional e-mail.

CONTENTS Computer Science ............ 1
Algorithms.............................................................................5 ANSI C..................................................................................6 Artificial Intelligence ..............................................................6 Assembly Languages ...........................................................7 Bioinformatics .....................................................................56 Business Data Communications...........................................7 C ...........................................................................................8 C++ .....................................................................................10 C# .......................................................................................12 Coding and Information Theory ..........................................15 Computer Graphics ............................................................15 Computer Organization ......................................................17 Computer Architecture/Microprocessors ............................ 18 Communication Networks...................................................19 Data Structures/CS2/ Data Structures in Java ................... 21 Data Structures in C ...........................................................22 Data Structures in C++ .......................................................23 Database Systems .............................................................24 Digital Logic/Logic Design ..................................................27 Discrete Mathematics .........................................................30 Distributed Database ..........................................................32 Distributed Systems............................................................33 Introduction to Computer Science/CS1 .............................. 34 Java/CS1 ............................................................................35 LAN.....................................................................................40 Linux ...................................................................................41 Multimedia ..........................................................................42 Network Security ................................................................43 Neural Networks .................................................................47 Numerical Analysis/Scientific Computing ........................... 47 Operating Systems .............................................................54 Other Databases ................................................................55 Other Languages ................................................................55 Other Programming ............................................................57 Parallel Computing/Processing ..........................................58 Programming Languages and Program Design ................. 59 Python/CS1 ........................................................................55 Simulation ...........................................................................60 Software Engineering .........................................................49 Software Project Management ...........................................61 Computer Concepts Brief Computer Concepts ...................................................73 Comprehensive Computer Concepts .................................75 Hardware ............................................................................77 Others .................................................................................77 Software .............................................................................76 ********************

SQL ....................................................................................62 TCP/IP ................................................................................62 Theory of Computation .......................................................63 UML ....................................................................................63 Unix ....................................................................................64 Web Technology .................................................................66

Computer Information Technology.....................69
Application Software Access Brief........................................................................85 Access Complete................................................................85 Access Intro ........................................................................85 Excel Brief ..........................................................................83 Excel Complete ..................................................................83 Excel Intro...........................................................................83 Office Complete ..................................................................80 Office Intro ..........................................................................78 Operating Systems ............................................................89 Other Spreadsheets ...........................................................84 Outlook Intro .......................................................................92 Powerpoint Brief .................................................................87 PowerPoint Complete .........................................................88 Project ................................................................................91 Word Brief...........................................................................82 Word Complete...................................................................82 Word Intro ...........................................................................82

i

CONTENTS Certification...................109
CERTIFICATION: Networking Networking Essentials ......................................................103 Wireless Networking .........................................................104 Server ...............................................................................105 Certification - Career Skills/Certification ........................... 111 Certification - CISCO ........................................................ 112 Certification - CISSP......................................................... 113 Certification - MCDBA....................................................... 114 Certification MCSE ........................................................... 114 Programming Visual Basic ........................................................................93 Visual Studio.Net ................................................................96 Certification - Network+/I-Net+ ......................................... 115 Certification - Security+ .................................................... 116 CompTIA Certification - A+ ............................................... 116 Microsoft Certification MCITP ........................................... 119 Web Programming/Design Java ....................................................................................97 ASP.Net ............................................................................100 Dreamweaver ...................................................................100 XML ..................................................................................100 HTML ................................................................................101 XHTML .............................................................................102 ******************** Oracle ..............................................................................120 Sun Microsystem Certification ..........................................125

Game Design and Development....................................102

********************

Management Information Technology.....................127
Advanced MIS ..................................................................140 Computers in Society / Computer Ethics .......................... 141 Database Management ....................................................134 Database Management (Prof Ref)....................................145 Data Communications / Telecommunications / Office Systems ............................................................ 138 Data Mining ......................................................................144 Decision Support Systems ...............................................139 Enterprise Resource Planning ..........................................143 Introduction to Information Systems .................................129 Management Information Systems ...................................131 Object-Oriented System Analysis & Design ..................... 137 Project Management ........................................................140 System Analysis & Design ................................................136

********************

ii

CONTENTS E-Commerce...................147
Business Process & Re-engineering ................................150 Customer Relations Management ....................................152 Cyberlaw and Ethics .........................................................152 Cyberpreneurship .............................................................152 E-Commerce Cases Book ................................................153 Internet Marketing.............................................................151 Introduction to E-Commerce.............................................149 Logistics & Supply Chain Management (Prof Ref) ........... 158 Knowledge Management ..................................................153 Professional E-Commerce................................................158 Purchasing and Supply Chain Management .................... 153 Risk Management.............................................................152 Strategy ............................................................................152 Technology / Infrastructure .............................................. 149 Design in Electrical Engineering .......................................212 Digital Communications ....................................................201 Digital Integrated Circuits .................................................174 ******************** Digital Logic Design ..........................................................204 Digital Signal Processing ..................................................198 Circuits..............................................................................164 Coding and Information Theory ........................................202 Communications ...............................................................199 Computer Architecture/Microprocessors ..........................210 Computer Networks ..........................................................207 Control Systems ...............................................................178

Electrical Engineering....159
Advanced Electronics .......................................................177 Advanced Systems ...........................................................180 Analog Integrated Circuits ................................................173 Analog OP Amps ..............................................................176

Electricity & Electronics ................................................182 Basic Electricity ............................................................183 Basic Electronics: DC/AC Circuits ................................186 Digital Electronics .........................................................187 Digital Signal Processing ..............................................188 Electronic Communication ............................................188 Electronics Principles ...................................................190 Programmable Logic Controllers ..................................191 Electromagnetics ..............................................................194 Electromagnetics (Advanced)...........................................195 Electronics I: Analog/Digital ..............................................170 Electronics II: Solid-State .................................................175 Solid State/Electronic Materials ....................................176 Electronics III: Optics ........................................................177

Fiber Optics ......................................................................202

High Voltage Engineering .................................................193

iii

CONTENTS

Introduction to Electrical Engg for Non EE Majors .....................................................................163

Local Area Networks.........................................................208

Machinery .........................................................................181 Mechatronics ....................................................................178 Microwaves & Antennas ...................................................195

Neural Networks/Fuzzy Logic ...........................................207 Numerical Methods...........................................................209

Power Electronics .............................................................192 Power Systems.................................................................191 Probability & Random Processes .....................................203 Professional References ..................................................215

Signals & Systems............................................................196 Systems/Controls (Introduction) .......................................180

Telecommunications .........................................................213

VLSI Digital .......................................................................177

********************

Indexes
Author Indexes .................................................................229 Title Indexes .....................................................................217

iv

NEW TITLES
COMPUTER SCIENCE

2010
Programming in Visual C# 2008, 3e Java Programming: From the Ground Up Numerical Methods for Engineers, 6e C for Engineers and Scientists with Companion CD Operating Systems: A Spiral Approach TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 4e Introduction to Logic Design, 3e Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach, 7e Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java, An, 5e

Author
Bradley Bravaco Chapra Cheng Elmasri Forouzan Marcovitz Pressman Wu

ISBN
9780073517216 9780073523354 9780073401065 9780077290467 9780072449815 9780073376042 9780073191645 9780073375977 9780073523309

Page
12 36 47 8 54 62 27 49 35

2009
Object Oriented Programming with C++, 4e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, 2e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design with CD-ROM, 3e Exploring Python Bioinformatics: A Computing Perspective Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 3e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Harley Hahn's Guide to Unix and Linux Software Project Management, 5e [McGraw-Hill UK Title] Web Technologies: TCP/IP, Architecture, and Java Programming, 2e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Embedded Systems, 2e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Data Structures Using C [McGraw-Hill India Title] VHDL Design Oriented Approach, A [McGraw-Hill India Title] Web Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach Artificial Intelligence, 3e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Object-Oriented Design Using Java

Author
Balagurusamy Bose Brown Budd Gopal Gopal Hahn Hughes

ISBN
9780070669079 9780070669017 9780077221430 9780073523378 9780073133645 9780070668805 9780073133614 9780077122799

Page
10 15 27 55 56 29 41,64 61

Kahate Kamal Krishnamoorthy Limaye Pressman Rich Skrien

9780070669055 9780070667648 9780070669192 9780070648258 9780073523293 9780070087705 9780072974164

66 18 22 29 50 6 36

v

NEW TITLES
COMPUTER INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

2010
Advanced Programming Using Visual Basic 2008, 4e Microsoft Office 2007 Brief: A Professional Approach Computing Essentials 2009, Complete Edition, 20e Computing Essentials 2010, Introductory Edition, 20e Office 2007 Windows Vista Version Office 2007 Working with Simnet Using Information Technology, 8e

Author
Bradley Hinkle O'Leary O'Leary O'Leary Triad Interactive Williams

ISBN
9780073517223 9780073519265 9780073516745 9780077270742 9780073519272 9780073516448 9780073516752

Page
93 78 75 73 78 79 73

2009
Programming in Visual Basic 2008, 7e Microsoft Outlook 2007: A Professional Approach

Author
Bradley Nickles

ISBN
9780073517209 9780073373508

Page
94 92

vi

NEW TITLES
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

2010
Annual Editions: Computers in Society 09/10, 15e

Author
De Palma

ISBN
9780073528540

Page
141

2009
Corporate Information Strategy and Management: Text and Cases, 8e Business Driven Information Systems, 2e Business Driven Technology, 3e Essentials of Business Driven Information Systems Information Systems Essentials, 3e Software Project Management, 5e [UK] Management Information Systems, 9e

Author
Applegate Baltzan Baltzan Baltzan Haag Hughes O’Brien

ISBN
9780073402932 9780073376738 9780073376745 9780073376721 9780073376752 9780077122799 9780073376769

Page
140 129,131 131 129 130 140 132

E-COMMERCE

2010
Supply Chain Logistics Management, 3e Supply Management, 8e

Author
Bowersox Burt

ISBN
9780073377872 9780073381459

Page
153 154

2009
Electronic Commerce: Framework, Technologies, and Applications, 3e [India] Matching Supply with Demand: An Introduction to Operations Management, 2e Logistics & Supply Chain Management [UK]

Author
Bhasker Cachon Jonsson

ISBN
9780070264328 9780073525167 9780077117382

Page
149 154 155

vii

NEW TITLES
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

2010
Communication Systems, 5e Numerical Methods for Engineers, 6e Introduction to Logic Design, 3e Electric Motors and Control Systems

Author
Carlson Chapra Marcovitz Petruzella

ISBN
9780073380407 9780073401065 9780073191645 9780073521824

Page
199 209 204 182

2009
Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, 4e Linear Integrated Circuits and OP AMPs (McGraw-Hill India Title) Electrical Machines, 3e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, 2e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design with CD-Rom, 3e Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering Control Systems, 3e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 3e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Embedded Systems, 2e (McGraw-Hill India Title) High Voltage Engineering, 4e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Signals and Systems (McGraw-Hill India Title) Control Systems (McGraw-Hill India Title) Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, 3e (McGraw-Hill India Title)

Author
Alexander Bali Bhattacharya Bose Brown Rizzoni Gopal Gopal Kamal Naidu Rao Srivastava Veerarajan

ISBN
9780077263195 9780070648074 9780070669215 9780070669017 9780077221430 9780073380377 9780070668799 9780070668805 9780070667648 9780070669284 9780070669277 9780070087644 9780070669253

Page
164 165 181 202 204 163 179 205 210 193 196 178 203

viii

Algorithms.............................................................................................................5 ANSI C..................................................................................................................6 Artificial Intelligence ..............................................................................................6 Assembly Languages ...........................................................................................7 Bioinformatics .....................................................................................................56 Business Data Communications...........................................................................7 C ...........................................................................................................................8 C++ .....................................................................................................................10 C# .......................................................................................................................12 Coding and Information Theory ..........................................................................15 Computer Graphics ............................................................................................15 Computer Organization ......................................................................................17 Computer Architecture/Microprocessors ............................................................18 Communication Networks...................................................................................19 Data Structures/CS2/ Data Structures in Java ...................................................21 Data Structures in C ...........................................................................................22 Data Structures in C++ .......................................................................................23 Database Systems .............................................................................................24 Digital Logic/Logic Design ..................................................................................27 Discrete Mathematics .........................................................................................30 Distributed Database ..........................................................................................32 Distributed Systems............................................................................................33 Introduction to Computer Science/CS1 ..............................................................34 Java/CS1 ............................................................................................................35 LAN.....................................................................................................................40 Linux ...................................................................................................................41 Multimedia ..........................................................................................................42 Network Security ................................................................................................43 Neural Networks .................................................................................................47 Numerical Analysis/Scientific Computing ...........................................................47 Operating Systems .............................................................................................54 Other Databases ................................................................................................55 Other Languages ................................................................................................55 Other Programming ............................................................................................57 Parallel Computing/Processing ..........................................................................58 Programming Languages and Program Design .................................................59 Python/CS1 ........................................................................................................55

COMPUTER SCIENCE

1

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Simulation ...........................................................................................................60 Software Engineering .........................................................................................49 Software Project Management ...........................................................................61 SQL ....................................................................................................................62 TCP/IP ................................................................................................................62 Theory of Computation .......................................................................................63 UML ....................................................................................................................63 Unix ....................................................................................................................64 Web Technology .................................................................................................66

2

NEW TITLES
COMPUTER SCIENCE

2010
Programming in Visual C# 2008, 3e Java Programming: From the Ground Up Numerical Methods for Engineers, 6e C for Engineers and Scientists with Companion CD Operating Systems: A Spiral Approach TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 4e Introduction to Logic Design, 3e Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach, 7e Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java, An, 5e

Author
Bradley Bravaco Chapra Cheng Elmasri Forouzan Marcovitz Pressman Wu

ISBN
9780073517216 9780073523354 9780073401065 9780077290467 9780072449815 9780073376042 9780073191645 9780073375977 9780073523309

Page
12 36 47 8 54 62 27 49 35

2009
Object Oriented Programming with C++, 4e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, 2e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design with CD-ROM, 3e Exploring Python Bioinformatics: A Computing Perspective Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 3e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Harley Hahn's Guide to Unix and Linux Software Project Management, 5e [McGraw-Hill UK Title] Web Technologies: TCP/IP, Architecture, and Java Programming, 2e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Embedded Systems, 2e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Data Structures Using C [McGraw-Hill India Title] VHDL Design Oriented Approach, A [McGraw-Hill India Title] Web Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach Artificial Intelligence, 3e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Object-Oriented Design Using Java

Author
Balagurusamy Bose Brown Budd Gopal Gopal Hahn Hughes

ISBN
9780070669079 9780070669017 9780077221430 9780073523378 9780073133645 9780070668805 9780073133614 9780077122799

Page
10 15 27 55 56 29 41,64 61

Kahate Kamal Krishnamoorthy Limaye Pressman Rich Skrien

9780070669055 9780070667648 9780070669192 9780070648258 9780073523293 9780070087705 9780072974164

66 18 22 29 50 6 36

3

NEW TITLES

4

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Algorithms

INTRODUCTION TO THE DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
by R. C. T. Lee, Shian-Shyong Tseng, Ruei-Chuan Chang, and Y. T. Tsai 2005 / 752 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-124346-9

(Asian Publication)

International Edition
ALGORITHMS
by Sanjoy Dasgupta, University of California–San Diego, Christos H. Papadimitriou, University of California–Berkeley, and Umesh Vazirani, University of California–Berkeley 2008 (September 2006) / Softcover / 336 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-352340-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-125975-0 [IE]

Communication network design, VLSI layout and DNA sequence analysis are important and challenging problems that cannot be solved by naïve and straightforward algorithms. Thus, it is critical for a computer scientist to have a good knowledge of algorithm design and analysis. This book presents algorithm design from the viewpoint of strategies. Each strategy is introduced with many algorithms designed under the strategy. Each algorithm is presented with many examples and each example with many figures. In recent years, many approximation algorithms have been developed. Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms presents two important concepts clearly: PTAS and NPO-complete. This book also discusses the concept of NP-completeness before introducing approximation algorithms. Again, this is explained through examples which make sure that the students have a definite idea about this very abstract concept. In addition, this book also has a chapter on on-line algorithms. Each on-line algorithm is introduced by first describing the basic principle behind it. Amortized analysis is a new field in algorithm research. In this book, detailed descriptions are given to introduce this new and difficult-to-understand concept. This book can be used as a textbook by senior undergraduate students or master level graduate students in computer science. CONTENTS Preface. 1 Introduction. 2 The complexity of algorithms and the lower bounds of problems. 3 The greedy method. 4 The divide-and-conquer strategy. 5 Tree searching strategies. 6 Prune-and-search. 7 Dynamic programming. 8 The theory of NP-completeness. 9 Approximation algorithms. 10 Amortized analysis. 11 Randomized algorithms. 12 On-line algorithms. Bibliography. Author index. Subject index.

www.mhhe.com/dasgupta
An alternative to the comprehensive algorithm texts in the market. This text, extensively class-tested over a decade at UC Berkeley and UC San Diego, explains the fundamentals of algorithms in a story line that makes the material enjoyable and easy to digest. Emphasis is placed on understanding the crisp mathematical idea behind each algorithm, in a manner that is intuitive and rigorous without being unduly formal. Features include: The use of boxes to strengthen the narrative: pieces that provide historical context, descriptions of how the algorithms are used in practice, and excursions for the mathematically sophisticated. Carefully chosen advanced topics that can be skipped in a standard one-semester course, but can be covered in an advanced algorithms course or in a more leisurely two-semester sequence. An accessible treatment of linear programming introduces students to one of the greatest achievements in algorithms. An optional chapter on the quantum algorithm for factoring provides a unique peephole into this exciting topic. "Algorithms" is an outstanding undergraduate text, equally informed by the historical roots and contemporary applications of its subject. Like a captivating novel, it is a joy to read. Tim Roughgarden Stanford University CONTENTS 0 Prologue. 1 Algorithms with Numbers. 2 Divide-and-conquer algorithms. 3 Decompositions of graphs. 4 Paths in graphs. 5 Greedy algorithms. 6 Dynamic Programming. 7 Linear Programming and Reductions. 8 NP-complete Problems. 9 Coping with NP-completeness. 10 Quantum Algorithms.

5

COMPUTER SCIENCE

ANSI C

Artificial Intelligence
NEW
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE Third Edition
by Elaine Rich, Microelectronics and Computer Research Center and Kevin Knight, Carnegie-Mellon University

PROGRAMMING IN ANSI C Fourth Edition
by E Balagurusamy, Member,Union Public Commission,Dholpur House, Shahjahan Road,New Delhi 2007 / Softcover / 540 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-064822-7

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/balagurusamy/ansic4e
Code with comments are provided throughout the book to illustrate how the various features of the language are put together to accomplish specified tasks. Case Studies at the end of the chapters illustrate real-life applications using C. Programming Projects discussed in the appendix give insight on how to integrate the various features of C when handling large problems. “Just Remember” section at the end of the chapters lists out helpful hints and possible problem areas. Guidelines for developing efficient C programs are given in the last chapter, together with a list of some mistakes that a less experienced C programmer could make. Two new programming projects on “INVENTORY” and “RECORD ENTRY”. Coverage of new features added to C99 CONTENTS Chapter 1: Overview of C Chapter 2: Constants, Variables, and Data Types Chapter 3: Operators and Expressions Chapter 4: Managing Input and Output Operations Chapter 5: Decision Making and Branching Chapter 6: Decision Making and Looping Chapter 7: Arrays Chapter 8: Character Arrays and Strings Chapter 9: User-defined Functions Chapter 10: Structures and Unions Chapter 11: Pointers Chapter 12: File Management in C Chapter 13: Dynamic Memory Allocation and Linked Lists Chapter 14: The Preprocessor Chapter 15: Developing a C Program: Some Guidelines Appendix I: Bit-level Programming Appendix II: ASCII Values of Characters Appendix III: ANSI C Library Functions Appendix IV: A Phone Book BibliographyIndex

2008 / Softcover / 588 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-008770-5

(McGraw-Hill India Title)
NEW TO THIS EDITION v v v v v The revised edition has four new chapters Fuzzy Logic Systems Genetic Algorithms Artificial Immune Systems PROLOG

v Chapter 1, What is AI, now talks of Stevan Harnad's point of Symbol Grounding v Chapter 15, Natural Language Processing, has a section describing Statistical Approaches to language processing v Chapter 18 on Connectionist Models has an additional section on Kohonen Networks New chapters added signify the recent advancements that have taken place in AI. We have not deleted any chapter, since all of them have relevance to the subject as well as the syllabi that are being followed. CONTENTS Part I: Problems and Search 1. What is Artificial Intelligence? 2. Problems, Problem Spaces, and Search 3. Heuristic Search Techniques Part II: Knowledge Representation 4. Knowledge Representation Issues 5. Using Predicate Logic 6. Representing Knowledge Using Rules 7. Symbolic Reasoning Under Uncertainty 8. Statistical Reasoning 9. Weak Slot-and-Filler Structures 10. Strong Slot-and-Filler Structures 11. Knowledge Representation Summary Part III Advanced Topics 12. Game Playing 13. Planning 14. Understanding 15. Natural Language Processing 16. Parallel and Distributed AI 17. Learning 18. Connectionist Models 19. Common Sense 20. Expert Systems 416 21. Perception and Action

6

COMPUTER SCIENCE
22. Fuzzy Logic Systems 23. Genetic Algorithms: Copying Nature’s Approaches 24. Artificial Immune Systems 25. Prolog—The Natural Language of Artificial Intelligence 26. Conclusion CHAPTER 14: Bios and DOS Interrupts. CHAPTER 15: Color Graphics. CHAPTER 16: Recursion. CHAPTER 17: Advanced Arithmetic. CHAPTER 18: Disk Operations. CHAPTER 19: 80286/80386/80486 Microprocessors and OS/2

International Edition
MACHINE LEARNING
by Tom M Mitchell, Carnegie Mellon University 1997 / 414 pages / hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-042807-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-115467-3 [IE]

Business Data Communications

http://www.cs.cmu.edu/afs/cs.cmu.edu/user/mitchell/ftp/m1book.html
CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Concept Learning and the General-to-Specific Ordering 3 Decision Tree Learning 4 Artificial Neural Networks 5 Evaluating Hypotheses 6 Bayesian Learning 7 Computational Learning Theory 8 Instance-Based Learning 9 Genetic Algorithms 10 Learning Sets of Rules 11 Analytical Learning 12 Combining Inductive and Analytical Learning 13 Reinforcement Learning

International Edition
BUSINESS DATA COMMUNICATIONS
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College 2003 / 736 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-123018-6 [IE with OLC]

www.mhhe.com/forouzan
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction. Chapter 2 Basics. Chapter 3 Data Communication Models. Chapter 4 Data Transmission. Chapter 5 Transmission Media and Channels. Chapter 6 Data Link Control. Chapter 7 Traditional LANs. Chapter 8 High-Speed LANs. Chapter 9 Wireless LANs. Chapter 10 Switching. Chapter 11 Traditional WANs. Chapter 12 High-Speed WANs. Chapter 13 Networking and Internetworking Devices. Chapter 14 TCP/IP Protocol Suite. Chapter 15 Internet Applications

Assembly Languages

International Edition
ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING AND ORGANIZATION OF THE IBM PC
by Ytha Yu and Charles Marut, both of California State University, Hayward 1992 / 512 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-112896-4 [IE] CONTENTS PART ONE: ELEMENTS OF ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING: CHAPTER 1: Microcomputer Systems. CHAPTER 2: Representation of Numbers and Characters. CHAPTER 3: Organization of the IBM Personal Computers. CHAPTER 4: Introduction to IBM PC Assembly Language. CHAPTER 5: The Processor Status and the Flags Register. CHAPTER 6: Flow Control Instructions. CHAPTER 7: Logic, Shift, and Rotate Instructions. CHAPTER 8: The Stack and Introduction to Procedures. CHAPTER 9: Multiplication and Division Instructions. CHAPTER 10: Arrays and Addressing Modes The String Instructions. PART TWO: ADVANCED TOPICS CHAPTER: 11: Text Display and Keyboard Programming. CHAPTER 12: Macros. CHAPTER 13: Memory Management.

7

COMPUTER SCIENCE

C

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING SYSTEMS: From Bits and Gates to C and Beyond Second Edition

NEW
C FOR ENGINEERS AND SCIENTISTS WITH COMPANION CD
by Harry H. Cheng, University Of California Davis 2010 (March 2009) / Softcover / 900 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-729046-7

by Yale N Patt, University of Texas at Austin and Sanjay J Patel, University of Illinois, Champaign 2004 / 656 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-246750-5 (with CD-ROM) ISBN: 978-0-0-07-124501-2 [IE - 2 Color]

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072467509
CONTENTS Part I: 1 Welcome Aboard! 2 Bits, Data Types, and Operations. 3 Digital Logic Structures. 4 The Von Neumann Model. 5 The LC-3. 6 Programming. 7 Assembly Language. 8 I/O. 9 TRAP Routines and Subroutines. 10 And, Finally... Part II: 11 Introduction to Programming in C. 12 Variables and Operators. 13 Control Structures. 14 Functions. 15 Debugging. 16 Recursion. 17 Pointers and Arrays. 18 I/O in C. 19 Data Structures. Appendix A The LC-3 ISA. Appendix B From LC-3 to x86. Appendix C The Microarchitecture of the LC-3. Appendix D The C Programming Language. Appendix E Extending C to C++. Appendix F Useful Tables

www.mhhe.com/cheng
C for Engineers and Scientists is primarily for freshmen college students in the first quarter or semester learning computer programming language in C with new features in C99, and introduction to objectoriented programming in C++, and graphical plotting and numerical computing in C/C++ interpreter Ch and MATLAB® for applications in engineering and science. It can also be used as a supplementary textbook for upper division undergraduate courses and graduate courses which involve graphical plotting and numerical computing such as linear algebra, differential equations, numerical analysis, etc. C for Engineers and Scientists focuses on systematic software design approach in C for applications in Engineering and Science following the latest standard developed by the ANSI C/ISO C Standard Committees called C99 which, made C as a general purpose programming language for scientific computing and resolved many deficiencies of C90 for applications in Engineering. Working with the ANSI C Standard Committee, the author had developed a C/C++ interpreter called Ch, which has received a great reception in the US, Europe and China. Ch contains all MATLAB® features. The book uses Ch as an instructional tool to teach/learn C and C++. Ch presents an interactive computing environment so that the students can focus on improving their problem solving skills. The Ch compiler has been endorsed by the Ministry of Education of China. CONTENTS Part 1: Programming in C Chapter 1 Getting Started Chapter 2 Scalar Types Chapter 3 Operators and Expressions Chapter 4 Statements and Control Flow Chapter 5 Functions Chapter 6 Preprocessing Directives Chapter 7 Storage Classes and Program Structure Chapter 8 Formatted Input and Output Chapter 9 Arrays Chapter 10 Pointers Chapter 11 Characters and Strings Chapter 12 Structures, Enumerations, Unions and Bit Fields Chapter 13 File and Directory Processing Chapter 14 Scientific Computing in the Entire Real Domain Chapter 15 Programming with Complex Numbers Part 2: Introduction to C++ Chapter 16 Some Features in C++ Chapter 17 Classes and Object-Based Programming in C++ Part 3: Introduction to Ch Chapter 18 Getting Started with Ch Chapter 19 Computational Arrays and Matrix Computations Chapter 20 Two and Three-Dimensional Plotting Chapter 21 Advanced Numerical Analysis Part 4: Introduction to MATLAB® Chapter 22 Introduction to MATLAB® Part 5: Introduction to Fortran 90 Chapter 23 Introduction to Fortran

8

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
APPLIED C An Introduction and More
by Alice Fischer and Stephen M Ross, both of the University of New Haven 2000 / 1136 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-021748-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-118459-5 [IE]

International Edition
C PROGRAMMING FOR ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE (B.E.S.T SERIES)
by H H Tan, Morrison Knudsen Corporation, and T.B. D’Orazio 1999 / 600 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-913678-7 (with 3.5” disk) ISBN: 978-0-07-116788-8 [IE with 3.5” Disk]

www.mhhe.com/fischer/
CONTENTS I Introduction. Chapter 1: Computers and Systems. Chapter 2: Programs and Programming. Chapter 3: Fundamental Concepts. II Computation. Chapter 4: Writing Sentences in C. Chapter 5: Using Functions and Libraries. Chapter 6: More Repetition and Decisions. III Basic Data Types. Chapter 7: Integers and Integer Operations. Chapter 8: Real Numbers and Computation. Chapter 9: Program Design. Chapter 10: An Introduction to Arrays. Chapter 11: Character Data and Enumerations. Chapter 12: An Introduction to Pointers. IV Structured Data Types. Chapter 13: Strings. Chapter 14: Structured Types. Chapter 15: Streams and Files. Chapter 16: Simple Array Algorithms Chapter 17: Two Dimensional Arrays. Chapter 18: Calculating with Bits. V Advanced Techniques. Chapter 19: Dynamic Arrays. Chapter 20: Working With Pointers. Chapter 21: Recursion. Chapter 22: Making Programs General. Chapter 23: Modular Organization. VI Appendix. Appendix A: The ASCII Code. Appendix B: The Precedence of Operators in C. Appendix C: The Tools Library. Appendix D: A Simple Makefile For the Tools Library. Appendix E: Advanced Aspects of C Operators. Appendix F: Glossary and Alphabet Soup.

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0079136788
CONTENTS 1 Computers and Computing Fundamentals. 2 Getting Started with C. 3 The Basics of C. 4 Beginning Decision Making and Looping. 5 Functions. 6 Arrays and Index Variables. 7 Character Arrays and Strings. 8 Pointers, Addresses, and Special Variable Types. 9 Introduction to C++

International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PROGRAMMING WITH C Second Edition
by Byron Gottfried, University of Pittsburgh 1996 / 544 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-024035-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-114259-5 [IE] - (Out-of-Print)

(A Schaum's Publication) (International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)
CONTENTS Introductory Concepts. C Fundamentals. Operators and Expressions. Data Input and Output. Preparing and Running a Complete C Program. Control Statements. Functions. Program Structure. Arrays. Pointers. Structure and Unions. Data Files. Low-Level Programming. Some Additional Features of C. Appendices: A: Number Systems. B: Escape Sequences. C: Operator Summary. D: Data Types and Data Conversation Rules. E: The ASCII Character Set. F: Control Statement Summary. G: Commonly used scanf and printf Conversion Characters.

9

COMPUTER SCIENCE

C++
NEW

Appendix H : C++ Proficiency Test Bibliography Index

International Edition
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH C++ Fourth Edition
by E Balagurusamy, Member,Union Public Commission, New Delhi

PROGRAMMING IN C++: LESSONS AND APPLICATIONS
by Tim B. D’Orazio, San Francisco State University 2004 / 976 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-242412-6 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-119453-2 [IE]

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072424125
CONTENTS 1 Computers and Computing Fundamentals. 2 Getting Started - Program Structure, Printing, and Comments. 3 The Basics of C++ - Variables, Arithmetic Operations, Math Functions, Input/Output, Characters, Objects, and Classes. 4 Decision Making. 5 Loops. 6 Functions. 7 One-Dimensional Numeric Arrays. 8 Multi-Dimensional Numeric Arrays, Arrays as Data Members, Arrays of Objects. 9 Strings. 10 The C++ Sring Class. 11 More About Classes, Objects, and Object-Oriented Design. 12 Inheritance, Virtual Functions, and Polymorphism. 13 Data Structures, Recursion, and Other Topics. 14 Templates and the C++ Standard Template Library

2008 / Softcover / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066907-9

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070669074
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Detailed coverage of Object Oriented Systems Development.

v Model C++ Proficiency Test included to strengthen the concepts learnt in the book. v Two new projects added onto main text and two new as part of the OLC v v v v v v v Pedagogy Illustrations: 84 Review Questions: 209 Debugging Exercises: 62 Programming Exercises: 84 Solved Programming Examples: 92 Illustrations: 369

International Edition
A C++ PRIMER FOR ENGINEERS An Object-Oriented Approach
by Kumaraswamy Ponnambalam, University of Waterloo; and Tivley Algvindigve, Chief Software Engineer for Engsoft 1997 / 293 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-115807-7 [IE with 3.5” disk] CONTENTS 1 Problem Solving Using Computers 2 C++ Programming Basics 3 Selections and Repetitions 4 Functions to Aid Modularity 5 Arrays for Grouping Data of Same Type 6 Structures to Group Data 7 Encapsulation of Data and Functions in Classes 8 Inheritance to Aid Reusability 9 Pointers to Aid Efficient Implementation 10 Miscellaneous Topics 11 Java for C++ Programmers

CONTENTS 1. Principles of Object-oriented Programming 2. Beginning with C++ 3. Tokens, Expressions and control Structures 4. Function in C ++ 5. Classes and Objects 6. Constructors and Destructors 7. Operator Overloading and Type Conversions 8. Inneritance: Extending Classes 9. Pointers, Virtual Functions and Polymorphism 10. Managing Console I/O Operations 11. Working with Files 12. Templates 13. Exception Handling 14. Introduction to the Standard Template Library 15. Manipulating Strings 16. New Features of ANSI C++ Standard 17. Object-oriented Systems Development Appendix A : Projects Appendix B : Executing Turbo C++ Appendix C : Executing C++ Under Windows Appendix D : Glossary of ANSI C++ Keywords Appendix E : C++ Operator Precedence Appendix F : Points to Remember Appendix G : Glossary of Important C++ and OOP Terms

10

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
LEARNING C++
by Neill Graham 1991 / 304 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-100849-5 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Elements of C++. 2 Classes and Objects. 3 Arrays, Pointers, and References. 4 Operators and Friends. 5 Inheritance: Derived Classes. 6 Polymorphism: Virtual Functions. 7 Case Study: Event-Driven Simulation. 8 More about C++. Appendixes Chapter 7: Pointers and References. Chapter 8: C-Strings. Chapter 9: Standard C++ Strings. Chapter 10: Classes. Chapter 11: Overloading Operators. Chapter 12: Composition and Inheritance. Chapter 13: Templates and Iterators. Chapter 14: Standard C++ Vectors. Chapter 15: Container Classes. Appendices: A: Character Codes. B: Standard C++ Keywords. C: Standard C++ Operators. D: Standard C++ Container Classes. E: Standard C++ Generic Algorithms. F: The Standard C Library. G: Hexadecimal Numbers. H: References.

HERB SCHILDT'S C++ PROGRAMMING COOKBOOK
by Herbert Schildt 2008 (April 2008) / Softcover / 500 pgs ISBN: 978-0-07-148860-0

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTING WITH C++
by John Hubbard, University of Richmond, Virginia 1998 / 368 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-030868-8

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
In this book, bestselling programming author Herb Schildt provides more than 200 practical, self-contained recipes for experienced C++ programmers. Each chapter contains a series of real-life programming tasks, followed by code solutions and concise but detailed discussions on the technique used. This guide will be essential to every C++ programmer's toolkit. CONTENTS Overview String Handling STL Containers STL Algorithms File Handling Overloading Formatting Data Memory Management Misc

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Introduction to Computing. Logic. Control Structures. Algorithms. Text Processing. Arrays. Data Abstraction. Inheritance. Polymorphism. Containers. Recursion. Mathematical Induction. Sorting. Complexity Analysis. Hash Tables. Linked Lists. Trees. External Structures. Graphs. Simultation. Appendices: A: C++ Syntax. B: Standard C++ Libraries. C: C++ Syntax. D: Logarithms. E: Factorials, Permutations, and Combinations. F: Stirling’s Formula. G: Catalan Numbers. H: Counting Principles. I: Recurrence Relations. J: References.

International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PROGRAMMING WITH C++ Second Edition
by John R Hubbard, University of Richmond, Virginia 2000 / 422 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-135346-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-118372-7 [IE]

(A Schaum's Publication) (International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Elementary C++ Programming. Chapter 2: Fundamental Types. Chapter 3: Selection. Chapter 4: Iteration. Chapter 5: Functions. Chapter 6: Arrays.

11

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
C++ PRIMER FOR NON C PROGRAMMERS
by S Zamir 1995 / 331 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-113398-2 [IE]

C#

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Professional Reference Title)
CONTENTS An Introduction to C++. C++ and Programming Basics. Tokens, Data Types and Operators. Storage Classes and Scope in C++. Functions in C++. Conditional Processing. Arrays. Pointers. Structures. Classes. Scope, Members and Access Specifiers of Classes. Serived Classes. Access Privileges of Members and Derived Classes. Multiple Inheritance. Class Initialization and Deactivation. Virtual Functions and Polymorphism. Virtual Functions and Abstract Classes. Operator Overloading. Turbo C++ Preprocessor Directors. Object-Oriented Analysis. Comparison of Object and Non-Object Oriented Design. Sample Object-Oriented Program Design. Object-Oriented Programs I, II, and III. Learning How to Think. Identifying and Resolving Some Common Design Problems. Glossary. C++ Syntax. OOP Programming Terminology.

NEW
International Edition
PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL C# 2008 Third Edition
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio College, and Anita C. Millspaugh, Mt San Antonio College

2010 (January 2009) / Softcover / 704 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351721-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-017281-4 [IE] Be sharp. Learn C#. Programming in Visual C# 2008 gives you a fresh and easily accessible approach to learning programming concepts using Visual C# for 2008, one of the most pervasive programming languages in the job market today. Best-selling authors Bradley and Millspaugh apply their proven pedagogy, incorporating basic concepts of programming, problem solving, and programming logic and design techniques to teach a mastery of Visual C# at an introductory level. A hands-on approach, Programming in Visual C# 2008 lets you begin programming in the very first chapter. Thought-provoking feedback questions and in-chapter tips are dispersed throughout so students can reflect on a topic introduced and evaluate their understanding of the details. Comprehensive Hands-On Programming Examples found in each chapter reinforce the programming logic and techniques learned in the chapter. NEW TO THIS EDITION v v Author Excellence Hands-on Programming Example

CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction to Programming and Visual C# 2008 1 Chapter 2 User Interface Design 67 Chapter 3 Variables, Constants, and Calculations 107 Chapter 4 Decisions and Conditions 157 Chapter 5 Menus, Common Dialog Boxes, and Methods 217 Chapter 6 Multiform Projects 259 Chapter 7 Lists, Loops, and Printing 293 Chapter 8 Arrays 331 Chapter 9 Web Applications 369 Chapter 10 Database Applications 411 Chapter 11 Data Files 451 Chapter 12 OOP: Creating Object-Oriented Programs 481 Chapter 13 Graphics, Animation, Sound, and Drag-and-Drop 535 Chapter 14 Additional Topics in C# 571 Appendix A Answers to Feedback Questions 613 Appendix B Methods for Working with Dates, Mathematics, and String Operations 627 Appendix C Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the Environment 635 Appendix D Security 653 Glossary 657 Index 668

12

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL C# WITH VISUAL STUDIO TRIAL SOFTWARE Second Edition
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio College 2008 (April 2007) / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-336687-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-126558-4 [IE, with 1 color text]

PROGRAMMING IN C# Second Edition
E Balagurusamy, Member,Union Public Commission,Dholpur House, Shahjahan Road,New Delhi 2007 / Softcover / 540 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066757-0

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/balagurusamy/csharp2e
v Book has been updated with C# version 2005. Validated HTML coding (part of Web 2.0) is used in the examples, which is being generated by the Visual Studio 2005 IDE. v New chapters on ‘Threading’ and ‘Web Based Application and Development of .Net’. v v v v v v Rich in pedagogy - includes Major and mini projects Case studies Sample programs implementing the concepts learnt Review questions and debugging exercises A new chapter on ‘Threading’

www.mhhe.com/csharp2
With Microsoft's recent release of their Visual Development Studio (Visual Studio .Net), a new programming language has been introduced. The new language is C# .Net. Programming in C# .NET has been written by the successful author team of Bradley and Millspaugh, who write our Visual Basic books. Therefore, the book maintains the strong pedagogy that has been used to teach students how to program. This book assumes no prior knowledge of programming and it incorporates basic concepts of programming, problem solving, and programming logic and design techniques to teach students a mastery of C #.Net at an introductory level. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Programming and Visual C# 2005 Chapter 2: User Interface Design Chapter 3: Variables, Constants, and Calculations Chapter 4: Decisions and Conditions Chapter 5: Menus, Common Dialog Boxes, and Methods Chapter 6: Multiform Projects Chapter 7: Lists, Loops, and Printing Chapter 8: Arrays Chapter 9: Programming With Web Forms Chapter 10: Accessing Database Files Chapter 11: Saving Data in Files Chapter 12: OOP: Creating Object-Oriented Programs Chapter 13: Graphics, Animation, Sound, and Drag-and-Drop Chapter 14: Additional Topics in C# Appendix A: Answers to Feedback Questions Appendix B: Methods for Working with Dates, Mathematics, and String Operations Appendix C: Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the Environment Appendix D: .NET Security Glossary Index

v A new chapter on ‘Web based application and development of .Net’ v Two sample programs in each chapter using latest version of C# v v v One case study per chapter 52 new problems/ debugging exercises/ programs 40 new review questions

v Two major projects – Basic IO Example (walk through provided) and Employee Management System - in C# using the latest technology. v Two mini projects - Random Numbers Application and Calculator using all concepts CONTENTS 1. Introducing C# 2. Understanding . NET: The C# Environment 3. Overview of C# 4. Literals, Variables and Data Types 5. Operators and Expressions 6.Decision Making and Branching 7. Decision Making and Looping 8. Methods in C# 9. Handling Arrays 10. Manipulating Strings 11. Structures and Enumerations 12. Classes and Objects 13. Inheritance and Polymorphism 14. Interfaces: Multiple Inheritance 15. Operator Overloading 16. Delegates and Events 17. Managing Console I/O Operations 18. Managing Errors and Exceptions 19. Multithreading in C# 20. Windows and Web-based Application Development on .NET 21. Minor Project 22. Major Project

13

COMPUTER SCIENCE
WINNING RESULTS WITH GOOGLE ADWORDS Second Edition
By Andrew Goodman 2008 (July 2008) / Softcover / 356 pgs ISBN: 978-0-07-149656-8 Ch10. Design Layouts With CSS Ch11. Take Care of Code in the Code View Ch12. Handle Tag Properties Part IV. Manage Information with Tables, Forms, and Frames Ch13. Use Tables in Your Layout Ch14. Define Content Locations with Frames Ch15. Collect Information with Forms Part V. Add Pizzazz with Dynamic Content and Scripts Ch16. Build Consistent Pages with Web Templates Ch17. Use Behaviors for Action and Interaction Ch18. Build Buttons for Action Ch19. Add Layers to Help Lay Out Pages Ch20. Insert Scripts and Code Ch21. Work with ASP.NET pages Part VI. Optimize and Publish your Expressions Web Site Ch22. Make your Site Available to Everyone Ch23. Test and Publish Your Expressions Web Site

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Reach millions of targeted new customers. The AdWords system developed by Google is a sophisticated, well-developed, and wildly popular advertising program based on a hierarchy of search returns on Google's website.This fully updated guide is designed to dispel the confusion within the AdWords system and enable marketing professionals in both small and large businesses to build successful AdWords campaigns to tap this massive resource. CONTENTS Part I: The AdWords Game: How to Play Chapter 1: Reaching Customers Through AdWords: First Principles Chapter 2: AdWords Basics Part II: Intermediate-Level Strategies Chapter 3: Keyword Selection and Bidding: Tapping into Powerful AdWords Features Chapter 4: Writing Winning Ads Part III: Advanced Concepts Chapter 5: Big-Picture Planning and Making the Case to the Boss Chapter 6: Advanced Methodologies & Topics Part IV: Increasing Return on Investment Chapter 7: Tracking Users After they Click Chapter 8: Increasing Conversion Rates Chapter 9: Special Topics Part V: Online Marketing Trends: Where Google Fits in Now and Later Chapter 10: How Big is this Market? The Rapid Rise of Paid Search Chapter 11: How Google Entered the Advertising Market Chapter 12: The Future of Online Targeting

FLEX™ 3: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
By Michele E. Davis and Jon A. Phillips 2008 (March 20080 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-154418-4

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Essential Flex 3 programming skills made easy. This is a complete, self-paced introduction to Flex 3, the powerful new tool for building multimedia-rich, interactive Flash applications for the Web. The book introduces Flex 3 in easy-to-follow modules that allow novices to fully grasp the fundamentals. You will find a wide-range of topics covered, such as working with MXML and ActionScript and creating dashboards, mashups, and emulators. Real-world examples and reusable sample code are included. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Flex Fundamentals Chapter 2: Getting Started Chapter 3: MXML and ActionScript Chapter 4: Working with Flex Builder Chapter 5: States, Transitions, and Behaviors Chapter 6: Modifying your Application's Appearance Chapter 7: Data Access Chapter 8: Debugging Chapter 9: Application Components Appendix A: Answers to Mastery Checks

HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH MICROSOFT® EXPRESSION® WEB
By Donna Baker 2008 (June 2008) / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-154587-7

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Master all the powerful features of Microsoft Expression Web. Here is the perfect how-to guide on the latest release of Microsoft's new professional Web design tool. You will learn to use all the powerful features of Expression Web to build dynamic, standards-based websites that integrate with Expression Studio and Visual Studio technologies. Screenshots along with detailed text explain how to create pages, add interactivity, test for standards-compliance, and publish and manage a website. Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) and XHTML are also covered. CONTENTS Part I. Get Started with Microsoft Expression Web Ch01. Take a Tour of Expression Web Ch02. A Look at Website Basics Ch03. Control Your Web Site Part II. Pull Your Site Together Ch04. Anatomy of a Web Page Ch05. Configure Text On A Page Ch06. Work With Images Ch07. Link Content in Your Site Part III. Style Your Site with Cascading Style Sheets Ch08. Manage CSS Styles in Expression Web Ch09. Create Styles With CSS

GENEALOGY ONLINE Eighth Edition
By Elizabeth Powell Crowe 2008 (February 2008) / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-149931-6

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
The bestselling ancestry research guide--updated with new sites and resources. Using this fully revised, detailed guide, anyone with a computer and an interest in family history can successfully embark on a genealogical research project, locate family roots, and possibly find new family members. Genealogy Online, Eighth Edition explores the vast world of ancestry-related networks, websites, and online services and explains how they all work. You will discover how to organize a search, where to begin, where to go on the Web to find specific types of genealogical information, and how to use online tools effectively and efficiently. Techniques for tracking, organizing, analyzing, and sharing research are included. This expert guide will help you break down the walls that obscure family histories and save time and money in the process.

14

COMPUTER SCIENCE
CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Basics Chapter 2: Software Chapter 3: Genealogy Education Chapter 4: Online Society Chapter 5: Privacy and Law in Genealogy Chapter 6: Search Engines Chapter 7: Chat Chapter 8: Email Resources Chapter 9: Vital Records Chapter 10: Libraries Chapter 11: Genealogy Database Sites Chapter 12: International Genealogy Resources Chapter 13: Ethnic Genealogy Resources Chapter 14: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints Chapter 15: Ellis Island Online Chapter 16: National Genealogical Society Chapter 17: Ancestry.Com and Rootsweb Chapter 18: Everton Publishers Chapter 19: Potpourri: Other Sites that May Help Appendix A: Genealogical Standards Form the NGS Appendix B: How to Find a Certified Genealogist v Space Time Block Codes and Space Time Trellis Codes have been introduced [Ch -7, Sec 7.9] v v Turbo codes have been covered in detail. [Ch – 6, Sec 6.11] Detailed coverage of Trellis Coding Modulation (TCM). (Ch-7)

NEW CONCEPTS: v To introduce the reader to the current research trends some of the new concepts have been introduced in this area. These are: v v Multi Input Multi Output (MIMO) Channels Channel capacity for MIMO systems

CONTENTS 1. Source Coding 2. Channel Capacity and Coding 3. Linear Block Codes for Error Correction 4. Cyclic Codes 5. Bose-Chaudhuri Hocquenghem (BCH) Codes 6. Convolutional Codes 7. Trellis Coded Modulation 8. Cryptography

Coding and Information Theory
NEW
INFORMATION THEORY, CODING AND CRYPTOGRAPHY Second Edition
by Ranjan Bose, Department of Electrical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, New Delhi

Computer Graphics

COMPUTER GRAPHICS
by Amrendra Nath Sinha, Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra, and Arun Dayal Udai, Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra 2007 (April 2007) / 640 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-063437-4

(McGraw-Hill India Title)

www.mhhe.com/ansinha/cg
This book is written for the student who wishes to learn not only the concepts of computer graphics but also its meaningful implementation. It is a comprehensive text on Computer Graphics and is appropriate for an introductory course in the subject. CONTENTS

2008 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-066901-7

(McGraw-Hill India Title) Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070669015
NEW TO THIS EDITION v New! Turbo codes have been covered in detail. (Ch -6)

v New! Detailed coverage of Trellis Coding Modulation (TCM). (Ch-7) v Detailed chapter on Cryptography covering fundamentals, private and public key cryptography, current encryption standards and the latest trends v Physical concept is provided along with moderate mathematical rigor v Theories and definitions explained through well-chosen solved examples and exercise problems. v A telegraphic summary at the end of each chapter

1. Introduction to Computer Graphics 2. Graphics System 3. Output Primitives 4. Two Dimensional Transformations 5. Windowing and Clipping 6. Plane Curves 7 Three Dimensional Concepts and Technique 8. Space Curve 9. Surface Generation 10. Visible Surface Detection 11. Color and Illumination Models 12. Texturing 13. Shading Methods 14. Modeling Concepts and Techniques 15. Animation 16. Introduction to Multimedia Bibliography. Index

15

COMPUTER SCIENCE
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
by ISRD 2006 / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-059361-9

International Edition
COMPUTER GRAPHICS Second Edition
by Steven Harrington, Xerox Corporation, Rochester 1987 / 466 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-100472-5 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title)

www.mhhe.com/isrdcomputergraphics
CONTENTS 1. Computer Graphics Applications 2. Graphic Devices 3. Graphical User Interface 4. Scan Conversion 5. Windows and Clipping 6. 2-D Transformation 7. 3-D Transformation 8. Three Dimensional Perspective Geometry 9. Hidden Surfaces 10. Solid Modeling 11. Advanced Modeling Techniques 12. Cubic Curves 13. Shading and Filtering Techniques 14. Color Models 15. Multimedia and Its Applications 16. Multimedia Building Blocks 17. Overview of OpenGL Appendix A: Matrices and Determinants Appendix B: Vectors Appendix C: Sample Question Papers Index

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING SYSTEMS: From Bits and Gates to C and Beyond Second Edition
by Yale N Patt, University of Texas at Austin and Sanjay J Patel, University of Illinois, Champaign 2004 / 656 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-246750-5 (with CD-ROM) ISBN: 978-0-0-07-124501-2 [IE - 2 Color]

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072467509
CONTENTS Part I: 1 Welcome Aboard! 2 Bits, Data Types, and Operations. 3 Digital Logic Structures. 4 The Von Neumann Model. 5 The LC-3. 6 Programming. 7 Assembly Language. 8 I/O. 9 TRAP Routines and Subroutines. 10 And, Finally... Part II: 11 Introduction to Programming in C. 12 Variables and Operators. 13 Control Structures. 14 Functions. 15 Debugging. 16 Recursion. 17 Pointers and Arrays. 18 I/O in C. 19 Data Structures. Appendix A The LC-3 ISA. Appendix B From LC-3 to x86. Appendix C The Microarchitecture of the LC-3. Appendix D The C Programming Language. Appendix E Extending C to C++. Appendix F Useful Tables

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER GRAPHICS
by N Krishnamurthy, Software Consultant, Singapore 2001 / 352 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-043536-0 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-120704-1 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title)
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Applications. 3 Graphics Mathematics. 4 Input Hardware. 5 Output Hardware. 6 Output Characteristics. 7 Line Drawing Algorithms. 8 Programming. 9 Business and Scientific Graphics. 10 Window and Viewport. 11 Clipping. 12 Modeling Transformations. 13 Transformation Applications. 14 Tools and Techniques. 15 3D Input and Processing. 16 3D Realism and Output. 17 Conclusion. Appendices: A: Coordinate Systems. B: Lines and Curves in 2D. C: Matrix Algebra. D: Lines and Surfaces in 3D. E : References and Resources. F: Captions and Notes on Colour Plates. Index

16

COMPUTER SCIENCE
CORELDRAW® X: THE OFFICIAL GUIDE
by Steve Bain 2008 (March 2008) / Softcover with CDROM ISBN: 978-0-07-154570-9

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COMPUTER GRAPHICS Second Edition
by Roy A Plastock and Zhigang Xiang, New Jersey Institute of Technology 2001 / 347 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-135781-4

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Written by an award-winning CorelDRAW illustrator, this guide explains how to create compelling graphics and vector animations for print and the Web using the latest version of CorelDRAW. You will find hundreds of expert tips and techniques that show how to take full advantage of all the unique features this powerful application has to offer. CorelDRAW: The Official Guide uses screenshots, drawings, and step-by-step explanations to show you how to draw shapes, work with text, add color and effects, create animations, and much more. All of the new and improved capabilities of the software are covered in full detail. The book includes a full-color section showcasing the extraordinary results of various effects, an eight-page tear-out of useful shortcuts, and trial software on CD-ROM. This is a must-have resource for anyone wanting to create stunning artwork with CorelDRAW. CONTENTS PART I: CorelDRAW X Quick Start Guide Ch. 1: Installing and Getting Help Ch. 2: What’s New in DRAW X? Ch.3: Using DRAW X’s Interface Ch.4: Working with DRAW X Files PART II: Getting Started with CorelDRAW X Ch.5: Setting Page and Document Options Ch.6: Setting Rulers, Grids, and Guidelines Ch.7: Viewing Documents Ch.8: Selecting and Manipulating Objects PART III: Working with Object Tools Ch.9: Drawing Basic Shapes Ch.10: Drawing with Line Tools Ch.11: Slicing, Dicing, and Shaping Objects Ch.12: Working with Layers and Object Styles Ch.13: Organizing Drawing Elements PART IV: Working with Text Ch.14: Using Artistic and Paragraph Text Ch.15: Linking Text to Paths and Objects Ch.16: Using Writing Tools PART V: Applying Colors Fills and Outlines Ch.17: Applying Outline Pen Options Ch.18: Working with Color Fills Ch.19: Using Draw’s Color Resources PART VI: Organizing Objects and Applying Effects Ch.20: Applying Envelopes and Distortion Ch.21: Blending and Contouring Ch.22: Demystifying Lenses and Transparency Ch.23: Applying Drop Shadows Ch.24: Working with Powerclipped Objects PART VII: Working in 3D Ch.25: Applying Perspective Ch.26: Creating Vector Extrusions Ch.27: Creating Bitmap Extrusions Ch.28: Working with 3D Models PART VIII: Working with Digital Images Ch.29: Using Digital Image Commands Ch.30: Applying Bitmap Effects Ch.31: Demystifying Bitmap Transparency PART IX: Beyond the basics Ch.32: Printing Your Document Pages Ch.33: Input and Output Filters Ch.34: Draw X and the Web Ch.35: Customizing Draw X Ch.36: Exploring Scripts and VBA PART X: Appendices Appendix A: Glossary of terms Appendix B: Draw X Keyboard shortcuts Appendix C. About the CD

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Introduction. Image Represenation. Scan Conversion. Two-Dimensional Transformations. Two-Dimensional Viewing and Clipping. Three-Dimensional Transformations. Mathematics of Projection. Three-Dimensional viewing and Clipping. Geometric Represenation. Hidden Surfaces. Color and Shading Models. Ray Tracing. Mathematics for Two-Dimensional Computer Graphics. Mathematics for Three-Dimensional Computer Graphics.

Computer Organization

International Edition
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION Fifth Edition
by V. Carl Hamacher, Queens University; Zvonko Vranesic, University of Toronto; and Safwat Zaky, University of Toronto 2002 / 832 pages / hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-232086-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-122624-0 [IE, 2-color text]

www.mhhe.com/hamacher
CONTENTS 1 Basic Structure of Computers. 2 Machine Instructions and Programs. 3 ARM, Motorola, and Intel Instruction Sets. 4 Input/Output Organization. 5 The Memory System. 6 Arithmetic. 7 Basic Processing Unit. 8 Pipelining. 9 Embedded Systems. 10 Computer Peripherals. 11 Processor Families. 12 Large Computer Systems. Appendix A Logic Circuits. Appendix B ARM Instruction Set. Appendix C Motorola 68000Instruction Set. Appendix D Intel IA-32 Instruction Set. Appendix E Character Codes and Number Conversion

17

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATION Third Edition
by John P Hayes, University of Michigan 1998 / 624 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-115997-5 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Computation and Computers. 2 Design Methodology. 3 Processor Design. 4 Datapath Design. 5 Control Design. 6 Memory Organization. 7 System Organization

Computer Architecture/ Microprocessors

NEW
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Architecture, Programming and Design Second Edition
by Raj Kamal, Devi Ahilya University, Indore 2008 / Softcover / 700 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066764-8

McGraw-Hill India Title) Browse http://www.mhhe.com/kamal/emb2
NEW TO THIS EDITION

International Edition
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND LOGIC DESIGN
by Thomas C. Bartee, IDA 1991 / 640 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-112554-3 [IE] CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. Number Systems. 3. Boolean Algebra and Gate Networks. 4. Logic Design. 5. The Arithmetic-Logic Unit. 6. The Memory Element. 7. Input-Output. 8. Buses and Interfaces. 9. The Control Unit. 10. Computer Architecture. 11. Selected Architectures. 12. Logic Circuits Overview.

v Bottom up approach employed, where hardware and software issues have been discussed followed by Case Studies. v Comprehensive coverage of topics like Real Time Operating Systems and 8051 Architecture. v Design process and examples are covered throughout the book. v Practical orientation in presenting the subject, with two chapters on Case Studies (Chapters 11 and 12). v Student friendly pedagogy, detailing concepts that have been covered and ones to be covered, as chapter openers. Pedagogy: v v v v Solved Examples: Over 120 Figures: Over 100 Review Questions: Over 170 Practice Exercises: Over 120

CONTENTS 1. Introduction to The Embedded Systems 2. 8051 And Advanced Processor Architectures, Memory organization, and Real World Interfacing 3. Devices and Communication Buses For Devices Network 4. Device Drivers And Interrupts Servicing Mechanism 5. Programming Concepts And Embedded Programming In C, C++ and Java 6. Program Modeling Concepts In Single And Multiprocessor Systems Software-Development Process 7. Real Time Operating Systems- I: Inter Process Communication And Synchronization Of Processes, Task And Threads 8. Real Time Operating Systems 9. RTOS Programming--I: MicroC/OS-II and VxWorks 10. RTOS PROGRAMMING--II: Windows CE, OSEK, RTLinux and Others 11. Design Examples And Case Studies Of Program Modeling And Programming With Rtos--1 12. Design Examples And Case Studies Of Program Modeling And Programming With RTOS--1 Appendixes

18

COMPUTER SCIENCE
ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS & PERIPHERALS Second Edition
by A K Ray and K M Bhurchandi 2006 / Softcover / 712 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-014062-2 (McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/ray/microprocessors CONTENTS 1. The Processors: 8086/8088 1 2. 8086/8088 Instruction Set and Assembler Directives 3. The Art of Assembly Language Programming with 8086/8088 4. Special Architectural Features and Related Programming 5. Basic Peripherals and Their Interfacing with 8086/88 6. Special Purpose Programmable Peripheral Devices and Their Interfacing 7. DMA, Floppy Disk and CRT Controllers 8. Multimicroprocessor Systems 9. 80286–80287—A Microprocessor with Memory Management and Protection 10 80386–80387 and 80486—The 32 Bit Processors 11. Recent Advances in Microprocessor Architectures— a Journey from Pentium Onwards 12. Introduction to System Software and Operating Systems 13. Microprocessor Based Aluminium Smelter Control 14. Design of a Microprocessor Based Pattern Scanner System 15. Design of an Electronic Weighing Bridge 16. An Introduction to Microcontrollers 8051 and 80196 Appendix A : Instruction Set Summary Appendix B : DOS Function Calls: INT 21H Index

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
by Nick Carter, University of Illinois - Champaign 2002 / Softcover / 304 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-136207-8

(A Schaum's Publication)

Communication Networks

International Edition
DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKING Fourth Edition
By Behrouz A. Forouzan, Deanza College 2007 / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-325032-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-125442-7 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/forouzan
As one of the fastest growing technologies in our culture today, data communications and networking presents a unique challenge for instructors. As both the number and types of students are increasing, it is essential to have a textbook that provides coverage of the latest advances, while presenting the material in a way that is accessible to students with little or no background in the field. Using a bottom-up approach, Data Communications and Networking presents this highly technical subject matter without relying on complex formulas by using a strong pedagogical approach supported by more than 700 figures. Now in its Fourth Edition, this textbook brings the beginning student right the forefront of the latest advances in the field, while presenting the fundamentals in a clear, straightforward manner. Students will find better coverage, improved figures and better explanations on cuttingedge material. The “bottom-up” approach allows instructors to cover the material in one course, rather than having separate courses on data communications and networking. CONTENTS Part 1 Overview of Data Communications and Networking. 1 Introduction 2 Network Models Part 2 Physical Layer 3 Signals 4 Digital Transmission 5 Analog Transmission 6 Multiplexing 7 Transmission Media 8 Circuit Switching and Telephone Network 9 High-Speed Digital Access: DSL, Cable Modems, and SONET Part 3 Data Link Layer 10 Error Detection and Correction 11 Data Link Control and Protocols 12 Point-to-Point Access: PPP 13 Multiple Access 14 Local Area Networks: Ethernet 15 Wireless LANs 16 Connecting LANs, Backbone Networks, and Virtual LANs 17 Cellular Telephone and Satellite Networks 18 Virtual Circuit Switching: Frame Relay and ATM Part 4 Network Layer 19 Host-to-Host Delivery: Internetworking, Addressing, and Routing 20 Network Layer Protocols: ARP, IPv4, ICMP, IPv6, and ICMPv6

International Edition
MODERN PROCESSOR DESIGN Fundamentals of Superscalar Processors
by John P. Shen, Carnegie Mellon University, Mikko Lipasti, University of Wisconsin — Madison 2003 / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-057064-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-124487-9 IE]

www.mhhe.com/shen
CONTENTS 1 Processor Design. 2 Pipelined Processors. 3 Superscalar Organization. 4 Superscalar Techniques. 5 PowerPC 620 Case Study. 6 Intel P6 Micro-architecture. 7 Survey of Superscalar Processors. 8 Advanced Register Dataflow Techniques. 9 Executing Multiple Threads

19

COMPUTER SCIENCE
21 Unicast and Multicast Routing: Routing Protocols Part 5 Transport Layer. 22 Process-to-Process Delivery: UDP and TCP 23 Congestion Control and Quality of Service. Part 6 Application Layer 24 Client-Server Model: Socket Interface 25 Domain Name System (DNS) 26 Electronic Mail (SMTP) and File Transfer (FTP) 27 HTTP and WWW 28 Multimedia Part 7 Security 29 Cryptography 30 Message Security, User Authentication, and Key Management 31 Security Protocols in the Internet Appendix A ASCII Code. Appendix B Numbering Systems and Transformation. Appendix C The OSI Model Appendix D 8B/6T Code. Appendix E Checksum Calculation. Appendix F Structure of a Router. Appendix G ATM LANs. Appendix H Client-Server Programs. Appendix I RFCs. Appendix J UDP and TCP Ports. Appendix K Contact Addresses

International Edition
DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKING
by Achyut S Godbole, CEO of Apar Technologies, Mumbai 2002 / 720 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-047297-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-123110-7 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://www.mhhe.com/godbole/datacommunications
CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Data Communication and Networking. 2. Information Encoding. 3. Analog and Digital Transmission Methods. 4. Modes of Data Transmission and Multiplexing. 5. Transmission Errors: Detection and Correction. 6. Data Compression and Encryption. 7. Transmission Media. 8. Network Topologies, Switching and Routing Algorithms. 9. Networking Protocols and OSI Model. 10. Area Networks (MAN) and Wide Area Networks (WAN). 11. Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN). 12. X.25 Protocol. 13. Frame Relay. 14. Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM). 15. Internetworking Concepts, Devices, Internet Basics, History and Architecture. 16. Ways of Accessing the Internet. 17. TCP/IP Part I: An Introduction to TCP/IP, IP, ARP, RARP, ICMP. 18. TCP/IP Part II (TCP, UDP). 19. TCP-IP Part III (DNS, Email, FTP, TFTP). 20. TCP-IP Part IV (WWW, HTTP, TELNET). 21. Multimedia Communications. Appendix A. Appendix B. Appendix C. Appendix D. Glossary. References

International Edition
COMMUNICATION NETWORK Second Edition
by Alberto Leon-Garcia, University of Toronto and Indra Widjaja 2004 / 848 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-246352-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-125709-1 [IE]

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/007246352X
CONTENTS Preface. 1 Communication Networks and Services. 2 Application and Layered Architectures. 3 Digital Transmission Fundamentals. 4 Transmission Systems and Circuit Switching Networks. 5 ARQ and Flow Control. 6 Local Area Networks and Medium Access Control. 7 Packet-Switching Networks. 8 TCP/IP. 9 ATM Networks. 10 Advanced Network Architectures. 11 Network Security. 12 Multi-Media Information and Networking. Epilogue. Appendixes. A Delay and Loss Performance. B Network Management

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COMPUTER NETWORKING
by Ed Tittel 2002 / Softcover / 304 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-136285-6

(A Schaum's Publication)
Schaum's Outline of Computer Networking introduces the underlying concepts, principles, and terminology of computer networks. Covering the full scope of material taught in computer networking courses, this problem-solved approach presents the different components of a network and shows how these components fit together as well as explaining the varied harmonizing functions needed for the interconnection of many heterogeneous computer networks.

20

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Data Structures/CS2 Data Structures In Java

International Edition
DATA STRUCTURES AND THE JAVA COLLECTIONS FRAMEWORK Second Edition
by William Collins, Lafayette College 2005 / 768 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-302265-9 (with OLC/Bind-In Card) (Out-ofPrint) ISBN: 978-0-07-127401-2 [IE with OLC]

Chapter 12 Priority Queues. Chapter 13 Search Trees. Chapter 14 Maps. Chapter 15 Graphs. Appendix A Selected Answers. Appendix B A Sip of Java. Appendix C Collections. Appendix D Documentation. Appendix E Environments. Appendix F Further Reading. Appendix G Glossary. Index

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF DATA STRUCTURES WITH JAVA Second Revised Edition
by John R. Hubbard, University Of Richmond 2009 (March 2009) / Softcover / 333 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-161161-9

www.mhhe.com/collins
CONTENTS 1 Important Features of Java. 2 Interfaces and Collection Classes. 3 Introduction to Software Engineering. 4 Recursion. 5 Array Lists. 6 Linked Lists. 7 Queues and Stacks. 8 Binary Trees and Binary Search Trees. 9 Balanced Binary Search Trees. 10 Tree maps and Tree sets. 11 Priority Queues. 12 Sorting. 13 Searching and The Hash Classes. 14 Graphs, Trees, and Networks. Appendix 1 Mathematical Background. Appendix 3 The Java Collections Framework

(A Schaum's Publication)
Fortunately for you, there's Schaum's Outlines. More than 40 million students have trusted Schaum's to help them succeed in the classroom and on exams. Schaum's is the key to faster learning and higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essential course information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format. You also get hundreds of examples, solved problems, and practice exercises to test your skills. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Advanced Java Chapter 2. Object-Oriented Programming Chapter 3. Abstract Data Types Chapter 4. Generics in java Chapter 5. Linked Structures Chapter 6. Stacks Chapter 7. Queues Chapter 8. Collections Chapter 9. Lists Chapter 10. Hash Tables Chapter 11. Recursion Chapter 12. Trees Chapter 13. Binary Trees Chapter 14. Search Trees Chapter 15. Heaps and Priority Queues Chapter 16. Sorting Chapter 17. Sets Chapter 18. Graphs

International Edition
JAVA STRUCTURES Data Structures in Java for the Principled Programmer Second Edition
by Duane Bailey, Williams College 2003 / 400 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-112163-7 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/javastructures
CONTENTS Chapter 0 Introduction. Chapter 1 The Object-Oriented Method. Chpater 2 Comments, Conditions, and Assertions. Chapter 3 Vectors. Chapter 4 Design Fundamentals. Chapter 5 Sorting. Chapter 6 The Design Method. Chapter 7 Iterators. Chapter 8 Lists. Chapter 9 Linear Structures. Chapter 10 Ordered Structures. Chapter 11 Binary Trees.

21

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Data Structures In C

STRUCTURING DATA AND BUILDING ALGORITHMS
by Ian Chai, and Jonathon David White 2007 / 448 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-126194-4

(Asian Publication)

NEW
DATA STRUCTURES USING C
by Krishnamoorthy R

The famous mathematician, physicist, theologian, and philosopher Sir Isaac Newton (1642–1727) once wrote, “If I have seen further [than certain other people], it is by standing on the shoulders of giants.” This is very true in computer programming as well. Imagine if all programmers had to rediscover for themselves by trial and error how to solve common problems in programming! It is much better to learn the solutions that other programmers have already discovered and build upon that foundation. This book is about those foundational solutions. It describes how to structure data and build algorithms to solve common programming tasks. Some of these techniques have names that come from ordinary non-computer life – e.g. stacks, queues and sorting – and others have names that might be completely unfamiliar to a new student of programming – e.g. recursion, backtracking and arrays – but they are all standards in the programmer’s tool chest. Occasionally, a new tool is discovered – or at least, refined – and we include one which was just discovered in 1999 – introspective sort. But most of them have been part of the standard programmer’s tool chest for decades. Unlike the majority of textbooks in this field, this book takes a “code first” approach. After a brief introduction of the concepts, a short complete ANSI-C program is presented for students to analyse. A number of questions arising from the code are then posed and answered in the Socratic format. In this way, we hope that the reader will not only become fluent in the concepts but also in the “nuts and bolts” of translating these concepts into functioning, efficient standard C code. Variable pointer diagrams are developed and used extensively to aid understanding of the more complex data structures and their manipulation. CONTENTS Preface. About the Authors. Part 1: Structuring Data. 1 Structuring Data: Variables and Pointers. 2 Structuring Data: Arrays and Records. 3 Structuring Data: Linked Lists. 4 Structuring Data: Trees. 5 Structuring Data: Graphs and Sets. Part 2: Building Algorithms. 6 Building Algorithms: Basic Techniques. 7 Building. Algorithms: Key Concepts. Part 3: Algorithms and Data Structures in Action. 8 Searching. 9 Sorting. 10 NP-hard Problems. Part 4: Theory of Computing. 11 Finite State Automata. 12 Turing Machines. Appendix: Annotated Bibliography. Answers to Problems. Index.

2008 / Softcover / 624 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066919-2

(McGraw-Hill India Title) Browse http://www.mhhe.com/krishnamoorthy/ds
FEATURES v C Language used to implement Data Structures

v Trees explained in two chapters, detailing out concepts on Binary Search Trees and AVL Trees v Special emphasis on Abstract Data Types and their implementation in various Data Structures v Online Learning Center, in the face of none provided by major competing titles PEDAGOGY: v v v v v Review Yourself: 138 MCQs: 127 Programming Exercises: 115 Solved Examples: 104 Illustrations: 247

CONTENTS 1. Data Structures – An Overview 2. Strings And Character Manipulation 3. Stacks 4. Queues 5. Linked Lists 6. Trees 7. Graphs 8. Sorting 9. Searching 10. Search Trees 11. Files Structures

22

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Data Structures In C++

International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF DATA STRUCTURES WITH C++

International Edition
DATA STRUCTURES AND THE STANDARD TEMPLATE LIBRARY
by William Collins, Lafayette College 2003 / 688 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-115097-2 [IE]

by John R Hubbard, University of Richmond 2000 / 407 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-118358-1 [IE]

(A Schaum's Publication) (International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Review of C++. Chapter 2: Pointers and Arrays. Chapter 3: Class. Chapter 4: Recursion. Chapter 5: Stacks. Chapter 6: Queuses. Chapter 7: Lists. Chapters 8: Tables. Chapter 9: Trees. Chapter 10: Binary Trees. Chapter 11: Search Tree. Chapter 12: Heaps and Priority Queues. Appendices. Index.

www.mhhe.com/collins
CONTENTS 1 Important Features in C++. 2 Storage Structures for Container Classes. 3 Introduction to Software Engineering. 4 Introduction to Recursion. 5 Vectors and Deques. 6 Lists. 7 Queues and Stacks. 8 Binary Trees and Binary Search Trees. 9 AVL Trees. 10 Red-Black Trees. 11 Priority Queues. 12 Sorting. 13 Searching and the Hash Classes. 14 Graphs, Trees, and Networks. Appendix 1 Mathematical Background. Appendix 2 The String Class. Appendix 3 Polymorphism

International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PROGRAMMING WITH C++ Second Edition
by John R Hubbard, University of Richmond, Virginia 2000 / 422 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-135346-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-118372-7 [IE]

International Edition
DATA STRUCTURES, ALGORITHMS AND OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
by Gregory L Heileman, University of New Mexico 1996 / 640 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-114322-6 [IE]

(A Schaum's Publication) (International Edition is not for sale in Japan)
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Elementary C++ Programming. Chapter 2: Fundamental Types. Chapter 3: Selection. Chapter 4: Iteration. Chapter 5: Functions. Chapter 6: Arrays. Chapter 7: Pointers and References. Chapter 8: C-Strings. Chapter 9: Standard C++ Strings. Chapter 10: Classes. Chapter 11: Overloading Operators. Chapter 12: Composition and Inheritance. Chapter 13: Templates and Iterators. Chapter 14: Standard C++ Vectors. Chapter 15: Container Classes. Appendices: A: Character Codes. B: Standard C++ Keywords. C: Standard C++ Operators. D: Standard C++ Container Classes. E: Standard C++ Generic Algorithms. F: The Standard C Library. G: Hexadecimal Numbers. H: References.

www.eece.unm.edu/faculty/heileman/oop
CONTENTS Part 1: Fundamentals Background 2 Algorithmics 3 Data Structures and C Programs 4 Object Oriented Programming and C++ Part II: Basic Data Structures 5 Lists 6 Stacks and Queues 7 Binary Search Trees 8 Hashing 9 Priority Queues Part III: Advanced Data Structures 10 Amortized Analysis/ 11 Balanced Search Trees 12 Heaps/ 13 Dynamic Sets with Special Operations 14 Graphs Appendixes A Mathematical Review Sums and Recurrences B Mathematical Review Sets, Counting, and Graphs.

23

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Database Systems

INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEMS
by Stephane Bressan, and Barbara Catania 2005 / 168 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-124650-7

(Asian Publication)

International Edition
DATABASE SYSTEM CONCEPTS Fifth Edition
by Abraham Silberschatz, Yale University and Henry F Korth, Lehigh University and S Sudarshan 2006 / Hardcover / 1,024 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-295886-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-124476-3 [IE]

Most books on databases have the size and content of a book of magic written in the ancient language of Tolkien's Ents. To counter this trend, Introduction to Database Systems is small and concise by design. It aims to provide students, academics and professionals with a rigorous, convenient and economical reference. The book describes the essential concepts pertaining to the design and programming of database applications with relational database management systems. It covers conceptual modelling with the entityrelationship model and logical modelling with the relational model. It also presents the techniques for the normalisation of logical designs based on functional dependencies, i.e. the decomposition into BoyceCodd and third normal forms. Also covered are t-upple and domain relational calculi, as well as relational algebra. This book illustrates the main SQL data definition and data manipulation statements and looks at contemporary approaches to coupling SQL with general purpose programming languages. Introduction to Database Systems concludes with a brief catalogue raisonné of textbooks on databases. CONTENTS Preface. About the Authors. 1 What’s in a Database? 2 Relational Model. 3 Relational Calculus. 4 Relational Algebra. 5 SQL. 6 SQL and Programming Languages. 7 Entity-Relationship Model. 8 Normalisation. 9 Conclusion. References. Index.

www.mhhe.com/silberschatz
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction. Part 1: Relational Databases: Chapter 2 Relational Model. Chapter 3 SQL. Chapter 4 Advanced SQL. Chapter 5 Other Relational Languages. Part 2: Database Design: Chapter 6 The Database Design Process. Chapter 7 Design Using the Entity-Relationship Approach. Chapter 8 Relational-Database Design. Chapter 9 Application Design and Development. Part 3: ObjectBased and Semi-Structured Databases: Chapter 10 Object-Relational Databases. Chapter 11 XML. Part 4: Data Storage and Querying: Chapter 12 Storage and File Structures. Chapter 13 Indexing and Hashing. Chapter 14 Query Processing. Chapter 15 Query Optimization. Chapter 16 Data Mining. Chapter 17 Data Analysis and Information Retrieval. Part 5: Transaction Management: Chapter 18 Transactions. Chapter 19 Concurrency Control. Chapter 20 Recovery System. Part 6: Parallel and Distributed Database Systems: Chapter 21 Database System Architectures. Chapter 22 Distributed Databases. Chapter 23 Parallel Databases. Part 7: Other Topics: Chapter 24 Performance Benchmarks and Tuning. Chapter 25 Advanced Data Types and Applications. Chapter 26 Advanced Transaction Processing. Part 8: Case Studies: Chapter 27 Oracle. Chapter 28 SQL Server. Chapter 29 DB2. Chapter 30 PostgresSQL. Appendix A Network Model. Appendix B Hierarchical Model. Appendix C Advanced Normalization

International Edition
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Third Edition
by Raghu Ramakrishnan, University of Wisconsin - Madison and Johannes Gehrke, University of Wisconsin - Madison 2003 / 928 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-246563-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-123057-5 [IE]

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072465638
CONTENTS Foundations. Chapter 1 Introduction to Database Systems. Chapter 2 The Entity-Relationship Model. Chapter 3 The Relational Model. Chapter 4 Relational Algebra and Calculus. Chapter 5 SQL: Queries, Programming, Triggers. Storage and Indexing. Chapter 6 Overview of File Organizations and Indexes. Chapter 7 Storing Data: Disks and Files. Chapter 8 Tree-Structured Indexing. Chapter 9 Hash-Based Indexing. Query Evaluation.

24

COMPUTER SCIENCE
Chapter 10 Overview of Query Evaluation. Chapter 11 External Sorting. Chapter 12 Evaluation of Relational Operators. Chapter 13 A Typical Relational Query Optimizer. Application Development. Chapter 14 Schema Refinement and Normal Forms. Chapter 15 Physical Database Design and Tuning. Chapter 16 Security. Chapter 17 Database Applications and the Internet: Concepts. Chapter 18 Database Applications and the Internet: Practice. Transaction Management. Chapter 19 Overview of Transaction Management. Chapter 20 Concurrency. Chapter 21 Crash Recovery. Advanced Topics. Chapter 22 Parallel and Distributed Databases. Chapter 23 Data on the Web: XML and XQuery. Chapter 24 Information Retrieval and Database Systems. Chapter 25 Decision Support. Chapter 26 Data Mining. Chapter 27 Object-Database Systems. Chapter 28 Additional Reading Translation Towards the Relational Model. A Design Example: The Logical Phase. Logical Design with Database Design Tools. Normalization. Redundancies and Anomalies. Functional Dependencies. Boyce-Codd Normal Form. Qualities of Decompositions. Third Normal Form. Normalization and the Design Process. Part 3: Database Technology. Technology of a Database Server. Transactions. Concurrency Control. Buffer Management. Reliability Control. Physical Structures. Query Processing and Optimization. Physical Design. Distributed Architectures. Client-Server Architecture. Distributed Databases. Distributed Database Technology. Two-Phase Commit Protocol. Interoperability. Parallelism. Replication Management. Part 4: Evolution of Databases. Object Databases. Object-Oriented Database Systems (OODBMS). OMG Standard Languages: ODL and OQL. Object-Relational Database Systems (ORDBMS). Multimedia Database Systems. Technology Extensions for Object Databases. Active databases. Triggers in Relational Systems. Definitions and Use of Triggers in Oracle. Definitions and Use of Triggers in DB. Advanced Features of Active Rules. Properties of Active Rules. Active Database Applications. Data Warehouses. Architecture. Multi-dimensional Model and Languages. Data Mining. Databases and the World-Wide-Web. Internet and the World-Wide-Web: Basic Concepts. Databases in the World-Wide-Web. CGI and Gateways. Database Tools for Web Applications. Design of Web Sites. Appendices: DB. ORACLE. ACCESS.

International Edition
DATABASE SYSTEMS: CONCEPTS, LANGUAGES, ARCHITECTURES
by Paolo Atzeni, Universita’ di Roma Tre, Stefano Ceri, and Stefano Paraboschi, Politecnico di Milano, and Riccardo Torlone, Universita’ di Roma Tre 1999 / 600 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-709500-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-123435-1 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill UK Title) www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/atzeni
CONTENTS Introduction: Part 1: Relational Databases: The Model and Its Languages. The Relational Model. The Structure of the Relational Model. Integrity Constraints. Discussion. Relational Algebra and Calculus. Relational Algebra. Relational Calculus. Datalog. SQL. Data Definition in SQL. Queries in SQL. Data Manipulation in SQL. Additional Data Definition Features. Access Privileges. SQL and Programming Languages. Part 2: Database Design: Design Methodologies and Models. The Database Design Process. The Entity-Relationship Model. Documentation of E-R Schemes. Conceptual Design. Requirements Collection and Analysis. General Representation Criteria. Design Strategies. Qualities of a Conceptual Schema. A General Methodology for Database Design. A Design Example: The Conceptual Phase. CASE Tools for Database Design. Logical Design. Performance Analysis on Conceptual Schemas. Restructuring E-R Schemas.

25

COMPUTER SCIENCE
SAP® NETWEAVE PORTAL TECHNOLOGY: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Rabi Jay 2008 (June 2008) / Softcover / 832 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154853-3

SAP® PROJECT SYSTEM HANDBOOK
by Kieron Dowling 2008 (February 2008) / Softcover / 400 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154450-4

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This is a practical reference to SAP R/3's Project System Module, which is used in many organizations for both financial and logistical purposes. Written in an easy-to-follow format, the book provides detailed descriptions of features, scenarios, integration, and configuration. You will learn how to use the Project Builder, Planning Board, Easy Cost Planning, and ProMan tools for managing complex projects. This book provides best practices based on the author's vast experience implementing PS across a variety of organizations. CONTENTS Introduction Organization Methods and Styles Features Configuration Tools Technical Information

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
CONTENTS Introduction to SAP NetWeaver Enterprise Portal Portal Building Blocks IT Practices, IT Scenarios and Usage Types SAP Product Availability and Support Scenario and Process Component List Technical Infrastrcuture Design High Availability Scalability Web Infrastructure Planning Portal Installation Post-Installation Performance Analysis Performance Monitoring JVM Performance Analysis HTTP Performance Analysis Performance Tuning Content Administration Iviews and Pages Roles and Worksets Delegated Content and System Administration Delegated User Administration Authorization UME Architecture User Management Tool LDAP Configuration Data Source Configuration Authentification Role Transfer between NetWeaver Portal and SAP Single Sign On Business Packages Portal Branding Configuring the Backend System Logging and Tracing Backup and Restore Transporting Portal Content Portal Security Portal Monitoring NetWeaver Administrator System Landscape Directory Federated Portals

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FUNDAMENTALS OF RELATIONAL DATABASES
by Ramon Mata-Toledo and Pauline Cushman 2001 / 249 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-136188-0

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS An Overview of DBMS and DB Systems Architecture. Relational Database Concepts. An Introduction to SQL. Functional Dependencies. The Normalization Process. Basic Security Issues. The Entity-Relationship Model.

26

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Digital Logic/Logic Design
NEW
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC DESIGN Third Edition
by Alan B. Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic UniversityBoca Raton

5 Designing Combinational Systems 6 Analysis of Sequential Systems 7 The Design of Sequential Systems 8 Solving Larger Sequential Problems 9 Simplification of Sequential Circuits Appendix A Relating the Algebra to the Karnaugh Map Appendix B Answers to Selected Exercises Appendix C Chapter Tests Answers Appendix D Laboratory Experiments Appendix E Complete Examples

NEW
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC WITH VHDL DESIGN WITH CD-ROM Third Edition
by Stephen Brown, University of Toronto, Canada, and Zvonko Vranesic, University of Toronto, Canada

2010 (January 2009) / Hardcover / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-319164-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-016490-1 [IE]

Browse http://www.mhhe.com/marcovitz
Introduction to Logic Design by Alan Marcovitz is intended for the first course in logic design, taken by computer science, computer engineering, and electrical engineering students. As with the previous editions, this edition has a clear presentation of fundamentals and an exceptional collection of examples, solved problems and exercises. The text integrates laboratory experiences, both hardware and computer simulation, while not making them mandatory for following the main flow of the chapters. Design is emphasized throughout, and switching algebra is developed as a tool for analyzing and implementing digital systems. The presentation includes excellent coverage of minimization of combinational circuits, including multiple output ones, using the Karnaugh map and iterated consensus. There are a number of examples of the design of larger systems, both combinational and sequential, using medium scale integrated circuits and programmable logic devices. The third edition features two chapters on sequential systems. The first chapter covers analysis of sequential systems and the second covers design. Complete coverage of the analysis and design of synchronous sequential systems adds to the comprehensive nature of the text. The derivation of state tables from word problems further emphasizes the practical implementation of the material being presented. NEW TO THIS EDITION v All of the K-Map (Karnaugh map) coverage is resented in one chapter (chapter 3) instead of coverage appearing in two chapters. v For the third edition, Chapter 9 will be posted on the website. This allows for additional coverage of other topics without increasing the length of the text. v Additional experiments have been added to Appendix D to allow students the opportunity to perform a variety of experiments. v New Appendix A (Relating the Algebra to the Karnaugh Map) ties algebra coverage and K-Map coverage together. v New problems have been added in Appendix E for both combinatorial and sequential systems which go from word problem to circuit all in one place. CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Combinational Systems 3 The Karnaugh Map 4 Function Minimization Algorithms

2009 (March 2008) ISBN: 978-0-07-722143-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-128428-8 [IE, with CD-Rom]

www.mhhe.com/brownvranesic
Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design teaches the basic design techniques for logic circuits. It emphasizes the synthesis of circuits and explains how circuits are implemented in real chips. Fundamental concepts are illustrated by using small examples, which are easy to understand. Then, a modular approach is used to show how larger circuits are designed. VHDL is used to demonstrate how the basic building blocks and larger systems are defined in a hardware description language, producing designs that can be implemented with modern CAD tools. The book emphasizes CAD through the use of Altera's Quartus II CAD software, a state-of-the-art digital circuit design package. This software produces automatic mapping of designs written in VHDL into Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) and Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs). NEW TO THIS EDITION v Numerous new end-of-chapter problems.

v Addition of a new chapter, Chapter 12 (Computer-Aided Design Tools). CONTENTS Chapter 1: Design Concepts Chapter 2: Introduction to Logic Circuits Chapter 3: Implementation Technology Chapter 4: Optimized Implementation of Logic Functions Chapter 5: Number Representation and Arithmetic Circuits Chapter 6: Combinational-Circuit Building Blocks Chapter 7: Flip-Flops, Registers, Counters, and a Simple Processor Chapter 8: Synchronous Sequential Circuits Chapter 9: Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Chapter 10: Digital System Design Chapter 11: Testing of Logic Circuits Chapter 12: Computer Aided Design Tools Appendix A VHDL Reference

27

COMPUTER SCIENCE
Appendix B Tutorial 1--Using Quartus II CAD Software Appendix C Tutorial 2--Implementing Circuits in Altera Devices Appendix D Tutorial 3--Physical Implementations in a PLD Appendix E Commercial Devices Answers

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC AND COMPUTER DESIGN WITH CD
by Alan B. Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic University-Boca Raton 2008 (February 2007) / Hardcover with disk ISBN: 978-0-07-331417-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-127611-5 [IE, with CD]

International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC WITH VERILOG DESIGN Second Edition
by Stephen Brown, University of Toronto, Canada, and Zvonko Vranesic, University of Toronto, Canada 2008 (May 2007) / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-721164-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-126598-0 [IE, with CD]

www.mhhe.com/marcovitz
Introduction to Logic and Computer Design by Alan Marcovitz takes the successful formula realized in the author’s previous books and makes it even better. With the inclusion of several chapters on computer design, Marcovitz now offers everything a fundamentals-oriented logic design course might include. Further, this new book is supported by an ARIS site - McGraw-Hill's electronic homework management systems -- including 350 algorithmic problems and a host of new media supplements to make both the instructor’s and the student’s tasks easier. As with Marcovitz’s previous books, the clear presentation of concepts and well-paced writing style make Introduction to Logic and Computer Design the ideal companion to any first course in digital logic. Users rave about the book’s extensive set of examples — well integrated into the body of the text and included at the end of each chapter in sections of solved problems — that give students multiple opportunities to understand the topics being presented. CONTENTS 1 Introduction Part I Logic Design 2 Combinational Systems 3 The Karnaugh Map 4 Designing Combinational Systems 5 Analysis of Sequential Systems 6 The Design of Sequential Systems 7 Solving Larger Sequential Problems Part II Computer Design 8 Computer Organization 9 Computer Design Fundamentals 10 The Design of a Central Processing Unit 11 Beyond the Central Processing Unit

www.mhhe.com/brown
Fundamentals of Digital Logic With Verilog Design teaches the basic design techniques for logic circuits. It emphasizes the synthesis of circuits and explains how circuits are implemented in real chips. Fundamental concepts are illustrated by using small examples. Use of CAD software is well integrated into the book. A CD-ROM that contains Altera's MAX+plusII CAD software comes free with every copy of the text. The CAD software provides automatic mapping of a design written in Verilog into Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) and Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs). Students will be able to try, firsthand, the book's Verilog examples (over 140) and homework problems. Engineers use MAX+plusII for designing, simulating, testing and implementing logic circuits. The version included with this text supports all major features of the commercial product and comes with a compiler for the IEEE standard Verilog language. Students will be able to: v v v enter a design into the CAD system compile the design into a selected device simulate the functionality and timing of the resulting circuit

v implement the designs in actual devices (using the school's laboratory facilities) Verilog is a complex language, so it is introduced gradually in the book. Each Verilog feature is presented as it becomes pertinent for the circuits being discussed. To teach the student to use the MAX+plusII, the book includes three tutorials. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Design Concepts Chapter 2 Introduction to Logic Circuits Chapter 3 Implementation Technology Chapter 4 Optimized Implementation of Logic Functions Chapter 5 Number Representation and Arithmetic Circuits Chapter 6 Combinational-Circuit Building Blocks Chapter 7 Flip-Flop, Registers, Counters, and a Simple Processor Chapter 8 Synchronous Sequential Circuits Chapter 9 Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Chapter 10 Digital System Design Chapter 11 Testing of Logic Circuits Chapter 12 Computer Aided Design Tools Appendix A Verilog Reference Appendix B Tutorial 1-Using Quartus II CAD Software Appendix C Tutorial 2-Implementing Circuits in Altera Devices Appendix D Tutorial 3-Physical Implementation in a FPGA Appendix E Commercial Devices Answers Index

28

COMPUTER SCIENCE

NEW
DIGITAL CONTROL AND STATE VARIABLE METHODS Third Edition
by M Gopal

NEW
A VHDL DESIGN ORIENTED APPROACH
by Limaye S S

2008 / Softcover / 800 pages MHID: 978-0-07-066880-5

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/gopal/dc3e
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Modular presentation of digital control, state variable methods and nonlinear systems. v Includes state variable analysis and design methods for continuous-time and discrete time systems. v Detailed discussion of nonlinear systems both conventional and intelligent v v Presents up-to-date treatment of digital control systems. New! Chapter on nonlinear control structures. (chapter 10)

2008 / Softcover / 324 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-064825-8

(McGraw-Hill India Title) Browse http://www.mhhe.com/limaye/vhdl
FEATURES v Based on the latest IEEE Std 1076-1993. IEEE libraries have been given sufficient coverage. v Data flow description is discussed using examples of Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Priority Encoder and Barrel Shifter with Synthesis Effects. v Separate chapter on Writing Test Benches.

v Discussion on designing of a 16-Bit RISC Microcomputer included. v v Guide to implement projects using Xilinx ISE. Tutorial on Modelsim Simulator provided.

v New! In-depth coverage of optimal control in the light of Lyapunov stability and Lyapunov function (chapter -8) CONTENTS Digital Control: Principles and Design in Transform Domain 1. Introduction 2. Signal Processing in Digital Control 3. Models of Digital Control Devices and Systems 4. Design of Digital Control Algorithms State Variable Methods in Automatic Control: Continuous-Time and Sampled-Data Systems 5. Control System Analysis using state variable methods 6. State variable Analysis of Digital Control System 7. Pole-Placement Design and State Observers 8. The Concept of Lyapunov Stability and Lyapunov Function Approach to Optimal Control. Nonlinear Control Systems: Conventional and Intelligent 9. Nonlinear Systems Analysis 10. Non-linear control structure 11. Neural Networks 12. Fuzzy logic models

v Facilitates better comprehension with numerous Review Questions, Programming Exercises, and Debugging Exercises. PEDALOGICAL FEATURES v v v v v Illustrations: 78 Review Questions: 57 Programming Exercises: 43 Debugging Exercises: 29 Answers to Selected Problems

v Numerous examples and exercises of synthesizable code are provided, which can be run in a lab. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 2: Language fundamentals Chapter 3: Behavioral and RTL style of description Chapter 4: Dataflow style of description Chapter 5: Structural style of description Chapter 6: Writing test benches Chapter 7: Design examples Chapter 8: Synthesis with XILINX ISE Appendices: Appendix A: Design of 16-bit RISC microcomputer Appendix B: VHDL syntax Appendix C: STD package functions Appendix D: IEEE library functions

29

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND DESIGN WITH CD-ROM
by Donald Givone, SUNY- Buffalo 2003 / 832 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-255132-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-123005-6 [IE] Appendix F: Std_logic_arith Package Appendix G: Std_logic_signed Appendix H: Std_logic_unsigned Appendix I: Math_real Package Index

www.mhhe.com/givone
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Number Systems, Arithmetic, and Codes. 3 Boolean Algebra and Combinational Networks. 4 Simplification of Boolean Expressions. 5 Logic Design with MSI Components and Programmable Logic Devices. 6 Flip-Flops and Simple Flip-Flop Applications. 7 Synchronous Sequential Networks. 8 Algorithmic State Machines. 9 Asnynchronous Sequential Networks. Appendix A: Digital Circuits. Appendix B: TBD

Discrete Mathematics

International Edition
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS Sixth Edition
by Kenneth H. Rosen, AT&T Bell Laboratories 2007 / 896 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-322972-0 (with Mathzone) ISBN: 978-0-07-124474-9 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/rosen

International Edition
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND LOGIC DESIGN
by Thomas C. Bartee, IDA 1991 / 640 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-112554-3 [IE]

Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Sixth Edition, is intended for one- or two-term introductory discrete mathematics courses taken by students from a wide variety of majors, including computer science, mathematics, and engineering. This renowned best-selling text, which has been used at over 500 institutions around the world, gives a focused introduction to the primary themes in a discrete mathematics course and demonstrates the relevance and practicality of discrete mathematics to a wide a wide variety of real-world applications…from computer science to data networking, to psychology, to chemistry, to engineering, to linguistics, to biology, to business, and to many other important fields. CONTENTS

VHDL: MODULAR DESIGN AND SYNTHESIS OF CORES AND SYSTEMS Third Edition
by Zainalabedin Navabi, Northeastern University 2007 / Hardcover with CDROM / 531 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-147545-7

(A Professional Reference Title)
CONTENTS Preface Introduction Acknowledgments Chapter 1: Digital System Design Automation with VHDL Chapter 2: RTL with VHDL Chapter 3: VHDL Constructs for Structure and Hierarchy Descriptions Chapter 4: Concurrent Constructs for RT Level Descriptions Chapter 5: Sequential Constructs for RT Level Descriptions Chapter 6: VHDL Language Utilities and Packages Chapter 7: VHDL Signal Model Chapter 8: Hardware Cores and Models Chapter 9: Core Design and Testability Chapter 10: Design, Test and Application of a Processor Core Appendix A: Vhdl Keywords Appendix B: Vhdl Language Grammar Appendix C: Vhdl Standard Packages Appendix D: Std_logic_1164 Package Appendix E: Std_logic_textio Package

Preface. The MathZone Companion Website To the Student. 1 The Foundations: Logic and Proofs. 1.1 Propositional Logic 1.2 Propositional Equivalences 1.3 Predicates and Quantifiers 1.4 Nested Quantifiers 1.5 Rules of Inference 1.6 Introduction to Proofs 1.7 Proof Methods and Strategy End-of-Chapter Material 2 Basic Structures: Sets, Functions, Sequences and Sums 2.1 Sets 2.2 Set Operations 2.3 Functions 2.4 Sequences and Summations End-of-Chapter Material 3 The Fundamentals: Algorithms, the Integers, and Matrices 3.1 Algorithms 3.2 The Growth of Functions 3.3 Complexity of Algorithms 3.4 The Integers and Division 3.5 Integers and Algorithms 3.6 Applications of Number Theory 3.7 Matrices End-of-Chapter Material 4 Induction and Recursion 4.1 Mathematical Induction 4.2 Strong Induction and Well-Ordering 4.3 Recursive Definitions and Structural Induction

30

COMPUTER SCIENCE
4.4 Recursive Algorithms 4.5 Program Correctness End-of-Chapter Material 5 Counting 5.1 The Basics of Counting 5.2 The Pigeonhole Principle 5.3 Permutations and Combinations 5.4 Binomial Coefficients 5.5 Generalized Permutations and Combinations 5.6 Generating Permutations and Combinations End-of-Chapter Material 6 Discrete Probability 6.1 An Introduction to Discrete Probability 6.2 Probability Theory 6.3 Bayes’ Theorem 6.4 Expected Value and Variance End-of-Chapter Material 7 Advanced Counting Techniques 7.1 Recurrence Relations 7.2 Solving Recurrence Relations 7.3 Divide-and-Conquer Algorithms and Recurrence Relations 7.4 Generating Functions 7.5 Inclusion-Exclusion 7.6 Applications of Inclusion-Exclusion End-of-Chapter Material 8 Relations 8.1 Relations and Their Properties 8.2 n-ary Relations and Their Applications 8.3 Representing Relations 8.4 Closures of Relations 8.5 Equivalence Relations 8.6 Partial Orderings End-of-Chapter Material 9 Graphs 9.1 Graph Terminology and Models 9.2 Special Graphs 9.3 Representing Graphs and Graph Isomorphism 9.4 Connectivity 9.5 Euler and Hamilton Paths 9.6 Shortest-Path Problems 9.7 Planar Graphs 9.8 Graph Coloring End-of-Chapter Material 10 Trees 10.1 Introduction to Trees 10.2 Applications of Trees 10.3 Tree Traversal 10.4 Spanning Trees 10.5 Minimum Spanning Trees End-of-Chapter Material 11 Boolean Algebra 11.1 Boolean Functions 11.2 Representing Boolean Functions 11.3 Logic Gates 11.4 Minimization of Circuits End-of-Chapter Material 12 Modeling Computation. 12.1 Languages and Grammars. 12.2 Finite-State Machines with Output. 12.3 Finite-State Machines with No Output. 12.4 Language Recognition. 12.5 Turing Machines. End-of-Chapter Material. Appendixes. A.1 Axioms for Real Numbers and Integers. A.2 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions. A.3 Pseudocode. Suggested Readings. Answers to Odd-Numbered Exercises. Photo Credits. Index of Biographies. Index

International Edition
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS BY EXAMPLE
by Andrew Simpson, Oxford Brookes 2002 / 450pages ISBN: 978-0-07-709840-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-122914-2 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill UK Title)
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Numbers. 3 Propositional logic. 4 Set theory. 5 Boolean algebra. 6 Typed set theory. 7 Predicate logic. 8 Relations. 9 Functions. 10 Sequences. 11 Induction. 12 Graph theory. 13 Combinatorics. 14 Modelling. 15 Analysis

International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ESSENTIAL COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
by Seymour Lipschutz, Temple University 1982 / 256 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-037990-9 ISBN: 978-0-07-099132-3 [IE]

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Binary Number System. Computer Codes. Computer Arithmetic. Logic. Flowcharts. Sets and Relations. Boolean Algebra, Logic Gates. Simplifying Logic Circuits, Karnaugh Maps. Vectors, Matrices, Subscripted Variables. Linear Equations. Combinatorics. Probability. Statistics, Random Variables. Graph Theory. Trees, Directed Graphs, Machines.

31

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Distributed Database

MICROSOFT® SQL SERVER™ 2008: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE Fourth Edition
by Dusan Petkovic, Polytechnic, Rosenheim, Germany 2009 (July 2008) / Softcover / 600 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-154638-6 / MHID: 0-07-154638-3

MICROSOFT® SQL SERVER™ 2005 HIGH AVAILABILITY WITH CLUSTERING & DATABASE MIRRORING
by Michael Otey 2009 (May 2009) / Softcover / 350 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149813-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Completely revised from the ground up, the new edition of this popular beginner’s guide covers the latest version of Microsoft SQL Server. You will get a rigorous introduction to all of the new and improved features, including the administration, development, and Business Intelligence tools. This is the ideal resource for serious database novices, or anyone upgrading from the previous version of the software. CONTENTS Part I: Basic Concepts Chapter 1 Database Systems and SQL Server Chapter 2 SQL Server Workbench Part II: Transact-SQL Language Chapter 3 SQL Components Chapter 4 Data Definition Language Chapter 5 Simple Queries Chapter 6 Complex Queries Chapter 7 Modification of a Table's Content Chapter 8 SQL Extensions and Stored Procedures Chapter 9 Indices and Query Optimization Chapter 10 Views Chapter 11 Systems Catalog Chapter 12 SQL Server Security Chapter 13 Triggers Chapter 14 Transactions Chapter 15 SQL Server System Enviornment Part III: System Administration Chapter 16 Overview of System Administration Chapter 17 Planning and Installing SQL Server Chapter 18 Managing Database and Database Files Chapter 19 Managing Security Chapter 20 Backup and Recovery Chapter 21 Data Transfer Chapter 22 Automating System Administration Tasks Chapter 23 Troubleshooting SQL Server Chapter 24 Performance and Tuning Chapter 25 Data Partitioning Chapter 26 Data Replication Part IV: Business Intelligence Chapter 27 Data Warehousing--An Introduction Chapter 28 Microsoft Analysis Services Chapter 29 Reporting Services Chapter 30 Client Components for Analysis Services Part V: XML Chapter 31 XML Support Chapter 32 SQL Server Full-Text Appendix A Solutions

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Featuring practical management procedures and realistic case studies, this new volume details the latest database and server failure prevention techniques for SQL Server 2005. You will learn practical steps to ensure zero database loss, avoid system downtime, and provide instant data backups. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 The Windows Server Clustering Architecture Chapter 3 Setting up a Windows Server Cluster Chapter 4 Installing SQL Server 2005 on a cluster Chapter 5 Installing Analysis Services on a cluster Chapter 6 Creating Cluster-aware Database Applications Chapter 7 Managing SQL Server Clusters Chapter 8 SQL Server 2005 Database Mirroring Architecture Chapter 9 Setting up SQL Server Database Mirroring for High Availability Chapter 10 Managing Database Mirroring Chapter 11 Comparing Clustering and Database Mirroring

MICROSOFT® SQL SEVER ™ 2008 NEW FEATURES Second Edition
by Michael Otey 2009 (January 2009) / Softcover / 300 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154640-9

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This book offers full details on all the innovative features and benefits available in SQL Server 2008. You will get a comprehensive overview of the new and improved enterprise data management capabilities, developer functions, Business Intelligence tools, and security enhancements. This is the perfect guide for decision-makers, developers, and DBAs preparing for upgrades or migration. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Database Architecture & Storage Engineer Features Chapter 2 Database Administration and Development Tools Chapter 3 Availability and Recovery Features Chapter 4 Programmability Features Chapter 5 Notification Services Chapter 6 SQL Server Service Broker Chapter 7 XML Integration Chapter 8 Reporting Services Chapter 9 Integration Services Chapter 10 Analysis Services Chapter 11 Installation and Upgrading

32

COMPUTER SCIENCE
MICROSOFT® SQL SERVER™ 2008 REPORTING SERVICES Third Edition
by Brian Larson 2008 (June 2008) / Softcover / 766 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154808-3

Distributed Systems

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This hands-on guide explains how to create, manage, and deliver traditional and interactive reports with SQL Server 2008 Reporting Services. You will find fully up-to-date coverage of all of the new and improved features available in this powerful server-based reporting solution. Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Reporting Services covers the entire report-building and distribution process, including data extraction, integration with desktop and Web applications, and end-user access. Filled with more than 60 practical, reusable report and code samples, this book helps you improve business decision-making in the organization by getting the right information to the right people at the right time. CONTENTS Let's Start at the Very Beginning Putting the Pieces in Place: Installing Reporting Services DB 101: Database Basics A Visit to Emerald City: The Report Wizard Removing the Training Wheels: Building Basic Reports Graphic Expression: Using Charts and Images in Reports Kicking It Up a Notch: Intermediate Reporting Beyond Wow: Advanced Reporting A Leading Exporter: Exporting Reports to Other Rendering Formats How Did We Ever Manage Without You?:The Report Manager Delivering the Goods: Report Delivery Extending Outside the Box: Customizing Reporting Services

International Edition
DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS
by William Buchanan, School of Computer, Napier University 2001 / 580 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-709583-3 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-122702-5 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill UK Title) www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/buchanan
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Distributed System Elements. 3 Distributed Processing. 4 Distributed File Systems. 5 Networking Elements. 6 Ethernet Networks. 7 TCP/IP. 8 HTTP. 9 Electronic Mail. 10 World Wide Web. 11 Intranets. 12 Internet Routing Protocols. 13 SNMP, Wins and DHCP. 14 Data Encryption Principles. 15 Security. 16 Proxies, Firewalls and Routers. 17 Authentication. 18 Internet Security. 19 LANs/WANs. 20 Network Modelling. 21 Operating Systems. 22 CORBA/DCOM.

33

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Introduction To Computer Science/CSI

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
by Paul Tymann, Rochester Inst Of Technology, Carl Reynolds, Rochester Inst Of Technology 2008 (January 2008) / Softcover / 384 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-146051-4

(A Schaum's Publication)

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING SYSTEMS: From Bits and Gates to C and Beyond Second Edition
by Yale N Patt, University of Texas at Austin and Sanjay J Patel, University of Illinois, Champaign 2004 / 656 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-246750-5 (with CD-ROM) ISBN: 978-0-0-07-124501-2 [IE - 2 Color]

Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Computer Science provides a concise overview of the theoretical foundation of computer science. It also includes focused review of object-oriented programming using Java. CONTENTS Introduction to Computer Science Definition Algorithms A Brief History Lesson A Roadmap Algorithms What are they, what are they good for? Developing an algorithm Efficiency Formal models of computation Hardware Binary and other number systems Boolean Logic Gates Computer Organization The VonNeumann Model Control Unit Registers ALU Memory Software Languages Compiled, interpreted Virtual machines OOP, Scripting Programming in Java Types, operators, identifiers Classes, objects Basic control structures Methods Operating Systems What are they? Multi-tasking, multi-user Scheduling Networking Basic Concepts The Internet TCP/IP The world wide web Social Issues Privacy Viruses Hacking Encryption Can computers kill?

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072467509
CONTENTS Part I: 1 Welcome Aboard! 2 Bits, Data Types, and Operations. 3 Digital Logic Structures. 4 The Von Neumann Model. 5 The LC-3. 6 Programming. 7 Assembly Language. 8 I/O. 9 TRAP Routines and Subroutines. 10 And, Finally... Part II: 11 Introduction to Programming in C. 12 Variables and Operators. 13 Control Structures. 14 Functions. 15 Debugging. 16 Recursion. 17 Pointers and Arrays. 18 I/O in C. 19 Data Structures. Appendix A The LC-3 ISA. Appendix B From LC-3 to x86. Appendix C The Microarchitecture of the LC-3. Appendix D The C Programming Language. Appendix E Extending C to C++. Appendix F Useful Tables

34

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE
by Ramon Mata-Toledo and Pauline K Cushman, James Madison University in Harrisonburg, Virginia 2000 / 240 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-134554-5 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-116596-9 [IE]

Java/CSI

NEW
International Edition
AN INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA Fifth Edition
by C. Thomas Wu (Otani), Naval Postgraduate School 2010 (March 2009) / Softcover / 992 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-352330-9 ISBN: 978-0-07-128368-7 [IE]

(A Schaum's Publication) (International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)

www.mhhe.com/wu
An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java takes a full-immersion approach to object-oriented programming. Proper object-oriented design practices are emphasized throughout the book. Students learn how to use the standard classes first, then learn to design their own classes. Wu uses a gentler approach to teaching students how to design their own classes, separating the coverage into two chapters. GUI coverage is also located independently in the back of the book and can be covered if desired. Wu also features a robust set of instructors' materials including PowerPoint slides, code samples, and quiz questions. NEW TO THIS EDITION v v v v New version of Java 6.0 Over 250 new programming/review exercises. Exercises are organized by level of difficulty. Retained coverage of GUI and included JOptionPane.

CONTENTS Chapter 0 Introduction to Computers and Programming Languages Chapter 1 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming and Software Development Chapter 2 Getting Started with Java Chapter 3 Numerical Data Chapter 4 Defining Your Own Classes--Part 1 Chapter 5 Selection Statements Chapter 6 Repetition Statements Chapter 7 Defining Your Own Classes--Part 2 Chapter 8 Exceptions and Assertions Chapter 9 Characters and Strings Chapter 10 Arrays Chapter 11 Sorting and Searching Chapter 12 File Input and Output Chapter 13 Inheritance and Polymorphism Chapter 14 GUI and Event-Driven Programming Chapter 15 Recursive Algorithms Appendix A How to Run Java Programs Appendix B List of Sample Programs Appendix C Standard Classes and Interfaces Appendix D UML Diagrams

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

35

COMPUTER SCIENCE
19. Event Driven Programming 20. A Case Study: Video Poker Revisited Appendix A: Java Keywords Appendix B: The ASCII Character Set Appendix C: Operator Precedence Appendix D: Javadoc Appendix E: Package

NEW
JAVA PROGRAMMING: FROM THE GROUND UP
by Ralph Bravaco, Stonehill College, and Shai Simonson, Stonehill College 2010 (January 2009) / Softcover / 928 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-352335-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-018139-7 [IE] Java Programming, From The Ground Up, with it's flexible organization, teaches Java in a way that is refreshing, fun, interesting and still has all the appropriate programming pieces for students to learn. The motivation behind this writing is to bring a logical, readable, entertaining approach to keep your students involved. Each chapter has a Bigger Picture section at the end of the chapter to provide a variety of interesting related topics in computer science. The writing style is conversational and not overly technical so it addresses programming concepts appropriately. Because of the flexibile organization of the text, it can be used for a one or two semester introductory Java programming class, as well as using Java as a second language. The text contains a large variety of carefully designed exercises that are more effective than the competition. FEATURES v Bug Extermination tips on some commonly occurring bugs and hints for how best to avoid them. v A “Just the Facts” summary of the important ideas at the end of each chapter can be viewed at a glance. v Exercises - Each chapter contains a variety of exercises and programming problems. The style and difficulty of the exercises and problems vary. They are: crosswords puzzles that test terminology; short answer questions that check basic understanding; debugging and tracing exercises that do not require a computer; short programming problems that reinforce the concepts of the chapter; and longer programming assignments that require some creativity and algorithm development. The authors kept the examples short, succinct and occasionally entertaining. v The Bigger Picture sections at the end of each chapter provide a variety of interesting related topics in computer science, each of which goes beyond the study of programming. Each section is independent and can be covered or skipped at the discretion of the instructor. CONTENTS Part I: The Fundamental Tools 1. An Introduction to Computers and Java 2. Expressions and Data Types 3. Variables and Assignment 4. Selection and Decision: if Statements 5. Repetition 6. Methods 7. Arrays and Lists: One Name for Many Data 8. Recursion Part II: Principles of Object Oriented Programming 9. Objects and Classes I: Encapsulation, Strings, and Things 10. Objects and Classes II: Writing Your Own Classes 11. Designing With Classes and Objects 12. Inheritance 13. Polymorphism Part III: More Java Classes 14. More Java Classes: The Wrapper Classes and Exceptions 15. Stream I/O and Random Access Files 16. Data Structures and Generics 17. The Java Collections Framework Part IV: Basic Graphics, GUIs, and Java’s Event-Driven Model 18. Graphics: AWT and Swing

NEW
International Edition
OBJECT-ORIENTED DESIGN USING JAVA
by Dale Skrien, Colby College

2009 (January 2008) / 416 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-297416-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-126387-0 [IE] The primary strength of Object-Oriented Design Using Java is that it has one of the best presentations of problem solving using patterns available. It has received rave reviews from instructors, and has been class tested at a number of schools where the response from both professors and students has been extremely positive. This book is intended for the object-oriented programming design course where UML is used extensively for design and notation. It has been especially designed to be accessible to students and is full of real-world examples, case studies, and other aids to assist student understanding. FEATURES v Provides software solutions to programming problems to help students identify the difference between effective program design from inefficient design. v Real world example programs are used to prepare students for decisions they will make in their careers. v Each chapter contains over 50 examples and exercises to help illustrate new concepts through hands-on learning. v The robust website will include: source code, powerpoints, programming projects and additional reading. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Elegance in Object-Oriented Design and Implementation Chapter 2: Fundamentals of Object Orientation Chapter 3: Elegance and Implementation Inheritance Chapter 4: Elegance and Methods Chapter 5: Elegance and Classes Chapter 6: Simple Case Study of a Money Class Chapter 7: Introduction to Design Patterns Chapter 8: Figure-Drawing Application Case Study Chapter 9: Language Parser Case Study Appendix A: An Introduction to UML Appendix B: Coding Conventions and Javadoc comments

36

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA: A Problem Solving Approach
by John Dean, Park University-Parkville, and Ray Dean, University Of Kansas-Lawrence 2008 (January 2008) / Hardcover / 840 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-304702-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-128781-4 [IE] Appendix 7. UML Notations Used in this Book Appendix 8. Recursion Appendix 9. Multithreading

International Edition
A COMPREHENSIVE INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA
by C. Thomas Wu (Otani), Naval Postgraduate School 2008 (February 2007) / Softcover / 256 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-331708-3 (with ARIS Bind-in card) ISBN: 978-0-07-127610-8 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/dean
This book teaches the reader how to write programs using Java. It does so with a unique approach that combines fundamentals first with objects early. The book transitions smoothly through a carefully selected set of procedural programming fundamentals to objectoriented fundamentals. During this early transition and beyond, the book emphasizes problem solving. For example, Chapter 2 is devoted to algorithm development, Chapter 8 is devoted to program design, and problem-solving sections appear throughout the book. Problem-solving skills are fostered with the help of an interactive, iterative presentation style: Here's the problem. How can we solve it? How can we improve the solution? Some key features include: • A conversational, easy-to-follow writing style. • Many executable code examples that clearly and efficiently illustrate key concepts. • Extensive use of UML class diagrams to specify problem organization. • Simple GUI programming early, in an optional standalone graphics track. • Well-identified alternatives for altering the book's sequence to fit individual needs. • Well-developed projects in six different academic disciplines, with a handy summary. • Detailed customizable PowerPointTM lecture slides, with icon-keyed hidden notes. The authors have done a superb job of organizing the various chapters to allow the students to enjoy programming in Java from day one. I am deeply impressed with the entire textbook. I would have my students keep this text and use it throughout their academic career as an excellent Java programming source book. – Benjamin B. Nystuen, University of Colorado at Colorado Springs The authors have done a great job in describing the technical aspects of programming. The authors have an immensely readable writing style. I have an extremely favorable impression of Dean and Dean’s proposed text. – Shyamal Mitra, University of Texas at Austin The overall impression of the book was that it was “friendly” to read. I think this is a great strength, simply because students reading it, and especially students who are prone to reading to understand, will appreciate this approach rather than the regular hardcore programming mentality. – Andree Jacobson, University of New Mexico CONTENTS Chapter 1. Introduction to Computers and Programming Chapter 2. Algorithms and Design Chapter 3. Java Basics Chapter 4. Control Statements Chapter 5. Using Pre-Built Methods Chapter 6. Object-Oriented Programming Chapter 7. Object-Oriented Programming-Additional Details Chapter 8. Software Engineering Chapter 9. Classes with Class Members Chapter 10. Arrays and Array Lists Chapter 11. Type Details and Alternate Coding Mechanisms. Chapter 12. Composition and Inheritance Chapter 13. Inheritance and Polymorphism Chapter 14. Exception Handling Chapter 15. Files Chapter 16. GUI Programming Basics Chapter 17. GUI Programming-Component Layout, Additional GUI Components Appendix 1. Unicode/ASCII Character Set with Hexadecimal Codes Appendix 2. Operator Precedence Appendix 3. Java Reserved Words Appendix 4. Packages Appendix 5. Java Coding-Style Conventions Appendix 6. Javadoc

www.mhhe.com/wu
An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java provides an accessible and technically thorough introduction to the basics of programming using java. The text takes a truly object-oriented approach. Objects are used early so that students think in objects right from the beginning. CONTENTS 0 Introduction to Computers and Programming Languages. 1 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming and Software Development. 2 Getting Started with Java. 3 Numerical Data. 4 Defining Your Own Classes--Part 1. 5 Selection Statements. 6 Repetition Statements. 7 Defining Your Own Classes--Part 2. 8 Exceptions and Assertions. 9 Characters and Strings. 10 Arrays. 11 Sorting and Searching. 12 File Input and Output. 13 Inheritance and Polymorphism. 14 GUI and Event-Driven Programming. 15 Recursion. 16 Memory Allocation Schemes and Linked Data Structures. 17 Generics. 18 List ADT. 19 Queue ADT. 20 Stack ADT

37

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
JAVA 5.0 PROGRAM DESIGN
By James P. Cohoon, and Jack W. Davidson, both of University Of VACharlottesville 2006 / 920 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-325030-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-128606-0 [IE]

International Edition
AN INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE USING JAVA Second Edition
by Samuel N Kamin, and Dennis Mickunas, both of the University of Illinois, Champaign 2002 / 784 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-112232-0 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/cohoon
CONTENTS 1 Background 2 Java Basics 3 Using Objects 4 Being Classy 5 Decisions 6 Iteration. Graphics Interlude 1: GUI-Based Programming 7 Programming with Methods and Classes 8 Arrays and Collections 9 Inheritance and Polymorphism Graphics Interlude 2: GUI-Based Programming 10 Exceptions 11 Recursive Problem Solving 12 Threads 13 Testing and Debugging. Appendix A: Tables and Operators. Appendix B: Number Representation. Appendix C: Formatted I/O. Appendix D: Applets. Appendix E: Standard Java Packages

www.mhhe.com/kamin
CONTENTS 1 What Is Programming? 2 Classes and Methods I. 3 Fundamental Data Types of Java. 4 Decision Making. 5 Classes and Objects II: Classes with Multiple Methods. 6 Iteration. 7 Classes and Methods III: Working with Objects. 8 One-Dimensional Arrays. 9 Nested Loops and Two-Dimensional Arrays. 10 Classes and Methods IV: Static Methods and Variables. 11 The Java AWT Part I: Mouse Events (Optional). 12 Inheritance and Exceptions. 13 Java AWT Part II (Optional). 14 Recursion. 15 Text Processing and File Input/Output. 16 Case Study: The Game of Reversi. Appendix A Other Java Features. Appendix B Precedence Rules. Appendix C Classes in the Java API. Appendix D Class Diagrams

International Edition
JAVA 1.5 PROGRAM DESIGN
by James P Cohoon, University of Virginia, Charlottesville and Jack W Davidson, University of Virginia, Charlottesville 2004 ISBN: 978-0-07-121841-2 [IE with Bind-In Card]

International Edition
OBJECTS HAVE CLASS An Introduction to Programming with Java with CD-ROM and OLC
by David A. Poplawski, Michigan Technological University 2002 ISBN: 978-0-07-112406-5 [IE]

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/007235447x
CONTENTS 1 Background. 2 Java Basics. 3 Using Objects. 4 Being Classy. 5 Decisions. 6 Iteration. Graphics Interlude I: GUI-Based Programming. 7 Programming with Methods and Classes. 8 Arrays and Collections. 9 Inheritance and Polymorphism. Graphics Interlude II: GUI-Based Programming. 10 Exceptions. 11 Recursive Problem Solving. 12 Threads. 13 Testing and Debugging. Appendix A Tables and Operators. Appendix B Number Representation. Appendix C Applets. Appendix D Standard Java Packages. Appendix E Standard Java Graphical Packages

www.mhhe.com/poplawski
CONTENTS 1 Computers, Programs, and Java. 2 Writing Programs. 3 Getting Started. 4 Variables, Expressions, and Assignment. 5 Defining and Creating Multiple Objects. 6 Interacting Objects and Events. 7 Making Decisions. 8 Program Testing. 9 Simple Class Extension. 10 Repetition, 11 Arrays. 12 Application Programs. 13 Input and Output. 14 Graphical User Interface Classes. 15 Class Hierarchies. 16 Abstract Data Types and Linked Data Structures. 17 Introduction to Recursion. Appendix A Java Reserved Words. Appendix B Java Primitive Types. Appendix C The Java Development Kit. Appendix D The Animator

38

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
JAVA An Object-Oriented Language
by Michael Smith, University of Brighton 1999 / 450 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-116914-1 [IE] OOP, Scripting Programming in Java Types, operators, identifiers Classes, objects Basic control structures Methods Operating Systems What are they? Multi-tasking, multi-user Scheduling Networking Basic Concepts The Internet TCP/IP The world wide web Social Issues Privacy Viruses Hacking Encryption Can computers kill?

(McGraw-Hill UK Title)
CONTENTS Introduction to Programming. Introductory Concept. Fundamentals of Program Instructions. Solving a Simple Problem Using Java. The Full Language: Introduction to Design Using an OO Methodology. Introduction - Part 1 Introduction - Part 2 The Class: Class Variables and Methods. Wrapper Classes. Parameters to Methods. Windowed Programming. Arrays. Inheritance. Polymorphism. The Game of Checkers. Exceptions. Clonable Objects. File I/O. Object Serialization

JAVA: A BEGINNER’S GUIDE Fourth Edition
by Herbert Schildt 2007 / Softcover / 696 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226384-8

(Osborne Media Professional Title)

SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
by Paul Tymann, Rochester Inst Of Technology, Carl Reynolds, Rochester Inst Of Technology 2008 (January 2008) / Softcover / 384 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-146051-4

(A Schaum's Publication)
Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Computer Science provides a concise overview of the theoretical foundation of computer science. It also includes focused review of object-oriented programming using Java. CONTENTS Introduction to Computer Science Definition Algorithms A Brief History Lesson A Roadmap Algorithms What are they, what are they good for? Developing an algorithm Efficiency Formal models of computation Hardware Binary and other number systems Boolean Logic Gates Computer Organization The VonNeumann Model Control Unit Registers ALU Memory Software Languages Compiled, interpreted Virtual machines

Let master programmer and bestselling author Herbert Schildt teach you the fundamentals of Java programming. Updated for the newest version of Java (Java SE 6), this step-by-step guide will have you programming in Java right from the start. Herb begins by explaining why Java is the preeminent programming language of the Internet, how it relates to object-oriented programming (OOP), and the general form of a Java program. Then it's on to data types, operators, control statements, classes, objects, and methods. Next, you'll learn about inheritance, exception handling, the I/O system, and multithreading. More advanced topics such as generics, interfaces, applets, and enumerations are also covered. The book ends with an introduction to Swing, Java's powerful GUI toolkit. Start programming in Java today with help from this fast-paced, hands-on tutorial. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Java Fundamentals. Chapter 2. Introducing Data Types and Operators. Chapter 3. Program Control Statements. Chapter 4. Introducing Classes, Objects, and Methods. Chapter 5. More Data Types and Operators. Chapter 6. A Closer Look at Methods and Classes. Chapter 7. Inheritance. Chapter 8. Packages and Interfaces. Chapter 9. Exception Handling. Chapter 10. Using I/O. Chapter 11. Multithreaded Programming. Chapter 12. Enumerations, Autoboxing, and Static Import. Chapter 13. Generics. Chapter 14. Applets, Events, and Miscellaneous Topics. Chapter 15: Introducing Swing. Appendix A: Answers To Mastery Checks. Appendix B: Using Java's Documentation Comments. Index

39

COMPUTER SCIENCE
JAVA: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE Seventh Edition
by Herbert Schildt 2007 / 1,024 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226385-5

LAN

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
The definitive guide to Java has been fully expanded to cover every aspect of Java SE 6, the latest version of the world's most popular Web programming language. This comprehensive resource contains everything you need to develop, compile, debug, and run Java applications and applets. CONTENTS Part I: The Java Language. Chapter 1. History & Evolution of Java. Chapter 2. Overview of Java. Chapter 3. Data Types, Variables, and Arrays. Chapter 4. Operators. Chapter 5. Control Statements. Chapter 6. Introducing Classes. Chapter 7. A Closer Look at Methods and Classes. Chapter 8. Inheritance. Chapter 9. Packages and Interfaces. Chapter 10. Exception Handling. Chapter 11. Multithreaded Programming. Chapter 12. Enumerations, Autoboxing, and Annotations (Metadata). Chapter 13. I/O, Applets, and Other Topics. Chapter 14. Generics. Part II: The Java Library. Chapter 15. String Handling. Chapter 16. Exploring java.lang. Chapter 17. java.util Part 1: Collections Framework. Chapter 18. java.util Part 2: More Utility Classes. Chapter 19. Input/Output: Exploring java.io. Chapter 20. Networking. Chapter 21. The Applet class. Chapter 22. Event Handling. Chapter 23. Introducing the AWT: Working with Windows, Graphics, and Text. Chapter 24. Using AWT Controls, Layout Managers, and Menus. Chapter 25. Images. Chapter 26. The Concurrency Utilities. Chapter 27. NIO, Regular Expressions, and Other Packages. Part III: Software Development Using Java. Chapter 28. Java Beans. Chapter 29. Introducing Swing. Chapter 30. Exploring Swing. Chapter 31. Servlets. Part IV: Applying Java. Chapter 32: Financial Applets and Servlets. Chapter 33: Creating a Download Manager in Java. Appendix A: Using Java's Documentation Comments. Index

International Edition
LOCAL AREA NETWORKS
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College 2002 / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-115080-4 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/forouzan
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction. Chapter 2 Data Communication Models. Chapter 3 Data Transmission. Chapter 4 Transmission Media. Chapter 5 Error Detection. Chapter 6 LAN Topologies. Chapter 7 Flow & Error Control. Chapter 8 Medium Access Methods. Chapter 9 Logical Link Control (LLC). Chapter 10 Ethernet: 10 Mbps. Chapter 11 Ethernet Evolution: Fast and Gigabit Ethernet. Chapter 12 Token Bus. Chapter 13 Token Ring. Chapter 14 ATM LANs. Chapter 15 Wireless LANs. Chapter 16 LAN Performance. Chapter 17 Connecting LANs. Chapter 18 TCP/IP. Chapter 19 Data Encryption. Chapter 20 Network Management. Appendix A ASCII Code. Appendix B Numbering Systems & Transformation. Appendix C Spanning Tree. Appendix D Information Theory. Appendix E ATM. Appendix F DQDB. Appendix G FDDI. Appendix H Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs). Appendix I Virtual Private Networks (VPNs). Appendix J Probability. Glossary. Solutions. Index

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA Second Edition
by John R Hubbard, University of Richmond 2004 / Softcover / 352 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-142040-2

(A Schaum's Publication)

40

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
LOCAL AREA NETWORKS WITH CD-ROM Second Edition
by Gerd Keiser, PhotonicsComm Solutions, Inc. 2002 / 552 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-122650-9 [IE with CD-ROM] FEATURES v Covers all versions of Unix, including thorough coverage of Linux. v shows all common commands up-front that go across systems-student learns what commands he/she must know v Flexible text covers a wide range of topics while allowing professors to cover topics in the order they prefer. v Topics are self contained, so you don't need to read other chapters to understand the meaning of the chapter before. v Entertaining engaging style--"What's In A Name?" and "Hint" boxes provide, respectively, the interesting historical explanations behind commonly used terminology and helpful clues for readers. v Nobody else has these kind of features

www.mhhe.com/engcs/electrical/keiser2
CONTENTS 1 Overview of LANs. 2 Network Architectures and Protocols. 3 Data Communication Concepts. 4 LAN Access Techniques. 5 Ethernet. 6 Token-Passing LANs. 7 ATM LANs. 8 Wireless LANs. 9 Fibre Channel and SANSs. 10 Internetworking. 11 Network Management. 12 Network Security

v Contains special appendices, indexes, reference material, and glossary.. v Engaging, witty, student-friendly writing style.

CONTENTS A Personal Note from Harley Hahn Walkthrough for Students and Teachers List of Figures Glossary Chapter 1 Introduction to Unix Chapter 2 What is Unix? What is Linux? Chapter 3 The Unix Connection Chapter 4 Starting to Use Unix Chapter 5 GUIs: Graphical Users Interfaces Chapter 6 The Unix Work Environment Chapter 7 Using the Keyboard with Unix Chapter 8 Programs to Use Right Away Chapter 9 Documentation: The Unix Manual and Info Chapter 10 Command Syntax Chapter 11 The Shell Chapter 12 Using the Shell: Variables and Option Chapter 13 Using the Shell: Commands and Customization Chapter 14 Using the Shell: Initialization Files Chapter 15 Standard I/O, Redirection and Pipes Chapter 16 Filters: Introduction and Basic Operations Chapter 17 Filters: Comparing and Extracting Chapter 18 Filters: Counting and Formatting Chapter 19 Filters: Selecting, Sorting, Combining, and Changing Chapter 20 Regular Expressions Chapter 21 Displaying Files Chapter 22 The vi Text Editor Chapter 23 The Unix File System Chapter 24 Working with Directories Chapter 25 Working with Files Chapter 26 Processes and Job Control Appendix A Summary of Unix Commands: Alphabetical Appendix B Summary of Unix Commands: By Category Appendix C Summary of vi Commands

Linux
NEW
International Edition
HARLEY HAHN'S GUIDE TO UNIX AND LINUX
by Harley Hahn

2009 (February 2008) / Softcover / 832 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-313361-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-128397-7 [IE] "Harley Hahn's Guide to Unix and Linux" is a modern, comprehensive text for anyone who wants to learn how to use Unix or Linux. The book is suitable as a primary or secondary textbook for classroom use, as well as for readers who want to teach themselves. The text covers all the basic concepts and tools Unix/Linux users need to master: Unix vs Linux, GUIs, the command line interface, the online manual, syntax, the shell, standard I/O and redirection, pipes and filters, vi and Emacs, the Unix file system, and job control. Hahn offers a thoroughly readable approach to teaching Unix & Linux by emphasizing core ideas and carefully explaining unfamiliar terminology. The book walks readers through Unix & Linux systems from the very beginning, assuming no prior knowledge, and laying out material in a logical, straightforward manner.An experienced author, Hahn writes in a clear, engaging, and student-friendly style, resulting in a text that is both easy and entertaining to read. Motivating pedagogy, such as “What’s in a Name?” boxes and highlighted Hints provide readers with interesting background and helpful tips. For additional resources, readers can visit the author’s website at www.harley.com

41

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Multimedia

Part 4: Appendixes Appendix A: Changing the Monitor Display Resolution Appendix B: Cheat Sheets and Function Key Labels Appendix C: Troubleshooting Appendix D: Formatting Hard Drives for Pro Tools Appendix E: Speeding Up your Computer

PRINCIPLES OF MULTIMEDIA
by Ranjan Parekh 2006 \ Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-058833-2

(McGraw-Hill India title) http://www.mhhe.com/parekh/multimedia
CONTENTS Chapter 1 : Multimedia – an Overview Chapter 2 : Digital Representation Chapter 3 : Visual Display Systems Chapter 4 : Text Chapter 5 : Image Chapter 6 : Graphics Chapter 7 : Audio Chapter 8 : Video Chapter 9 : Animation Chapter 10 : Compression Chapter 11 : CD-Technology Chapter 12 : Network Essentials Chapter 13 : Multimedia Architecture Chapter 14 : Multimedia Documents Chapter 15 : Multimedia Application Development Chapter 16 : Virtual Reality Chapter 17 : Future Directions Bibliography Appendix

International Edition
MULTIMEDIA: MAKING IT WORK Seventh Edition
by Tay Vaughan 2007 (December 2006) / Softcover / 480 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226451-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-128682-4 [IE]

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
The internationally bestselling Multimedia: Making it Work has been fully revised and expanded to cover the latest technological advances in multimedia. You will learn to plan and manage multimedia projects, from dynamic CD-ROMs and DVDs to professional websites. Each chapter includes step-by-step instructions, full-color illustrations and screenshots, self-quizzes, and hands-on projects. CONTENTS 1 What is Multimedia? 2 Introduction to Making Multimedia. 3 Multimedia Skills. 4 Text. 5 Sound. 6 Images. 7 Animation. 8 Video. 9 Hardware. 10 Basic Software Tools. 11 Multimedia Authoring Tools. 12 The Internet and How It Works. 13 Tools for the World Wide Web. 14 Designing for the World Wide Web. 15 Planning and Costing. 16 Designing and Producing. 17 Content and Talent. 18 Delivering.

THE MUSICIAN'S GUIDE TO PRO TOOLS Second Edition
by John Keane 2008 (September 2007) / Softcover / 384 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149742-8

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Written by a professional musician and recording engineer, this book explains how to use the premier digital audio software to create professional-quality recordings. Fully revised to cover the latest versions of Pro Tools, this step-by-step guide provides a wealth of practical information, editing techniques, shortcuts, computer set-up advice, and maintenance tips. The CD-ROM includes sample Pro Tools sessions and free plug-ins. CONTENTS Part 1: Making a Home Demo Chapter 1: Getting Comfortable with you Pro Tools System Chapter 2: Starting a New Session From Scratch Chapter 3: Tracking and Overdubbing Chapter 4: Basic Editing Techniques Chapter 5: The Pro Tools Virtual Mixer Part 2: The Doormats Session Chapter 6: Fixing the Drums Chapter 7: Bass and Guitar Fixes Chapter 8: Audio Quality Issues Chapter 9: Using a Click in Grid Mode Part 3: The Honeywagon Session Chapter 10: Working with Loops Chapter 11: Bring on the Band Chapter 12: Working with Vocals Chapter 13: Advanced Mixing Techniques

42

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Network Security

CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY Second Edition
by Atul Kahate, Project Leader, i-flex Solutions, Pune 2007 / Softcover / 792 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-064823-4

International Edition
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College 2008 (February 2007) / Hardcover / 480 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-332753-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-126361-0 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://www.mhhe.com/kahate/cns2e
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Uses a bottom-up approach, where introductory topics are followed by topics on Cryptography, Network Security and then Case Studies. v Updated coverage of Symmetric Key & Asymetric Key Cryptographic Algorithms, including expanded section on AES, Blowfish, & Digital Certificates. v Stress on Case Studies and Practical Implementations of Cryptography. v Content on AES, PGP, S/MIME and Blowfish has been expanded. v New topics like Birthday Attacks, Trusted Systems, OSI Architecture, Buffer Overflow, and Legal/Ethical Issues added. v Chapter on Practical Implementations of Cryptography has been updated by adding .NET Cryptography, TCP/IP Vulnerabilities, and security in OS. v Chapter on Network Security has been updated by adding material on NAT (Network Added Translation), Audit Records, and Honeypots. v 138 new exercises have been added to the already existing pool of exercises. v Chapter on Public Key Infrastructure has been expanded by adding sections on Java and Digital Certificates. CONTENTS Chapter 1 – Attacks on Computers and Computer Security Chapter 2 – Cryptography: Concepts and Techniques Chapter 3 – Symmetric Key Algorithms and AES Chapter 4 – Asymmetric Key Algorithms, Digital Signatures, and RSA Chapter 5 – Digital Certificates and Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) Chapter 6 – Internet Security Protocols Chapter 7 – User Authentication and Kerberos Chapter 8 – Cryptography in Java, .NET and Operating Systems Chapter 9 – Network Security, Firewalls, and Virtual Private Networks (VPN) Chapter 10 – Case Studies on Cryptography and Security

www.mhhe.com/forouzan
A textbook for beginners in security. In this new first edition, well-known author Behrouz Forouzan uses his accessible writing style and visual approach to simplify the difficult concepts of cryptography and network security. Forouzan presents difficult security topics from the ground up. A gentle introduction to the fundamentals of number theory is provided in the opening chapters, paving the way for the student to move on to more complex security and cryptography topics. Difficult math concepts are organized in appendices at the end of each chapter so that students can first learn the principles, then apply the technical background. Hundreds of examples, as well as fully coded programs, round out a practical, hands-on approach which encourages students to test the material they are learning. CONTENTS 1 Introduction Part 1 Symmetric-Key Encipherment 2 Mathematics of Cryptography 3 Traditional Symmetric-Key Ciphers 4 Mathematics of Cryptography 5 Introduction to Modern Symmetric-Key Ciphers 6 Data Encryption Standard (DES) 7 Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) 8 Encipherment Using Modern Symmetric-Key Ciphers Part 2 Asymmetric-Key Encipherment 9 Mathematics of Cryptography 10 Asymmetric-Key Cryptography Part 3 Integrity, Authentication, and Key Management 11 Message Integrity and Message Authentication 12 Cryptographic Hash Functions 13 Digital Signature 14 Entity Authentication 15 Key Management Part 4 Network Security 16 Security at the Application Layer: PGP and S/MIME 17 Security at the Transport Layer: SSL and TLS 18 Security at the Network Layer: IPSec

43

COMPUTER SCIENCE
INFORMATION ASSURANCE FOR THE ENTERPRISE: A Roadmap to Information Security
by Corey Schou, Idaho State University and Daniel Paul Shoemaker, University of Detroit Mercy 2007 / Softcover / 504 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-225524-9

International Edition
PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER SECURITY Security+ and Beyond
by Wm. Arthur Conklin, University of Texas at San Antonio; Gregory B White, Center for Infrastructure Assurance and Security, University of Texas San Antonio; Chuck Cothren, University of Texas at San Antonio; Dwayne Williams, University of Texas at San Antonio and Roger L. Davis 2005 / Softcover / 704 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-225509-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-124500-5 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/schou08
Going beyond the technical coverage of computer and systems security measures, Information Assurance for the Enterprise provides readers an overarching model for information assurance for businesses, government agencies, and other enterprises needing to establish a comprehensive plan. All the components of security and how they relate are featured, and readers will also be shown how an effective security policy can be developed. Topics like asset identification, human factors, compliance with regulations, personnel security, risk assessment and ethical considerations are covered, as well as computer and network security tools and methods. This is one of the only texts on the market that provides an up-todate look at the whole range of security and IA topics. In post-9/11 times, managers and IT professionals need to address a wide range of security-related issues, and develop security systems that take all these diverse factors into account. As someone who has worked extensively with the U.S. State Department and other governmental agencies, Corey Schou is uniquely positioned to write the definitive book on the subject; and Daniel Shoemaker is a professor and consultant to the Department of Homeland Security in matters of Information Assurance policy. CONTENTS Part I: The Organizational/Policy Domain: Ch. 1: Organizational Security Policy and Planning. Ch. 2: Defined and Documented Infrastructure. Ch. 3: Education and Awareness. Ch. 4: Asset Management. Ch. 5: Business Continuity. Ch. 6: Legal and Regulatory Compliance. Part II: The Managerial/Administrative Domain: Ch. 7: Building Security Functions Into Development. Ch. 8: Personnel Security. Ch. 9: Physical Security. Part III: The Operational/Technical Domain: Ch. 10: Access Control. Ch. 11: Operations Security. Ch. 12: Network Security. Ch. 13: Application and System Software Security. Ch. 14: Operational Risk Assessment and Audit. Part IV: The Community/Contextual Domain: Ch. 15: Ethics. Ch. 16: A Standard Implementation Model. Glossary. Index

http://mhteched.com/security/conklin
CONTENTS 1: Introduction and Security Trends. 2: General Security Concepts. 3: Operational/ Organizational Security. 4: The Role of People in Security. 5: Cryptography. 6: Public Key Infrastructure. 7: Standards and Protocols. 8: The Impact of Physical Security on Network Security. 9: Network Fundamentals. 10: Infrastructure Security. 11: Remote Access. 12: Wireless and Instant Messaging. 13: Intrusion Detection Systems. 14: Security Baselines. 15: Attacks and Malware. 16: E-mail. 17: Web Components. 18: Software Development. 19: Disaster Recovery, Business Continuity, and Organizational Policies. 20: Risk Management. 21: Change Management. 22: Privilege Management. 23: Computer Forensics. 24: Security and Law. A: About the CD-ROM. B: About the Security+ Exam

HACKING EXPOSED LINUX Third Edition
by ISECOM 2008 (March 2008) / Softcover / 600 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226257-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Based on the new Linux 2.6 kernel, this edition is written from scratch by a global team of open source Linux security experts. Hacking Exposed Linux, Third Edition reveals brand-new Linux attacks, countermeasures, and case studies. The book is platform independent, so you will be able to learn how to secure any version of Linux that you are running. CONTENTS Part 1--PHYSEC--Case Study #1 Audits and Aggression Harware Security Local Access Security Part 2--COMMSEC--Case Study #2 Network Security Network Security Interactive Controls Network Security Process Controls Telecommunications

44

COMPUTER SCIENCE
Voice Over IP Part 3--SPECSEC--Case Study #3 Wireless Network Security Input/Output Device Security Cellular Network Security Packet Radio and Shortwave Security RFID Security Emanations Part 4--HUMSEC--Case Study #4 Web Services Security Mail Services Security Domain Service Security Static Analysis of C Code Trusted Security Part 5--Appendices Appendix A--Security Tweaks in the Linux Kernal Appendix B--Forensics and Accident Recovery Appendix C--Management and Maintenance Appendix D--BSD Security Appendix E--OSSTMM Threat Map Appendix F--Linux Security Evaluations and Certifications

HACKING EXPOSED WINDOWS: WINDOWS SECURITY SECRETS AND SOLUTIONS Third Edition
by Joel Scambray 2008 (November 2007) / Softcover / 496 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149426-7

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
New to the internationally bestselling Hacking Exposed series comes this fully revised and expanded volume detailing the latest Windows hacks and attacks. You will learn, by looking through the eyes of the hacker, how devastating attacks are executed and how to protect your Windows systems and networks from them. Hacking Exposed Windows, Third Edition covers all versions of Windows--including Windows Vista and Windows XP--as well as and Windows Server 2000, 2003, and 2007. Security expert Joel Scambray provides cutting-edge coverage of new targeting and exploitation techniques, Microsoft security holes, and hacking techniques alongside detailed, real-world countermeasures. Case studies and personal experiences are interspersed throughout each chapter to reinforce the relevance and severity of specific vulnerabilities. CONTENTS

GRAY HAT HACKING Second Edition
by Shon Harris, Allen Harper, Chris Eagle, and Jonathan Ness, Microsoft Corporation 2008 (December 2007) / Softcover / 512 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149568-4

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Written by seasoned security authors and instructors, this fully updated volume offers a comprehensive overview of today's hacking and computer security landscape. You will learn the latest techniques to uncover, legally disclose, and fix vulnerabilities deep within software and networks. The book includes six brand-new chapters and fully updated material throughout.Gray Hat Hacking, Second Edition is the only ethical hacking book on the market to provide in-depth coverage of vulnerability discovery and reverse engineering. It also offers full details on cutting-edge attack methods, hacking-related law, malware analysis, and post-exploitation survival. CONTENTS Part 1--Intro to Ethical Disclosure Chapter 1--Ethics of Ethical Hacking Chapter 2--Ethical Hacking and the Legal System Chapter 3--Proper and Ethical Disclosure Part 2--Penetration Testing and Tools Chapter 4--Overall Process of Pen Testing Chapter 5--Building a Toolbox with Backtrack Chapter 6--Using Metaspolit Part 3--Exploits 101 Chapter 7--Survival Skills Chapter 8--Basic Linux Exploits Chapter 9--Advanced Linux Exploits Chapter 10--Shell Code Strategies Chapter 11--Writing Shell Linux Code Chapter 12--Basic Windows Exploits Part 4--Vulnerability Analysis Chapter 13--Passive Analysis Chapter 14--Reverse Engineering Chapter 15--Active Analysis Chapter 16--Client Side Browser Exploits Chapter 17--Abusing Weak ACLs for Local EoP Chapter 18--Intelligent Fuzzing Chapter 19--From Vulnerability to Exploit Chapter 20--Mitigation Part 5--Malware Analysis Chapter 21--Collecting Malware: Gen III Honeynets Chapter 22--Dissecting Malware

Chapter 1--Information Security Basics Chapter 2--Windows Attack Strategies Chapter 3--Footprinting and Scanning Chapter 4--Enumeration Chapter 5--Hacking Windows-Specific Services Chapter 6--Windows Vulnerability Discovery & Exploitation Chapter 7--Post-Exploit Pillaging Chapter 8--Stealth Chapter 9--Hacking SQL Server Chapter 10--Hacking Windows Internet Clients Chapter 11--Physical Attacks Chapter 12--Windows Security Features and Tools AppendiX A--WS03 Windows Security Checklist Appendix B--About the Companion Website

SUN CERTIFIED ENTERPRISE ARCHITECT FOR JAVA EE STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 310-051) Second Edition
by Paul Allen, and Joseph Bambara ISBN: 978-0-07-148861-7 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 643 pages

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
With hundreds of practice questions and hands-on exercises, Sun Certified Enterprise Architect for Java EE Study Guide covers what you need to know--and shows you how to prepare--for this challenging exam. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Sun Certification for Enterprise Architect Chapter 2--Common Architectures and Protocols Chapter 3--Object Oriented Analysis and Design Chapter 4--Applicability of J2EE technology Chapter 5--Design Patterns Chapter 6--Legacy Connectivity Chapter 7--Enterprise JavaBeans and the EJB Container Model Chapter 8--Messaging Chapter 9--Internationalization and Localization Chapter 10--Security Chapter 11--Case Study: Overview of Securities Trading System Appendix A: About the CD Glossary Index

45

COMPUTER SCIENCE
HACKING EXPOSED WIRELESS
by Johnny Cache, and Vincent Liu 2007 / Softcover / 386 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226258-2 Chapter 17: Wireless Monitoring and Protection. Chapter 18: Wireless LAN Switches.

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Defend against the latest pervasive and devastating wireless attacks using the tactical security information contained in this comprehensive volume. Hacking Exposed Wireless reveals how hackers zero in on susceptible networks and peripherals, gain access, and execute debilitating attacks. Find out how to plug security holes in Wi-Fi/802.11 and Bluetooth systems and devices. You'll also learn how to launch wireless exploits from Metasploit, employ bulletproof authentication and encryption, and sidestep insecure wireless hotspots. The book includes vital details on new, previously unpublished attacks alongside real-world countermeasures. CONTENTS Part I: Overview Chapter 1: Wireless Security Overview Chapter 2: Radio Frequency Part II: Hacking 802.11 Wireless Technology Chapter 3: Introduction to 802.11 Chapter 4: 802.11 Discovery Chapter 5: Scanning and Enumerating 802.11 Networks Chapter 6: Attacking 802.11 Networks Chapter 7: Attacking WPA-protected 802.11 Networks Chapter 8: 802.11 Defense Part III: Hacking Additional Wireless Technologies Chapter 9: Hacking Hotspots Chapter 10: The Potential Threat of Bluetooth Chapter 11: Advanced Attacks Index

HACKING EXPOSED VOIP: VOICE OVER IP SECURITY SECRETS & SOLUTIONS
by David Endler, and Mark Collier 2007 / Softcover / 539 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226364-0

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Block debilitating VoIP attacks by learning how to look at your network and devices through the eyes of the malicious intruder. Hacking Exposed VoIP shows you, step-by-step, how online criminals perform reconnaissance, gain access, steal data, and penetrate vulnerable systems. All hardware-specific and network-centered security issues are covered alongside detailed countermeasures, in-depth examples, and hands-on implementation techniques. Inside, you'll learn how to defend against the latest DoS, man-in-the-middle, call flooding, eavesdropping, VoIP fuzzing, signaling and audio manipulation, Voice SPAM/SPIT, and voice phishing attacks. CONTENTS Part I: Casing the Establishment Chapter 1: Footprinting a VoIP Network Chapter 2: Scanning a VoIP Network Chapter 3: Enumerating a VoIP Network Part II: Exploiting the VoIP Underlying Platforms Chapter 4: VoIP Network Infrastructure Denial of Service (DoS) Chapter 5: VoIP Network Eavesdropping Chapter 6: VoIP Interception and Modification Part III: Exploiting Specific VoIP Platforms Chapter 7: Cisco Unified CallManager Chapter 8: Avaya Communication Manager Chapter 9: Asterisk Chapter 10: Emerging Softphone Technologies Part IV : VoIP Session and Application Hacking Chapter 11: VoIP Fuzzing Chapter 12: Flood-based Disruption of Service Chapter 13: Signaling and Media Manipulation Part V: Social Threats Chapter 14: SPAM over Internet Technology (SPIT) Chapter 15: Voice Phishing Index

CWSP CERTIFIED WIRELESS SECURITY PROFESSIONAL OFFICIAL STUDY GUIDE (EXAM PW0-200) Second Edition
by Tom Carpenter, Grant Moerschel, and Richard Dreger, Waveguard, Inc. 2007 / Softcover / 592 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226320-6

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Cowritten by the creators of the exam and leading experts in wireless security, CWSP Certified Wireless Security Professional Official Study Guide, Second Edition, offers complete coverage of all the objectives for the vendor-neutral wireless network certification that focuses on the technologies behind the brands. The fully integrated study system includes notes that reinforce and teach practical skills, step-by-step exercises, chapter self-tests, and more than 150 practice exam questions. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Wireless LAN Auditing Tools. Chapter 2: Gathering Information. Chapter 3: Unauthorized Access. Chapter 4: Denial of Service. Chapter 5: Legislation. Chapter 6: General Policy. Chapter 7: Functional Policy: Guidelines & Baselines. Chapter 8: Functional Policy: Design & Implementation. Chapter 9: Functional Policy: Monitoring & Response. Chapter 10: Securing the Enterprise Chapter 11: Authentication. Chapter 12: Authentication Framework Components. Chapter 13: Encryption. Chapter 14: WEP/WPA. Chapter 15: 802.11i. Chapter 16: Network and Application Layer VPN Technology.

46

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Neural Networks

Numerical Analysis/ Scientific Computing

International Edition
NEURAL NETWORKS: A CLASSROOM APPROACH
by Satish Kumar, Dayalbagh Educational Institute, India 2004 / 768 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-048292-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-124672-9 [IE]

NEW
International Edition
NUMERICAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERS Sixth Edition
by Steven C. Chapra, Tufts University, and Raymond P. Canale, Emeritus University of Michigan 2010 (May 2009) / Hardcover / 960 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-340106-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-126759-5 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070482926
CONTENTS I. Traces of History and A Neuroscience Briefer: 1 Brain Style Computing: Origins and Issues. 2 Lessons from Neuroscience. II. Feedforward Neural Networks and Supervised Learning: 3 Artificial Neurons, Neural Networks and Architectures. 4 Geometry of Binary Threshold Neurons and Their Networks. 5 Supervised Learning I: Perceptrons and LMS. 6 Supervised Learning. II: Backpropagation and Beyond: 7 Neural Network: A Statistical Pattern Recognition Perspective. 8 Focussing on Generalization: Support Vector Machines and Radial Basis Function Networks. III. Recurrent Neurodynamical Systems. 9 Dynamical Systems Review. 10 Attractor Neural Networks. 11 Adaptive Resonance Theory 12 Towards the Self Organizing Feature Map. IV. Contemporary Topics: 13 Pulsed Neuron Models: The New Generation. 14 Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Systems and Applications. 15 Neural Networks and the Soft Computing Paradigm

www.mhhe.com/chapra
Instructors love Numerical Methods for Engineers because it makes teaching easy! Students love it because it is written for them--with clear explanations and examples throughout. The text features a broad array of applications that span all engineering disciplines. The sixth edition retains the successful instructional techniques of earlier editions. Chapra and Canale's unique approach opens each part of the text with sections called Motivation, Mathematical Background, and Orientation. This prepares the student for upcoming problems in a motivating and engaging manner. Each part closes with an Epilogue containing Trade-Offs, Important Relationships and Formulas, and Advanced Methods and Additional References. Much more than a summary, the Epilogue deepens understanding of what has been learned and provides a peek into more advanced methods. Approximately 20% of the problems are new or revised in this edition. The expanded breadth of engineering disciplines covered is especially evident in the problems, which now cover such areas as biotechnology and biomedical engineering. Users will find use of software packages, specifically MATLAB®, Excel® with VBA and Mathcad®. This includes material on developing MATLAB® m-files and VBA macros. NEW TO THIS EDITION v Approximately 20% of the problems are new or revised for this edition. CONTENTS Part 1 Modeling, Computers, and Error Analysis 1 Mathematical Modeling and Engineering Problem Solving 2 Programming and Software 3 Approximations and Round-Off Errors 4 Truncation Errors and the Taylor Series Part 2 Roots of Equations 5 Bracketing Methods 6 Open Methods 7 Roots of Polynomials 8 Case Studies: Roots of Equations Part 3 Linear Algebraic Equations 9 Gauss Elimination 10 LU Decomposition and Matrix Inversion 11 Special Matrices and Gauss-Seidel 12 Case Studies: Linear Algebraic Equations Part 4 Optimization 13 One-Dimensional Unconstrained Optimization 14 Multidimensional Unconstrained Optimization 15 Constrained Optimization 16 Case Studies: Optimization Part 5 Curve Fitting 17 Least-Squares Regression

47

COMPUTER SCIENCE
18 Interpolation 19 Fourier Approximation 20 Case Studies: Curve Fitting Part 6 Numerical Differentiation and Integration 21 Newton-Cotes Integration Formulas 22 Integration of Equations 23 Numerical Differentiation 24 Case Studies: Numerical Integration and Differentiation Part 7 Ordinary Differential Equations 25 Runge-Kutta Methods 26 Stiffness and Multistep Methods 27 Boundary-Value and Eigenvalue Problems 28 Case Studies: Ordinary Differential Equations Part 8 Partial Differential Equations 29 Finite Difference: Elliptic Equations 30 Finite Difference: Parabolic Equations 31 Finite-Element Method 32 Case Studies: Partial Differential Equations Appendix A The Fourier Series Appendix B Getting Started with Matlab Bibliography Index 15. Polynomial Interpolation. 16. Splines and Piecewise Interpolation. Part Five Integration and Differentiation. 17. Numerical Integration Formulas. 18. Numerical Integration of Functions. 19. Numerical Differentiation. Part Six Ordinary Differential Equations. 20. Initial-Value Problems. 21. Adaptive Methods and Stiff Systems. 22. Boundary-Value Problems Appendix A: Eigenvalues Appendix B: MATLAB Built-in Functions Appendix C: MATLAB M-File Functions Bibliography Index

International Edition
SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING Second Edition
by Michael T Heath, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 2002 / 576 pages / hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-239910-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-124489-3 [IE]

International Edition
APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS WITH MATLAB FOR ENGINEERS AND SCIENTISTS Second Edition
by Steven C. Chapra, Tufts University 2008 (November 2006) / Hardcover / 544 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-313290-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-125921-7 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/engcs/compsci/heath
CONTENTS 1 Scientific Computing. 2 Systems of Linear Equations. 3 Linear Least Squares. 4 Eigenvalues Problems. 5 Nonlinear Equations. 6 Optimization. 7 Interpolation. 8 Numerical Integration and Differentiation. 9 Initial Value Problems for ODEs. 10 Boundary Value Problems for ODEs. 11 Partial Differential Equations. 12 Fast Fourier Transform. 13 Random Numbers and Simulation

www.mhhe.com/chapra
Steven Chapra’s second edition, Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineers and Scientists, is written for engineers and scientists who want to learn numerical problem solving. This text focuses on problem-solving (applications) rather than theory, using MATLAB, and is intended for Numerical Methods users; hence theory is included only to inform key concepts. The second edition feature new material such as Numerical Differentiation and ODE's: Boundary-Value Problems. For those who require a more theoretical approach, see Chapra's best-selling Numerical Methods for Engineers, 5/e (2006), also by McGraw-Hill. CONTENTS Part One Modeling, Computers, and Error Analysis. 1. Mathematical Modeling Numerical Methods and Problem Solving. 2. MATLAB Fundamentals. 3. Programming with MATLAB. 4. Roundoff and Trunication Errors. Part Two Roots and Optimization. 5. Roots: Bracketing Methods. 6. Roots: Open Methods. 7. Optimization. Part Three Linear Systems. 8. Linear Algebraic Equations and Matrices. 9. Gauss Elimination. 10. LU Factorization. 11. Matrix Inverse and Condition. 12. Iterative Methods. Part Four Curve Fitting. 13. Linear Regression. 14. General Linear Least-Squares and Non-Linear Regression.

International Edition
ELEMENTARY NUMERICAL ANALYSIS An Algorithmic Approach Third Edition
by Samuel D. Conte, Purdue University, and Carl deBoor, University of Wisconsin, Madison 1980 / 408 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066228-5 [IE]

48

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Software Engineering

CONTENTS 1 Software and Software Engineering Part One The Software Process 2 Process Models 3 Agile Development Part Two Modeling 4 Principles that Guide Practice 5 Understanding Requirements 6 Requirements Modeling: Scenarios, Information, and Analysis Classes 7 Requirements Modeling: Flow, Behavior, Patterns, and WebApps 8 Design Concepts 9 Architectural Design 10 Component-Level Design 11 User Interface Design 12 Pattern-Based Design 13 WebApp Design Part Three Quality Management 14 Quality Concepts 15 Review Techniques 16 Software Quality Assurance 17 Software Testing Strategies 18 Testing Conventional Applications 19 Testing Object-Oriented Applications 20 Testing Web Applications 21 Formal Modeling and Verification 22 Software Configuration Management 23 Product Metrics Part Four Project Management 24 Project Management Concepts 25 Process and Project Metrics 26 Estimation for Software Projects 27 Project Scheduling 28 Risk Management 29 Maintenance and Reengineering Part Five Advanced Topics 30 Software Process Improvement 31 Emerging Trends in Software Engineering 32 Concluding Comments Appendix I-An Introduction to UML Appendix II-Object-Oriented Concepts

NEW
International Edition
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING: A PRACTITIONER'S APPROACH Seventh Edition
by Roger S. Pressman, R.S. Pressman & Associates

2010 (January 2009) / Hardcover / 928 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-337597-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-126782-3 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/pressman
For almost three decades, Roger Pressman's Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach has been the world's leading textbook in software engineering. The new seventh edition represents a major restructuring and update of previous editions, solidifying the book's position as the most comprehensive guide to this important subject. The seventh edition of Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach has been designed to consolidate and restructure the content introduced over the past two editions of the book. The chapter structure will return to a more linear presentation of software engineering topics with a direct emphasis on the major activities that are part of a generic software process. Content will focus on widely used software engineering methods and will de-emphasize or completely eliminate discussion of secondary methods, tools and techniques. The intent is to provide a more targeted, prescriptive, and focused approach, while attempting to maintain SEPA's reputation as a comprehensive guide to software engineering. The book will be organized in five (5) parts-Process, Modeling, Quality Management, Project Management, and Advanced Topics. The chapter count will remain at 32, unchanged from the sixth edition. However, eight new chapters have been developed and another six chapters have undergone major or moderate revisions. The remaining chapters have undergone minor edits/updates. NEW TO THIS EDITION v SEPA, 7th edition contains 8 new chapters and 6 chapters with moderate or major content revisions. A new Part 3, Quality Management, has been added to emphasize the critically important topics of SQA and software testing. SEPA, 7th edition contains expanded discussion of many topics presented in the sixth edition and introduces many additional topics. v Web engineering topics have been integrated into relevant SEPA, 7th edition chapters. v The writing style throughout the book has been modified to present a slightly less formal tone, and the SEPA website has been further enhanced. v Many new Problems and Points to Ponder have been added. The Further Readings and Information Sources sections have been revised extensively and many new figures and examples are used.

49

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition

NEW
International Edition
WEB ENGINEERING: A PRACTIONER'S APPROACH
by Roger S. Pressman, R.S. Pressman & Associates, and David Lowe, University of Technology, Sydney

OBJECT-ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
by Stephen R. Schach, Vanderbilt University - Nashville 2008 (September 2007) / Hardcover / 544 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-352333-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-125941-5 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/schach
Object-Oriented Software Engineering is written for both the traditional one-semester and the newer two-semester software engineering curriculum. Part I covers the underlying software engineering theory, while Part II presents the more practical life cycle, workflow by workflow. The text is intended for the substantial object-oriented segment of the software engineering market. It focuses exclusively on object-oriented approaches to the development of large software systems that are the most widely used. Text includes 2 running case studies, expanded coverage of agile processes and open-source development. CONTENTS PART ONE INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT-ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 1 The Scope of Object-Oriented Software Engineering 2 Software Life-Cycle Models 3 The Software Process 4 Teams 5 The Tools of the Trade 6 Testing 7 From Modules to Objects 8 Reusability and Portability 9 Planning and Estimating PART TWO THE WORKFLOWS OF THE SOFTWARE LIFECYCLE 10 The Requirements Workflow 11 The Analysis Workflow 12 The Design Workflow 13 The Implementation Workflow 14 Postdelivery Maintenance 15 More on UML Bibliography Appendix A Term Project: Osric's Office Appliances and Decor Appendix B Software Engineering Resources Appendix C The Requirements Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study Appendix D The Analysis Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study Appendix E Software Project Management Plan: The MSG Foundation Case Study Appendix F The Design Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study Appendix G The Implementation Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study (C++ Version) Appendix H The Implementation Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study (Java Version) Appendix I The Test Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study

2009 (January 2008) / Softcover / 352 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-352329-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-126377-1 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/pressman
This book by the author of the best-selling Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach is unique in its application of software engineering principles to building effective web-based systems and applications. Roger Pressman and his co-author, David Lowe, offer practical advice to students and professionals alike on how to engineer and maintain complex websites. Roger Pressman is the leading authority in software engineering and one of the best-known authors in computer science. His new book targets the emerging web engineering market, an area whose parameters and character are still evolving and where an experienced and trusted voice is especially welcome. This book is designed to provide students with a solid understanding of a pragmatic process for engineering Web-based applications. It is written in an informal, conversational style, using a question and answer format to mentor the reader in this new engineering discipline. FEATURES v Shows how to engineer and build complex web sites

v Presents material in an effective method for gathering and analizing the problem requirements, followed by designing an effective solution to that method and finally building and testing the web application v Includes proven techniques for project management, change and content management and quality assurance v Running Case Study designed to provide examples of the methods and techniques being discussed CONTENTS Chapter 1: Web-based Systems Chapter 2: Web Engineering Chapter 3: A Web Engineering Process Chapter 4: Communication Chapter 5: Planning Chapter 6: The Modeling Activity Chapter 7: Analysis Modeling For WebApps Chapter 8: WebApp Design Chapter 9: Interaction Design Chapter 10: Information Design Chapter 11: Functional Design Chapter 12: Construction and Deployment Chapter 13: Design Patterns Chapter 14: Technologies and Tools Chapter 15: WebApp Testing Chapter 16: Change and Content Management Chapter 17: Future Directions

50

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
OBJECT-ORIENTED AND CLASSICAL SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Seventh Edition
by Stephen R. Schach, Vanderbilt University–Nashville 2007 / Hardcover / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-319126-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-125849-4 [IE]

International Edition
OBJECT-ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING: Practical Software Development Using UML and Java Second Edition
by Timothy Lethbridge, and Robert Laganiere 2004 / 528 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-710908-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-124770-2 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/schach
Classical and Object-Oriented Software Engineering, 7/e presents an excellent introduction to software engineering fundamentals, covering both traditional and object-oriented techniques. The coverage of both Agile processes and Open Source Software has been considerably expanded. In addition, the Osbert Oglesby running case study has been replaced with a new case study on the Martha Stockton Greengage Foundation. The new study highlights even more aspects of the Unified Process. CONTENTS Part One Introduction to Software Engineering. 1 The Scope of Software Engineering. 2 Software Life-Cycle Models. 3 The Software Process. 4 Teams. 5 The Tools of the Trade. 6 Testing. 7 From Modules to Objects. 8 Reusability and Portability. 9 Planning and Estimating. Part Two The Workflows of the Software Life Cycle. 10 Requirements. 11 Classical Analysis. 12 Object-Oriented Analysis. 13 Design. 14 Implementation. 15 Postdelivery Maintenance. 16 More on UML. Appendix A Term Project: Osric's Office Appliances and Decor. Appendix B Software Engineering Resources. Appendix C Requirements Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study. Appendix D Structured Systems Analysis: The MSG Foundation Case Study. Appendix E Analysis Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study. Appendix F Software Project Management Plan: The MSG Foundation Case Study. Appendix G Design Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study. Appendix H Implementation Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study (C++ Version). Appendix I Implementation Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study (Java Version). Appendix J Test Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study

(McGraw-Hill UK Title) www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/lethbridge
CONTENTS 1: Software and software engineering 1.1 The nature of software 1.2 What is software engineering? 1.3 Software engineering as a branch of the engineering profession 1.4 Stakeholders in software engineering 1.5 Software quality 1.6 Software engineering projects 1.7 Activities common to software projects 1.8 The themes emphasized in this book 1.9 Difficulties and risks in software engineering as a whole 2: Review of object orientation 2.1 What is object orientation? 2.2 Classes and objects 2.3 Instance variables 2.4 Methods, operations and polymorphism 2.5 Organizing classes into inheritance hierarchies 2.6 The effects of inheritance hierarchies on polymorphism and variable declarations 2.7 Concepts that define object orientation 2.8 Detailed example: a program for manipulating postal codes 2.9 Detailed example: classes for representing geometric points 2.10 Measuring the quality and complexity of a program 2.11 Difficulties and risks in programming language choice and object-oriented programming 3: Basing software development on reusable technology 3.1 Reuse: building on the work and experience of others 3.2 Incorporating reusability and reuse into software engineering 3.3 Frameworks: reusable subsystems 3.4 The client-server architecture 3.5 Technology needed to build client-server systems 3.6 The Object Client-Server Framework (OCSF) 3.7 Basic description of OCSF – client side 3.8 Basic description of OCSF – server side 3.9 An instant messaging application using the OCSF 3.10 Difficulties and risks when considering reusable technology and client-server systems 4: Developing Requirements 4.1 Domain analysis 4.2 The starting point for software projects 4.3 Defining the problem and the scope 4.4 What is a requirement? 4.5 Types of requirements 4.6 Use cases: describing how the user will use the system 4.7 Some techniques for gathering requirements 4.8 Types of requirements document 4.9 Reviewing requirements 4.10 Managing changing requirements 4.11 Detailed example: GPS-based Automobile Navigation Assistant (GANA) 4.12 Detailed example: requirements for a feature of the SimpleChat instant messaging program 4.13 Difficulties and risks in domain and requirement analysis 5: Modeling with classes 5.1 What is UML? 5.2 Essentials of UML class diagrams

51

COMPUTER SCIENCE
5.3 Associations and multiplicity 5.4 Generalizations 5.5 Object diagrams 5.6 More advance features of class diagrams 5.7 The basics of Object Constraint Language (OCL) 5.8 Detailed example: a class diagram for genealogy 5.9 The process of developing class diagrams 5.10 Implementing class diagrams in Java 5.11 Difficulties and risks when creating class diagrams 6: Using design patterns 6.1 Introduction to patterns 6.2 The Abstraction-Occurrence pattern 6.3 The General Hierarchy pattern 6.4 The Player-Role pattern 6.5 The Singleton pattern 6.6 The Observer pattern 6.7 The Delegation pattern 6.8 The Adapter pattern 6.9 The Façade pattern 6.10 The Immutable pattern 6.11 The Read-Only Interface pattern 6.12 The Proxy pattern 6.13 The Factory pattern 6.14 Detailed example: Enhancing OCSF to employ additional design patterns 6.15 Difficulties and risks when using design patterns 7: Focusing on users and their tasks 7.1 User-centered design 7.2 Characteristics of users 7.3 Developing use case models of systems 7.4 The basics of user interface design 7.5 Usability principles 7.6 Evaluating user interfaces 7.7 Implementing a simple GUI in Java 7.8 Difficulties and risks in use case modeling and UI Design 8: Modeling interactions and behaviors 8.1 Interaction diagrams 8.2 State diagrams 8.3 Activity diagrams 8.4 Implementing classes based on interaction and state diagrams 8.5 Difficulties and risks in modeling interactions and hehaviors 9: Architecting and designing software 9.1 The process of design 9.2 Principles leading to good design 9.3 Techniques for making good design decisions 9.4 Model driven development 9.6 Architectural patterns 9.7 Wring a good design document 9.8 Detailed example: design of a feature for the SimpleChat instant messaging application 9.9 Difficulties and risks in design 10: Testing and inspecting to ensure high quality 10.1 Basic definitions 10.2 Effective and efficient testing 10.3 Defects in ordinary algorithms 10.4 Defects in numerical algorithms 10.5 Defects in teiming and co-ordination: deadlocks, livelocks and critical races 10.6 Defects in handling stress and unusual situations 10.7 Documents defects 10.8 Writing formal test cases and text plans 10.9 Strategies for testing large systems 10.10 Inspections 10.11 Quality assurance in general 10.12 Detailed example: test case for phase 2 of the SimpleChat instant messaging system 10.13 Difficulties and risks in quality assurance 11: Managing the software process 11.1 What is project management? 11.2 Software process models 11.3 Cost estimation 11.4 Building software engineering teams 11.5 Project scheduling and tracking 11.6 Contents of a project plan 11.7 Difficulties and risks in project management 12: Review 12.1 Theme 1: Understanding the customer and user 12.2 Theme 2: Basing development on solid principles and reusable technology 12.3 Theme 3: Object orientation 12.4 Theme 4: Visual modeling using UML 12.5 Theme 5: Evaluation of alternatives in requirements and design 12.6 Theme 6: Incorporating quantitative and logical thinking 12.7 Theme 7: Iterative and agile development 12.8 Theme 8: Communicating effectively using documentation 12.9 Rich management in all software engineering activities 12.10 What next? APPENDIX A: Summary of the ULM notation used in this book APPENDIX B: Summary of the documentation types recommended in this book APPENDIX C: System descriptions Glossary. Index

OBJECT-ORIENTED TECHNOLOGY
by Curtis HK Tsang, Clarence SW Lau and Ying K Leung 2004 / 456 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-124046-8

(An Asian Publication) www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg/olc/tsang
This book is written for students and developers who wish to master the essential skills and techniques in applying the UML for software development. The reader will learn object-oriented analysis, design and implementation using appropriate UML models, process, techniques and tool. Accompanying the book is the Community Edition of Visual Pradigm for UML (VP-UML), an award-winning CASE tool, which allows the reader to put the theories learned into practice immediately. The authors propose a novel framework for modeling and analysis called the View Alignment Techniques (VAT) that helps software developers create development methods. The Activity Analysis Approach (A3), which is particularly suited for the development of interaction-intensive systems, is described. These concepts have been well proven, as they were followed closely in the development of the VP-UML CASE tool. Three chapters in this book describe structural, use case and dynamic modeling and analysis techniques, together with practical tricks and tips that have been gained by the authors from many years of experience. Each of these three chapters includes a mini-case study which illustrates the unique "from diagram to code" concept in software development. In the final chapter, a major case study is included to help the reader reinforce the theories learned in previous chapters using VP-UML. The key areas in object-oriented technology covered in the book include: v Requirements modeling using cases: Identifying, capturing and elaborating requirements. v Domain analysis for object identification: Building structural models for objects and their attributes and relationships. v Dynamic analysis and design: Building dynamic models, refining structural models and making design decisions. v Implementation: Translating UML models into codes and implementations.

52

COMPUTER SCIENCE
v Method creation and the framework of View Alignment Techniques: Choosing the right UML models and customizing the analysis and design process. v A case study: Showing how the Activity Analysis Approach is put into practice, using VP-UML. Additional material can be found at http://www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg/ olc/tsang. Instructors will benefit from useful tools such as PowerPoint slides (passwordprotected) and answers to exercises (password protected), while students can obtain source code and additional exercises and test questions. Visual Paradigm for UML, the CASE tool used extensively in this book, was honored in the 15th Annual Software Development Magazine Jolt Productivity Award in the Design and Analysis Tools category in March 2004. It has also recently won two more accolades: Oracle JDeveloper Extensions Developer of the Year 2004 and Hong Kong Computer Society 6th IT Excellence Silver Award 2004. The Community Edition of this CASE tool is included in this book to enable the reader to use its powerful and easy-to-use features for system modeling, analysis and implementation. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction. Chapter 2 Structural Modeling and Analysis. Chapter 3 Use Case Modeling and Analysis. Chapter 4 Dynamic Modeling and Analysis. Chapter 5 Implementing UML Specification. Chapter 6 View Alignment Techniques and Method Customization. Chapter 7 A Case Study: Applying the Activity Analysis Approach. Appendix A Getting Started with VP-UML. Appendix B Basic UML Concepts. Appendix C Implementation of the Lift Control System in Chapter 5 References. Index

International Edition
PRACTICAL OBJECT-ORIENTED DESIGN WITH UML Second Edition
by Mark Priestley, University of Westminster 2004 / 338 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-710393-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-123923-3 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill UK Title) www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/priestley
CONTENTS Part 1: Introduction to object-oriented design: 1 Introduction to UML. 2 Modelling with objects. 3 Software development processes. Part 2: Case study: Restaurant Booking System: 4 Restaurant system: use case model. 5 Restaurant system: analysis. 6 Restaurant system: design. 7 Restaurant system: implementation. Part 3: UML Tutorial: 8 Class and object diagrams. 9 Interaction diagrams. 10 Statecharts and activity diagrams. 11 Constraints and OCL. 12 Implementation models. Part 4: Object-oriented design in practice: 13 Code generation and reverse engineering. 14 Principles and patterns. Appendices: Reference material. A: UML notation reference. B: OCL reference. C: A use case template. References and Further Reading. Index

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

53

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Operating Systems

NEW
International Edition
OPERATING SYSTEMS: A SPIRAL APPROACH
by Ramez Elmasri, University Of Texas Arlington, A G. Carrick, and David Levine, University Of Texas Arlington 2010 (February 2009) / Hardcover / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-244981-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-016454-3 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/elmasri
Elmasri, Levine, and Carrick's "spiral approach" to teaching operating systems develops student understanding early and helps students approach the more difficult aspects of operating systems with confidence. While operating systems have changed dramatically over the years, the authors of most operating systems books use a linear approach that is difficult for students to follow and requires instructors to constantly put materials in context. Elmasri, Levine, and Carrick do things differently by following an integrative or "spiral" approach to explaining operating systems. The spiral approach alleviates the need for an instructor to "jump ahead" when explaining processes by helping students "completely" understand a simple, working, functional system as a whole in the very beginning. This is more effective pedagogically, and it inspires students to continue exploring more advanced concepts with confidence. FEATURES v The book covers modern operating systems found in devices not conventionally regarded as computers. Since the students use these devices every day and have an operational familiarity with them. v Authors use a conversational style of writing to avoid boring the students with excessive pedantry. v The book uses the normal, accepted terms for describing operating systems but also discusses alternative terms when no accepted standard terminology exists or where other terms were used historically. v The authors discuss algorithmic solutions as opposed to listing actual codes since students at different schools will have been exposed to different languages. v For each operating system that is treated separately, whether in the spiral section or in the case studies, the book includes some history of the industry at the time, and sometimes the key companies or individuals involved. This follows from the author's basic belief that a student can understand operating systems better if they are placed in a meaningful context. v Frequent figures are incorporated as an aid to those who learn best visually rather than by reading a sequence of words. v Each chapter ends with a set of questions that a student can use to assess the level of understanding of the material in the chapter. v Projects are outlined for many chapters which can be used by the instructor to ground the students' understanding in reality. CONTENTS PART 1: Operating Systems Overview and Background 1 Getting Started 2 Operating System Concepts, Components, and Architectures PART 2: Building Operating Systems Incrementally: A Breadth-Ori-

ented Spiral Approach 3 A Simple, Single Process Operating System 4 A Single User Multi-tasking Operating System 5 An Advanced Single User Multi-tasking Operating System 6 A Multiple-User Operating System--Linux 7 Parallel and Distributed Computing, Clusters and Grids PART 3: In Depth--Processes and Memory 8 Process Management: Concepts, Threads, and Scheduling 9 More Process Management: Inter-process Communication, Synchronization, and Deadlocks 10 Basic Memory Management 11 Advanced Memory Management PART 4: In Depth--Files and Input/Output 12 File Systems--Basics 13 File Systems--Examples and More Features 14 Disk Scheduling and Input/Output Management PART 5: In Depth--Networks and Distributed Processing 15 Introduction to Computer Networks 16 Protection and Security 17 Introduction to Distributed Systems PART 6: Case Studies 18 Windows Vista 19 Linux 20 The Palm OS Appendices Appendix A: Overview of Computer System and Architecture Concepts

International Edition
OPERATING SYSTEMS: A CONCEPT-BASED APPROACH Second Edition
by D. M. Dhamdhere, Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay 2006 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-061194-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-126436-5 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://mhhe.com/dhamdhere/os
CONTENTS PART I : FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS 1 Introduction 2 Overview of Operating Systems 3 Processes and Threads 4 Scheduling 5 Memory Management 6 Virtual Memory 7 File Systems 8 Security and Protection PART II : ADVANCED TOPICS 9 Process Synchronization 10 Message Passing 11 Deadlocks 12 Implementation of File Operations 13 Synchronization and Scheduling in Multiprocessor Operating Systems 14 Structure of Operating Systems PART III : DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEMS 15 Distributed Systems 16 Theoretical Issues in Distributed Systems 17 Distributed Control Algorithms 18 Recovery and Fault Tolerance 19 Distributed File Systems 20 Distributed System Security

54

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Other Databases

Other Languages

MICROSOFT® SQL SERVER™ 2008 REPORTING SERVICES Third Edition
by Brian Larson 2009 (August 2008) / Softcover / 866 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154808-3

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PROGRAMMING WITH FORTRAN 77
by William Mayo and Martin Cwiakala, Rutgers University 1995 / 352 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-041155-5

(A Schaum's Publication)

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Create and deliver data-rich reports across the enterprise using this complete server-based reporting solution. Written by a member of the original Reporting Services development team, Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Reporting Services covers the entire report-building and distribution process, including data extraction, integration with desktop and Web applications, and end-user access. The book explains how to maximize all of the powerful features, including the new Tablix data format, as well as enhanced performance, scalability, and visualization capabilities. v Install, configure, and customize SQL Server 2008 Reporting Services v v v v Create SELECT queries to extract data Generate reports from the Report Wizard and from scratch Add charts, images, and gauges Build reusable report templates

Python/CSI
NEW
EXPLORING PYTHON
by Timothy A. Budd, Oregon State University 2009 (January 2009) / Softcover / 416 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-352337-8

v Use the new Tablix data format to create reports with any structure v Export reports to Word, Excel, PDF, HTML, XML, and other formats v Enable end-user access to reports via the Report Server and its Report Manager web interface CONTENTS Part I: Getting Started Chapter 1. Let's Start at the Very Beginning Chapter 2. Putting the Pieces in Place: Installing Reporting Services Part II: Report Authoring Chapter 3. DB 101: Database Basics Chapter 4. A Visit to Emerald City: The Report Wizard Chapter 5. Removing the Training Wheels: Building Basic Reports Chapter 6. Graphic Expression: Using Charts, Images, and Gauges Chapter 7. Kicking It Up a Notch: Intermediate Reporting Chapter 8. Beyond Wow: Advanced Reporting Chapter 9. A Leading Exporter: Exporting Reports to Other Rendering Formats Part III: Report Serving Chapter 10. How Did We Ever Manage Without You? The Report Manager Chapter 11. Delivering the Goods: Report Delivery Chapter 12. Extending Outside the Box: Customizing Reporting Services Part IV: Appendixes Appendix A. Report Item Reference Appendix B. Web Service Interface Reference Appendix C. Ad Hoc Reporting Index

www.mhhe.com/budd
Tim Budd is one of the best-known authors in CS and has a reputation for producing texts in cutting edge, emerging areas like Python. With Python being the most recognized emerging languages, Budd's created a text that is thorough and easily accessible. Python is an up-and-coming, powerful language that many people feel is easier to teach and comprehend. Tim Budd's presentation of the Python language is in keeping with the light, flexible nature of the language itself. It provides a thorough grounding in the basics of Python without the dispersed focus on CS history and general programming practice that tends to weigh down a lot of traditional introductory programming books. Budd's accessible writing style and example-based approach make the book ideal as both a teaching tool and a reference. FEATURES v Example based approach

v "Practical Code" Focus: Which all beginning programmers need to know, is integrated through out the text v v Provides Common Programming Errors Abundance of code samples

CONTENTS Part I. Basic features of Python 1. Interactive Execution 2. Programs in Python 3. Functions 4. Strings 5. Dictionaries 6. Files 7. Classes 8. Functional Programming 9. Object-Oriented Programming 10. Modules 11. Advanced Features Part II.

55

COMPUTER SCIENCE
12. GUI programming with Tkinter 13. Web-based Applications 14. A Blog 15. A Wiki web 16. A Suduko Solver 17. XML parsing with the iTunes database 18. Data Structures Appendices A. Python Reference Manual B. How to Learn a Second Programming Language Chapter 6. Simulating and Modeling Evolution Chapter 7. Gene Finding Chapter 8. Gene Expression Chapter 9. Projects

BIOINFORMATICS: SEQUENCE ALIGNMENT AND MARKOV MODELS
by Kal Renganathan Sharma, Prairie View A&m University 2009 (August 2008) / Hardcover / 320 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-159306-9

Bioinformatics
NEW
International Edition
BIOINFORMATICS A Computing Perspective
by Shuba Gopal, Rochester Institute of Technology, Anne Haake, Rochester Institute of Technology, Rhys Price Jones, and Paul Tymann, Rochester Inst Of Technology

(A Professional Title)
Bioinformatics showcases the latest developments in the field along with all the foundational information you'll need. It provides in-depth coverage of a wide range of autoimmune disorders and detailed analyses of suffix trees, plus late-breaking advances regarding biochips and genomes. Featuring helpful gene-finding algorithms, Bioinformatics offers key information on sequence alignment, HMMs, HMM applications, protein secondary structure, microarray techniques, and drug discovery and development. Helpful diagrams accompany mathematical equations throughout, and exercises appear at the end of each chapter to facilitate self-evaluation. This thorough, up-to-date resource features: v v v v Worked-out problems illustrating concepts and models End-of-chapter exercises for self-evaluation Material based on student feedback Illustrations that clarify difficult math problems A list of bioinformatics-related websites

2009 (May 2008) / Hardcover / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-313364-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-126390-0 [IE]

v

Bioinformatics covers: v v v v v v v v Sequence representation and alignment Hidden Markov models Applications of HMMs Gene finding Protein secondary structure prediction Microarray techniques Drug discovery and development Internet resources and public domain databases

www.mhhe.com/tymann
This book is written by a very experienced author team representing the many areas out of which the new discipline of Bioinformatics is emerging. Their common sense approach and carefully detailed presentation have positioned Bioinformatics: A Computing perspective on the front lines for defining how the college Bioinformatics course will ultimately be taught. Bioinformatics: A Computing Approach is to make students conversant with key concepts in the biological sciences and knowledgeable about current iconoclastic tools and approaches. It successfully ties interesting computational challenges to relevant biological phenomenon, avoiding the "bioinformatics" vs. "computational" debate that tends to confuse students rather than interest and instruct them. FEATURES v Ties computational challenges to relevant biological phenomenon v Covers bioinformatics tools with a focus on the algorithms

CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgments Chapter 1. Preliminaries Part 1: Sequence Alignment and Representation Chapter 2. Alignment of a Pair of Sequences Chapter 3. Sequence Representation and String Algorithms Chapter 4. Multiple-Sequence Alignment

v Includes the most recent developments in bioinformatics including polygenetics, tree building and gene networks v Prepares students to identify and understand biological problems and specifically to identify appropriate computational approaches for the resolution of these challenges. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Road Map Chapter 2. Biological Basics Chapter 3. Wet and Dry Lab Techniques Chapter 4. Fragment Assembly Chapter 5. Sequence Alignment

56

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Other Programming

Core Questions Key Words Index

APPLIED SOFTWARE MEASUREMENT Third Edition
By Capers Jones 2008 (June 2008) / / Softcover / 700 pgs ISBN: 978-0-07-150244-3

CRYSTAL REPORTS 2008: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by George Peck 2008 / Softcover / 968 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-159098-3

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Transform disconnected corporate data into compelling, interactive business intelligence using all of the powerful tools available in Crystal Reports 2008. Through detailed explanations, real-world examples, and expert advice, this comprehensive guide shows you how to create, maintain, and distribute dynamic, visually appealing enterprise database reports. Crystal Reports 2008: The Complete Reference explains how to select and gather pertinent business data, organize it into manageable groups, and assemble it into user-friendly business reports. You will learn how to improve report interactivity with sort controls and the parameter panel; solve complex reporting problems with crosstabs and subreports; integrate Crystal Xcelsius dashboards; reduce development time; and publish your results to Web and Windows applications. CONTENTS Part I: Designing Reports Chapter 1. Getting a Feel for Crystal Reports 2008 Chapter 2. Sorting and Grouping Chapter 3. Analyzing with Advanced Selection Criteria Chapter 4. Using Formulas Chapter 5. Creating Custom Functions Chapter 6. Making Your Reports Visually Appealing Chapter 7. Using Sections and Areas Chapter 8. Analyzing with Cross Tabs Chapter 9. Creating Charts Chapter 10. Creating Geographic Maps Chapter 11. Integration with Crystal Xcelsius and Flash Chapter 12. Using Subreports Chapter 13. Interactive Reporting with Parameter Fields Chapter 14. Exporting Reports to Different Formats Chapter 15. Reporting from SQL Databases Chapter 16. Reporting from Proprietary Data Types Chapter 17. Reporting from OLAP Cubes Chapter 18. Accommodating Database Changes and Field Mapping Chapter 19. Creating Crystal Reports Applications with Visual Studio .NET Part II: Crystal Reports Enterprise Reporting Chapter 20. Crystal Reports Web Alternatives Chapter 21. Using InfoView Chapter 22. Administering Enterprise Reporting Systems Appendix: Formula Language Reference Index

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Fully revised for the latest technologies. The definitive work on software metrics has now been updated to meet today's complex challenges in global software development. This new edition includes data from more than 12,000 software projects from 24 countries. Previous editions have become the standard for determining U.S. averages for software quality and productivity. The new edition is expanded to include international data. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction to Measurement Chapter 2 The History of Functional Metrics Chapter 3 US Averages for Productivity and Quality Chapter 4 International Averages for Productivity and Quality Chapter 5 The Mechanics of Measurement: Building a Baseline Chapter 6 Measuring Quality and User Satisfaction Chapter 7 New Measures: Balanced Scorecards,Sarbanes-Oxley, Outsource Measures Appendices Appendix A: Example of Measured Project Appendix B: Example of Baseline Report Appendix C: Example of a Benchmark Report Appendix D: Global Sources of Software Data

SECRETS OF THE ROCKSTAR PROGRAMMERS: Riding the IT Crest
By Ed Burns 2008 (February 2008) / Softcover / 300 pgs ISBN: 978-0-07-149083-2

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
A-list programmers reveal how to develop breakout skills and design killer software. With the rise of blogging, many of the world's most talented programmers have become celebrities in the field of IT. These "rock star programmers" are true icons for their legions of readers: IT professionals trying to stay current. Secrets of the Rock Star Programmers is a unique collection of revealing interviews with highly skilled programmers centering on the themes of staying ahead of the curve and profitably riding the crest of software development trends as they emerge. Each programmer interviewed is asked a common set of questions, and responses can be easily found in a "by-question" index. You will learn from the best in the world how to spot the next big thing in programming and leverage it to your advantage. CONTENTS Hani Suleiman Adrian Colyer Java Posse Chris Wilson Nikhil Kothari Rod Johnson Herb Schildt Floyd Marinescu Esther Derby Andy Hunt

57

COMPUTER SCIENCE
STRUTS: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE Second Edition
by James Holmes 2007 / Softcover / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226386-2

Parallel Computing/ Processing

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Struts guru James Holmes has completely revised and updated his definitive, bestselling Struts volume. You will get soup-to-nuts coverage of Struts 1.3, the latest version of the framework used to create flexible, high-performance web applications. The book features insider tips, tricks, and techniques to make Struts applications sizzle. CONTENTS Part I: The Struts Framework. Chapter 1: The Struts Framework. Chapter 2: Building a Simple Struts Application. Chapter 3: The Model Layer. Chapter 4: The View Layer. Chapter 5: The Controlled Layer. Chapter 6: Validator. Chapter 7: Tiles. Chapter 8: Declarative Exception Handling. Chapter 9: Struts Modules. Part II: Applying Struts. Chapter 10: Internationalizing Struts Applications. Chapter 11: Securing Struts Applications. Chapter 12: Testing Struts Applications. Part III: The Struts Tag Libraries. Chapter 13: The HTML Tag Library. Chapter 14: The Bean Tag Library. Chapter 15: The Logic Tag Library. Chapter 16: The Nested Tag Library Chapter 17: Using JSTL with Struts. Part IV: Struts Configuration Files. Chapter 18: The Struts Configuration File. Chapter 19: The Tiles Configuration File. Chapter 20: The Validator Configuration File. Part V: Struts Extensions. Chapter 21: Struts Scripting. Chapter 22: The Struts-Faces Integration Library. Chapter 23: Using AJAX with Struts. Part VI: Appendixes. Appendix A: Struts Console Quick Reference. Appendix B: Third-Party Struts Extensions

International Edition
PARALLEL PROGRAMMING IN C WITH MPI AND OPEN MP
by Michael J. Quinn, Oregon State University 2004 / 480 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-282256-4 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-123265-4 [IE]

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072822562
CONTENTS Part I: Introduction to Parallel Computing: 1 Motivation and History. 2 Parallel Architectures. 3 Parallel Algorithm Design. 4 Performance Analysis. Part II: Introduction to MPI: 5 Message-passing Programming. 6 The Sieve of Eratosthenes. 7 Floyd’s Algorithm. 8 Matrix-vector Multiplication I. 9 Matrix-vector Multiplication II. 10 Document Classification. Part III: Parallel Algorithms: 11 Monte Carlo Methods. 12 Matrix Multipli-cation. 13 Solving Linear Systems. 14 Finite Difference Methods. 15 Sorting. 16 The Fast Fourier Transform. 17 Exhaustive Search. Part IV: Programming Multiprocessor Clusters: 18 Getting Started with OpenMP. 19 Combining MPI and OpenMP

International Edition
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability
by Kai Hwang, University of Southern California 1993 / 672 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-124713-9 [IE] CONTENTS Part One•Theory of Parallelism 1 Parallel Computer Models 2 Program and Network Properties 3 Principles of Performance and Scalability Part Two•Hardware Technologies 4 Processors and Memory Hierarchy 5 Bus/Cache and Shared-Memory 6 Pipelining and Superscalar Techniques Part Three•Parallel and Scalable Architectures 7 Multiprocessors and Multi-computers 8 Multivector and SIMD Supercomputers 9 Scalable, Multi-threaded, and Dataflow Architectures Part Four•Software for Parallel Programming

58

COMPUTER SCIENCE
10 Parallel Models, Languages and Compilers 11 Development of Parallel Programs 12 Unix Extensions for Parallel Computers Bibliography

Programming Languages and Program Design

HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH YOUR MAC
by Dwight Spivey 2008 (February 2008) / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-150272-6

International Edition
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES Second Edition
by Allen B. Tucker, Bowdoin College, and Robert Noonan, College of William and Mary 2006 / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-286609-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-125439-7 [IE]

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This hands-on guide explains how to get the most out of an Apple Mac, iMac, MacBook, or Mac mini. Step-by-step tutorials cover Mac OS X Leopard, Safari, iLife, iTunes, iWork, and the other bundled tools. Along with coverage of the operating system and applications, the book includes chapters on running Windows on a Mac, networking in a mixed PC environment, troubleshooting, and repairs. CONTENTS Part 1: Get Started with Your Mac Chapter 1: Welcome to the World of Mac! Chapter 2: First Things First: Get to Know Your Mac Chapter 3: Crusin': Navigate the Mac Chapter 4: Stylin' and Profilin': Customize Your Mac Chapter 5: Get Started on the Internet Part 2: Make Your Mac Earn Its Keep Chapter 6: How to Use Your Macintosh's Applications Chapter 7: I Work, You Work, We All Work with iWork Chapter 8: Start the Presses! Print and Fax Your Documents Chapter 9: Connected and Organized: Two Things Most of Us Are Not! Part 3: Pictures, Music, Movies, Oh My! Chapter 10: The Quick and the Time: QuickTime Chapter 11: Say Cheese! Manage Your Pictures with iPhoto Chapter 12: Well, Turn it Up, Man! Chapter 13: iLights! iCamera! iAction!: Use iMovie Chapter 14: Your Own Portable Movie Theater: DVD Player Chapter 15: Ham it Up with Photo Booth Chapter 16: Front Row Part 4: Time to Geek Out! Dig Deeper Into Your Mac Chapter 17: What Are All These System Preference Thingies? Chapter 18: What Goes Where? Chapter 19: Make Your Mac Play Pretty with Other Computers Chapter 20: The Details of E-mail Chapter 21: Let Your Fingers Do the Talking with iChat Chapter 22: Elementary, My Dear Watson! Cool Things to Do With Sherlock Chapter 23: Your Files are in the Spotlight! Search Your Mac Part 5: Make Your Mac Even Better! Add Windows and More Hardware Chapter 24: ATTENTION! Welcome to Bootcamp, Private! Chapter 25: It's Alive! Add Hardware to Your Mac Part 6: Let's Get Serious A Moment: Troubleshoot, Maintain and Get Further Help When You Need It Chapter 26: What the Heck Just Happened?! Chapter 27: Your Mac's Help Resources Part 7: Change the Silicon Every Three Thousand Miles: Maintain Your Mac Chapter 28: Keep the Engine Tuned Chapter 29: Get Under the Hood Chapter 30: Back 'er Up: Use Timeline

www.mhhe.com/tucker
Tucker and Noonan's new approach emphasizes a thorough, handson treatment of key issues in programming language design, providing a balanced mix of explanation and experimentation. Opening chapters present the fundamental principals of programming languages, while optional companion chapters provide implementation-based, handson experience that delves even deeper. This edition also includes a greatly expanded treatment of the four major programming paradigms, incorporating a number of the most current languages such as Perl and Python. Special topics presented include event-handling, concurrency, and an all-new chapter on correctness. Overall, this edition provides both broad and deep coverage of language design principles and the major paradigms, allowing users the flexibility of choosing what topics to emphasize. CONTENTS 1 Overview 2 Syntax 3 Lexical and Syntactic Analysis 4 Names 5 Types 6 Type Systems 7 Semantics 8 Semantic Interpretation 9 Functions 10 Function Implementation 11 Memory Management 12 Imperative Programming 13 Object-Oriented Programming 14 Functional Programming 15 Logic Programming 16 Event-Driven Programming 17 Concurrent Programming 18 Program Correctness A. Definition of Clite B. Discrete Math Review Glossary Bibliography

59

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Simulation

International Edition
SIMULATION WITH ARENA Fourth Edition
by W. David Kelton, University Of Cincinnati-Cincinnati

International Edition
SIMULATION MODELING AND ANALYSIS Fourth Edition
by Averill Law, Averill M. Law & Associates 2007 / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-329441-4 (with Expertfit Software) ISBN: 978-0-07-125519-6 [IE]

2007 / Hardcover / 704 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-325989-5 (with CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-127891-1 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/kelton4e
This fourth edition of Simulation with Arena has the same goal as the first three editions: to provide a comprehensive treatment of simulation concepts in general and the Arena simulation software in particular. It starts by having the reader develop simple, well-animated, high-level models, and then progresses to advanced modeling and analysis. Statistical design and analysis of simulation experiments is integrated with the modeling chapters, reflecting the joint nature of these activities in good simulation studies. The objective is to help the reader carry out effective simulation modeling, analysis, and projects using the Arena simulation system. An informal, tutorial writing style is used to aid the beginner in fully understanding the ideas and topics presented. Included is a CD containing the current version of the Arena academic software and the examples referenced throughout the text. Starting with an introduction to simulation concepts, the book progresses through an overview of the Arena software, basic model development, input analysis, additional modeling constructs, output analysis, and advanced modeling. It also includes chapters on integrating Arena simulation models with other applications, specialized statistical issues, continuous simulation, and conducting a successful simulation study. It is intended primarily to be a text in a first course on simulation or for self-study. However, the later chapters could be incorporated into an advanced or graduate-level course. Building on the success of the first three editions, published in 1998, 2002, and 2004, this edition retains the basic outline and tutorial style, built around a sequence of successively more complicated examples. All the examples and discussion, however, have been modified and updated to be consistent with the current version of the Arena software, and additional examples have been developed, along with more exercises. As before, a password-protected website for instructors provides support in terms of downloadable lecture slides and solutions to end-of-chapter exercises. The book draws heavily on the experience and expertise of the authors, a professor at the University of Cincinnati specializing in simulation, and two seasoned members of Rockwell Software (formerly Systems Modeling), the developers of Arena, who are active in product design and development, training, consulting, and applications. CONTENTS 1. What is Simulation? 2. Fundamental Simulation Concepts. 3. A Guided Tour Through Arena. 4. Modeling Basic Operations and Inputs. 5. Modeling Detailed Operations. 6. Statistical Design and Analysis of Terminating Simulations. 7. Intermediate Modeling and Steady-State Statistical Analysis. 8. Entity Transfer. 9. A Sampler of Further Modeling Issues and Techniques. 10. Arena Integration and Customization. 11. Continuous and Combined Discrete/Continuous Models. 12. Further Statistical Issues. 13. Conducting Simulation Studies Appendix A: A Functional Specification for The Washington Post Appendix B: IIE/RS Contest Problems Appendix C: A Refresher or Probability and Statistics Appendix D: Arena’s Probability Distributions Appendix E: Academic Software Installation. Instructions. References. Index. CD with current academic version of Arena and all examples used in the book

www.mhhe.com/law
Since the publication of the first edition in 1982, the goal of Simulation Modeling and Analysis has always been to provide a comprehensive, state-of-the-art, and technically correct treatment of all important aspects of a simulation study. The book strives to make this material understandable by the use of intuition and numerous figures, examples, and problems. It is equally well suited for use in university courses, simulation practice, and self study. The book is widely regarded as the “bible” of simulation and now has more than 100,000 copies in print. The book can serve as the primary text for a variety of courses; for example: v A first course in simulation at the junior, senior, or beginninggraduate-student level in engineering, manufacturing, business, or computer science (Chaps. 1 through 4, and parts of Chaps. 5 through 9). At the end of such a course, the students will be prepared to carry out complete and effective simulation studies, and to take advanced simulation courses. v A second course in simulation for graduate students in any of the above disciplines (most of Chaps. 5 through 12). After completing this course, the student should be familiar with the more advanced methodological issues involved in a simulation study, and should be prepared to understand and conduct simulation research. v An introduction to simulation as part of a general course in operations research or management science (part of Chaps. 1, 3, 5, 6, and 9). CONTENTS 1 Basic Simulation Modeling. 2 Modeling Complex Systems. 3 Simulation Software. 4 Review of Basic Probability and Statistics. 5 Building Valid, Credible, and Appropriately Detailed Simulation Models. 6 Selecting Input Probability Distributions. 7 Random-Number Generators. 8 Generating Random Variates. 9 Output Data Analysis for a Single System. 10 Comparing Alternative System Configurations. 11 Variance-Reduction Techniques. 12 Experimental Design, Sensitivity Analysis, and Optimization. 13 Simulation of Manufacturing Systems

60

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
SIMULATION USING PROMODEL Second Edition
by Charles R Harrell, Brigham Young University, Provo, Biman K Ghosh, California State Polytechnic University, Pomona and Royce Bowden, Mississippi State University, Mississippi State 2004 / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-311211-4 (with CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-123243-2 [IE with CD]

Software Project Management
NEW
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT Fifth Edition
By Bob Hughes, and Mike Cotterell

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072919809
CONTENTS I Study Chapters: 1 Introduction to Simulation. 2 System Dynamics. 3 Simulation Basics. 4 Discrete-Event Simulation. 5 Getting Started. 6 Data Collection and Analysis. 7 Model Building. 8 Model Verification and Validation. 9 Simulation Output Analysis. 10 Comparing Systems. 11 Optimization. 12 Modeling Manufacturing Systems. 13 Modeling Material Handling Systems. 14 Modeling Service Systems. II Labs: 1 Introduction to ProModel 2002. 2 ProModel World View, Menu and Tutorial. 3 Running a ProModel Simulation. 4 A Quick Look at ProModel. 5 ProModel’s Output Module. 6 Fitting Statistical Distribution to Input Data. 7 Basic Modeling Concepts. 8 Model Verification and Validation. 9 Output Analysis. 10 Comparing Alternative Systems. 11 Simulation Optimization with SimRunner. 12 Intermediate Modeling Concepts. 13 Material Handling Concepts. 14 Additional Modeling Concepts. III Case Study Assignments: Case 1 Toy Airplane Manufacturing. Case 2 Jai Hind Cycles Inc. Plans New Production Facility. Case 3 The FSB Coin System. Case 4 Automated Warehousing at Athletic Shoe Company. Case 5 Concentrate Line at Florida Citrus Company. Case 6 Balancing the Production Line at Southern California Door Company. Case 7 Material Handling at California Steel Industries, Inc. Appendixes: A Common Continuous and Discrete Distributions. B Critical Values for Students t Distribution (ta). C F Distribution for a=0.05

2009 (May 2009) / 400 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-712279-9

(McGraw-Hill UK Title)
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction to software project management Chapter 2 Project evaluation and programme management Chapter 3 An overview of project planning Chapter 4 Selection of an appropriate project approach Chapter 5 Software effort estimation Chapter 6 Activity planning Chapter 7 Risk management Chapter 8 Resource allocation Chapter 9 Monitoring and control Chapter 10 Managing contracts Chapter 11 Managing people in software environments Chapter 12 Working in teams Chapter 13 Software quality

61

COMPUTER SCIENCE

SQL
SQL: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE Third Edition
by Andy Oppel, and Robert Sheldon 2009 (August 2008) / Softcover / 534 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154864-9

TCP/IP
NEW
International Edition
TCP/IP PROTOCOL SUITE Fourth Edition
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, Deanza College 2010 (March 2009) / Hardcover / 928 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-337604-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-016678-3 [IE]

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Written to the SQL:2006 ANSI/ISO standard, this easy-to-follow guide will get you started programming in SQL right away. You will learn how to retrieve, insert, update, and delete database data, and perform management and administrative functions. SQL: A Beginner's Guide, Third Edition covers new features, including SQL/XML, and is loaded with updated SQL examples along with notes on using them with the latest RDBMS software versions such as MySQL 5.0, SQL Server 2008, and Oracle Database 11g. CONTENTS PART I--Relational Databases and SQL Chapter 1. Introduction to Relational Databases and SQL Chapter 2. Working with the SQL Environment Chapter 3. Creating and Altering Tables Chapter 4. Enforcing Data Integrity Chapter 5. Creating SQL Views Chapter 6. Managing Database Security Part II--Data Access and Modification Chapter 7. Querying SQL Data Chapter 8. Modifying SQL Data Chapter 9. Using Predicates Chapter 10. Working with Functions and Value Expressions Chapter 11. Accessing Multiple Tables Chapter 12. Using Subqueries to Access and Modify Data Part III--Advanced Data Access Chapter 13. Creating SQL-Invoked Routines Chapter 14. Creating SQL Triggers Chapter 15. Using SQL Cursors Chapter 16. Managing SQL Transactions Chapter 17. Accessing SQL Data from Your Host Program Chapter 18. Working with XML Data Part IV--Appendices Appendix A: Answers to SelfTest Appendix B: SQL:2006 Keywords Appendix C: SQL Code Used in Try This Exercises Index

http://www.mhhe.com/forouzan
In a world where the number of people who need to learn about data communications and networking is exploding, Forouzan's book is the answer. The book's visual approach makes it easy for students to learn about and understand the concepts involved in this rapidly developing field. TCP/IP Protocol Suite teaches students and professionals, with no prior knowledge of TCP/IP everything they need to know about the subject. This comprehensive book uses hundreds of figures to make technical concepts easy to grasp as well as many examples which help tie the material to the real-world. The fourth edition of TCP/IP Protocol Suite has been fully updated to include all of the recent technology changes in the field. Additionally, out-of-date material has been overhauled to reflect recent changes in technology. NEW TO THIS EDITION v v v v v More exercises and open-ended problems in each chapter. An updated Chapter 28 (on security) XML added to Chapter 22 (on World Wide Web) A new chapter on Client/Server Programming in Pseudocode Concept of flow and error control in Chapter 12 (TCP)

v Updated Chapter 3 (on Underlying Technologies) to cover new technology. CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 The OSI Model and the TCP/IP Protocol Suite 3 Underlying Technologies 4 IP Addresses: Classful Addressing 5 IP Addresses: Classless Addressing 6 Delivery, Forwarding, and Routing of IP Packets 7 ARP and RARP 8 Internet Protocol (IP) 9 Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) 10 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 11 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) 12 Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) 13 Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) 14 Unicast Routing Protocols (RIP, OSPF, and BGP) 15 Multicasting and Multicast Routing Protocols 16 Host Configuration: BOOTP and DHCP 17 Domain Name System (DNS) 18 Remote Login: TELNET 19 File Transfer: FTP and TFTP 20 Electronic Mail: SMTP, POP, and IMAP 21 Network Management: SNMP 22 World Wide Web: HTTP 23 IP over ATM 24 Mobile IP

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FUNDAMENTALS OF SQL PROGRAMMING
by Ramon Mata-Toledo and Pauline Cushman 2001 / 314 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-135953-5

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS An Introduction to SQL and Relational Database Concepts. Implementation of the Relational Operators in SQL. Boolean Operators and Pattern Matching. Arithmetic Operations and Built-In Functions. Group Functions. Processing Date and Time Information. Complex Queries and Set Operators. Basic Security Issues Using SQL. Appendices.

62

COMPUTER SCIENCE
25 Multimedia 26 Private Networks, Virtual Private Networks, and Network Address Translation 27 Next Generation: IPv6 and ICMPv6 28 Network Security Appendix A ASCII Code Appendix B Numbering Systems Appendix C Checksum Appendix D Error Detection Appendix E Project 802 Appendix F Contact Addresses Appendix G RFCs Appendix H UDP and TCP Ports

Theory Of Computation

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGES AND THE THEORY OF COMPUTATION Third Edition
by John C. Martin, North Dakota State University 2003 / 480 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-232200-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-124018-5 [IE] CONTENTS I Mathematical Notation and Techniques: 1 Basic Mathematical Objects. 2 Mathematical Induction and Recursive Definitions. II Regular Languages and Finite Automata: 3 Regular Languages and Finie Automata. 4 Nondeterminism and Kleene’s Theorem. 5 Regular and Nonregular Languages. III Context-Free Languages and Pushdown Automata: 6 Context-Free Grammars. 7 Pushdown Automata. 8 Context-Free and Non-Context-Free Languages. IV Turing Machines and Their Languages: 9 Turing Machines. 10 Recursively Enumerable Languages. V Unsolvable Problems and Computable Functions: 11 Unsolvable Problems. 12 Computable Functions. VI Introduction to Computational Complexity: 13 Measuring and Classifying Complexity. 14 Tractable and Intractable Problems

SESSION INITIATION PROTOCOL (SIP): CONTROLLING CONVERGENT NETWORKS
by Travis Russell 2008 (June 2008) / Hardcover / 500 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148852-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
CONTENTS Chapter 1--Architecture of a SIP Network Chapter 2--Structure of the SIP Protocol Chapter 3--SIP Provisional and Successful Response Codes Chapter 4 – SIP Redirection Response Codes Chapter 5 – SIP Request Failure Response Codes Chapter 6 – SIP Server Failure Response Codes Chapter 7 – SIP Global Failure Response Codes Chapter 8--Registration Procedures in a SIP Network Chapter 9 – Establishing a Session in SIP Chapter 10 – Extending SIP To Support New Functions Chapter 11 – Security in a SIP Network Appendix A--IETF SIP Related RFPs

UML

International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GUIDE TO UML Second Edition
by Simon Bennett, John Skelton and Ken Lunn 2005 / 380 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-710741-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-124771-9 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill UK Title) (A Schaum's Publication)

63

COMPUTER SCIENCE

UNIX
NEW
International Edition
HARLEY HAHN'S GUIDE TO UNIX AND LINUX
by Harley Hahn

2009 (February 2008) / Softcover / 832 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-313361-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-128397-7 [IE] "Harley Hahn's Guide to Unix and Linux" is a modern, comprehensive text for anyone who wants to learn how to use Unix or Linux. The book is suitable as a primary or secondary textbook for classroom use, as well as for readers who want to teach themselves. The text covers all the basic concepts and tools Unix/Linux users need to master: Unix vs Linux, GUIs, the command line interface, the online manual, syntax, the shell, standard I/O and redirection, pipes and filters, vi and Emacs, the Unix file system, and job control. Hahn offers a thoroughly readable approach to teaching Unix & Linux by emphasizing core ideas and carefully explaining unfamiliar terminology. The book walks readers through Unix & Linux systems from the very beginning, assuming no prior knowledge, and laying out material in a logical, straightforward manner.An experienced author, Hahn writes in a clear, engaging, and student-friendly style, resulting in a text that is both easy and entertaining to read. Motivating pedagogy, such as “What’s in a Name?” boxes and highlighted Hints provide readers with interesting background and helpful tips. For additional resources, readers can visit the author’s website at www.harley.com FEATURES v Covers all versions of Unix, including thorough coverage of Linux. v shows all common commands up-front that go across systems-student learns what commands he/she must know v Flexible text covers a wide range of topics while allowing professors to cover topics in the order they prefer. v Topics are self contained, so you don't need to read other chapters to understand the meaning of the chapter before. v Entertaining engaging style--"What's In A Name?" and "Hint" boxes provide, respectively, the interesting historical explanations behind commonly used terminology and helpful clues for readers. v Nobody else has these kind of features

Chapter 3 The Unix Connection Chapter 4 Starting to Use Unix Chapter 5 GUIs: Graphical Users Interfaces Chapter 6 The Unix Work Environment Chapter 7 Using the Keyboard with Unix Chapter 8 Programs to Use Right Away Chapter 9 Documentation: The Unix Manual and Info Chapter 10 Command Syntax Chapter 11 The Shell Chapter 12 Using the Shell: Variables and Option Chapter 13 Using the Shell: Commands and Customization Chapter 14 Using the Shell: Initialization Files Chapter 15 Standard I/O, Redirection and Pipes Chapter 16 Filters: Introduction and Basic Operations Chapter 17 Filters: Comparing and Extracting Chapter 18 Filters: Counting and Formatting Chapter 19 Filters: Selecting, Sorting, Combining, and Changing Chapter 20 Regular Expressions Chapter 21 Displaying Files Chapter 22 The vi Text Editor Chapter 23 The Unix File System Chapter 24 Working with Directories Chapter 25 Working with Files Chapter 26 Processes and Job Control Appendix A Summary of Unix Commands: Alphabetical Appendix B Summary of Unix Commands: By Category Appendix C Summary of vi Commands

International Edition
JUST ENOUGH UNIX Fifth Edition
by K Paul Andersen, New Mexico State University - Las Cruces 2006 / Softcover / 608 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-295297-1 / MHID: 0-07-295297-0 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124418-3 / MHID: 0-07-124418-2 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/andersen
Just Enough UNIX provides a quick and gentle introduction to the UNIX operating system. The fifth edition of this highly successful text reflects changes and updates to the UNIX curriculum that have taken place since the publication of the fourth edition. The book is written in a clear, straightforward style that avoids unnecessary jargon. This short, yet comprehensive text covers the basics of UNIX. It can be used in both a freshman engineering course or to supplement other courses where the student needs to learn UNIX for the first time. The book is enhanced by strong pedagogical tools that will be very useful to those in the classroom, as well as those engaged in self-study. CONTENTS Part I: Introduction to UNIX: 1 Introduction to UNIX. 2 Your UNIX Account. 3 Getting Started. 4 Tutorial: Getting Started (X/Motif). 5 Tutorial: Getting Started (CDE). Part II: UNIX File System: 6 The UNIX File System. 7 Tutorial: Working with Files. 8 Tutorial: Working with Directories. 9 Tutorial: Using File Manager. Part III: UNIX Shells: 10 UNIX Shells. 11 Tutorial: Working with the Shell. 12 Tutorial: Using Additional Shell Features.

v Contains special appendices, indexes, reference material, and glossary.. v Engaging, witty, student-friendly writing style.

CONTENTS A Personal Note from Harley Hahn Walkthrough for Students and Teachers List of Figures Glossary Chapter 1 Introduction to Unix Chapter 2 What is Unix? What is Linux?

64

COMPUTER SCIENCE
Part IV: Text Editors: 13 Text Editors. 14 Tutorial: Editing with vi. 15 Tutorial: Editing with emacs. 16 Tutorial: Editing with pico. 17 Tutorial: Editing with Text Editor. Part V: UNIX Networking: 18 UNIX Networking. 19 Tutorial: Using mail and mailx. 20 Tutorial: Processing Mail with pine. 21 Tutorial: Processing Mail with Mailer. 22 Tutorial: Logging in Remotely. 23 Tutorial: Transferring Files. Part VI: Secure Computing: 24 Computer Security. 25 Tutorial: Remote Computing Using SSH-1. 26 Tutorial: Remote Computing Using SSH-2. 27 Tutorial: Protecting Privacy with PGP. Part VII: Startup Files: 28 Startup Files. 29 Tutorial: Using sh and ksh Startup Files. 30 Tutorial: Using csh and tcsh Startup Files. 31 Tutorial: Using bash Startup Files. Part VIII: Scripting: 32 Scripting Languages. 33 Tutorial: Creating Shell Scripts. 34 Tutorial: Scripting with awk. 35 Tutorial: Scripting with Perl. Part VIX: Programming Under UNIX: 36 Programming Under UNIX. 37 Tutorial: Programming in C. 38 Tutorial: Programming in C++. 39 Tutorial: Programming in Fortran. 40 Tutorial: Programming in Java. Appendices: Appendix A: Taming Your Terminal. Appendix B: The UNIX Manual. Appendix C: Regular Expressions. Appendix D: write and talk. Appendix E: Using dbx. Appendix F: Using make. 17. Networking Tools 18. awk—An Advanced Filter 19. perl—The Master Manipulator 20. Advanced vi 21. Advanced Shell Programming 22. Program Development Tools 23. Systems Programming I—Files 24. Systems Programming II—Process Control 25. Advanced System Administration Appendix A : The C Shell -- Programming Constructs Appendix B : vi/vim Command Reference Appendix C : The HOWTO Appendix D : Solutions to Test Your Understanding Appendix E : Glossary Appendix F : Bibliography Index

International Edition
YOUR UNIX: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE Second Edition
by Sumitabha Das, Softman Services, Inc 2006 / Softcover / 864 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-252042-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-124434-3 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/das
CONTENTS 1 Introducing UNIX 2 Becoming Familiar with UNIX Commands 3 The File System 4 File Attributes 5 The vi/vim Editor 6 The GNU emacs Editor 7 The Shell 8 The Process 9 The Shell—Customizing the Environment 10 Simple Filters 11 Filters Using Regular Expressions—grep and sed 12 Filtering and Programming with awk 13 Shell Programming 14 Networking Tools 15 perl—The Master Manipulator 16 Program Development Tools 17 Systems Programming I—Files 18 Systems Programming II—Process Control 19 System Administration Appendix A The C Shell—Programming Constructs. Appendix B The Korn and Bash Shells—Exclusive Programming Constructs Appendix C vi/vim and emacs Command Reference Appendix D The Regular Expression Superset Appendix E The HOWTO Appendix F The ASCII Character Set Appendix G Glossary Appendix H Solutions to Self-Test Questions

UNIX CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS Fourth Edition
by Das 2006 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-063546-3

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://mhhe.com/das/uca
CONTENTS Getting Started 2. The Unix Architecture And Command Usage 3. General-Purpose Utilities 4. The File System 5. Handling Ordinary Files 6. Basic File Attributes 7. The vi Editor 8. The Shell 9. The Process 10. Customizing The Environment 11. More File Attributes 12. Simple Filters 13. Filters Using Regular Expressions—grep AND sed 14. Essential Shell Programming 15. Essential System Administration PART - II 16. The X Window System

65

COMPUTER SCIENCE
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO UNIX
by Kate Wrightson and Joe Merlino 2003 / 424 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-283620-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-121918-1 [IE]

Web Technology
NEW
WEB TECHNOLOGIES TCP/IP, Architecture, and Java Programming Second Edition
by A Kahate, Project Leader, i-Flex Solutions Ltd, and A S Godbole, CEO, Apar Technologies, Mumbai

www.mhhe.com/cit/wrightson
CONTENTS Part I – UNIX Basics: Chapter 1 – What is UNIX? Chapter 2 – Basic UNIX Concepts. Chapter 3 – Understanding UNIX Commands. Chapter 4 – The File System. Chapter 5 – Jobs and Processes. Chapter 6 – Using the Shell. Part II – Working with UNIX: Chapter 7 – The vi Editor. Chapter 8 – Other Text Editors. Chapter 9 – Internet Applications. Chapter 10 – Networking I. Chapter 11 – Networking II. Part III – Shell Programming: Chapter 12 – Shell Programming I. Chapter 13 – Shell Programming II. Chapter 14 – Shell Programming III. Chapter 15 – Shell Programming IV. Part IV – System Administration: Chapter 16 – Basic System Administration I. Chapter 17 – Basic System Administration II. Chapter 18 – X Windows. Chapter 19 – Running Servers. Part V—Appendices: Appendix A: UNIX Command Compendium. Appendix B: Glossary. Appendix C: Common Configuration Files. Appendix D: Internet Resources

2008 / Softcover / 632 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066905-5

(McGraw-Hill India Title) Browse http://www.mhhe.com/webtech2
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Every chapter has undergone revision in terms of updation of content. v Balanced coverage includes TCP/IP, Internet Application Architecture and Programming Aspects. v Java programming aspects enhanced through introduction of three new chapters, viz. JavaScript & Ajax, ASP.NET, and Java Web Technologies. v Redundant coverage of E-Commerce minimized by replacing four chapters on this topic with only one (Online Payments, Chapter 12). v Language at use has been kept lucid and concepts supported by refreshed diagrams. v New section on TCP/IP Addressing (Chapter 3), with sub-topics on Physical, Logical, Port, and Specific Addresses. v Expanded Section on HTML (Chapter 6), now includes sub-topics like Headings, Frames, Lists, and Images. v New Section on Common Gateway Interface (CGI) introduced in Chapter 6. v New section on ‘XML versus HTML’ added to chapter on XML (Chapter 13), along with a new section on EDI (Electronic Data Interchange). v New chapters on Network Security, Web Security, Java Web Technologies, ASP.NET, and Javascript & AJAX. PEDAGOGY: v v v v v v v Tables: 84 Figures: 401 Half Tones: 84 Programming Examples: 128 Multiple Choice Questions: 148 Review Questions: 149 Exercises: 75

66

COMPUTER SCIENCE
CONTENTS 1. Networking Protocols and OSI Model 2. Internetworking Concepts, Devices, Internet Basics, History and Architecture 3. TCP/IP Part I (Introduction to TCP/IP, IP, ARP, RARP, ICMP) 4. TCP/IP Part II (TCP, UDP) 5. TCP-IP Part III (DNS, Email, FTP, TFTP) 6. TCP-IP Part IV (WWW, HTTP, TELNET) 7. JavaScript and AJAX 8. ASP.NET – An Overview 9. Java Web Technologies 10. Web Security 11. Network Security 12. Online Payments 13. Introduction to XML 14. Web Services and Middleware 15. Wireless Internet

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

67

COMPUTER SCIENCE

68

Computer Information Technology

Application Software Access Brief........................................................................................................85 Access Complete................................................................................................85 Access Intro ........................................................................................................85 Excel Brief ..........................................................................................................83 Excel Complete ..................................................................................................83 Excel Intro...........................................................................................................83 Office Complete ..................................................................................................80 Office Intro ..........................................................................................................78 Operating Systems ............................................................................................89 Other Spreadsheets ...........................................................................................84 Outlook Intro .......................................................................................................92 Powerpoint Brief .................................................................................................87 PowerPoint Complete .........................................................................................88 Project ................................................................................................................91 Word Brief...........................................................................................................82 Word Complete...................................................................................................82 Word Intro ...........................................................................................................82

Computer Concepts Brief Computer Concepts ...................................................................................73 Comprehensive Computer Concepts .................................................................75 Hardware ............................................................................................................77 Others .................................................................................................................77 Software .............................................................................................................76

Game Design and Development....................................................................102

Networking Networking Essentials ......................................................................................103 Wireless Networking .........................................................................................104 Server ...............................................................................................................105

69

Computer Information Technology

Programming Visual Basic ........................................................................................................93 Visual Studio.Net ................................................................................................96

Web Programming/Design Java ....................................................................................................................97 ASP.Net ............................................................................................................100 Dreamweaver ...................................................................................................100 XML ..................................................................................................................100 HTML ................................................................................................................101 XHTML .............................................................................................................102

70

NEW TITLES
COMPUTER INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

2010
Advanced Programming Using Visual Basic 2008, 4e Microsoft Office 2007 Brief: A Professional Approach Computing Essentials 2009, Complete Edition, 20e Computing Essentials 2010, Introductory Edition, 20e Office 2007 Windows Vista Version Office 2007 Working with Simnet Using Information Technology, 8e

Author
Bradley Hinkle O'Leary O'Leary O'Leary Triad Interactive Williams

ISBN
9780073517223 9780073519265 9780073516745 9780077270742 9780073519272 9780073516448 9780073516752

Page
93 78 75 73 78 79 73

2009
Programming in Visual Basic 2008, 7e Microsoft Outlook 2007: A Professional Approach

Author
Bradley Nickles

ISBN
9780073517209 9780073373508

Page
94 92

71

NEW TITLES

72

Computer Information Technology

Computer Concepts

v Strong Concept Reinforcement: Concept Checks, Crossword Puzzles, Multiple-Choice, and Matching Exercises offer students the chance to become concept experts. v Visually Appealing Chapter Openers and Closers: Summaries for each chapter make it easy for students to review important concepts. v Instructor Resource CD includes PowerPoint slides, instructor’s manual with solutions, and test bank. v Online Learning Center (OLC) is a website that follows the text chapter-by-chapter. OLC content is ancillary and supplementary germane to the textbook, as students read the book, they can go online to take self-grading quizzes, review material, or work through interactive exercises. OLCs can be delivered multiple ways – professors and students can access them directly through the textbook website, through PageOut, or within a course management system (i.e. WebCT, Blackboard, TopClass, or eCollege.)

Brief Computer Concepts
NEW
COMPUTING ESSENTIALS 2010 INTRODUCTORY EDITION Twentieth Edition
By Timothy J. O'Leary; Arizona State University, Linda I. O'Leary; Independent

2010 (January 2009) / Softcover / 320 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-727074-2 Computing Essentials 2009 Introductory edition is a highly updated computing concepts text that focuses on current coverage of a broad range of computing topics, including computer components, applications software, databases, storage devices, etc. This O'Leary concepts text provides a complete learning package focusing on the most important and essential concepts of information technology. Students are given a streamlined, concise, attractive approach to the fundamental issues surrounding the world of computing. It has a balanced approach between theory and applied learning and highlights the relevance of these important topics. Features include strong concept reinforecement, relevant research, new applicationbased material, easy-to-follow design and student friendly design. This text also correlates with SimNet Online, our online training and assessment program for office 2007 and also computing concepts! NEW TO THIS EDITION v Currency: highly updated pictures, topics and examples

NEW
USING INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Eighth Edition
by Brian K. Williams, and Stacey Sawyer

2010 (January 2009) / Softcover / 512 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351675-2 The Williams, Using Information Technology, 8th edition utilizes a practical, applied approach to technology. This text is user-focused and has been highly updated including topics, pictures and examples. The Williams text contains less theory and more application to engage students who might be more familiar with technology. In addition, this text correlates with Simnet Online for full integration of resources within the Computing Concepts course. NEW TO THIS EDITION v Currency: The Williams text has been significantly updated to include current topics, pictures and examples for better student understanding.

v Careers in IT: Each chapter includes a job description for a different career in Information Technology. These descriptions provide students with education requirements, as well as salary ranges. v End of Chapter Material: The end of chapter material has been revised and redefined, making it easy for instructors and students to exercise different skill sets. v Applying Technology: Making correlations between chapter material and real life. v Expanding Your Knowledge: Citing sources other than the textbook to learn more about a specific topic, which encourages students to dig deeper to obtain a more technical understanding. v Writing about Technology: Sharpening critical thinking, analysis, and writing skills by responding to technology-related issues such as privacy, security and ethics. v Application-Based Material: Features updated coverage of new Windows and Mac operating systems, expanded coverage of e-commerce and new material in the following thought-provoking sections: v v v Look to the Future Making IT Work for You On the Web Explorations

73

Computer Information Technology
International Edition
COMPUTING ESSENTIALS 2008 INTRODUCTORY EDITION Nineteenth Edition
By Timothy J. O'Leary; Arizona State University, Linda I. O'Leary; Independent 2008 (February 2007) / Softcover / 416 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-329468-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-128640-4 [IE]

International Edition
USING INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Seventh Edition
By Brian Williams, Deakin University, and Stacey Sawyer 2007 / Softcover / 512 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226071-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-110768-6 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/uit7e
Using Information Technology, 7e covers the fundamental computing concepts that are part of the digital age, including software, hardware, data, people, and procedures along with expanded coverage on Security and ethics. The text centers on educating today’s technology consumer, using themes of ethics, the Internet, and communications to demonstrate how the changing world of technology influences our lives and the decisions we make. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Information Technology: Your Digital World. Chapter 2 The Internet & the World Wide Web: Exploring Cyberspace. Chapter 3 Application Software For Your Productivity and Creativity. Chapter 4 System Software: The Power Behind the Power. Chapter 5 Hardware: The CPU & Storage: How to Buy a Multimedia Computer System. Chapter 6 Hardware: Input & Output. Taking Charge of Computing & Communications. Chapter 7 Networks & Communications, The “New Story” in Computing. Chapter 8 Files, Databases, & E-Commerce: Digital Engines for the New Economy. Chapter 9 The Challenges of the Digital Age: Society &Information Technology Today. Chapter 10 The Promises of the Digital Age Society &Information Technology Tomorrow

www.mhhe.com/ce2008
The O'Leary Series is one of the most trusted and effective resources for teaching and learning software applications and computer concepts. Computing Essentials 2008 is written by Tim O'Leary who teaches the course every year ensuring accurate up-to-date content for students , combining current topics and technology into a highly illustrated design geared to catch students' interest and motivate them. Students are given a streamlined, concise, attractive approach to the fundamental issues surrounding the personal computing environment. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Information Technology, the Internet, and You. Chapter 2 The Internet, the Web, and Electronic Commerce. Chapter 3 Basic Application Software. Chapter 4 Specialized Application Software. Chapter 5 System Software. Chapter 6 The System Unit. Chapter 7 Input and Output. Chapter 8 Secondary Storage. Chapter 9 Communication and Networks. Chapter 10 Privacy and Security. Chapter 11 Your Future and Information Technology. Appendices. The Evolution of the Computer Age. The Buyer’s Guide: How to Buy Your Own Microcomputer System. The Upgrade’s Guide: How to Upgrade Your Microcomputer System.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

74

Computer Information Technology
International Edition
PETER NORTON’S COMPUTING FUNDAMENTALS Sixth Edition
by Peter Norton 2006 / Softcover / 512 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-297847-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-111715-9 [IE] CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introducing Computer Systems. Chapter 2: Presenting the Internet. Computing Keynotes #1: Creating Your Own Web Page. Chapter 3: Interacting with Your Computer. Chapter 4: Seeing, Hearing, and Printing Data. Computing Keynotes #2: Buying Your First Computer. Chapter 5: Processing Data. Chapter 6: Storing Data. Chapter 7: Using Operating Systems. Chapter 8: Working with Application Software. Chapter 9: Networks. Chapter 10: Working in the Online World. Computing Keynotes #3: Professional Certification Programs. Chapter 11: Development of Information Systems. Chapter 12: Protecting Your Privacy, Your Computer, and Your Data. Computing Keynotes#4: Viruses. Appendix A: The History of Microcomputers. Appendix B: Answers to Self-Checks. Glossary. Index

Comprehensive Computer Concepts
NEW
International Edition
COMPUTING ESSENTIALS 2009 COMPLETE EDITION Twentieth Edition
by Timothy J. O'Leary; Arizona State UniversityTempe, and Linda I. O'Leary; Independent

2010 (January 2009) / Softcover / 544 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351674-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-017279-1 [IE] Computing Essentials 2009 Complete edition is a computing concepts text that focuses on current coverage of a broad range of computing topics, including computer components, applications software, databases, storage devices, etc. This O'Leary concepts text provides a complete learning package focusing on the most important and essential concepts of information technology. It has a balanced approach between theory and applied learning and highlights the relevance of these important topics. Students are given a streamlined, concise, attractive approach to the fundamental issues surrounding the world of computing. Features include strong concept reinforecement, relevant research, new application-based material, easy-to-follow design and student friendly design. This text also correlates with SimNet Online, our online training and assessment program for office 2007 and also computing concepts! NEW TO THIS EDITION v Careers in IT: Each chapter includes a job description for a different career in Information Technology. These descriptions provide students with education requirements, as well as salary ra v End of chapter material – The end of chapter material has been revised and redefined, making it easy for instructors and students to exercise different skill sets. v Applying Technology: Making correlations between chapter material and real life. v Expanding Your Knowledge: Citing sources other than the textbook to learn more about a specific topic, which encourages students to dig deeper to obtain a more technical understanding. v Writing about Technology: Sharpening critical thinking, analysis, and writing skills by responding to technology-related issues such as privacy, security and ethics v Application-Based Material – Features updated coverage of new Windows and Mac operating systems, expanded coverage of e-commerce and new material in the following thought-provoking sections: v v v Look to the Future Making IT Work for You On the Web Explorations

International Edition
COMPUTERS, COMMUNICATIONS, AND INFORMATION CORE WITH POWERWEB AND INTERACTIVE COMPANION 3.0 Seventh Edition
by Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Brian Sawyer 2000 / 384 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-116960-8 [IE, text only]

www.mhhe.com/cit/concepts/cci7e/main.mhtml
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Overview: The Foundation for Your Future. Chapter 2 Processing Hardware: Turning Data into Something You Can Use. Chapter 3 Input/Output Hardware: Interfaces Between You and the Computer. Chapter 4 Storage Hardware: Preserving Data and Information. Chapter 5 System Software: The Director. Chapter 6 Applications Software: The User’s Tools. Chapter 7 Communications Technology: Starting Along the Information Superhighway. Chapter 8 The Internet and the World Wide Web: Working Online

v Strong Concept Reinforcement: Concept Checks, Crossword Puzzles, Multiple-Choice, and Matching Exercises offer students the chance to become concept experts.

75

Computer Information Technology
v Visually Appealing Chapter Openers and Closers: Summaries for each chapter make it easy for students to review important concepts. v Instructor Resource CD includes PowerPoint slides, instructor’s manual with solutions, and test bank. v Online Learning Center (OLC) is a website that follows the text chapter-by-chapter. OLC content is ancillary and supplementary germane to the textbook, as students read the book, they can go online to take self-grading quizzes, review material, or work through interactive exercises. OLCs can be delivered multiple ways – professors and students can access them directly through the textbook website, through PageOut, or within a course management system (i.e. WebCT, Blackboard, TopClass, or eCollege.)

International Edition
PETER NORTON’S INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS Sixth Edition
by Peter Norton 2006 / Softcover / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-297890-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-111716-6 [IE] CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introducing Computer Systems. Chapter 2: Presenting the Internet. Computing Keynotes #1: Creating Your Own Web Page. Chapter 3: Interacting with Your Computer. Chapter 4: Seeing, Hearing, and Printing Data. Computing Keynotes #2: Buying Your First Computer. Chapter 5: Processing Data. Chapter 6: Storing Data. Chapter 7: Using Operating Systems. Chapter 8: Working with Application Software. Chapter 9: Networks. Chapter 10: Working in the Online World. Computing Keynotes #3: Professional Certification Programs. Chapter 11: Database Management. Chapter 12: Development of Information Systems. Chapter 13: Software Programming and Development. Chapter 14: Protecting Your Privacy, Your Computer, and Your Data. Computing Keynotes#4: Viruses. Appendix A: The History of Microcomputers. Appendix B: Answers to Self-Checks. Glossary. Index

International Edition
USING INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Seventh Edition
by Brian Williams, Deakin University, and Stacey Sawyer 2007 / Softcover / 512 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226071-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-110768-6 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/uit7e
Using Information Technology, 7e covers the fundamental computing concepts that are part of the digital age, including software, hardware, data, people, and procedures along with expanded coverage on Security and ethics. The text centers on educating today’s technology consumer, using themes of ethics, the Internet, and communications to demonstrate how the changing world of technology influences our lives and the decisions we make. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Information Technology: Your Digital World. Chapter 2 The Internet & the World Wide Web: Exploring Cyberspace. Chapter 3 Application Software For Your Productivity and Creativity. Chapter 4 System Software: The Power Behind the Power. Chapter 5 Hardware: The CPU & Storage: How to Buy a Multimedia Computer System. Chapter 6 Hardware: Input & Output. Taking Charge of Computing & Communications. Chapter 7 Networks & Communications, The “New Story” in Computing. Chapter 8 Files, Databases, & E-Commerce: Digital Engines for the New Economy. Chapter 9 The Challenges of the Digital Age: Society &Information Technology Today. Chapter 10 The Promises of the Digital Age Society &Information Technology Tomorrow

Software

International Edition
INTERACTIVE COMPANION CD-ROM VERSION 3.0
by McGraw-Hill 2000 ISBN: 978-0-07-250195-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-123455-9 [IE, CD-ROM]

76

Computer Information Technology

Hardware
CNET DO-IT-YOURSELF PC UPGRADE PROJECTS
by Guy Hart-Davis 2008 (April 2008) / Softcover / 275 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149628-5

Others
INTRODUCTION TO HELP DESK CONCEPTS AND SKILLS
by Susan Sanderson, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 2004 / 464 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-821677-0 CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to the Help Desk. Chapter 2: Organization and People. Chapter 3: Receiving the Incident. Chapter 4: Processing and Resolving the Incident. Chapter 5: Computer Telephony Integration. Chapter 6: Web-Based Support. Chapter 7: Performance Management. Chapter 8: Knowledge Management. Chapter 9: Asset and Security Management. Chapter 10: Help Desk Survival Guide. Help Desk Simulation. Appendix: Introduction to HelpStar. Glossary

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Produced in conjunction with CNET.com, the place to go for the latest in tech and consumer electronics, this book offers up-to-date advice on improving PC speed and performance. You will learn to replace essential hardware components and accomplish projects such as transforming a PC into a VoIP phone or video-conferencing tool and even controlling the home from the PC. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Max Memory, Use ReadyBoost Chapter 2: Get Fastest Internet Connection Chapter 3: Turn Your PC into a Free Phone Chapter 4: Turn Your PC into a Video-Conference Phone Chapter 5: Turn Your PC into a Media Center Chapter 6: Configure the BIOS Chapter 7: Replace Your Hard Drive or Add One Chapter 8: Use Multiple Monitors Chapter 9: Network Your House's Computers Chapter 10: Add a Blu-Ray Drive Chapter 11: Mod Your Computer's Case Chapter 12: Use Your PC as a Home Theater Chapter 13: Share Music and Movies Chapter 14: Turn Your PC into a Recording Studio Chapter 15: Compose Music on Your PC Chapter 16: Back Up and Restore Your Computer Chapter 17: Create a Personal Wireless Network Chapter 18: Digitize Your Paper Documents Chapter 19: Create a Virtual Locker for Your Documents Chapter 20: Stream Media Files Around Your House Chapter 21: Build a Wireless Community Net Chapter 22: Silence Your PC Chapter 23: Connect Your PC to Your Xbox Chapter 24: Control Your Home from Your PC

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

77

Computer Information Technology

Application Software
NEW

Office Intro
NEW
MICROSOFT OFFICE 2007 BRIEF: A PROFESSIONAL APPROACH
by Deborah Hinkle, John Carter, New Mexico State University-Las Cruces, Kathleen Stewart, Pat R. Graves, Eastern Illinois University, Amie Mayhall, Olney Central College, and Jon Juarez

OFFICE 2007 WINDOWS VISTA VERSION
by Linda I. O'Leary, Independent

2010 (February 2009) / Spiral Bound/Comb / 1408 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351927-2

Browse http://www.mhhe.com/oleary
Timothy and Linda O'Leary and the Computer Information Technology Team at McGraw-Hill Higher Education offer your students a fully integrated learning program with time-tested quality and reliability. It’s theme of “Making Office Relevant” helps students understand why they need this course and these skills. Student success is assured through clear step-by-step instruction, plentiful screen captures and conceptual explanations, UPDATED FOR VISTA USERS! Each Lab, designed to be covered in 1 hour of class time, combines conceptual coverage with detailed software-specific instructions. Each Lab opens with a running case study that highlights real-world applications of each software program and leads students from problem to solution. The O'Leary Series helps students learn specific applications skills along with those that cross all Office applications, which is espeicially important in mastering this version of Office. The O'Leary Series also correlates with SimNet Online, our online training and assesment program for Office 2007. FEATURES v Updated for Vista users!

2010 (January 2009) / Spiral Bound/Comb / 1108 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351926-5 The Hinkle, Professional Approach Series for Office 2007 BRIEF text is a more concise text of the Hinkle, Professional Approach Office 2007 text. It is briefer with all of the end of chapter projects and material relocated online. The PAS text offers an entirely new way of mastering Office 2007 applications. Using unique exercises from realistic business situations, this step-by-step approach is supported by a colorful graphics program. The series is ideal for students new to the world of computers, yet in-depth enough to challenge more savvy users. Each lesson contains up to 25 skill applications and each unit contains up to 5 skill applications that take students from simple to complex situations. Each of the individual application books are approved courseware for the MCAS Certificaiton exams. This "Learn by Doing" text is very hands on and provides a clear learning path with learning objectives so students see the skills they know and they ones they don't. This text also correlates with SimNet Online, our online training and assessment program for Office 2007. FEATURES v THEME: "Learn by Doing"...This theme overall reveals that the text is very hands on through it's mulitple exercises. This allows the student to master skills because they must do it themselves. v REAL WORLD, CASE_DRIVEN: examples/references/cases allow students to better grasp concepts. This forces students to apply their MS Office skills and better prepares them for future jobs. Critical skills in context. v CLEAR LEARNING OBJECTIVES: Students begin each lesson with clear learning objectives so they can see the skills they know and move onto the skills they don't. This prevents them from getting lost and also saves the students time. v AUTHOR-GENERATED SUPPLEMENTS: These author-generated supplements ensure consistency among the text and its resources.

v THEME: "Making Office Relevant"...This text focuses on the relevance of Office so students can understand why they are learning these skills. v EASY-TO-FOLLOW DESIGN: Ensures that your students will not get lost as they work through a lab. PEDAGOGICAL ELEMENTS: v Steps: Numbered procedural steps clearly identify each hands-on task needed to complete a step. All steps and bullets appear in left margin space making it easy not to miss a step. v Screens: Plentiful screen illustrations illustrate the completion of each numbered step to help students stay on track. Larger screen figures make it easier to identify elements and read screen content. v Callouts: Meaningful screen callouts identify the results of the steps as well as reinforce the associated concept v RUNNING CASE-STUDY: Provides the student with real-world capabilities for each of the software applications. Each lab builds upon the gained knowledge of the previous lab with a single case study running throughout each application text. v Clarified Marginal Notes: Help students that need more in-depth coverage and challenge advanced students. Pedagogical elements include: Additional Information, Brief asides offer an expanded discussion of features; Having Trouble?, procedural tips advise students of possible problems and how to overcome theml;Another Method, the boxes present alternative methods of performing a procedure. v MCAS Certification Guide - Links all MCAS objectives to text content and end-of-chapter exercises. You and your students will always know which MCAS objectives are being covered. Introductory

78

Computer Information Technology
books are MCAS Certified at the Core level. v Focus on Concepts: So that students to learn more than just skills, each chapter focuses on the concepts behind the application. Pedagogical reinforcements include: Concept Overview, Each lab begins with a brief overview of the concepts to be presented; Concept Boxes, Tied into the Concept Overview, the Concept boxes appear throughout the labs providing clear, concise explanations of the concepts being discussed, and serve as a valuable study aid. v Tons of End-of Chapter Materials: Give your students enough practice exercises to ensure their success. Each chapter closes with a comprehensive set of questions and activities. Pedagogical elements: Terminology: Questions and exercises test recall of the basic information and terms. Concepts: Questions and exercises review students’ understanding of concepts and ability to integrate ideas presented in different parts of the lab. Hands-On Practice Exercises: Students apply the skills and concepts they learned to solve casebased exercises. v More About – the More About icon that appears in places in the margin of the text directs students to the More About Appendix that can be found at the end of each lab. These appendices are designed to help students learn about related features that are required to meet MCAS certification. Putting this material at the end of the lab keeps each lab focused on concepts and main procedures that are needed to complete the case, without interrupting the flow of the case study. v Data File List- Reference guide that helps students organize of all of their data and solution files. Identifies the names of the original & saved files. v Introductory Software/Hardware Concepts in Office: Introduction to Computer Essentials covers the basics of hardware and software, Introduction to Office 2007 provides brief overview of the suite before covering individual applications.

International Edition
ADVANTAGE SERIES: OFFICE XP VOL 1
by Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Glen Coulthard 2002 / 912 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-288228-5 (with Student Data File CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-112217-7 [IE] - (Out-of-Print)

www.mhhe.com/cit/advantage2002
CONTENTS Word 2002: Creating a Document. Modifying a Document. Enhancing a Document’s Appearance. Printing and Web Publishing. Excel 2002: Creating a Worksheet. Modifying a Worksheet. Formatting and Printing. Analyzing Your Data. Access 2002: Working with Access. Creating a Database. Organizing and Retrieving Data. Presenting and Managing Data. PowerPoint 2002: Creating a Presentation. Modifying and Running a Presentation. Adding Graphics. Integrating and Extending Microsoft Office XP. Integrating Word and Excel. Performing More Integration Tasks. Extending MS Office to the Web

International Edition
INTERACTIVE COMPUTING SERIES: OFFICE XP VOLUME I

NEW
International Edition
OFFICE 2007 WORKING WITH SIMNET
by Triad Interactive 2010 (February 2009) / Spiral Bound/Comb / 1024 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351644-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-017278-4 [IE] The TRIAD, Working with SimNet textbook is a brief, skills-based text you can use directly with SimNet Online, our online training and assessment program for Office 2007. Created from the "Teach Me" pages within SimNet, this title is a functional skills-based book that corresponds directly with the technology program. This text allows an instructor to focus on any one application they are teaching and quickly move in and out of other applications because of its skillbased approach. This concise text allows students to fully master Office 2007 skills! FEATURES v Corresponds directly with SimNet Online! Utilizes the "Teach Me" pages.

by Kenneth Laudon, New York University 2002 / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-247261-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-113077-6 [IE] - (Out-of-Print)

www.mhhe.com/interactive
CONTENTS Word 2002: Introduction to Word Editing Documents Advanced Editing Tables and Charts Excel 2002: Introduction to Spreadsheet Software Manipulating Data in a Worksheet Formatting Worksheet Elements Inserting Objects and Charts Access 2002: Introduction to Databases Creating Tables and Queries Creating Forms Creating Reports PowerPoint 2002: Introduction to PowerPoint Designing Your Presentation Developing Your Presentation Strenghthening Your Presentation

79

Computer Information Technology

Office Complete
O’LEARY SERIES: MICROSOFT OFFICE 2007
By Linda I. O'Leary, Independent 2008 (August 2007) / Spiral Bound/Comb / 1312 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351916-6

MICROSOFT OFFICE 2007: A PROFESSIONAL APPROACH
by Deborah Hinkle, Kathleen Stewart, Jon Juarez John Carter, New Mexico State University-Las Cruces, Pat R. Graves, Eastern Illinois University, and Amie Mayhall, Olney Central College 2008 (August 2007) / Spiral Bound/Comb / 1425 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-337351-5

www.mhhe.com/pas07)
The Hinkle, Professional Approach Series for Office 2007 offers an entirely new way of mastering Office 2007 applications. Using unique exercises from realistic business situations, this step-by-step approach is supported by a colorful graphics program. The series is ideal for students new to the world of computers, yet in-depth enough to challenge more savvy users. Each lesson contains up to 25 skill applications and each unit contains up to 5 skill applications that take students from simple to complex situations. Each of the individual application books are approved courseware for the MCAS Certificaiton exams. This "Learn by Doing" text is very hands on and provides a clear learning path with learning objectives so students see the skills they know and they ones they don't. This text also correlates with SimNet Online, our online training and assessment program for Office 2007. CONTENTS WORD Unit 1 Basic Skills Lesson 1: Creating A Document Lesson 2: Selecting And Editing Lesson 3: Formatting Characters Lesson 4: Writing Tools Unit 1 Applications Unit 2 Paragraph Formatting, Tabs, and Advanced Editing Lesson 5: Formatting Paragraphs Lesson 6: Tabs And Tabbed Columns Lesson 7: Move And Copy Lesson 8: Find And Replace Unit 2 Applications Unit 3 Page Formatting Lesson 9: Margins And Print Options Lesson 10: Page And Section Breaks Lesson 11: Page Numbers,headers, And Footers Lesson 12: Styles And Themes Lesson 13: Templates Unit 3 Applications EXCEL Unit 1 Introduction to Excel Lesson 1: Getting Started With Excel Lesson 2: Creating A Workbook Lesson 3: Using Editing And Style Tools Lesson 4: Exploring Home Tab Commands Unit 1 Applications Unit 2 Working with Formulas and Functions Lesson 5: Exploring Formula Basics Lesson 6: Working With Functions Lesson 7: Using Logical And Financial Functions Lesson 8: Rounding And Nesting Functions Unit 2 Applications Unit 3 Enhancing Worksheet Appearance Lesson 9: Building Charts Lesson 10: Inserting Shapes Lesson 11: Using Images And Smartart Graphics Unit 3 Applications POWERPOINT Unit 1 Basic Skills Lesson 1: Getting Started In Powerpoint Lesson 2: Developing Presentation Text Lesson 3: Revising Presentation Text Unit 1 Applications Unit 2 Presentation Illustration Lesson 4: Working With Graphics Lesson 5: Creating Tables

www.mhhe.com/olearyseries2007
The O’Leary Office 2007 text is crafted to allow students to easily develop Microsoft Office application skills. The text design emphasizes step-by-step instructions with full screen captures that illustrate the results of each step performed. Each Lab, designed to be covered in 1 hour of class time, combines conceptual coverage with detailed software-specific instructions. Each Lab opens with a running case study that highlights real-world applications of each software program and leads students from problem to solution. CONTENTS Introduction to Computer Essentials Introduction to Microsoft Office 2007 Overview of Microsoft Word 2007 Office Word, Labs 1, 2, 3 and WT1 Overview of Microsoft Excel 2007 Office Excel, Labs 1, 2, 3 and WT1 Overview of Microsoft Access 2007 Office Access, Labs 1, 2, 3 and WT1 Overview of Microsoft PowerPoint 2007 Office PowerPoint, Labs 1, 2, 3 and WT1 Word Command Summary Excel Command Summary Access Command Summary PP Command Summary Word Glossary Excel Glossary Access Glossary PP Glossary Word Appendix – More About Word Excel Appendix – More About Excel Access Appendix – More About Access Word Reference 1 – Data File List Excel Reference 1– Data File List Access Reference 1– Data File List PP Reference 1– Data File List Word Reference 2 – MCAS Objectives Excel Reference 2– MCAS Objectives Access Reference 2– MCAS Objectives

80

Computer Information Technology
Lesson 6: Creating Charts Lesson 7: Creating Diagrams With Smartart Graphics Unit 2 Applications ACCESS Unit 1 Understanding Access Databases Lesson 1 Getting Started With A Database Lesson 2: Viewing And Modifying Records Lesson 3: Finding, Filtering, Sorting, And Summarizing Data Lesson 4: Creating New Databases And Tables Unit 1 Applications Unit 2 Designing and Managing Database Objects Lesson 5: Managing Data Integrity Lesson 6: Designing Queries Lesson 7: Adding And Modifying Forms Lesson 8: Adding And Modifying Reports Unit 2 Applications Appendices Glossary Index

International Edition
I-SERIES: MICROSOFT OFFICE 2003, VOLUME I
by Stephen Haag, University of Denver; James T Perry, University of San Diego; Merrill Wells, University of Denver; Amy Phillips, University of Denver and Paige Baltzan, University of Denver 2005 / 1, 096 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-283048-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-121610-4 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/i-series
CONTENTS Word 2003: Chapter 1: Working With Word 2004: Session 1.1: All About Word. Session 1.2: Creating and Working with Documents. Session 1.3: Saving Documents and Exiting Word. Chapter 2: Editing and Formatting Documents: Session 2.1: Editing Your Documents. Session 2.2: Formatting Documents and Text. Session 2.3: Formatting Paragraphs. Chapter 3: Advanced Formatting Options: Session 3.1: Advanced Formatting Tips and Techniques. Session 3.2: Using Templates. Session 3.3: Creating Reports. Chapter 4: Graphics and Tables: Session 4.1: Working With Graphics. Session 4.2: Creating Tables in Your Document. Session 4.3: Advanced Table Features. Excel 2003: Chapter 1 Creating Worksheets for Decision Makers: Session 1.2 Getting Started. Session 1.2 Entering Data, Saving Workbooks, and Printing Worksheets. Chapter 2 Planning and Creating a Worksheet: Session 2.1 Writing Formulas, Using Functions, and Copying and Moving Cell Contents. Session 2.2 Printing and Documenting a Worksheet. Chapter 3 Formatting a Worksheet: Session 3.1 Aligning Data and Applying Character Formats. Session 3.2 Advanced Formatting. Chapter 4 Creating Charts: Session 4.1 Creating an Excel Chart. Session 4.2 Modifying and Improving a Chart. Access 2003: Chapter 1: Understanding Relational Data-bases: Session 1.1 Introducing Relational Databases. Session 1.2 Introducing Microsoft Access. Chapter 2: Maintaining Your Database: Session 2.1 Maintaining Access Data. Session 2.2 Designing and Building a Database. Chapter 3: Introducing Queries, Filters, Forms, and Reports: Session 3.1 Selecting and Organizing Data. Session 3.2 Calculating with Queries and Building Simple Forms and Reports. Chapter 4: Compound Queries and Database Utilities: Session 4.1 Using Queries to Analyze Data. Session 4.2 Modifying Table Definitions. PowerPoint 2003: Chapter 1: Presentation Basics: Session 1.1 Introduction to Presentation Graphics. Session 1.2 Creating a New Presentation. Chapter 2: Organizing Your Presentation: Session 2.1 Printing. Session 2.2 Outlining Ideas. Chapter 3: Refining Your Presentation: Session 3.1 Adding and Modifying Objects. Session 3.2 Standardizing Presentations with PowerPoint Templates. Chapter 4: Enhancing Your Presentation with Graphics: Session 4.1 Effectively Using Art. Session 4.2 Adding Other Graphic Elements

International Edition
ADVANTAGE SERIES: MICROSOFT OFFICE 2003
by Glen Coulthard; Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford; Ann Miller, Columbus State University; and Pat Graves, Eastern Illinois University 2005 / 1,040 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-283444-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-121599-2 [IE] - (Out-of-Print)

www.mhhe.com/cit/advantage2003
CONTENTS MICROSOFT OFFICE WORD 2003: Chapter 1: Creating a Document. Chapter 2: Modifying a Document. Chapter 3: Enhancing a Document’s Appearance. Chapter 4: Printing and Web Publishing. MICROSOFT OFFICE POWERPOINT 2003: Chapter 1: Creating a Presentation. Chapter 2: Modifying and Running Presentations. Chapter 3: Adding and Editing Graphic Images. Chapter 4: Creating Tables, Charts and Diagrams. MICROSOFT OFFICE EXCEL 2003: Chapter 1: Creating a Worksheet. Chapter 2: Modifying a Worksheet. Chapter 3: Formatting and Printing. Chapter 4: Analyzing your Data. MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2003: Chapter 1: Working with Access. Chapter 2: Creating a Database. Chapter 3: Organizing and Retrieving Data. Chapter 4: Presenting and Managing Data. INTEGRATING & EXTENDING MICRO-SOFT OFFICE 2003: Chapter 1: Integrating Word and Excel. Chapter 2: Performing More Integration Tasks. Chapter 3: Extending Microsoft Office to the Web.

81

Computer Information Technology

Word Brief
O’LEARY SERIES: MICROSOFT OFFICE WORD 2007 BRIEF
by Linda I. O'Leary 2008 (April 2007) / Softcover / 384 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-329449-0

Word Complete
MICROSOFT WORD 2007: A PROFESSIONAL APPROACH
By Deborah Hinkle 2008 (June 2007) / Softcover / 1088 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351919-7

www.mhhe.com/olearyseries 2007
The goal of the O’Leary Series is to give students a basic understanding of computing concepts and to build the skills necessary to ensure that information technology is an advantage in whatever career they choose in life. The O’Leary Microsoft Office 2003 texts are crafted to be the true step-by-step way for students to develop Microsoft Office application skills. The text design emphasizes stepby-step instructions with full screen captures that illustrate the results of each step performed. Each Tutorial (chapter) combines conceptual coverage with detailed software-specific instructions. A running case that is featured in each tutorial highlights the real-world applications of each software program and leads students step-by-step from problem to solution. CONTENTS Overview To Word 2003. Tutorial 1: Creating And Editing A Document. Tutorial 2: Revising And Refining A Document. Tutorial 3: Creating Reports And Tables Working Together: Word And Your Web Browser

www.mhhe.com/pas07
The Professional Approach Series is designed for students unfamiliar with the Microsoft Office Suite, or even students who are nervous about trying to learn computer skills. It is ideal for students who are new to the world of computers, yet in-depth enough to teach and challenge more savvy users. Each lesson contains up to 25 skillapplications and 5 end-of-unit skill-applications that take students from simple to complex situations. The Office 2007 texts complete instruction in all skill sets and activities for the appropriate MCAS Exams. CONTENTS UNIT 1 Lesson 1 – Creating a Document. Lesson 2 – Selecting and Editing Text Lesson 3 – Formatting Characters. Lesson 4 – Writing Tools. UNIT 2 Lesson 5 – Formatting Paragraphs. Lesson 6 – Tabs and Tabbed Columns. Lesson 7 – Moving and Copying Text. Lesson 8 – Find and Replace. UNIT 3 Lesson 9 – Margins and Printing Options. Lesson 10 – Page and Section Breaks. Lesson 11 – Page Numbers, Headers, and Footers. Lesson 12 – Styles. Lesson 13 – Templates and Wizards. UNIT 4 Lesson 14 – Tables. Lesson 15 – Advanced Tables. Lesson 16 – Columns. UNIT 5 Lesson 17--Graphics. Lesson 18 – Text Boxes and Desktop Publishing. Lesson 19 – SmartArt and Charts. UNIT 6 Lesson 20 – Mail Merge. Lesson 21 – Fields. Lesson 22 – Macros. UNIT 7 Lesson 23 – Footnotes and Endnotes. Lesson 24 – Outlines, Indexes, and Tables of Contents. Lesson 25 – Sharing Your Work and Hyperlinks

Word Intro
O’LEARY SERIES: MICROSOFT OFFICE WORD 2007 INTRODUCTORY
by Linda I. O'Leary 2008 (September 2007) / Softcover / 554 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-329450-6

www.mhhe.com/olearyseries2007
The goal of the O’Leary Series is to give students a basic understanding of computing concepts and to build the skills necessary to ensure that information technology is an advantage in whatever career they choose in life. The O’Leary Microsoft Office 2003 texts are crafted to be the true step-by-step way for students to develop Microsoft Office application skills. The text design emphasizes stepby-step instructions with full screen captures that illustrate the results of each step performed. Each Tutorial (chapter) combines conceptual coverage with detailed software-specific instructions. A running case that is featured in each tutorial highlights the real-world applications of each software program and leads students step-by-step from problem to solution. CONTENTS Tutorial 1: Creating And Editing A Document. Tutorial 2: Revising And Refining A Document. Tutorial 3: Creating Reports And Tables. Working Together: Word And Your Web Browser. Tutorial 4: Creating a Newsletter. Tutorial 5: Creating Complex Tables and Merging Documents. Tutorial 6: Creating a Web Site. Working Together: Linking and Document Collaboration.

82

Computer Information Technology

Excel Brief
O'LEARY SERIES: MICROSOFT OFFICE EXCEL 2007 BRIEF
By Linda I. O'Leary, Independent 2008 (May 2007) / Softcover / 400 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-329451-3

Glossary of Key Terms Appendix: More about Excel 2007 Reference 1 Reference 2 Index

Excel Complete
MICROSOFT EXCEL 2007: A PROFESSIONAL APPROACH
By Kathleen Stewart 2008 (June 2007) / Softcover / 864 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351921-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-128404-2 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/olearyseries2007
CONTENTS Brief Contents Introduction to 2007 Microsoft Office System: I.1 Overview of Microsoft Office Excel 2007: EXO.1 Lab 1: Creating and Editing a Worksheet: EX1.1 Lab 2: Charting Worksheet Data: EX2.1 Lab 3: Managing and Analyzing a Workbook: EX3.1 Working Together 1: Linking and Embedding between Word 2007 and Excel 2007: EXWT1.1 Excel 2007 Command Summary: EXCS1.1 Glossary of Key Terms: EXG.1 More about Excel 2007: EXME1.1 Reference 1: EXR1.1 Reference 2: EXR2.1 Index: EXI.1

www.mhhe.com/pas07
The Professional Approach Series is designed for students unfamiliar with the Microsoft Office Suite, or even students who are nervous about trying to learn computer skills. It is ideal for students who are new to the world of computers, yet in-depth enough to teach and challenge more savvy users. Each lesson contains up to 25 skill-applications and 5 end-of-unit skill-applications that take students from simple to complex situations. The Office 2007 texts complete instruction in all skill sets and activities for the appropriate MCAS Exams. CONTENTS UNIT 1 Lesson 1 – Getting Started with Excel. Lesson 2 – Creating a Workbook Lesson 3 – Using Editing and Style Tools. Lesson 4 – Exploring Home Tab Commands. UNIT 2 Lesson 5 – Exploring Formula Basics. Lesson 6 – Working with Functions. Lesson 7 – Using Logical and Financial Functions. Lesson 8 – Rounding and Nesting Functions. UNIT 3 Lesson 9 – Building Charts. Lesson 10 – Inserting Shapes. Lesson 11 – Using Images and SmartArt Graphics. UNIT 4 Lesson 12 – Using 3-D References. Lesson 13 – Working with Tables. Lesson 14 – Using Named Ranges and Structured References. UNIT 5 Lesson 15 – Using Auditing Tools. Lesson 16 – Using What-if Analysis. Lesson 17 – Consolidating and Linking Workbooks. UNIT 6 Lesson 18 – Using External Data Sources. Lesson 19 – Exploring List Ranges. Lesson 20 – Using Data Tables and PivotTables. UNIT 7 Lesson 21 – Working with Macros. Lesson 22 – Using Templates. Lesson 23 – Using Workgroup Features.

Excel Intro
MICROSOFT OFFICE EXCEL 2007 INTRODUCTION
by Linda I. O'Leary, Independent 2008 (August 2007) / Softcover / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-329452-0

www.mhhe.com/olearyseries2007
The O’Leary Office 2007 text is crafted to allow students to easily develop Microsoft Office application skills. The text design emphasizes step-by-step instructions with full screen captures that illustrate the results of each step performed. Each Lab, designed to be covered in 1 hour of class time, combines conceptual coverage with detailed software-specific instructions. Each Lab opens with a running case study that highlights real-world applications of each software program and leads students from problem to solution. CONTENTS Introduction to 2007 Microsoft Office System I.1 Overview of Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Lab 1: Creating and Editing a Worksheet Lab 2: Charting Worksheet Data Lab 3: Managing and Analyzing a Workbook 3.1 Working Together 1: Linking and Embedding between Word 2007 and Excel 2007: Lab 4: Using Solver, Creating Templates, and Evaluating Scenarios Lab 5: Using Data Tables, Lookup Functions, and IF Functions, and Designing Forms Lab 6: Creating and Working with Tables Working Together 2: Importing Access Data, Sharing Workbooks, and Creating a Web Page Command Summary

83

Computer Information Technology
MICROSOFT OFFICE EXCEL 2007 QUICKSTEPS
by John Cronan 2007 / Softcover / 224 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226372-5 Appendix: Keyboard Shortcuts Index

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Get started using Microsoft Office Excel 2007 right away--the QuickSteps way. Color screenshots and clear instructions show you how to use all the new and improved features available in this premier spreadsheet program. Follow along and learn to work with the new Office interface and ribbon, create workbooks, use Excel's XML file formats, enter and edit data, use formulas and functions, create charts and tables, analyze data, and more. Plus, it's easy to flip straight to the information you need using the color-coded tabs. Get the book that gets you started using Excel 2007 in no time. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Stepping into Excel. Chapter 2. Entering and Editing Data. Chapter 3. Formatting a Worksheet. Chapter 4. Using Formulas and Functions. Chapter 5. Printing Data. Chapter 6. Charting Data. Chapter 7. Working with Graphics. Chapter 8. Managing Data. Chapter 9. Analyzing and Sharing Data. Chapter 10. Extending Excel.

Other Spreadsheets

QUICKBOOKS 2009: THE OFFICIAL GUIDE
by Kathy Ivens 2009 (October 2008) / Softcover / 656 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-159859-0

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Set up a comprehensive, well-organized small business financial management system using QuickBooks 2009 and the expert advice packed inside this official guide. Filled with practical information, this book explains how to perform essential business tasks and customize QuickBooks for your needs. Track finances, manage payroll, process invoices, monitor inventory, manage sales and expenses, and much more. Run your small business with confidence--regardless of your industry or growth level-using the real-world tips, techniques, and shortcuts in this authoritative guide to QuickBooks 2009. CONTENTS

HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH MICROSOFT OFFICE EXCEL 2007
by Guy Hart-Davis 2007 / Softcover / 488 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226369-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Get more out of Excel than ever before with help from this hands-on guide. Learn how to create powerful and easy-to-use spreadsheets and bring yourself up to speed on all the new and improved features available in Excel 2007. Discover how to enter and format data, use graphics effectively, create formulas, build tables to store and analyze data, and share workbooks securely with other users. You'll also learn how to save files to intranet sites and Internet servers, and publish workbooks to Web pages. Plus, you'll find valuable shortcuts that will make it even easier to use the world's most popular spreadsheet application. CONTENTS Part I: Get Started with Excel Chapter 1: Navigate the Excel Screen Chapter 2: Configure Excel to Suit Your Working Needs Chapter 3: Create Spreadsheets and Enter Data Chapter 4: Format Worksheets for Best Effect Chapter 5: Add Graphics and Drawings to Worksheets Chapter 6: Check, Lay Out, and Print Worksheets Part II: Calculate, Manipulate, and Analyze Data Chapter 7: Perform Calculations with Functions Chapter 8: Create Formulas to Perform Custom Calculations Chapter 9: Organize Data with Excel Databases Chapter 10: Outline and Consolidate Worksheets Chapter 11: Analyze Data Using PivotTables and PivotCharts Chapter 12: Solve Problems by Performing What-If Analysis Part III: Share, Publish, and Present Data Chapter 13: Create Effective Charts to Present Data Visually Chapter 14: Share Workbooks and Collaborate with Colleagues Chapter 15: Using Excel's Web Capabilities Chapter 16: Use Excel with the Other Office Applications Part IV: Customize and Program Excel Chapter 17: Customize Excel's Interface Chapter 18: Use Macros to Automate Tasks

Acknowledgments Introduction Part One: Getting Started Chapter 1. Using QuickBooks for the First Time Chapter 2. The Chart of Accounts Chapter 3. Configuring Customers and Jobs Chapter 4. Configuring Vendors Chapter 5. Creating Other Lists You Need Chapter 6. Creating Items Chapter 7. Setting Up Inventory Chapter 8. Entering Historical Data Part Two: Bookkeeping with QuickBooks Chapter 9. Invoicing Customers Chapter 10. Receiving and Tracking Customer Payments Chapter 11. Managing Vendor Bills Chapter 12. Paying Vendors Chapter 13. Managing Bank and Credit Card Accounts Chapter 14. Reconciling Bank Accounts Chapter 15. Using Online Banking Services Chapter 16. Tracking Time and Mileage Chapter 17. Running Payroll Chapter 18. Payroll Reports and Remittances Chapter 19. Journal Entries Part Three: Financial Planning and Reporting Chapter 20. Accountant's Copy Chapter 21. Creating Reports Chapter 22. Customizing Reports Chapter 23. Budgets and Planning Tools Chapter 24. Year-End Procedures Part Four: Managing QuickBooks Chapter 25. Printing and E-mailing in QuickBooks Chapter 26. Managing Users and Permissions Chapter 27. Managing Your QuickBooks Files Chapter 28. Customizing QuickBooks Components Part Five: Appendix Appendix A. Multicurrency Index

84

Computer Information Technology

Access Brief
MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2007 BRIEF
by Linda I. O'Leary, Independent 2008 (June 2007) / Softcover / 416 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-329454-4

Reference 2: MCAS Skills Index

Access Complete
MICROSOFT ACCESS 2007: A PROFESSIONAL APPROACH
By Jon Juarez and John Carter, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces 2008 (July 2007) / Softcover / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351920-3

www.mhhe.com/olearyseries2007
CONTENTS Introduction to Microsoft Office 2007 Overview of Microsoft Office Access 2007 Lab 1: Creating a Database Lab 2: Modifying and Filtering a Table and Creating a Form Lab 3: Querying Tables and Creating Reports Working Together 1: Exporting Data Access 2007 Command Summary Glossary of Key Terms Appendix Reference 1 Reference 2 Index

www.mhhe.com/pas07
The Professional Approach Series is designed for students unfamiliar with the Microsoft Office Suite, or even students who are nervous about trying to learn computer skills. It is ideal for students who are new to the world of computers, yet in-depth enough to teach and challenge more savvy users. Each lesson contains up to 25 skill-applications and 5 end-of-unit skill-applications that take students from simple to complex situations. The Office 2007 texts complete instruction in all skill sets and activities for the appropriate MCAS Exams. CONTENTS

Access Intro
MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2007 INTRODUCTORY
by Linda I. O'Leary, Independent 2008 (November 2007) / Softcover / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-329455-1

UNIT 1 Lesson 1 – Getting Started with a Database. Lesson 2 – Viewing and Modifying Records. Lesson 3 – Finding, Filtering, Sorting, and Summarizing Data. Lesson 4 – Creating New Databases and Tables. UNIT 2 Lesson 5 – Managing Data Integrity. Lesson 6 – Designing Queries. Lesson 7 – Adding and Modifying Forms. Lesson 8 – Adding and Modifying Reports. UNIT 3 Lesson 9 – Building Links, Relationships, and Indexes. Lesson 10 – Designing Advanced Queries. Lesson 11 – Building Advanced Forms. Lesson 12 – Building Advanced Reports. UNIT 4 Lesson 13 – Advanced Database Features. Lesson 14 – Using Special Controls and Tools. Lesson 15 – Working with Macros and Modules.

www.mhhe.com/olearyseries2007
The O’Leary Office 2007 text is crafted to allow students to easily develop Microsoft Office application skills. The text design emphasizes step-by-step instructions with full screen captures that illustrate the results of each step performed. Each Lab, designed to be covered in 1 hour of class time, combines conceptual coverage with detailed software-specific instructions. Each Lab opens with a running case study that highlights real-world applications of each software program and leads students from problem to solution. CONTENTS Access Intro TOC Introduction to 2007 Microsoft Office Systems Overview of 2007 Microsoft Office Systems Lab 1: Creating a Database Lab 2: Modifying and Filtering a Table and Creating a Form Lab 3: Querying Tables and Creating Reports Working Together 1: Exporting Data Lab 4: Importing and Querying Tables Lab 5: Creating Custom Forms Lab 6: Creating Custom Reports, Charts, Pivot Charts, and Mailing Labels Working Together 2: Linking and Splitting Databases Command Summary Glossary Appendix: More About Access 2007 Reference 1: Data File List

85

Computer Information Technology
International Edition
I-SERIES: MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2003, COMPLETE
by Stephen Haag, University of Denver and James T. Perry, University of San Diego 2005 / 686 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-283076-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-121608-1 [IE]

HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2007
by Virginia Andersen 2007 / Softcover / 1024 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226346-6

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Maximize the powerful features of the latest release of today's most popular desktop database program. How to Do Everything with Microsoft Office Access 2007 shows you how to create and customize an efficient, multi-user database, retrieve, interpret, and share your data, secure your information, and much more. Designed to help you get things done quickly and easily, this user-friendly guide is your all-access pass to Access 2007. CONTENTS Part 1: Get Started Chapter 1: Getting Acquainted with Access 2007 Chapter 2: Create a Database Chapter 3: Create and Modify Tables Chapter 4: Relate Tables Chapter 5: Enter and Edit Data Part 2: Retrieve and Present Information Chapter 6: Sort, Filter, and Print Records Chapter 7: Extract Data with Queries Chapter 8: Create Advance Queries Chapter 9: Understand Form and Report Design Basics Chapter 10: Create Custom Forms and Subforms Chapter 11: Create and Customize Reports and Subreports Chapter 12: Create Charts and Graphs Part 3: Improve the Access 2003 Workplace Chapter 13: Customize the Workplace Chapter 14: Speed Up Your Database Chapter 15: Automate the Macros Chapter 16: Customize the Navigation Pane Chapter 17: Create Custom Switchboards and Dialog Part 4: Exchange Data with Others Chapter 18: Exchange Database Objects and Text Chapter 19: Exchange Data with Outside Sources Chapter 20: Use SharePoint with Sare with Multiple Chapter 21: Secure a Database Appendix: Convert to Access

www.mhhe.com/i-series
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Understanding Relational Databases: Session 1.1 Introducing Relational Databases. Session 1.2 Introducing Microsoft Access. Chapter 2: Maintaining Your Database: Session 2.1 Maintaining Access Data. Session 2.2 Designing and Building a Database. Chapter 3: Introducing Queries, Filters, Forms, and Reports: Session 3.1 Selecting and Organizing Data. Session 3.2 Calculating with Queries and Building Simple Forms and Reports. Chapter 4: Compound Queries and Database Utilities: Session 4.1 Using Queries to Analyze Data. Session 4.2 Modifying Table Definitions. Chapter 5: Customizing Forms and Reports: Session 5.1 Maintaining Data with Forms. Session 5.2 Creating Complex Reports. Chapter 6: Defining Table Relationships: Session 6.1 Relating Tables. Session 6.2 Creating Output with Related Tables. Chapter 7: Validating and Securing Database Data: Session 7.1 Refining Table Design. Session 7.2 Access Database Tools. Chapter 8: Integrating with Other Applications: Session 8.1 Office Integration. Session 8.2 Web Publication. Chapter 9: Using Queries to Analyze and Maintain Data: Session 9.1 Designing Advanced Queries. Session 9.2 Improving Data Integrity with Queries. Chapter 10: Automating Database Tasks: Session 10.1 Using Macros to Store Actions. Session 10.2 Creating a User Interface with Switchboards. Chapter 11: Using Visual Basic for Applications (VBA): Session 11.1 Understanding VBA Procedures. Session 11.2 Understanding VBA Functions. Chapter 12: Advanced Forms and Data Sharing: Session 12.1 Employing Advanced Form Features. Session 12.2 Using Extended Web Features

86

Computer Information Technology
MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2007 QUICKSTEPS
by John Cronan 2007 / Softcover / 226 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226371-8

Powerpoint Brief

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Using step-by-step instructions, Microsoft Office Access 2007 QuickSteps guides you through the new interface and powerful features of the latest release of Microsoft's popular database software. Even experienced users of earlier versions of Microsoft Access will find this book to be an invaluable quick reference tool for finding commands and procedures. Full-color screenshots with callouts show and explain exactly what you'll see on your computer screen while you're doing a task. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Stepping into Access. Chapter 2. Creating Databases and Tables. Chapter 3. Modifying Tables and Fields. Chapter 4. Working in the Table. Chapter 5. Retrieving Information. Chapter 6. Creating Forms and Using Controls. Chapter 7. Working with Reports. Chapter 8. Preparing Your Data for Presentation. Chapter 9. Securing and Administering Access. Chapter 10. Extending Access. Index.

MICROSOFT OFFICE POWERPOINT 2007 BRIEF
by Linda I. O'Leary, Independent 2008 (June 2007) / Softcover / 368 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329456-8 / MHID: 0-07-329456-X

www.mhhe.com/olearyseries2007
The O’Leary Office 2007 text is crafted to allow students to easily develop Microsoft Office application skills. The text design emphasizes step-by-step instructions with full screen captures that illustrate the results of each step performed. Each Lab, designed to be covered in 1 hour of class time, combines conceptual coverage with detailed software-specific instructions. Each Lab opens with a running case study that highlights real-world applications of each software program and leads students from problem to solution. CONTENTS Tutorial 1: Creating a Presentation Tutorial 2: Modifying and Refining a Presentation Working Together: Copying, Embedding and Linking Between Applications Command Summary Glossary Appendix – More About PowerPoint Reference 1 – Data File List Reference 2 – MCAS Objectives

MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2007: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Virginia Anderson 2007 / Softcover / 1,024 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226350-3 / MHID: 0-07-226350-4

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Build a highly responsive a database so you can track, report, and share information and make more informed decisions. This comprehensive resource shows you how to design and develop custom Access 2007 databases--even if you have little or no programming experience. You'll learn to collect data from a variety of sources, share it securely with others, and integrate it with other Office applications. Filled with detailed, easy-to-follow instructions, Microsoft Office Access 2007: The Complete Reference shows you how to take full advantage of all the new features, including the new ribbon user interface and navigation pane, new field types, and more. Create a reliable and versatile information management solution with help from this allinclusive guide. As a bonus, you can gain hands-on experience by following along with the book's sample databases on the CD-ROM.

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

87

Computer Information Technology

Powerpoint Complete
MICROSOFT POWERPOINT 2007: A PROFESSIONAL APPROACH
By Pat R. Graves; Eastern Illinois University 2008 (July 2007) / Softcover / 640 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351918-0 / MHID: 0-07-351918-9

HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH MICROSOFT OFFICE POWERPOINT 2007
by Ellen Finkelstein 2007 / Softcover / 432 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226339-8

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Create dynamic and professional-quality presentations using sage advice, handy tips, and clear descriptions from PowerPoint expert Ellen Finkelstein. This book gives you that extra edge with bestpractice design, layout, and organizational techniques that will make your presentations leap off the screen. In addition to in-depth coverage of new features, including the redesigned user interface, SmartArt diagrams, new special effects, and custom layouts, this must-have resource delivers everything you need to get started, organize your content, and add those finishing touches for a topnotch presentation. CONTENTS PART I: CREATE A PRESENTATION Chapter 1. Get Started with Presentations Chapter 2. Create Your First Presentation Chapter 3. Edit Text Chapter 4. Format Bullets and Paragraphs PART II: ADD MULTIMEDIA ELEMENTS TO YOUR PRESENTATION Chapter 5. Add Art and Graphic Objects Chapter 6. Work with Colors, Borders, Fills, and 3-D Effects Chapter 7. Coordinate Presentations with Slide Masters Chapter 8. Incorporate Graphs, Tables, and Diagrams Chapter 9. Add Animation to a Presentation Chapter 10. Use Multimedia PART III: MANAGE AND CONVEY A PRESENTATION Chapter 11. Interact with Others Chapter 12. Display a Presentation on a Web Site Chapter 13. Customizing PowerPoint Chatper 14. Prepare to Deliver Your Presentation Chatper 15. Present Your Slide Show Index

www.mhhe.com/pas07
The Professional Approach Series is designed for students unfamiliar with the Microsoft Office Suite, or even students who are nervous about trying to learn computer skills. It is ideal for students who are new to the world of computers, yet in-depth enough to teach and challenge more savvy users. Each lesson contains up to 25 skillapplications and 5 end-of-unit skill-applications that take students from simple to complex situations. The Office 2007 texts complete instruction in all skill sets and activities for the appropriate MCAS Exams. CONTENTS UNIT 1 Lesson 1 – Exploring PowerPoint. Lesson 2 – Developing Presentation Text. Lesson 3 – Revising Presentation Text. UNIT 2 Lesson 4 – Working with Graphics. Lesson 5 – Creating Tables. Lesson 6 – Creating Charts. Lesson 7 – Creating Diagrams with SmartArt Graphics. UNIT 3 Lesson 8 – Designing Original Illustrations. Lesson 9 – Refining Original Illustrations. Lesson 10 – Animating and Using Multimedia Effects. Lesson 11 – Customizing Themes and Master Slides. UNIT 4 Lesson 12 – Integrating with Other Programs. Lesson 13 – Preparing a Presentation for Delivery. Lesson 14 – Preparing for Electronic Distribution

MICROSOFT OFFICE POWERPOINT 2007 QUICKSTEPS
by Carole Boggs Matthews 2007 / Softcover / 240 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226370-1

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Create great-looking presentation slides right away using Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007. Color screenshots and clear instructions show you how to use the new and improved capabilities featured in this powerful presentation program. Follow along and learn to work with the new Office interface and ribbon, create slides, and add text, tables, charts, graphics, sound, and video. Plus, it's easy to flip straight to the information you need using the color-coded tabs, detailed index, and chapter "How to" lists. Get the book that gets you started using PowerPoint 2007 in no time. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Stepping into PowerPoint. Chapter 2. Creating the Presentation. Chapter 3. Working with Slides, Notes, and Masters. Chapter 4. Modifying Slides Text. Chapter 5. Creating Tables in Slides. Chapter 6. Working with Clip Art and Graphs. Chapter 7. Working with Organization Charts and Diagrams. Chapter 8. Special Effects and Drawing in PowerPoint. Chapter 9. Working with Multimedia and the Internet. Chapter 10. Printing and Running a Slide Show

88

Computer Information Technology

Operating Systems

WINDOWS VISTA BRIEF EDITION
by Linda I. O'Leary, Independent 2008 (November 2007) / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-329453-7

www.mhhe.com/olearyseries2007
The O’Leary Office 2007 text is crafted to allow students to easily develop Microsoft Office application skills. The text design emphasizes step-by-step instructions with full screen captures that illustrate the results of each step performed. Each Lab, designed to be covered in 1 hour of class time, combines conceptual coverage with detailed software-specific instructions. Each Lab opens with a running case study that highlights real-world applications of each software program and leads students from problem to solution. CONTENTS Lab 1 Windows Vista Basic Skills Lab 2 Organizing Your Work Lab 3 Using Applications Appendix A Downloading Files and Extracting a Zip File Appendix B Customizing the Desktop

Chapter 15. Network Tools Part V: Security Chapter 16. Encryption, Integrity Checks, and Signatures Chapter 17. Security-Enhanced Linux Chapter 18. IPsec and Virtual Private Networks Chapter 19. Secure Shell and Kerberos Chapter 20. Firewalls Part VI: Internet and Network Services Chapter 21. Managing Services Chapter 22. FTP Servers Chapter 23. Web Servers Chapter 24. Proxy Servers Chapter 25. Mail Servers Chapter 26. Print, News, Search, and Database Servers Part VII: System Administration Chapter 27. Basic System Administration Chapter 28. Managing Users Chapter 29. File Systems Chapter 30. RAID and LVM Chapter 31. Devices and Modules Chapter 32. Kernel Administration Chapter 33. Backup Management Part VIII: Network Administration Services Chapter 34. Administering TCP/IP Networks Chapter 35. Network Autoconfiguration with IPv6, DHCPv6, and DHCP Chapter 36. NFS and NIS Chapter 37. Distributed Network File Systems Appendix A: Where to Obtain Linux Distribution Index

LINUX: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE Sixth Edition
by Richard Petersen, University Of Califotnia-Berkeley 2008 / Softcover / 830 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149247-8

WINDOWS VISTA QUICKSTEPS
by Marty Matthews 2007 / Softcover / 256 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226382-4

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Get in-depth coverage of all Linux features, tools, and utilities from this thoroughly updated and comprehensive resource, designed for all Linux distributions. Written by Linux expert Richard Petersen, this book explains how to get up-and-running on Linux, use the desktops and shells, manage applications, deploy servers, implement security measures, and handle system and network administration tasks. With full coverage of the latest platform, Linux: The Complete Reference, Sixth Edition includes details on the very different and popular Debian (Ubuntu) and Red Hat/Fedora software installation and service management tools used by most distributions. This is a must-have guide for all Linux users. CONTENTS Part I: Introduction Chapter 1. Introduction to Linux Chapter 2. Getting Started Part II: The Linux Shell and File Structure Chapter 3. The Shell Chapter 4. The Shell Scripts and Programming Chapter 5. Shell Configuration Chapter 6. Linux Files, Directories, and Archives Part III: Desktop Chapter 7. The X Window System, Xorg, and Display Managers Chapter 8. GNOME Chapter 9. KDE Part IV: Linux Software Chapter 10. Software Management Chapter 11. Office and Database Applications Chapter 12. Graphics Tools and Multimedia Chapter 13. Mail and News Clients Chapter 14. Web, FTP, and Java Clients

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Get started using Windows Vista right away--the QuickSteps way. Color screenshots and clear instructions show you how to use all the new and improved features available in this state-of-the art operating system. Follow along and learn to customize your desktop; organize, store, and back up files; connect to the Internet and use email; add hardware and software; and work with photos, music, and video. You'll also find out how to secure your system and set up a wired or wireless network. Plus, you can flip straight to the information you need easily using the color-coded tabs. Get the book that gets you started using Windows Vista in no time. CONTENTS Introduction Ch 1: Stepping into Windows Vista Ch 2: Customizing Windows Vista Ch 3: Storing Information Ch 4: Using the Internet Ch 5: Managing Windows Vista Ch 6: Working with Documents and Photos Ch 7: Working with Sound and Video Ch 8: Controlling Security Ch 9: Setting up a Network Ch 10: Using a Network

89

Computer Information Technology
UNIX: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE Second Edition
by Kenneth H. Rose, AT&T Laboratories, Douglas A. Host, Rachel Klee, and Richard R. Rosinski 2007 / Softcover / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226336-7

HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH WINDOWS VISTA
by Curt Simmons 2007 / Softcover / 362 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226375-6

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This expansive resource covers every aspect of UNIX--the fastgrowing, open-source operating system. All existing chapters have been revised to provide the most cutting-edge coverage of the latest versions of UNIX. UNIX:The Complete Reference, Second Edition provides step-by-step instructions on how to install and configure UNIX on a PC or Mac and use all the powerful tools and utilities. The book includes up-to-date examples, new features, and advanced options. CONTENTS Part I – Basics For Linux/unix (Revised). Chapter 1. Background (Revised). Chapter 2. Getting Started (Revised). Chapter 3. Working With Files And Directories (Revised). Chapter 4. Working With Shells And Enhanced Shells (Revised). Chapter 5. Text Editing (Revised). Chapter 6. The Desktop: Gnome (New). Chapter 7. Cde And Other Desktops (New). Part II – User Networking. Chapter 8. Electronic Mail (Revised). Chapter 9. Tcp/ip And Other Basic Networking Protocols (Revised). Chapter 10. Using The Internet (Revised). Part III – System Administration. Chapter 11. Processes And Scheduling (Revised). Chapter 12. Security And Authentication (Revised). Chapter 13. Basic System Administration (Revised). Chapter 14. Advanced System Administration (Revised). Part IV – Network Administration. Chapter 15. Clients And Servers (Revised). Chapter 16. Administering The Network (Revised). Chapter 17. Using Unix And Windows Together: Samba And Other Integration Tools (Revised). Part V--tools. Chapter 18. Filters And Utilities (Revised). Chapter 19. Shell Programming (Revised). Chapter 20. Awk And Sed (Revised). Chapter 21. Perl (Revised). Chapter 22. Python And Php (New). Chapter 23. Developing Applications (Revised). Chapter 24. Overview Of Java (Revised). Part VI – Enterprise Solutions. Chatper 25. Unix Applications And Middleware (Revised). Chatper 26. Databases (New). Chapter 27. Developing Web Applications And Running A Website (New). VII – Appendices. Appendix A. How To Find Out More (Revised). Appendix B. Command Summaries(Revised)

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Bring clarity to your PC experience with Windows Vista and this easy-to-use guide. How to Do Everything with Windows Vista shows you how to take full advantage of all the powerful and fun features of this revolutionary new operating system. Learn to customize your settings, connect to the Internet, set up a home network, secure your system, and connect peripheral devices. You'll also discover how to maximize all of the entertainment capabilities--games, music, photos, video, and more. CONTENTS Part I. Get to Know Windows Vista CH1: Explore the Vista Desktop CH2: Manage Your Computer with Control Panel CH3: Personalize Your Computer CH4: Manage Components, Programs, Folders, and Files CH5: Use the Accessories That Come with Windows CH6: Manage Hardware CH7: Use Printers, Scanners, and Digital Cameras Part II. Get Connected CH8: Create Connections to the Internet CH9: Surf the Internet CH10: Run Windows Mail CH11: Create a Home Network CH12: Manage Users and Groups CH13: Windows Vista Security and Remote Connections Part III. Cool Things You Can Do with Windows Vista CH14. Play Games CH15. Use Windows Media Player CH16. Create Movies with Windows Movie Maker CH17: Manage Digital Photos and Use Windows Sideshow CH18: Take Care of Windows Vista PART IV. Optimize, Troubleshoot and Fix Windows Vista CH19: Manage Disks CH20: Solving Problems with Windows Vista Appendix A: Installing Windows Vista Index

90

Computer Information Technology
WINDOWS VISTA: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Margaret Levine Young, and John Levine 2007 / Softcover / 912 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226376-3

Project
HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH MICROSOFT OFFICE PROJECT 2007
by Elaine Marmel 2007 / Softcover / 394 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226341-1

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Here is the ultimate one-stop desk reference for Windows Vista users. Windows Vista: The Complete Reference provides comprehensive coverage of the newest features of the operating system. From setting up for optimum performance and understanding the OS internals to finding files and keeping computer systems secure and free from spyware, this volume covers it all. It's the ideal resource for anyone who wants to truly master Windows Vista. CONTENTS PART I: Windows XP Basics. PART II: Keeping Track of Your Files. PART III: Configuring Windows for Your Computer. PART IV: Working with Text, Numbers, Pictures, Sound, and Video. Part V: Windows Vista on the Internet. Part VI: Home and Office Networking with Windows Vista. Part VII: Windows and Disk Housekeeping. Part VIII: Behind the Scenes: Windows Vista Internals. Part IX: Appendixes. Appendix A. Differences between Windows Vista versions. Appendix B: Installing or Upgrading to Windows Vista.

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Covering the latest version of this versatile project management tool, How to Do Everything with Microsoft Office Project 2007 helps you maximize the software to organize work and people and ensure projects are delivered on time and within budget. You will learn how to set up projects, manage tasks and resources, track status, report project information, and much more. The book covers the standard as well as the professional editions, includes details on Microsoft Office Project Server 2007. CONTENTS PART I: GETTING STARTED Chapter 1. The Basics of Project Management Chapter 2. Taking A First Look at Project PART II: BUILDING A PROJECT Chapter 3. Creating Tasks Chapter 4. Working with Constraints and Dependencies Chapter 5. Working with Resources Chapter 6. Estimating Project Costs PART III: VIEWING PROJECTS Chapter 7. Working with Views Chapter 8. Working with Tables and Views Chapter 9. Organizing Information in a View PART IV: RESOLVING RESOURCE AND SCHEDULING CONFLICTS Chapter 10. Resolving Scheduling Problems Chapter 11. Resolving Resource Problems PART: V: TRACKING Chapter 12. Establishing Baselines Chapter 13. Tracking Schedule Information Chapter 14. Tracking Cost Information Chapter 15. Reporting in Microsoft Project Chapter 16. Analyzing Financial Progress PART IV: MANAGING MULTIPLE PROJECTS Chapter 17. Consolidating Projects Chapter 18. Using Project Server Chapter 19. Working with Codes and Custom Fields Chapter 20. Changing the Project Interface Chapter 21. Speeding Up Work with Macros

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

91

Computer Information Technology

Outlook Intro
NEW
MICROSOFT OUTLOOK 2007: A PROFESSIONAL APPROACH
by David J. Nickles, University of Hawaii–Honolulu, and Michael-Brian Ogawa, University of Hawaii–Honolulu

v Concepts Review at the end of each lesson helps students to test their understanding of important concepts. v Lesson Applications enable students to assess their mastery of the skills taught in the lesson. CONTENTS Unit 1 Outlook Basics Lesson 1: Introduction To Outlook And E-mail Lesson 2: Contact Management Unit 2 Managing Your Schedule and Tasks Lesson 3: Managing Scheduling Lesson 4: Task Management Unit 3 Advanced Topics Lesson 5: Managing E-mail Efficiently Lesson 6: Categorizing And Managing Outlook Data Files Appendix Glossary Index

2009 (January 2008) / Spiral Bound/Comb / 240 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-337350-8

www.mhhe.com/pas07
The Professional Approach Series is designed for students unfamiliar with the Microsoft Office Suite, or even students who are nervous about trying to learn computer skills. It is ideal for students who are new to the world of computers, yet in-depth enough to teach and challenge more savvy users. Each lesson contains up to 25 skillapplications and 5 end-of-unit skill-applications that take students from simple to complex situations. The Office 2007 texts complete instruction in all skill sets and activities for the appropriate MCAS Exams. FEATURES v Printable solutions manual – While solutions will be downloadable by lesson, instructors can also take advantage of the Printable Solutions Manual, which incorporates all the PDF or Checklist Solutions into a single, printable document. v Author-Generated Supplements – All supplements will be created by the authors of the Professional Approach Series v New Case Study for Word – Including all new exercises and projects v New Exercises – Several wholly new exercises throughout the series showcase the new functionalities in Office 2007 v Real-world, business oriented. Students should be prepared to actually apply their MS Office skills on the job when done with these books. Critical skills in context. v Lesson Summary reviews all the important concepts taught in the lesson, making it an ideal study resource for students. v Command Summary reviews simple short-cuts covered in the lesson v On Your Own exercises are entirely free-form. They aren’t “button-pushing exercises,” and don’t “hold the student’s hand” or provide steps. They encourage students to be creative. v Using the Internet exercises ask students to research topics on the Internet. v MCAS Activities and up to 8 specific objectives are shown for every lesson. v Lessons contain step-by-step exercises, supported by colorful graphics that teach students key Office 2007 skills. v Case Study includes a description of the fictional business that runs throughout each text. These provide a real-world context for learning a software application.

HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH MICROSOFT OFFICE OUTLOOK 2007
by Bill Mann 2007 / Softcover / 496 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226338-1

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Centralize communications and schedule management with Outlook 2007 using this easy-to-use guide. Get a quick tour of new and updated Outlook features, including the redesigned interface, then dig into managing your e-mail; recording and tracking appointments and upcoming events; integrating with other Office applications; and much more. With valuable tips on customization, security, and mobilizing your Outlook data, this is a must-have resource for every Outlook 2007 user. CONTENTS PART I: GET ACQUAINTED WITH OUTLOOK 2007 Chapter 1. Meet Outlook 2007 Chapter 2. Get Ready to Dig In PART II: COMMUNICATE USING OUTLOOK 2007 Chapter 3. Send and Receive E-mail Chapter 4. Manage Your E-mail Chapter 5. Use Address Books and Distribution Lists Chapter 6. Take Advantage of Instant Messaging, Newsgroups, and RSS Feeds PART III: MANAGE YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION Chapter 7. Work with Contacts Chapter 8. Stay on Schedule with Calendar Chapter 9. Leave Yourself Notes, Track Tasks and To-Dos, and Keep a Journal PART IV: CUSTOMIZE & MANAGE OUTLOOK 2007 Chapter 10. Take Advantage of Virtual Folders Chapter 11. Customize the User Interface Chapter 12. Create Custom Views and Print Styles Chapter 13. Manage and Archive Items Chapter 14. Attend to Your Security PART V: GO EVEN FURTHER Chapter 15. Access Your Outlook Data from Anywhere Chapter 16. Integration with Office 12 and other Applications Chapter 17. Work with Exchange and SharePoint

92

Computer Information Technology
MICROSOFT OFFICE OUTLOOK 2007 QUICKSTEPS
by Marty Matthews 2007 / Softcover / 222 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226373-2

Programming

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Get started using Outlook 2007 right away--the QuickSteps way. Color screenshots and clear instructions show you how to use all the new and improved features. Follow along and learn to work with the new Office interface and ribbon; send, receive, and manage e-mail; enter contact information; schedule appointments; set up tasks; and use the Journal. You'll also find out how to manage files and folders, secure your email, and block junk mail and spam. Plus, you can flip straight to the information you need easily using the color-coded tabs. Get the book that gets you started using Outlook 2007 in no time. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Stepping into Outlook. Chapter 2. Receiving and Handling E-Mail. Chapter 3. Creating and Sending E-Mail. Chapter 4. Managing Contacts. Chapter 5. Scheduling and the Calendar. Chapter 6. Using Tasks. Chapter 7. Using a Journal and Making Notes. Chapter 8. Managing Files and Folders. Chapter 9. Using Forms, labels, and Mail Merge. Chapter 10. Using Outlook in Other Ways. Index

Visual Basic
NEW
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING USING VISUAL BASIC 2008 Fourth Edition
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio College, and Anita C. Millspaugh, Mt San Antonio College

2010 (January 2009) / Softcover / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351722-3 The author team of Julia Bradley and Anita Millspaugh remain the guiding light for countless students around the world in Programming in Visual Basic 2008. How better to master the most popular objectoriented programming language than to use the bestselling textbook? Be at the cutting edge of technology with examples, feedback questions, and a full Hands-On Programming Example. Apply the concepts yourself with Case Studies and Exercises. Screen captures, step-bystep exercises, and thorough appendices ensure that Programming Excellence Begins Here. NEW TO THIS EDITION v v Author Excellence Hands-on Programming Example

CONTENTS Chapter 1. Visual Studio and the .NET Framework 1 Chapter 2. Building Multitier Programs with Classes 49 Chapter 3. Windows Database Applications 105 Chapter 4. Windows Database using Related Tables 149 Chapter 5. Windows Database Updates 187 Chapter 6. Services 249 Chapter 7. Web Applications 275 Chapter 8. Web Database Applications 351 Chapter 9. Reports 403 Chapter 10. Collections 431 Chapter 11. User Controls 465 Chapter 12. Help Files 491 Chapter 13. Additional Topics in Visual Basic 507 Appendix A. Answers to Feedback Questions 541 Appendix B. Review of Introductory VB Concepts 553 Appendix C. Deployment 599 Appendix D. Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the Environment 607 Glossary 625 Index 634

93

Computer Information Technology
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Visual Basic 2008 Chapter 2: User Interface Design Chapter 3: Variables, Constants, and Calculations Chapter 4: Decisions and Conditions Chapter 5: Menus, Common Dialog Boxes, Sub Procedures, and Function Procedures Chapter 6: Multiform Projects Chapter 7: Lists, Loops, and Printing Chapter 8: Arrays Chapter 9: Web Applications Chapter 10: Database Applications Chapter 11: Data Files Chapter 12: OOP: Creating Object-Oriented Programs Chapter 13: Graphics, Animation, Sound, and Drag-and-Drop Chapter 14: Additional Topics in Visual Basic Appendix A: Answers to Feedback Questions Appendix B: Methods and Functions for Working with Dates, Financial Calculations, Mathematics, and String Operations Appendix C: Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the Environment Appendix D: .NET Security

NEW
International Edition
PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL BASIC 2008 Seventh Edition
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio College, and Anita C. Millspaugh, Mt San Antonio College

2009 (May 2008) / Softcover / 704 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-351720-9 ISBN: 978-0-07-128089-1 [IE]

Browse http://www.mhhe.com/vb2008
The author team of Julia Bradley and Anita Millspaugh remain the guiding light in Programming with Visual Basic 2008 for countless students around the world. How better to master the most popular object-oriented programming language than to use the bestselling textbook? Be at the cutting edge of technology with examples, feedback questions, and a full Hands On Programming Example. Apply the concepts yourself with Case Studies and Exercises. Screen captures, step-by-step exercises, and thorough appendices ensure that Programming Excellence Begins Here. NEW TO THIS EDITION v SOFTWARE: Based on the Professional Edition of Visual Studio 2008, but all exercises can be completed using the free Visual Basic 2008 Express Edition v Updated: All figures are based on Vista

International Edition
PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL C# WITH VISUAL STUDIO TRIAL SOFTWARE Second Edition
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio College 2008 (April 2007) / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-336687-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-126558-4 [IE, with 1 color text]

v PRINTFORM CONTROL: A new PrintForm control is covered in Chapter 1, so that students can send the current form to the Print Preview window or to the printer. Standard printing is still covered in chapter 7. v LINQ: The new Language Integrated Queries (LINQ) provide a more consistent means of querying a variety of data sources. LINQ is introduced in the database chapter (chapter 10) and again in Chapter 14 in the examples of using the new XML literals in the data file handling. v CHAPTER 14: Writing and reading XML data files is now covered in Chapter 14 v My Object: The sections on writing a small amount of data in a file (Chapter 11) are expanded to include using the My object. v Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF): An introduction to the Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) includes using WPF interoperability with a standard Windows Form and creating a WPF Form project. (Chapter 14) v CHAPTER 13: Drag-and-drop for images has been added to the graphics chapter (Chapter 13) v Visual Basic PowerPacks: The new line and shape controls from the Visual Basic PowerPacks are introduced in chapter 2. This set of controls included LineShape, OvalShape, and RectangleShape. Instructions for downloading and installing the PowerPacks are included in the Chapter 1, where the PrintForm control is introduced. v Visual Studio Editor: The Visual Studio editor now has much richer IntelliSense, eliminating the need for using the Me keyword in most instances. v Pascal casing: To conform with the published standards from Microsoft, Pascal casing is used for variable names.

www.mhhe.com/csharp2
With Microsoft's recent release of their Visual Development Studio (Visual Studio .Net), a new programming language has been introduced. The new language is C# .Net. Programming in C# .NET has been written by the successful author team of Bradley and Millspaugh, who write our Visual Basic books. Therefore, the book maintains the strong pedagogy that has been used to teach students how to program. This book assumes no prior knowledge of programming and it incorporates basic concepts of programming, problem solving, and programming logic and design techniques to teach students a mastery of C #.Net at an introductory level. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Programming and Visual C# 2005 Chapter 2: User Interface Design Chapter 3: Variables, Constants, and Calculations Chapter 4: Decisions and Conditions Chapter 5: Menus, Common Dialog Boxes, and Methods Chapter 6: Multiform Projects Chapter 7: Lists, Loops, and Printing Chapter 8: Arrays Chapter 9: Programming With Web Forms Chapter 10: Accessing Database Files Chapter 11: Saving Data in Files Chapter 12: OOP: Creating Object-Oriented Programs Chapter 13: Graphics, Animation, Sound, and Drag-and-Drop Chapter 14: Additional Topics in C# Appendix A: Answers to Feedback Questions Appendix B: Methods for Working with Dates, Mathematics, and String Operations Appendix C: Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the Environment Appendix D: .NET Security Glossary Index

94

Computer Information Technology
International Edition
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING USING VISUAL BASIC 2005 Third Edition
By Julia Case Bradley, and Anita C. Millspaugh, both of Mt San Antonio College 2007 / 608 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-330444-1 [with 180 day software and student CD] ISBN: 978-0-07-110295-7 [IE] The author team of Julia Bradley and Anita Millspaugh remain the guiding light in programming with Visual Basic .NET for countless students around the world. How better to master the most popular programming language than to use the bestselling textbook? To be at the cutting edge of technology start with specific Learning Objectives in themed Case Studies and move on to practice with Programming Skills, Exercises, and Examples. Combine screen captures, step-bystep exercises, and thorough appendices and you can ensure that Programming Excellence Begins Here. This textbook is intended for use in an introductory programming course, which assumes no prior knowledge of computer programming. The later chapters are also appropriate for professional programmers who are learning a new language to upgrade their skills. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Visual Basic .NET. Chapter 2: User Interface Design. Chapter 3: Variables, Constants, and Calculations Chapter 4: Decisions and Conditions Chapter 5: Menus, Common Dialog Boxes, Sub Procedures, and Function Procedures Chapter 6: Multiform Projects Chapter 7: Lists, Loops, and Printing Chapter 8: Arrays. Chapter 9: Programming with Visual Web Developer. Chapter 10: Accessing Database Files. Chapter 11: Saving Data in Files. Chapter 12: OOP: Creating Object-Oriented Programs. Chapter 13: Graphics, Animation, Sound, and Drag-and-Drop. Chapter 14:Additional Topics in Visual Basic Appendix A: Answers to Feedback Questions Appendix B: Methods and Functions for Working with Dates, Financial Calculations, Mathematics, and String Operations Appendix C: Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the Environment Appendix D: .NET Security Glossary Index.

International Edition
PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL BASIC.NET: Update Edition for VB.NET 2003 with 5-CD VB.Net 2003 Software Set
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt. San Antonio College and Anita C Millspaugh, Mt. San Antonio College 2005 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-111447-9 [IE with CD] CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction to Visual Basic.NET. Chapter 2 More Controls. Chapter 3 Variables, Constants, and Calculations. Chapter 4 Decisions and Conditions. Chapter 5 Menus, Sub Procedures, and Sub Functions. Chapter 6 OOP:Creating Object-Oriented Programs. Chapter 7 Lists, Loops, and Printing. Chapter 8 Arrays. Chapter 9 Programming With Web Forms. Chapter 10 Accessing DataBase Files. Chapter 11 Saving Data and Objects in Files. Chapter 12 Graphics in Windows and the Web. Chapter 13 Advanced Topics in Visual Basic. Appendix A Answers to Feedback Questions. Appendix B Methods and Functions for Working with Dates, Financial Calculations, Mathematics, and String Operations. Appendix C Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the Environment. Appendix D Security. Glossary. Index

International Edition
LEARNING PROGRAMMING USING VISUAL BASIC .NET Fourth Edition
by William E Burrows, University of Washington 2003 ISBN: 978-0-07-293871-5 (with 4-CD Set) ISBN: 978-0-07-111350-2 [IE with CD and VB.Net Software, 4 CD set)

www.mhhe.com/it/burrowsvbnet
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Problem Solving and the Object-Oriented Paradigm. Chapter 2 Creating Simple Visual Basic .NET Windows Applications. Chapter 3 Representing Data – Constants and Variables. Chapter 4 Performing Calculations and Manipulating Data. Chapter 5 Specifying Alternative Courses of Action: Selection Statements. Chapter 6 Reducing Program Complexity: Programmer-Defined Procedures and Functions. Chapter 7 Repeating Processing Tasks: Loop Structures. Chapter 8 Accessing Data: Relational Database Processing. Chapter 9 Accessing Data: Using XML. Chapter 10 Working with Collections. Chapter 11 Using Visual Basic .NET to Create Web Applications. Comprehensive Projects: CP.1 Multiple Forms, Menus, and Logical Decision-Making. CP.2 Economic Order Quantity Calculator. CP.3 Order Policy Simulation. CP.4 Product/Supplier Database Application. CP.5 Order Entry Application Revisited. CP.6 Real Estate Listings Database Application Revisited.

95

Computer Information Technology
Appendix A: Debugging. Appendix B: Configuring and Using Internet Information Server (IIS). Appendix C: Configuring and Using MS SQL Server. Appendix D: Answers to Selected Exercises

Visual Studio.Net

MICROSOFT VISUAL STUDIO 2008 PROGRAMMING

International Edition
PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL BASIC 6.0 UPDATE EDITION WITH CD
by Julia Case Bradley and Anita C. Millspaugh, Mt. San Antonio College 2002 ISBN: 978-0-07-251874-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-120481-1 [IE]

by Jamie Plenderleith, and Steve Bunn 2009 (March 2009) / Softcover / 600 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-160408-6

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Written by an award-winning software developer and Microsoft MVP, this is an invaluable programming guide for experienced developers who need to learn how to utilize all of the features and tools in Visual Studio 2008 in order to build professional data-driven applications. New Visual Studio 2008 features are covered, including WPF Designer, LINQ, code analysis tools, new language features, new debugging and source editing features, and more. CONTENTS Part I: New Features Chapter 1: New VB.NET Language Features Chapter 2: New C# Language Features Chapter 3: New Studio 2008 Tools Part II: Project Architecture Chapter 4: 3-Tier Design, n-tier Design Chapter 5: Winforms & WPF Applications Chapter 6: Webforms Applications & WCF Chapter 7: Office Applications Part III: Working with … XML Chapter 8: XPath & XSLT Chapter 9: XML & LINQ [Language INtegrated Query] Chapter 10: XML & SQL [SQL Server] Chapter 11: XML & SOAP [Simple Object Access Protocol / Web Services] Part IV: Working with … Data Access Chapter 12: ADO.NET Chapter 13: ADO.NET & SQL, ADO.NET & Oracle, ADO.NET & MySQL, ADO.NET & Access Chapter 14: LINQ Chapter 15: Sample data access applications Part V: Debugging Chapter 16: Breakpoints, Stepping through code , Watch Window & Exception Assistant Chapter 17: Creating Debug Visualizers Chapter 18: Debugging Processes – Locally & Remotely Chapter 19: Tracing & Logging Part VI: Deployment Chapter 20: Deploying Web Applications Chapter 21: Deploying Windows Applications Chapter 22: Deploying the .NET Framework Part VII: Security Chapter 23: Security Principles, Hack Resistant Code & Defensive Programming Chapter 24: Encryption Chapter 25: Authentication & Authorization Chapter 26: SQL Injection Attacks Part VIII: Visual Studio Team System Chapter 27: VSTS Overview, TFS & Source Control Chapter 28: Test Edition Chapter 29: Developer Edition Chapter 30: Database Edition Chapter 31: Architect Edition

www.mhhe.com/cit/program/bradley6
CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Visual Basic. 2. More Controls. 3. Variables, Constants, and Calculations. 4. Decisions and Conditions. 5. Menus, Sub Procedures, and Sub Functions. 6. Multiple Forms. 7. Lists, Loops, and Printing. 8. Arrays. 9. OOP-Creating Object-Oriented Programs. 10. Data Files. 11. Accessing Database Files. 12. Data Handling-Grids, Validation, Selection, and Sorting. 13. Drag-and-Drop. 14. Graphics. 15. Advanced Topics in Visual Basic. Appendix A Answers to Feedback Questions. Appendix B Functions for Working with Dates, Financial Calculations, Mathematics, and String Operations. Appendix C Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the VB Environment. Appendix D A Preview of Microsoft’s VB.NET

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF VISUAL BASIC
by Byron S Gottfried, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh 2001 / 325 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-135671-8

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introducing Visual Basic. Chapter 2: Visual Basic Fundamentals. Chapter 3: Branching and Looping. Chapter 4: Visual Basic Control Fundamentals. Chapter 5: Menus and Dialog Boxes. Chapter 6. Executing and Debugging a New Project. Chapter 7: Procedures. Chapter 8: Arrays. Chapter 9: Data Files. Appendix A: The ASCII Character Set. Appendix B: Incompatibilities with Visual Basic.NET. Answers to Selected Problems.

96

Computer Information Technology
International Edition
PROGRAMMING THE WEB USING VISUAL STUDIO .NET
by David Mercer, AFC Computer Services 2003 ISBN: 978-0-07-284452-8 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-123611-9 [IE with CD] CONTENTS Chapter 1 Integrated Development Environ-ments. Chapter 2 Programming Basics. Chapter 3 Markup Languages and XML. Chapter 4 Database Design. Chapter 5 Business Processes and Information. Chapter 6 The Graphical User Interface. Chapter 7 VB .NET, ADO .NET. Chapter 8 VS .NET Templates. Chapter 9 Web Applications. Chapter 10 Web Services. Chapter 11 Project Management with VS .NET. Appendices

Web Programming/Design

Java
International Edition
PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA WITH CD-ROM
by Julia Case Bradley and Anita C Millspaugh, Mt. San Antonio College 2002 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-251244-1 (with Student CD) - (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-112478-2 [IE with Student CD]

www.mhhe.com/cit/program/bradleyjava
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introducing Java. Chapter 2: Using Variables and Constants. Chapter 3: Designing the Interface with Layout Managers. Chapter 4: Performing Calculations and Formatting Numbers. Chapter 5: Creating Classes. Chapter 6: Decisions and Conditions. Chapter 7: Making Selections with Check Boxes and Option Buttons. Chapter 8: Using Lists, Choices, And Looping. Chapter 9: Arrays. Chapter 10: Applications, Frames, Menus, And Dialogs. Chapter 11: Multimedia In Java: Images, Sounds, Animations And Video. Chapter 12: More OOP, Interfaces, And Inner Classes. Chapter 13: Storing Information, Object Serialization, and JDBC. Chapter 14: Javascript. Chapter 15: Advanced Features of Java . Appendix A: Using an IDE. Appendix B: Conventions and Standards. Appendix C: Java 1.0 Event Handling And Depreciated Methods. Appendix D: Solutions to Feedback Questions. Appendix E: Creating Jar Files. Appendix F: Math Functions. Appendix G: Debugging.

PHP: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
by Vikram Vaswani 2009 (October 2008) / Softcover / 478 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154901-1

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Learn how to build dynamic, data-driven Web applications using PHP. Covering the latest release of this cross-platform, open-source scripting language, PHP: A Beginner's Guide teaches you how to write basic PHP programs and enhance them with more advanced features such as MySQL and SQLite database integration, XML input, and third-party extensions. This fast-paced tutorial provides one-stop coverage of software installation, language syntax and data structures, flow control routines, built-in functions, and best practices. CONTENTS Part I: Understanding PHP Basics Chapter 1. Introducing PHP Chapter 2. Using Variables and Operators Chapter 3. Controlling Program Flow Chapter 4. Working with Arrays Chapter 5. Using Functions and Classes Part II: Working with Data from Other Sources Chapter 6. Working with Files and Directories Chapter 7. Working with Databases and SQL Chapter 8. Working with XML Chapter 9. Working with Cookies, Sessions, and Headers Part III: Security and Troubleshooting Chapter 10. Handling Errors Chapter 11. Securing PHP Chapter 12. Expanding PHP Part IV: Appendixes Appendix A. Installing and Configuring Required Software Appendix B. Answers to Self Test Index

97

Computer Information Technology
HERB SCHILDT'S JAVA PROGRAMMING COOKBOOK
by Herbert Schildt 2008 / Softcover / 524 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226315-2

JAVASERVER FACES: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Chris Schalk, Ed Burns, and James Holmes 2007 / Softcover / 864 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226240-7

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Legendary programming author Herb Schildt shares some of his favorite programming techniques in this high-powered Java "cookbook." Organized for quick reference, each recipe shows how to accomplish a practical programming task. A recipe begins with a list of key ingredients (the classes, methods, and interfaces) followed by step-by-step instructions that show how to assemble them into a complete solution. Detailed discussions explain the how and why behind each step, and a full code example puts the recipe into action. Each recipe ends with a list of options and alternatives that suggest ways to adapt the technique to fit a variety of situations. Whether you're a beginner or an experienced pro, you'll find recipes that are sure to satisfy your Java programming appetite! CONTENTS Chapter 1. Overview Chapter 2. Working with Strings and Regular Expressions Chapter 3. File Handling Chapter 4. Formatting Data Chapter 5. Working with Collections Chapter 6. Applets and Servlets Chapter 7. Multithreading Chapter 8. Swing Chapter 9. Potpourri Index

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Ideal for the 3+ million Java developers, this fast-paced tutorial offers in-depth coverage of JavaServer Faces (JSF) -- Sun Microsystem's Web application architecture for the future. Co-written by the #1 JSF expert in the Java community, this book offers the most complete resource on JSF available. * Extensive coverage on JSF custom component development * Serves as a thorough introduction to AJAX technology and techniques * Numerous custom JSF component examples including AJAX enabled components provided CONTENTS PART I: The JavaServer Faces Framework Chapter 1: Introduction to JavaServer Faces Chapter 2: Building a Simple JavaServer Faces Application Chapter 3: The JavaServer Faces Request Processing Lifecycle Chapter 4: Managed Beans and the JSF Expression Language Chapter 5: The Navigation Model Chapter 6: The User Interface Component Model Chapter 7: Converting and Validating Data Chapter 8: The JSF Event Model PART II: Extending JavaServer Faces Chapter 9: Applying JSF: Introducing the Virtual Trainer Application Chapter 10: Building Custom UI Components Chapter 11: Building AJAX JSF Components Chapter 12: Building Non-UI Custom Components Chapter 13: Alternate View Description Technology and Facelets Part III: Applying JavaServer Faces Chapter 14: Localization and Accessibility with JavaServer Faces Chapter 15: Securing JavaServer Faces Applications Chapter 16: Automated Testing and Debugging of JavaServer Faces Applications Part IV: JavaServer Faces Tools and Libraries Chapter 17: Developing JSF Applications with Visual Development Environments Chapter 18: The JavaServer Faces Configuration File Chapter 19: The Standard JSF Component Library Chapter 20: The MyFaces Implementation and Component Library Part V: Appendices Appendix A: Faces Console Quick Reference Appendix B: Third-Party JSF Component Libraries Appendix C: Migrating from Struts to Faces Appendix D: JSF Futures: Apache Shale INDEX

SCJP SUN CERTIFIED PROGRAMMER FOR JAVA 6 STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 310-065)
by Katherine Sierra, and Bert Bates 2008 / Hardcover with CDROM / 851 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-159106-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
With hundreds of practice questions and hands-on exercises, SCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 6 Study Guide covers what you need to know--and shows you how to prepare--for this challenging exam. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Declarations and Access Control Chapter 2--Object Orientation Chapter 3--Assignments Chapter 4--Operators Chapter 5--Flow Control, Exceptions, and Assertions Chapter 6--Strings, I/O, Formatting, and Parsing Chapter 7--Generics and Collections Chapter 8--Inner Classes Chapter 9--Threads Chapter 10--Development Appendix: About the CD Index

98

Computer Information Technology
JAVA: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE Fourth Edition
by Herbert Schildt 2007 (December 2006) / Softcover / 500 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226384-8 Chapter 23. Introducing the AWT. Chapter 24. Using AWT Controls, Layout Managers, and Menus. Chapter 25. Introducing Swing. Chapter 26. More Swing Components. Chapter 27. Using Swing. Chapter 28. Images. Chapter 29. The Concurrency Utilities. Chatper 30. NIO, Regular Expressions, and Other Packages. Chapter 31. Java Beans. Chapter 32. Servlets. Chapter 33. Financial Applets and Servlets Chapter 34. Creating a Download manager

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
From Herbert Schildt, the world's leading programming author, comes this fully revised and updated introductory Java guide. You will get all the information you need to get up and running with the latest version of Java, the popular Web programming language. Hands-on projects, self-assessments, and ‘ask the expert' sections make it easy to learn the essential skills. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Java Fundamentals. Chapter 2. Introducing Data Types and Operators. Chapter 3. Program Control Statements. Chapter 4. Introducing Classes, Objects, and Methods. Chapter 5. More Data Types and Operators. Chapter 6. A Closer Look at Methods and Classes. Chapter 7. Inheritance. Chapter 8. Packages and Interfaces. Chapter 9. Exception Handling. Chapter 10. Using I/O. Chapter 11. Multithreaded Programming. Chapter 12. Enumerations, Autoboxing, and metadata. Chapter 13. Generics. Chapter 14. Applets, Events, and Miscellaneous Topics.

SWING: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
by Herbert Schildt 2007 / Softcover / 608 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226314-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Using the practical pedagogy that has made his other Beginner’s Guides so successful, Herb Schildt provides new Swing programmers with a completely integrated learning package. Perfect for the classroom or self-study, Swing: A Beginner’s Guide delivers the appropriate mix of theory and practical coding. You will be programming as early as Chapter 1. CONTENTS Module 1: Swing Fundamentals. Module 2: Labels, Buttons, and Borders. Module 3: Scroll Bars, Sliders, and Progress Bars. Module 4: Managing Components with Panels, Panes, and Tooltips. Module 5: Lists. Module 6: Text Components Module 7: Working with Menus. Module 8: Tables and Trees. Module 9: Dialogs. Module 10: Threading, Applets, Painting, and Layouts

JAVA: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE Seventh Edition
by Herbert Schildt 2007 / Softcover / 1024 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226385-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title) www.herbschildt.com
The definitive guide to Java has been fully expanded to cover every aspect of Java SE 6, the latest version of the world's most popular Web programming language. This comprehensive resource contains everything you need to develop, compile, debug, and run Java applications and applets. CONTENTS Chapter 1. History & Evolution of Java. Chapter 2. Overview of Java. Chapter 3. Data Types, Variables, and Arrays. Chapter 4. Operators. Chapter 5. Control Statements. Chapter 6. Introducing Classes. Chapter 7. A Closer Look at Methods and Classes. Chapter 8. Inheritance. Chapter 9. Packages and Interfaces. Chapter 10. Exception Handling. Chapter 11. Multithreaded Programming. Chapter 12. Enumerations, Autoboxing, and metadata. Chapter 13. I/O, Applets, and Other Topics. Chapter 14. Generics. Chapter 15. String Handling. Chapter 16. Exploring java.lang. Chapter 17. java.util Part 1: Collections Framework. Chapter 18. java.util Part 2: More Utility Classes. Chapter 19. Input/Output: Exploring java.io. Chapter 20. Networking. Chapter 21. Applet class. Chapter 22. Event Handling.

99

Computer Information Technology

ASP.Net

XML
International Edition
PROGRAMMING THE WEB USING XML
by Ellen Pearlman and James Keogh 2004 / 448 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-284550-1 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-121504-6 [IE]

International Edition
PROGRAMMING THE WEB USING ASP.NET
by Dave Mercer 2004 ISBN: 978-0-07-294938-4 (with Student CD) - Out-of-Print ISBN: 978-0-07-124159-5 [IE with CD - 2 Color Text] CONTENTS Programming the Web Using ASP.NET 1 2004. Chapter 1. ASP.NET. Chapter 2. The ASP.Net Template. Chapter 3. The .Net and ASP.Net Classes. Chapter 4. ASP.NET and Languages. Chapter 5. ASP.Net Applications and Sessions. Chapter 6. The User Interface (UI). Chapter 7. Databases and ASP.Net. Chapter 8. Introduction to ADO.NET. Chapter 9. XML Web Services. Chapter 10. ASP.NET Optimizing and Debugging

www.mhhe.com/pearlman
CONTENTS Chapter 1 XML An Introduction. Chapter 2 Comparing HTML, XHTML, and XML. Chapter 3 Understanding How XML Works: The Fundamentals. Chapter 4 Creating Document Type Definitions (DTDs). Chapter 5 Schemas. Chapter 6 Using XML Parsers and Unicode. Chapter 7 Applying Cascading Style Sheets. Chapter 8 Applying Extensible Style Sheets. Chapter 9 Linking XML Documents. Chapter 10 DOM. Chapter 11 Using Scalable Vector Graphics. Chapter 12 Adding Multimedia With SMIL. Chapter 13 Databases. Chapter 14 Web Services. Appendix A: Online Resources. Appendix B: Unicode. Appendix C: Color in CSS

Dreamweaver

SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF XML

International Edition
WEB DESIGN USING DREAMWEAVER
by Marc D Miller, Augusta State University and Thomas C Padgett, State University of West Georgia 2003 / 256 pages / ISBN: 978-0-07-119999-5 [IE] CONTENTS Chapter 1: Working in Dreamweaver. Chapter 2: Site Definition. Chapter 3: Setting Up A Document. Chapter 4: Page Layout -Tables. Chapter 5: Page Layout – Layers and Layout View. Chapter 6: Frames. Chapter 7: Images in Dreamweaver. Chapter 8: Linking and Navigation. Chapter 9: Dreamweaver Assets. Chapter 10: Cascading Style Sheets (CSS). Chapter 11: Forms. Chapter 12: Using Behaviors

by Ed Tittel 2004 / Softcover / 144 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-142245-1

(A Schaum's Publication)

100

Computer Information Technology

HTML
International Edition
EVEN MORE EXCELLENT HTML WITH HTML REFERENCE GUIDE Second Edition
by Timothy T. Gottleber, North Lake College and Timothy Trainor, Muskegon County Community College 2003 ISBN: 978-0-07-256178-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-121285-4 [IE]

International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF HTML
by David Mercer, AFC Computer Services 2002 / 360 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-121034-8 [IE]

(A Schaum's Publication) (International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)

HTML: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE Third Edition
by Wendy Willard 2007 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-226378-7

www.mhhe.com/it/eme
CONTENTS Chapter 1 An HTML Overview. Chapter 2 Your First Web Page. Chapter 3 Links - Let’s Get Hyper. Chapter 4 Lists - Bringing Order to the Chaos. Chapter 5 Formatting - Is What You See What You Get? Chapter 6 Images A Picture is Worth a 1,000 Words. Chapter 7 Tables - Data in Rows and Columns. Chapter 8 Styles - Some Have It and Some Don’t. Chapter 9 Multimedia Beyond Static Web Pages. Chapter 10 Frames - Divide and Conquer. Chapter 11 Forms - Handling User Input. Chapter 12 Jazzing Up Your HTML. Chapter 13 JavaScript Programs for HTML. Chapter 14 Images Maps and Dynamic HTML. Chapter 15 XML Overview (New). Chapter 16 Pragmatic Hypertext - It Ain’t All Pictures! Appendix A Style Guides. Appendix B Using File Transfer Protocol. Appendix C History of the Internet (New) HTML Reference Guide Contents. Section A Summary of HTML 4.0 Elements (New). Section B Summary of XML Elements (New). Section C Style Properties and Values (old Appendix B). Section D Common Character Sets (old Appendix C). Section E Color blow-in/bind in page

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
The new edition of this bestselling beginner's guide brings the book up to date with the latest changes in HTML, including XHTML 2.0. In dedicated modules that act as stand-alone lessons, you will learn how to structure a page, place images, size text, create links, generate Web-safe colors, work with multimedia, and more. Hands-on projects, self-assessments, and ‘ask the expert' sections make it easy to learn the essential skills. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Getting Started. Chapter 2. Basic Page Structure. Chapter 3. Color. Chapter 4. Working with Text. Chapter 5. Working with Links. Chapter 6. Working with Images. Chapter 7. Working with Multimedia. Chapter 8. Creating Lists. Chapter 9. Using Tables. Chapter 10. Developing Frames. Chapter 11. Employing Forms. Chapter 12. Positioning Page Elements. Chatper 13. Creating Your Own Web Graphics. Chapter 14. Web Content. Chapter 15. Dynamic Content. Chapter 16. Making Pages Available to Others.

International Edition
WORLD WIDE WEB DESIGN WITH HTML
by C Xavier 1999 / 272 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-463971-9 ISBN: 978-0-07-118998-9 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title)
CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Internet 2. Internet Technologies 3. Internet Browsers 4. Introduction to HTML 5. Head and Body 6. Designing the Body Section 7. Ordered and Unordered Listing 8. Table Handling 9. DHTML and Style Sheets 10. Frames

101

Computer Information Technology

XHTML

Game Design & Development
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO VIDEO GAME DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT WITH STUDENT CD
by Joseph Saulter, American Intercontinental University 2007 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-329402-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-110047-2 [IE, with Student CD]

International Edition
PROGRAMMING THE WEB USING XHTML AND JAVASCRIPT
by Larry Randles Lagerstrom 2003 / 624 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-256031-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-119997-1 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/webdev/lagerstrom
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction to the Internet. Chapter 2 Creating a Basic Web Page. Chapter 3 Cascading Style Sheets. Chapter 4 Attributes, Lists and Tables. Chapter 5 Images, Links and Multimedia. Chapter 6 Web Page Design and Layout. Chapter 7 Introduction to Programming and JavaScript. Chapter 8 Objects and Variables. Chapter 9 Functions and Parameters. Chapter 10 Forms and Interactive Server. Chapter 11 Performing Calculations. Chapter 12 Increasing the Interactivity. Chapter 13 Putting It All Together: Online Quizzes and Slide Shows. Chapter 14 Loops and Arrays. Chapter 15 Strings, Dates and Cookies. Chapter 16 Custom Objects: Creating and Searching a Database. Chapter 17 JavaScript with Frames and Windows. Appendices: A. Sitebuilding Exercises. B. HTML and XHTML Elements. C. Converting HTML into XHTML. D. Basic Style and Properties and Values. E. Color and Character Codes. F. JavaScript Versions, Objects and Reserved Words. G. Common HTML and JavaScript Errors. H. Publishing a Web Page on the Internet. I. Tools and Resources

www.mhhe.com/saulter1e
This text offers a comprehensive introduction of the concepts and processes involved in video game design and development. This book is a text book for Game Design and Development Studies across the nation as well as internationally. Introduction to Video Game Design and Development is written for the student to learn and the educator to teach in a classroom setting. It is special because it is designed to stimulate creativity in the Game Design and Development Arena, to educate both the student and the teacher as an applied application. CONTENTS Brief Table of Contents. Chapter 1 Overview of Games, Gameplay, and the Game Experience. Chapter 2 Evolution of Video and Computer Games. Chapter 3 Game Components: Part One. Chapter 4 Game Components: Part Two Chapter 5 Serious Games. Chapter 6 The Game Development Team. Chapter 7 Game Development Process Part One: Concept and Preproduction. Chapter 8 Game Development Process Part Two: Production and Postrelease. Chapter 9 The Business of Game Development, Current Gaming Trends, and the Future of Game Development. Glossary

CSS & XHTML: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE Fifth Edition
by Thomas Powell 2009 (July 2009) / Softcover / 1008 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149629-2

MICROSOFT XNA GAME STUDIO CREATOR'S GUIDE Second Edition
by Stephen Cawood, and Pat McGee 2009 (April 2009) / Softcover / 608 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-161406-1

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
The fifth edition of this comprehensive resource on client side Web page creation provides full coverage of XHTML 1.0, 1.1, and the emerging HTML 5 standard; CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) 2.1; and browser-specific CSS rules adopted from the upcoming CSS 3 specification. You will learn, step-by-step, how to use all of these tools to build impressive Web pages. CSS & XHTML: The Complete Reference, Fifth Edition covers the newest browser versions including Firefox 3, Internet Explorer 8, and Safari; the latest development trends; and current W3C standards. Hundreds of examples of correct markup and style are included.

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
The new edition of this hands-on guide makes it easy for anyone to create and share 3D games for Xbox or the PC using Microsoft XNA Game Studio 3.0. Written by experienced game developers, the book details the fundamentals of great game programming and offers real-world examples. Microsoft XNA Game Studio Creator's Guide, Second Edition shows you how to create 3D models and control them with code; customprogram a game engine; and add animation, lighting and special effects. New features covered in this edition include network and mobile device gaming. C# tutorials tailored to XNA game development are also included.

102

Computer Information Technology
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Set up an XNA Development Environment Chapter 2: XNA Basics Chapter 3. Introduction to 2D Games Chapter 4: Introduction to 3D Graphics Programming Chapter 5 Animation Introduction Chapter 6: Character Movement Chapter 7: Texturing Your Game World Chapter 8: Adding Skies and Horizons to your Levels Chapter 9. Index Buffers Chapter 10: Enhanced Image Effects Chapter 11: Score Tracking and Game Stats Chapter 12: Creating and Loading 3D Models Chapter 13: Vectors Chapter 14: Matrices Chapter 15: Building a Graphics Engine Camera Chapter 16: Collision Detection Chapter 17: Ballistics Chapter 18: Particle Effects Chapter 19: Keyframe Animations Chapter 20: Lighting Chapter 21: Input Devices Chapter 22. Content Pipeline Chapter 23. Animated Models Chapter 24. AddingAudio to Your Game Chapter 25. Terrain with Height Detection Chapter 26. Multi-player Gaming Chapter 27. Networked Gaming Chapter 23: The Xbox Creators’ Club Appendix: C# Quick Reference

Networking

Networking Essentials
International Edition
PRINCIPLES OF VOICE & DATA COMMUNICATIONS
by Regis "Bud" J. Bates, TC International Consulting, Inc. and Marcus Bates 2007 / Softcover / 816 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-225732-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-125767-1 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/bates1e and http://www.mhhe.com/batesvdc
Principles of Voice and Data Communication is a technology book for the non-technical student, a comprehensive overview of the entire networking industry built on unrivaled real-world experience. With its helpful pedagogy, teaching support, and student-friendly tone, Principles of Voice and Data Communication gives students the foundation they need to enter, and succeed in, the technology and communications fields. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Principles of Voice and Data Communications-An Introduction. Chapter 2 The Evolution of the Telephone Set. Chapter 3 Introduction of the Carriers and Regulation in the Industry. Chapter 4 Signaling System 7, Intelligent Networks and Number Portability. Chapter 5 Analog versus Digital Communications. Chapter 6 Integrated Services Digital Network and SONET. Chapter 7 Data standards in Use. Chapter 8 Data Communications. Chapter 9 The Internet. Chapter 10 Local Area Networks (LANs). Chapter 11 Packets, Frames and Cell Switching Concepts. Chapter 12 xDSL. Chapter 13 Cable Modem Systems and Technology. Chapter 14 Overview of Cellular communications. Chapter 15 Security and Virtual Private Networks (VPN

NINTENDO WII FLASH GAME CREATOR'S GUIDE
by Todd Perkins 2008 (April 2008) / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-154525-9

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
The Nintendo Wii is the first game console to support Adobe Flash animation. This book teaches essential Flash animation and ActionScript skills so you can create several popular types of games to play on the Wii. You will be able to share your newly created games on the Web with other users via the Wii's online connection service. In addition to covering game programming skills, Nintendo Wii Flash Game Creator's Guide reveals how to create games that use the Wii's controllers in a variety of innovative ways--techniques that are not widely known. You will also learn how to scale game graphics for viewing on any TV. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 2: Understanding the Wii Opera Browser Chapter 3: ActionScript 2.0 Fundamentals Chapter 4: Building a Shooter Game Chapter 5: Creating a Memory Game Chapter 6: Communicating to the WiiMote Buttons Chapter 7: Building a Simple Tile Game Chapter 8: Building an Advanced Tile Game Chapter 9: Putting YOur Game on the Web Chapter 10: Conclusion

103

Computer Information Technology
International Edition
DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKING
by Achyut S Godbole, CEO of Apar Technologies, Mumbai 2002 / 720 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-047297-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-123110-7 [IE]

Wireless Networking
CWNA CERTIFIED WIRELESS NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR OFFICIAL STUDY GUIDE (EXAM PW0-100) Fourth Edition
by Tom Carpenter, and Joel Barrett, Cisco Systems 2008 / Softcover / 644 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149490-8

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://www.mhhe.com/godbole/datacommunications
CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Data Communication and Networking. 2. Information Encoding. 3. Analog and Digital Transmission Methods. 4. Modes of Data Transmission and Multiplexing. 5. Transmission Errors: Detection and Correction. 6. Data Compression and Encryption. 7. Transmission Media. 8. Network Topologies, Switching and Routing Algorithms. 9. Networking Protocols and OSI Model. 10. Area Networks (MAN) and Wide Area Networks (WAN). 11. Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN). 12. X.25 Protocol. 13. Frame Relay. 14. Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM). 15. Internetworking Concepts, Devices, Internet Basics, History and Architecture. 16. Ways of Accessing the Internet. 17. TCP/IP Part I: An Introduction to TCP/IP, IP, ARP, RARP, ICMP. 18. TCP/IP Part II (TCP, UDP). 19. TCP-IP Part III (DNS, Email, FTP, TFTP). 20. TCP-IP Part IV (WWW, HTTP, TELNET). 21. Multimedia Communications. Appendix A. Appendix B. Appendix C. Appendix D. Glossary. References

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Fully authorized by the exam developers at the CWNP program, this comprehensive study guide thoroughly covers all the topics on the CWNA certification exam. Work at your own pace through a system of lessons, scenarios, and review questions to learn the material quickly and easily. CWNA Certified Wireless Network Administrator Official Study Guide will help you prepare for the exam by showing you, step-by-step, how to implement, troubleshoot, and maintain wireless LANs. Get the only study guide endorsed by the creators of the CWNA exam and start your career as an expert wireless network administrator. CONTENTS Part I: Understanding Wireless Technologies Chapter 1: Wireless Standards, Organizations and Applications Chapter 2: Radio Frequency and Antenna Fundamentals Chapter 3: Spread Spectrum Technologies Chapter 4: 802.11--In Depth Part II: Deploying Wireless LANs Chapter 5: Wireless Design Models, Topologies and Infrastructure Chapter 6: Site Surveys and Network Planning Chapter 7: Infrastructure Hardware and Software Chapter 8: Client Devices and Software Part III: Securing Wireless LANs Chapter 9: Wireless Vulnerabilities and Attack Methods Chapter 10: Designing and Implementing Security for Wireless LANs Part IV: Installation and Analysis Tools Chapter 11: Wireless Problem Discovery and Solutions Chapter 12: Troubleshooting and Testing Tools Appendix: The CWNP Rosetta Stone Glossary Index

104

Computer Information Technology
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF WIRELESS NETWORKING
By Ron Price 2007 / 528 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-225668-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-110661-0 [IE with CD] This textbook provides a fundamental introduction to network technologies, including local area network topologies, protocols, software, and hardware. Key wireless topics, such as radio frequency communications, wireless hardware devices, and IEE standards are explained in a straightforward, easy-to-read style. Learn step-by-step how to build wireless LANs and personal networks. Security, WANs, and other advanced topics also covered. CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Wireless Networks. 2 Wireless Network Architectures. 3 Wireless Network Devices. 4 RF Communications. 5 Wireless LAN Standards. 6 Infrared Devices. 7 Bluetooth. 8 Wireless LAN Planning and Design. 9 Wireless LAN Configuration and Installation Planning. 10 Antennas and Cables. 11 Wireless LAN Security. 12 SOHO and Enterprise WLANs. 13 Troubleshooting Wireless Devices. 14 Wireless WANs. Appendix A Wireless Certification. Appendix B TCP/IP Review. Appendix C Network Addressing Basics. Appendix D Answers to the Line Check Exercises. Glossary. Chapter 14: Antenna System Selection Chapter 15: UMTS System Design Chapter 16: CDMA2000 System Design Chapter 17: TD-CDMA and TD-SCDMA System Design Chapter 18: Communication Sites Chapter 19: 4G and Beyond APPENDIX: ERLANG TABLES INDEX

Server
GREEN IT Reduce Your Information System's Environmental Impact While Adding to the Bottom Line
by Toby Velte, Velte Systems Inc., Anthony Velte, Velte Systems Inc., and Robert C. Elsenpeter 2009 (September 2008) / Softcover / 308 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-159923-8

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This groundbreaking work offers a complete roadmap for integrating environmentally sound techniques and technologies into your Information Systems architecture. Green IT explains how to adopt a business-driven green initiative and provides a detailed implementation plan. You will find strategies for reducing power needs, procuring energy from alternative sources, utilizing virtualization technologies, and managing sustainable development. Case studies highlighting successful green IT projects at major organizations are included. Keep your IT department and your organization in the green--both environmentally and financially--with help from this comprehensive guide. CONTENTS Part I: Trends and Reasons to Go Green Chapter 1. Overview and Issues Chapter 2. Current Initiatives and Standards Part II: Consumption Issues Chapter 3. Minimizing power usage Chapter 4. Cooling Part III: What You Can Do Chapter 5. Changing the Way We Work Chapter 6. Going Paperless Chapter 7. Recycling Chapter 8. Hardware Considerations Part IV: Case Studies Chapter 9. Technology Businesses Chapter 10. Other Organizations Part V: The Greening Process Chapter 11. Datacenter Design and Redesign Chapter 12. Virtualization Chapter 13. Greening Your Information Systems Chapter 14. Staying Green

3G WIRELESS NETWORKS Second Edition
by Clint Smith 2007 / Hardcover / 695 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226344-2

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This revised and updated edition of 3G Wireless Networks covers the changes taking place within the arena of 3G--the wireless technology that enables voice, full-featured video, CD-quality sound, and Web browsing anywhere in the world. The book covers key standards and protocols and the critical issues of compatibility, internetworking, and voice/data convergence. You will learn how to successfully design and integrate WCDMA/UMTS, CDMA2000, and SCDMA into existing cellular/PCS networks. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 2: First-Generation (1G) Analog Chapter 3: Second Generation (2G) Chapter 4: Third Generation (3G) Overview Chapter 5: The Evolution Generation (2.5G) Chapter 6: Universal Mobile Telecommunications Service (UMTS) Chapter 7: CDMA2000 Chapter 8: TD-SCDMA Chapter 9: TD-CDMA Chapter 10: Voice over IP (VoIP) Technology Chapter 11: Broadband Chapter 12: 3G System RF Design Considerations Chapter 13: Network Design Considerations

105

Computer Information Technology
MICROSOFT EXCHANGE SERVER 2007: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE Second Edition
by Nick Cavalancia 2008 (August 2007) / Softcover / 508 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148639-2

MICROSOFT EXCHANGE SERVER 2007: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE Second Edition
by Richard Luckett, and Bharat Suneja 2008 (March 2008) / Softcover / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149084-9

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Get started using Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 quickly with help from this easy-to-follow resource. Using screenshots and step-by-step instructions, Microsoft Exchange Server 2007: A Beginner's Guide shows you how to set up Exchange Server, migrate from earlier releases, manage recipients, and administer storage. You'll learn how to integrate with Outlook, support mobile users, handle backup and recovery, and implement security measures. The latest monitoring and reporting tools, performance enhancement techniques, and regulatory compliance procedures are also covered. CONTENTS Part 1--Migration and Deployment Chapter 1--Introduction to Exchange Server 2007 Chapter 2--Installing Exchange Server 2007 Part II – Administration Chapter 3--Creating and Managing Recipients Chapter 4--Creating and Managing Public Folders Chapter 5--Administering Storage Chapter 6--Managing Hub Transport Servers Chapter 7--Managing Unified Messaging Servers Chapter 8--Managing Client Access Servers Chapter 9--Managing Edge Transport Servers Part III – Administering Clients Chapter 10--Administering Exchange Server 2007 Clients Chapter 11 -Administering Mobile Clients Part IV – Advanced Administration Chapter 12--Securing Exchange Server 2007 Chapter 13--Scripting Exchange Server 2007 Administration Chapter 14--Monitoring Exchange Server 2007 Chapter 15--Backup & Recovery Chapter 16--Performance Tuning Exchange Server 2007 Chapter 17--Exchange and Regulatory Compliance

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Here is a fully overhauled, authoritative guide to Microsoft Exchange Server 2007, the latest version of the premier Windows messaging system. You will learn to install and configure Exchange Server 2007; manage e-mail, shared calendars, and tasks; set up mobile and Web-based accounts; and optimize performance. Tips for migrating from existing systems as well as implementing security are also included. CONTENTS Part 1--Exchange Server 2007 Fundamentals Chapter 1--Introduction to Exchange Server 2007 Chapter 2--Active Directory Integration Chapter 3--x64-bit Computing Chapter 4--Exchange Server 2007Architectural Review Part 2--Designing and Deploying Exchange Server 2007 Chapter 5--Designing an Exchange Server 2007 Infrastructure Chapter 6--Transport and Routing Chapter 7--Installing Exchange Server 2007 Chapter 8--Transitioning and Migrating Part 3--Administering Exchange Server 2007 Chapter 9--Administering Mailbox Servers Chapter 10--Administering Hub and Edge Transport Chapter 11--Administering Client Access Server Chapter 12--Administering Unified Messaging Services Part 4--Exchange Clients and SharePoint Chapter 13--Administering Recipients Chapter 14--Outlook 2007 Chapter 15--Outlook Web Access 2007 Chapter 16--Unified Communications and Collaboration Part 5--Security Chapter 17--Administering Models Chapter 18--Regulatory Compliance Chapter 19--Securing E-mail Chapter 20--Perimeter Security Part 6--E-mail Continuity Chapter 21--High Availability Chapter 22--Backup, Restore, and Disaster Recovery Chapter 23--Maintenance and Optimization Chapter 24--Troubleshooting

106

Computer Information Technology
MICROSOFT WINDOWS SERVER 2008: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
by Marty Matthews 2008 (April 2008) / Softcover / 608 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226351-0

MICROSOFT WINDOWS SERVER 2008: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Danielle Ruest, and Nelson Ruest 2008 (April 2008) / Softcover / 1000 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226365-7

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This fully revised, step-by-step guide covers all the essential aspects of deploying and administering Windows Server 2008, the latest version of the world's most popular server software. You will learn to migrate from previous versions and take advantage of the new and improved features, including the new Windows Deployment Services, Network Access Protection, Automated System Recovery v2, and much more. CONTENTS Part I: The Windows Server Longhorn Environment Chapter 1: Exploring Windows Server Longhorn Chapter 2: Migrating to Windows Server Longhorn Part II: Deploying Windows Server Longhorn and Windows Vista Chapter 3: Preparing for Installation Chapter 4: Installing Windows Server Longhorn Chapter 5: Rolling Out Windows Vista Chapter 6: Remote Installation Services Part III: Networking Windows Server Longhorn Chapter 7: Windows Server Longhorn Networking Environment Chapter 8: Setting Up and Managing a Network Chapter 9: Using Active Directory and Domains Part IV: Communications and the Internet Chapter 10: Communications and Internet Services Chapter 11: Internet Information Services Chapter 12: Virtual Private Networking Chapter 13: Terminal Services and Remote Desktop Part V: Administering Windows Server Longhorn Chapter 14: Managing Storage and File Systems Chapter 15: Setting Up and Managing Printing and Faxing Chapter 16: Managing Windows Server Longhorn Chapter 17: Controlling Windows Server Longhorn Security Appendix A: Answers to Mastery Checks

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Featuring best practices for network implementation and configuration, this authoritative resource has been fully updated to cover all of the new and improved features of Windows Server 2008. This comprehensive guide covers everything from Active Directory and Web servers to security, network management, and performance optimization. A step-by-step network implementation is included. CONTENTS Part 1--Touring Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Chapter 1--The Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Chapter 2--Interacting with Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Part 2--Planning and Preparing Chapter 3--Planning for Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Chapter 4--Installing Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Part 3--Designing Server Roles Chapter 5--Identity Management Chapter 6--Deploying the Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Part 4--Managing Objects with Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Chapter 7--Object Management Chapter 8--Preparing File and Print Servers Chapter 9--Preparing Application Servers Part 5--Securing Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Chapter 10--Security Chapter 11--Resiliency Part 6--Migrating to Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Chapter 12--Migration Part 7--Administration of Windows Server Codenamed 'Longhorn' Chapter 13--Revising the IT Role Structure Chapter 14--Common Administration Tasks Appendix--Administrative Task List

CITRIX® PRESENTATION SERVER PLATINUM EDITION FOR WINDOWS: THE OFFICIAL GUIDE
by Tim Reeser, Steve Kaplan, Brian Casselman, and Alan Wood 2008 (May 2008) / Softcover / 700 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154597-6

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This official guide explains, step-by-step, how to build, scale, and support an enterprise-level system using Citrix Presentation Server Platinum Edition for Windows. You will learn how to seamlessly connect users, devices, and networks to applications and data-securely and efficiently. The book first provides an overview of the platform, then explains how to design an on-demand computing solution, and concludes with coverage of platform deployment. CONTENTS Part I: Overview of Citrix Application Delivery Introducing the Citrix Presentation Server Features and Technology Part II: Designing a Presentation Server Platform Preparing Your Organzation for an On-Demand Access Implementation Citrix Platform DataCenter Architecture The Client Enviornment

107

Computer Information Technology
HANDS-ON SQL SERVER™ 2005 INTEGRATION SERVICES
by Ashwani Nanda 2007 / Softcover / 592 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226319-0

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Learn to maximize the features of SQL Server 2005 Integration Services from this essential guide. Hands-On Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Integration Services makes learning SSIS easy through the use of extensive real-world exercises structured around every component within the tool. You will learn to collect corporate data from various sources and transform that data for analysis, mining, and reporting. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introducing SQL Server Integration Services Chapter 2: SQL Server Import and Export Wizard Chapter 3: Nuts and Bolts of the SSIS Workflow Chapter 4: Integration Services Control Flow Containers Chapter 5: Integration Services Control Flow Tasks Chapter 6: Administrating Integration Services Chapter 7: Securing Integration Services Packages Chapter 8: Advanced Features of Integration Services Chapter 9: Data Flow Components Chapter 10: Data Flow Transformations Chapter 11: Deploying Integration Services Packages Chapter 12: Migrating to Integration Services Chapter 13: Troubleshooting and Performance Enhancements Appendix: How To Use The Provided Software Index

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

108

CERTIFICATION: Certification - Career Skills/Certification ........................................................... 111 Certification - CISCO ........................................................................................112 Certification - CISSP.........................................................................................113 Certification - MCDBA.......................................................................................114 Certification MCSE ...........................................................................................114 Certification - Network+/I-Net+ .........................................................................115 Certification - Security+ ....................................................................................116 CompTIA Certification - A+ ...............................................................................116 Microsoft Certification MCITP ...........................................................................119 Oracle ..............................................................................................................120 Sun Microsystem Certification ..........................................................................125

CERTIFICATION

109

NEW TITLES

110

CERTIFICATION

Certification - Career Skills/Certification

ACE THE IT INTERVIEW Second Edition
by Paula Moreira 2008 / Softcover / 296 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149578-3 This practical guide for developing winning interviewing skills has been fully updated and revised to focus on today's most sought-after IT jobs. Go behind the scenes of the IT interview process and get inside the mind of potential employers. You'll find out how to make a great first impression and stand out from the competition. Ace the IT Interview features hundreds of questions that are likely to come up on your next technical interview along with key points to include in your answers so you can practice your responses based on your strengths and experience. Present yourself as a truly valuable IT professional and get a great job with help from this real-world guide. CONTENTS Acknowledgments README.DOC Part I: What You Need to Know About Getting Hired Chapter 1. What Really Happens in the Interview Process Part II: What to Do Before the Interview Chapter 2. Acing the IT Resume Chapter 3. Getting the Interview Chapter 4. Standing Out in the Crowd Chapter 5. Making a Great First Impression Part III: The Interview Chapter 6. The Questions Everyone Asks--and Answers That May Surprise You Chapter 7. Mastering the Sticky Questions Chapter 8. Special IT Interviewing Scenarios Chapter 9. "Do You Have Any Questions" Part IV: Closing the Deal Chapter 10. Staying on Top Chapter 11. Evaluating Offers Part V: Interview Encyclopedia Chapter 12. Getting Past the Technical Interview Index

MCITP SQL SERVER 2005 DATABASE ADMINISTRATION ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDE (EXAMS 70-431, 70-443, & 70-444)
by Darril Gibson 2008 / Hardcover with CDROM / 752 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149609-4

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Get complete coverage of all three Microsoft Certified IT Professional database administration exams for SQL Server 2005 in this comprehensive volume. Written by a SQL Server expert and MCITP, this definitive exam guide features learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, exam tips, practice questions, and indepth explanations. Detailed and authoritative, the book serves as both a complete certification study guide and an essential on-the-job reference. CONTENTS Acknowledgments Introduction Chapter 1: Installing and Configuring SQL Server 2005 Chapter 2: SQL Server 2005 Database Basics Chapter 3: Database Design Chapter 4: Transact-SQL Primer Chapter 5: Advanced Database Objects Chapter 6: Server Infrastructure Design Chapter 7: Optimizing Databases Chapter 8: Database Security Chapter 9: Server Security Chapter 10: High-Availability Strategies Chapter 11: Data Recovery Strategies Chapter 12: Data Access Chapter 13: Database Administrator Tools Chapter 14: Business Intelligence Chapter 15: Managing Concurrency Appendix A: About the CD Appendix B: Exam 70-431: What You Need to Know to Pass Appendix C: Inside the Design Test Appendix D: Exam 70-443: What You Need to Know to Pass Appendix E: Exam 70-444: What You Need to Know to Pass Appendix F: SQL Database Design Object Summary Glossary Index

LINUX+ CERTIFICATION STUDY GUIDE
by Robb Tracy 2008 (August 2007) / Hardcover with CDROM / 1038 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148874-7

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This fully integrated study system delivers trusted and up-to-date coverage of the newly revised CompTIA Linux+ certification exam. Featuring more than 200 review questions, step-by-step exercises, and in-depth explanations, this is the only study guide to include platform-independent practice exams. The CD-ROM contains sample questions, video training, and more. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introducing Linux Chapter 2: Working with PC Hardware Chapter 3: Working with PC Hardware Chapter 4: Getting Help Chapter 5: Using Linux Text Editors Chapter 6: Managing the Linux File System Chapter 7: Working with Linux Users and Groups Chapter 8: Installing and Managing Software on Linux Chapter 9: Using the Linux Shell Chapter 10: Managing Linux Processes and Services Chapter 11: Managing the Linux Boot Process Chapter 12: Configuring Hardware Chapter 13: Configuring Network Boards Chapter 14: Configuring Linux Network Services

111

CERTIFICATION
Chapter 15: Configuring Linux Security Chapter 16: Documenting and Troubleshooting the System Glossary About the CD Index Chapter 10 Managing Project Communications Chapter 11: Managing Project Risks Chapter 12: Introducing Project Procurement Management Chapter 13: PMP Code of Professional Conduct Part III: Appendixes Appendix A: Project Management Documents Appendix B: Passing The Capm And The Pmp Exam Appendix C: Understanding The Code Of Ethics And Professional Conduct Appendix D: About The Cd-rom Glossary Index

RHCE RED HAT CERTIFIED ENGINEER LINUX STUDY GUIDE (EXAM RH302) Fifth Edition
by Michael Jang 2007 / Softcover / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226454-8

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
The new edition of this bestselling study guide offers complete coverage of the Red Hat Certified Engineer exam revision based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and Fedora Core 5. An integrated study system based on proven instructional methodology, RHCE Red Hat Certified Engineer Linux Study Guide, Fifth Edition, features 250 practice exam questions, step-by-step exercises,self-tests, and two complete lab-based practice exams. CONTENTS Chapter 1--RHCE Prerequisites. Chapter 2--Installation. Chapter 3--Basic Configuration and Administration. Chapter 4--Advanced Installation. Chapter 5--Advanced User Administration. Chapter 6--X Window System. Chapter 7--Linux Sharing Services. Chapter 8 – Linux Network Services. Chapter 9--Network Management. Chapter 10--System Administration and Security. Chapter 11 Operational Administration Recovery and Security. Glossary.

Certification CISCO
CCNA CISCO CERTIFIED NETWORK ASSOCIATE STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 640-802) Third Edition
by Richard Deal 2008 (March 2008) / Hardcover with CDROM / 864 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149728-2

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This fully integrated study system delivers up-to-date coverage of the long-awaited revision of the Cisco Certified Network Associate exam. You will learn practical skills through lab simulations, step-bystep exercises, exam watch notes, on-the-job elements, and chapter self-tests. CCNA Cisco Certified Network Associate Study Guide, Fourth Edition covers all the exam topics including switch and router configuration, IP addressing, LANs, WANs, frame relay, ISDN, and more. You can test your knowledge with more than 650 realistic practice exam questions. The CD-ROM includes a custom version of the premier virtual network simulator from Boson Software which features more than 20 integrated lab exercises. Practice exam software, video training, and an electronic book are also included on the CD. CONTENTS Part 1- Introduction to Networking Chapter 1--Networks Chapter 2--OSI Reference Model Chapter 3--Layer 2 LAN Technologies Chapter 4--Bridges and Switches Chapter 5--Wireless LANs Part 2- TCP/IP Protocol Suite Chapter 6--TCP/IP Internet Layer Chapter 7--TCP/IP Addressing and Subnetting Chapter 8--TCP/IP Transport Layer Chapter 9--Sending and Receiving TCP/IP Packets Part 3- Cisco Catalyst Switches Chapter 10--Cisco IOS Software Chapter 11--Initial Switch Configuration Chapter 12--VLANs and Trunks Chapter 13--Switches and Redundancy Part 4- Cisco Routers and LANs Chapter 14--Routers and Routing Chapter 15--Initial Router Configuration Chapter 16--Remote Device Management Chapter 17--Security Device Manager (SDM) Part 5- Routing Chapter 18--Basic Routing Chapter 19--OSPF RoutingE

CAPM/PMP PROJECT MANAGEMENT ALLIN-ONE EXAM GUIDE
by Joseph Phillips 2007 / Hardcover with CDROM / 478 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148748-1

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Get complete coverage of all the Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM) and the Project Management Professional (PMP) exam topics from this comprehensive volume. Covering the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK), CAPM/PMP Project Management Certification All-in-One Exam Guide features learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, expert exam tips, practice questions, and in-depth explanations. Detailed and authoritative, this book serves as both a complete certification study guide and an essential on-the-job reference. CONTENTS PART I: Project Management Foundation Chapter 1: Preparing for the Exam Chapter 2: Managing a Project Chapter 3: Examining the Project Processes PART II: Project Management Professional Testing Areas Chapter 4: Managing Project Integration Chapter 5: Managing the Project Scope Chapter 6: Managing Project Time Chapter 7: Managing Project Costs Chapter 8: Managing Project Quality Chapter 9: Managing Project Human Resources

112

CERTIFICATION
Chapter 20--EIGRP Routing Part 6- Advanced Cisco Router Features Chapter 21--Access Control Lists (ACLs) Chapter 22--Address Translation Chapter 23--IPv6 Part 7- Cisco Routers and WANs Chapter 24--WAN Introduction Chapter 25--Frame Relay Appendix A- About the CD Appendix B- Exam Readiness Checklist

Certification - CISSP
CISSP CERTIFICATION ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDE Fourth Edition
by Shon Harris 2008 (November 2007) / Hardcover with CDROM / 1008 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149787-9

(Osborne Media Professional Title)

CISCO: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE Fourth Edition
by Toby Velte, Velte Systems Inc; and Anthony Velte 2007 / Softcover / 768 pgs ISBN: 978-0-07-226383-1

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Here is a newly updated edition of the bestselling introductory guide to Cisco products and technologies. Cisco: A Beginner's Guide, Fourth Edition provides you with a practical hands-on resource for successfully implementing and managing a Cisco network. The book covers IOS, voice and wireless security, video-on-demand, new routers, switches, and wireless products, and more. CONTENTS Part I: Cisco Overview. Ch. 1: Cisco and the Internet. Ch. 2: Network Primer. Ch. 3: Cisco Certifications. Part II: Cisco Internetworking Tools. Ch. 4: Router Overview. Ch. 5: Configuring Routers. Ch. 6: Switches. Ch. 7: Security Overview Ch. 8: Security Building Blocks. Ch. 9: Cisco Wireless. Part III: Cisco Business Solutions. Ch. 10: Cisco IP Contact Center. Ch. 11: Storage Tools; SANs; MDS Switches. Ch. 12: Cisco Content Networking. Part IV: Designing Cisco Networks. Ch. 13: Routing Protocols. Ch. 14: Network Management. Ch. 15:Network Design Process. Ch. 16: Troubleshooting Cisco Networks.

Written by the bestselling author and a respected IT security trainer, this exam guide offers complete coverage of all the material on the Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) exam. With full treatment of all the 10 exam domains, as developed by the International Information Systems Security Certification Consortium (ISC2), this definitive tool contains learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, sidebars with in-depth technical explanations, practice questions, and real-world scenarios. Detailed and authoritative, CISSP All-in-One Exam Guide, Fourth Edition serves as both a comprehensive certification study guide and a fundamental on-the-job reference. The CD-ROM includes more than 250 simulated practice questions in a Windows-based test engine, an electronic book, and video training from the author. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Reasons to Become a CISSP Chapter 2--Security Trends Chapter 3--Operation Security Chapter 4--Access Control Methods Chapter 5--Applications & Systems Development Security Chapter 6--Physical and Environmental Security Chapter 7--Telecommunications & Network Security Chapter 8--Cryptography Chapter 9--Business Continuity Planning & Disaster Recovery Chapter 10--Laws, Investigations and Ethics Chapter 11--Security Management Practices Chapter 12--Security Architecture and Models Appendix A--About the CD

113

CERTIFICATION

Certification - MCDBA
MCTS SQL SERVER 2005 IMPLEMENTATION & MAINTENANCE STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 70-431) Third Edition
by Tom Carpenter 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 812 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226321-3

MCTS WINDOWS VISTA CLIENT CONFIGURATION STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 70-620) Second Edition
by Curt Simmons 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 555 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148999-7

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
With hundreds of practice questions and hands-on exercises, MCTS Windows Vista Client Configuration Study Guide covers what you need to know--and shows you how to prepare--for this challenging exam. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to the Windows Vista Client Exam Chapter 2: Installing Windows Vista Chapter 3: Managing Post-Installation Issues Chapter 4: Configure Windows Aero and Internet Explorer Chapter 5: Configure Windows Defender and Windows Firewall Chapter 6: Networking with Windows Vista Chapter 7: Configure and Troubleshoot Media Applications Chapter 8: Configure Windows Mail and Windows Meeting Space Chapter 9: Configure Windows Sidebar, Windows Calendar, and Windows Fax and Scan Chapter 10: Troubleshoot Reliability and Performance Issues Chapter 11: Configure Windows Update, Data Protection, and Power Options Chapter 12: Configure and Troubleshoot Mobile Computing Appendix A: About the CD Glossary Index

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
An integrated study system based on proven instructional methodology, this book and CD package shows you not only what-but how--to study for the new MCDBA SQL Server 2005 Technology Specialist exam. The book offers complete coverage of all official exam objectives, 250-plus practice exam questions, step-by-step exercises, and more. The CD-ROM contains a complete practice exam and an e-book.

Certification - MSCE
MCTS WINDOWS VISTA CLIENT CONFIGURATION PASSPORT (EXAM 70-620) Second Edition
by Brian Culp 2008 / Softcover / 380 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149331-4 Get on the fast track to becoming a Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist with this affordable, portable study tool. Inside, Microsoft Certified Trainer Brian Culp will guide you on your career path, providing expert tips and sound advice along the way. With an intensive focus on only what you need to know to pass MCTS Exam 70-620, this certification passport is your ticket to success on exam day. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Installing and Upgrading Windows Vista Chapter 2: Configuring and Troubleshooting Post-Installation System Settings Chapter 3: Configure Windows Security Features Chapter 4: Configuring Network Connectivity Chapter 5: Configuring Applications Included with Windows Vista Chapter 6: Maintaining and Optimizing Systems That Run Windows Vista Chapter 7: Configuring and Troubleshooting Mobile Computing Appendix A: About the CD-ROM Appendix B: Career Flight Path Index

MIKE MEYERS’ MCSE/MCSA WINDOWS SERVER 2003 ACTIVE DIRECTORY CERTIFICATION PASSPORT (EXAM 70-294)
by Brian Culp 2003 / 384 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-222575-4

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
CONTENTS Outline not yet final. Expected to resemble the following: Chapter 1: Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure. Chapter 2: The Physical Active Directory Components. Chapter 3: The Logical Active Directory Components. Chapter 4: Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure. Chapter 5: Planning and Implementing User, Computer and Group Strategies. Chapter 6: Planning and Implementing Group Policy. Chapter 7: Managing Software and Security Using Group Policy. Chapter 8: Managing and Maintaining Group Policy. About the CD-ROM. Career Flight Path.

114

CERTIFICATION

Certification Network+/I-NET+

CWNA CERTIFIED WIRELESS NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR OFFICIAL STUDY GUIDE (EXAM PW0-100) Fourth Edition
by Tom Carpenter, and Joel Barrett, Cisco Systems 2008 (August 2007) / Softcover / 644 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149490-8

MIKE MEYERS' COMPTIA NETWORK+ GUIDE TO MANAGING AND TROUBLESHOOTING NETWORKS Second Edition
by Michael Meyers 2009 (April 2009) / Softcover with CDROM / 656 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-161483-2

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Fully authorized by the exam developers at the CWNP program, this comprehensive study guide thoroughly covers all the topics on the CWNA certification exam. Work at your own pace through a system of lessons, scenarios, and review questions to learn the material quickly and easily. CWNA Certified Wireless Network Administrator Official Study Guide will help you prepare for the exam by showing you, step-by-step, how to implement, troubleshoot, and maintain wireless LANs. Get the only study guide endorsed by the creators of the CWNA exam and start your career as an expert wireless network administrator. CONTENTS Part I: Understanding Wireless Technologies Chapter 1: Wireless Standards, Organizations and Applications Chapter 2: Radio Frequency and Antenna Fundamentals Chapter 3: Spread Spectrum Technologies Chapter 4: 802.11--In Depth Part II: Deploying Wireless LANs Chapter 5: Wireless Design Models, Topologies and Infrastructure Chapter 6: Site Surveys and Network Planning Chapter 7: Infrastructure Hardware and Software Chapter 8: Client Devices and Software Part III: Securing Wireless LANs Chapter 9: Wireless Vulnerabilities and Attack Methods Chapter 10: Designing and Implementing Security for Wireless LANs Part IV: Installation and Analysis Tools Chapter 11: Wireless Problem Discovery and Solutions Chapter 12: Troubleshooting and Testing Tools Appendix: The CWNP Rosetta Stone Glossary Index

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
From Mike Meyers, the number-one name in CompTIA training and exam preparation, the new edition of this now full-color text helps you pass the latest release of the CompTIA Network+ exam and become an expert network technician. A hands-on, classroom-based tool, Mike Meyers' CompTIA Network+ Guide to Managing and Troubleshooting Networks, Second Edition includes learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter, lab projects, end-of-chapter quizzes, and hundreds of photographs and illustrations. The CD-ROM includes two full practice exams, a video presentation from Mike Meyers, plus tools and utilities. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 2: Defining Networks Chapter 3: Building a Network with OSI Chapter 4: Hardware Concepts Chapter 5: Ethernet Basics Chapter 6: Modern Ethernet Chapter 7: Non-Ethernet Networks Chapter 8: Installing a Physical Network Chapter 9: Wireless Networking Chapter 10: Protocols Chapter 11: TCP/IP Chapter 12: Network Operating Systems Chapter 13: Sharing Resources Chapter 14: Going Large with TCP/IP Chapter 15: TCP/IP and the Internet Chapter 16: Remote Connectivity Chapter 17: Protecting Your Network Chapter 18: Interconnecting Network Operating Systems Chapter 19: The Perfect Server Chapter 20: Zen and the Art of Network Support Glossary

115

CERTIFICATION

Certification Security+
CISA CERTIFIED INFORMATION SYSTEMS AUDITOR ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDE
By Shon Harris 2008 (July 2008) / Softcover with CDROM / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148755-9

COMPTia Certification A+
A+ SPECIALIZATIONS CERTIFICATION ALLIN-ONE EXAM GUIDE (EXAMS 220-603 & 220-604)
by Michael Meyers 2009 (May 2009) / Hardcover with CDROM / 1184 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149334-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Filled with case studies, checklists, technical sidebars, and realworld examples, this book covers all the official exam objectives for the highly coveted CISA certification from ISACA, the global leader in information governance and security.The book also offers bonus coverage of the management-focused CISM exam. CISA Certified Information Systems Auditor All-in-One Exam Guide is ideal for self-study or use in the classroom and serves not only as an exam preparation tool but also as a comprehensive on-the-job reference.The CD-ROM features more than 200 simulated practice questions. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Introduction Chapter 2--Regulation and Law Overview Chapter 3--IS Audit Process Chapter 4--IT Governance Chapter 5--Network Technology and Security Chapter 6--Systems and Infrastructure Lifecycle Chapter 7--IT Service Delivery and Support Chapter 8--Protection of Information Assets Chapter 9--Physical Security Chapter 10--Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Reviewed and approved by CompTIA, this book offers complete coverage of the two new A+ exams for help-desk personnel and depot technicians. Including details on core operating-system technologies and hardware, this book is useful as both a study tool and an onthe-job reference. A+ Certification Specializations All-in-One Exam Guide features helpful exam tips, end-of-chapter practice questions, and hundreds of photographs and illustrations. The CD-ROM includes four complete practice exams, a video presentation from Mike Meyers, and a new collection of Meyers's favorite PC tools and utilities. CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Visible PC Chapter 2: CPUs Chapter 3 RAM Chapter 4: BIOS Chapter 5: Expansion Bus Chapter 6: Motherboards Chapter 7: Power Supplies Chapter 8: Floppy Drives Chapter 9: Hard Drives Chapter 10: Removable Media Chapter 11: Video Chapter 12: Understanding Windows 9x Chapter 13: Using the Command Line Chapter 14: Supporting Windows 9x Chapter 15: Understanding Windows NT and 2000 Chapter 16: Supporting Windows NT and 2000 Chapter 17: Windows XP Chapter 18: SCSI Chapter 19: Sound Chapter 20: Notebooks Computers Chapter 21: Printers Chapter 22: Networking Chapter 23: Internet

116

CERTIFICATION
MIKE MEYERS' A+ GUIDE: ESSENTIALS (EXAM 220-601) Second Edition
by Michael Meyers 2008 (June 2007) / Softcover with CDROM / 608 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226352-7 CONTENTS Self-Assessment Pretest Chapter 1: The Visible PC Chapter 2: CPUs Chapter 3: RAM Chapter 4: BIOS Chapter 4a: Expansion Bus Chapter 5: Motherboards Chapter 6: Power Supplies Chapter 7: Floppy Drives Chapter 8: Hard Drives Chapter 9: Removable Media Chapter 10: Video Chapter 11: Understanding Windows 9x Chapter 12: Using the Command Line Chapter 13: Supporting Windows 9x Chapter 14: Understanding Windows NT and 2000 Chapter 15: Supporting Windows NT and 2000 Chapter 16: Windows XP Chapter 17: SCSI Chapter 18: Sound Chapter 19: Notebooks Computers Chapter 20: Printers Chapter 21: Networking Chapter 22: Internet

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Mike Meyers, the leading authority on CompTIA A+ training and certification, has helped hundreds of thousands of people master the skills covered on the CompTIA A+ Essentials exam--and now he can help you, too. Completely updated for the new CompTIA A+ standards, Mike Meyers' CompTIA A+® Guide: Essentials will help you pass CompTIA A+ exam 220-601 and become an expert hardware technician. Inside, you'll find helpful on-the-job tips, end-of-chapter practice questions, and hundreds of photographs and illustrations. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Getting to Know the A+ Exam Chapter 2: The Visible PC Chapter 3: Understanding CPUs Chapter 4: Understanding RAM Chapter 5: Understanding BIOS and CMOS Chapter 6: Understanding the Expansion Bus Chapter 7: Understanding Motherboards Chapter 8: Understanding PC Power Chapter 9: Implementing Hard Drives Chapter 10: Understanding Removable Media Chapter 11: Installing and Upgrading Windows Chapter 12: Understanding Windows Chapter 13: Maintaining Windows Chapter 14: Input/Output Chapter 15: Understanding Video Chapter 16: Portable Computing Chapter 17: Understanding Printing Chapter 18: Understanding Networking Chapter 19: Computer Security Chapter 20: The Complete PC Tech Appendix A: Installing and Troubleshooting Printers Appendix B: About the CD-ROM Glossary Index

MIKE MEYERS’ A+ CERTIFICATION PASSPORT Third Edition
by Michael Meyers and Martin Acuna 2007 / 528 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-226308-4

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This affordable, portable study tool will get you “on the road” to becoming A+ certified. Completely updated for the new exams, Mike Meyers’ A+ Certification Passport,Third Edition, focuses on only what you need to know to pass the tests, and the unique travel theme helps them remember key concepts. The all-new CD-ROM includes four complete practice exams, a new collection of Mike’s favorite shareware and freeware PC tools and utilities, and an electronic book. CONTENTS

A+ CERTIFICATION ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDE Sixth Edition
by Michael Meyers 2007 (December 2006) / 1,184 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-226311-4 [with CD-Rom]

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Written by the foremost authority on A+ certification training and reviewed and approved by CompTIA--creators of the exams--this authoritative volume covers everything you need to know to pass both the Core Hardware and Operating System Technologies exams. A+ Certification All-in-One Exam Guide, Sixth Edition, features helpful exam tips throughout the book, end-of-chapter practice questions, detailed coverage of the exam format, and hundreds of photographs and illustrations. This comprehensive guide not only helps you pass the A+ certification exams but also teaches you how to be an expert hardware technician. Mike Meyers’ “down in the trenches” voice and his ability to provide clear explanations of core concepts have made this book the bestselling A+ self-study guide available.

Chapter 1: The Art of the Tech Chapter 2: Ports and Connectors Chapter 3: Maintenance and Safety Precautions Chapter 4: Motherboards, Power Supplies, and Cases Chapter 5: CPUs Chapter 6: RAM Chapter 7: BIOS and CMOS Chapter 8: Hard Drives Chapter 9: Removable Media Chapter 10: Adapter Cards and Peripherals Chapter 11: Printers Chapter 12: Portable Computers Chapter 13: Networks: Wired Networking Chapter 14: Networks: Wireless Networking Chapter 15: Operating System Fundamentals Chapter 16: Windows in Detail Chapter 17: Installing and Upgrading Windows Chapter 18: Networking in Windows Chapter 19: Maintaining, Optimizing, and Troubleshooting Windows 2000/XP Chapter 20: Computer Security Appendix A: About The Cd-rom Appendix B: Career Flight Path Index

117

CERTIFICATION
MIKE MEYERS' A+ GUIDE TO MANAGING AND TROUBLESHOOTING PCS Second Edition
by Michael Meyers 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 992 pags ISBN: 978-0-07-226355-8

MIKE MEYERS' A+ GUIDE TO OPERATING SYSTEMS Second Edition
by Michael Meyers 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 504 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226358-9

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Completely updated for the 2006 CompTIA A+ exam objectives, Mike Meyers' A+ Guide to Managing and Troubleshooting PCs, Second Edition is designed to teach A+ IT technician skills in an easy-tounderstand way that will prepare you for an IT career. The book offers helpful tips throughout, end-of-chapter practice questions, and hundreds of photographs and illustrations. This comprehensive guide will help you achieve your A+ certification as well as become an expert hardware and operating system technician. The CD-ROM features hundreds of mock exam questions, Mike Meyers' favorite tools and utilities for PC technicians, and one hour of video training featuring Mike Meyers teaching key A+ topics. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: The Visible PC. Chapter 3: Microprocessors. Chapter 4: RAM. Chapter 5: BIOS and CMOS. Chapter 6: Expansion Bus. Chapter 7: Motherboards. Chapter 8: Power Supplies. Chapter 9: Floppy Drives. Chapter 10: Hard Drive Technologies. Chapter 11: Implementing Hard Drives. Chapter 12: Understanding Windows. Chapter 13: Working with the Command Line Interface. Chapter 14: Installing and Upgrading Windows. Chapter 15: Maintaining, Optimizing, and Troubleshooting Windows 9x and Windows Me. Chapter 16: Maintaining, Optimizing, and Troubleshooting Windows NT, 2000, and XP Chapter 17: CD and DVD Media. Chapter 18: Video. Chapter 19: SCSI. Chapter 20: Sound. Chapter 21: Portable PCs. Chapter 22: Printers2. Chapter 23: Networking. Chapter 24: The Internet

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Completely updated for the 2006 CompTIA A+ exam objectives, Mike Meyers' A+ Guide to Operating Systems, Second Edition is designed to teach A+ IT technician skills in an easy-to-understand way that will prepare you for an IT career. The book offers helpful tips throughout, end-of-chapter practice questions, and hundreds of photographs and illustrations. This comprehensive guide will help you achieve your A+ certification as well as become an expert A+ technician. The CD-ROM features hundreds of mock exam questions, Mike Meyers' favorite tools and utilities for PC technicians, and one hour of video training featuring Mike Meyers teaching key A+ topics. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to the Personal Computer. Chapter 2: Introduction to Windows. Chapter 3: Features and Characteristics of Windows. Chapter 4: Working with the Command Line Interface. Chapter 5: Implementing Hard Drives. Chapter 6: Installing and Upgrading Windows. Chapter 7: Maintaining, Optimizing, and Troubleshooting Windows 9x and Windows Me. Chapter 8: Maintaining, Optimizing, and Troubleshooting Windows NT, 2000, and XP Chapter 9: Networking. Chapter 10: The Internet

A+ CERTIFICATION STUDY GUIDE Sixth Edition
by Jane Holcombe, and Charles Holcombe 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 974 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148764-1

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
With hundreds of practice questions and hands-on exercises, CompTIA A+ Certification Study Guide, Sixth Edition covers what you need to know--and shows you how to prepare--for these challenging exams. 100% complete coverage of all official objectives for CompTIA A+ exams 220-601, 220-602, 220-603, and 220-604 CONTENTS Part I: Personal Computer Components Chapter 1: Personal Computer Components--Unit I Chapter 2: Personal Computer Components--Unit II Chapter 3: Installing and Upgrading PCs Chapter 4: Troubleshooting and Maintenance for PCs Part II: Laptops and Portable Devices Chapter 5: Using and Supporting Laptops and Portable Devices Chapter 6: Troubleshooting and Preventive Maintenance for Laptops Part III: Operating Systems Chapter 7: Operating System Fundamentals Chapter 8: Installing, Configuring, Optimizing, and Upgrading Operating Systems Chapter 9: Disk and File Management Chapter 10: Troubleshooting and Preventive Maintenance for Windows Part IV: Printers and Scanners Chapter 11: Using and Supporting Printers and Scanners Part V: Networks Chapter 12: Network Basics Chapter 13: Installing Networks Chapter 14: Troubleshooting Networks

118

CERTIFICATION
Part VI: Security Chapter 15: Computer Security Fundamentals Chapter 16: Implementing and Troubleshooting Security Part VII: Safety and Environmental Issues Chapter 17: Safety and Environmental Issues Part VIII: Communication and Professionalism Chapter 18: Communication and Professionalism Appendix A: About The Cd Index

MCITP SQL SERVER 2005 DATABASE DEVELOPER ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDE (EXAMS 70-431, 70-441 & 70-442)
by Darril Gibson 2008 (March 2008) / Hardcover / 944 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154669-0

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This comprehensive guide offers complete coverage of the material on all three of the new Microsoft Certified IT Professional exams for SQL Server 2005, which test the ability of certification candidates to design a secure, stable, enterprise SQL Server database solution. Filled with case studies, checklists, technical sidebars, and realworld examples, this book serves as both an exam preparation tool as well as an essential on-the-job reference. The CD-ROM includes practice exam software featuring hundreds of questions, and an electronic book. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Installing and Configuring SQL Server 2005 Chapter 2--SQL Server 2005 Database Basics Chapter 3--Database Design Chapter 4--Transact-SQL Primer Chapter 5--Advanced Database Objects Chapter 6--Server Infrastructure Design Chapter 7--Optimizing Databases Chapter 8--Server Security Chapter 9--Database Security Chapter 10--High Availability Strategies Chapter 11--Data Recovery Strategies Chapter 12--Data Access Strategies Chapter 13--DBA Tools Part I Chapter 14--DBA Tools Part III Chapter 15--Data Management

Microsoft Certification MCITP
MCITP ENTERPRISE SUPPORT TECHNICIAN ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDE (EXAMS 70-620, 70-622, & 70-623)
by Chris McCain, and Brian Cleary 2008 (April 2008) / Softcover / 864 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154667-6

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This authoritative volume offers complete coverage of all three of the new Microsoft Certified IT Professional exams for Windows Vista. Hundreds of practice questions, detailed explanations, and real-world examples help you learn the material for the exams as well as prepare for on-the-job success. The CD-ROM includes three full practice exams, an electronic copy of the book, flash cards, and instructional video clips. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Deploying Windows Vista: Installation and Upgrade Chapter 2--Configure and Troubleshoot Post-Installation System Settings Chapter 3--Configure and Manage Windows Vista Security Features Chapter 4--Configure Applications Included with Windows Vista Chapter 5--Configure, Troubleshoot, and Repair Network Connectivity Chapter 6--Configure and Troubleshoot Mobile Computing Chapter 7--Manage, Maintain, and Optimize Systems Running Vista Chapter 8--Install, Configure, and Troubleshoot Devices Chapter 9--Troubleshooting and Repairing Windows Vista Appendix A: Windows Vista Hardware Guide Appendix B: How-to Build a Windows Vista Lab

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

119

CERTIFICATION

Oracle

ORACLE DATABASE 11G THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Kevin Loney 2009 (January 2009) / Hardcover / 1368 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-159875-0

ORACLE DATABASE 11G: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
by Ian Abramson, Michael Abbey, and Michael J. Corey 2009 (January 2009) / Softcover / 432 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-160459-8

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Get full details on the powerful features of Oracle Database 11g from this thoroughly updated Oracle Press guide. Oracle Database 11g: The Complete Reference explains how to use all the new features and tools, execute powerful SQL queries, construct PL/SQL and SQL*Plus statements, and work with large objects and objectrelational databases. Learn how to implement the latest security measures, tune database performance, and deploy grid computing techniques. An invaluable cross-referenced appendix containing Oracle commands, keywords, features, and functions CONTENTS PART I: Critical Database Concepts Ch 1: Oracle Database 10g Architecture Options Ch 2: Installing Oracle Database 10g and Creating a Database Ch 3: Upgrading to Oracle Database 10g Ch 4: Planning Oracle Applications—Approaches, Risks, and Standards PART II: SQL and SQL*Plus Ch 5: The Basic Parts of Speech in SQL Ch 6: Basic SQL*Plus Reports and Commands Ch 7: Getting Text Information and Changing It Ch 8: Searching for Regular Expressions Ch 9: Playing the Numbers Ch 10: Dates: Then, Now, and the Difference Ch 11: Conversion and Transformation Functions Ch 12: Grouping Things Together Ch 13: When One Query Depends upon Another Ch 14: Some Complex Possibilities Ch 15: Changing Data insert, update, merge, and delete Ch16: DECODE and CASE: if, then, and else in SQL Ch 17: Creating and Managing Tables, Views, Indexes, Clusters, and Sequences Ch 18: Editioning Ch 19: Basic Oracle Security PART III: Beyond the Basics Ch 20: Advanced Security—Virtual Private Databases Ch 21: Advacned Security--On-disk Encryption and Secure Backup Ch 22: Working with Tablespaces Ch 23: Using SQL*Loader to Load Data Ch 24: Using Data Pump Export and Import Ch 25: Accessing Remote Data Ch 26: Using Materialized Views Ch 27: Using Oracle Text for Text Searches Ch 28: Using External Tables Ch 29: Using Flashback Queries Ch 30: Flashback—Tables and Databases Ch 31: Change Replay and SQL Replay PART IV: PL/SQL Ch 32: An Introduction to PL/SQL Ch 33: Online Application Upgrades Ch 34: Triggers Ch 35: Procedures, Functions, and Packages Ch 36: Using Native Dynamic SQL and DBMS_SQL Ch 37: PL/SQL Tuning PART V: Object-Relational Databases Ch 38: Implementing Types, Object Views, and Methods Ch 39: Collectors (Nested Tables and Varying Arrays) Ch 40: Using Large Objects Ch 41: Advanced Object-Oriented Concepts PART VI: Java in Oracle Ch 42: An Introduction to Java Ch 43: JDBC Programming Ch 44: Java Stored Procedures PART VII: Hitchhiker's Guides Ch 45: The Hitchhiker's Guide to Oracle Data Dictionary

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Master Oracle Database 11g fundamentals quickly and easily. Using self-paced tutorials, this book covers core database essentials, the role of the administrator, high availability, and large database features. Oracle Database 11g: A Beginner's Guide walks you, step by step, through database setup, administration, programming, backup, and recovery. In-depth introductions to SQL and PL/SQL are included. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Database Fundmentals Chapter 2. Installing Oracle Database 11g Chapter 3. Connecting to Oracle Chapter 4. SQL Chapter 5. PL/SQL Chapter 6. The Database Administroator Chapter 7. Backup & Recovery Chapter 8. High Availability Chapter 9. Large Database Features Appendix A: Mastery Check Answers

OCP ORACLE DATABASE 11G: ADMINISTRATION II EXAM GUIDE (EXAM 1Z0-053) Second Edition
by Bob Bryla 2009 (January 2009) / Softcover with CDROM / 656 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-159709-8

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Prepare for the Oracle Certified Professional Oracle Database 11g: Administration II exam with help from this exclusive Oracle Press guide. In each chapter, you'll find challenging exercises, practice questions, a two-minute drill, and a chapter summary to highlight what you've learned. This authoritative guide will help you pass the test and serve as your essential on-the-job reference. Get complete coverage of all OCP objectives for exam 1Z0-053 CONTENTS Chapter 1--Database Structure and ASM Chapter 2--Configuring Database Recoverability Chapter 3--Creating and Maintaining an RMAN Catalog Chapter 4--Creating RMAN Backups Chapter 5--Recovering Using RMAN Backups Chapter 6--User-Managed Backup and Recovery Chapter 7--Miscellaneous RMAN Features Chapter 8--Monitoring and Tuning RMAN Chapter 9--Configuring and Using Flashback Chapter 10--Memory Management Techniques Chapter 11--Using Database Tuning Advisors Chapter 12--Disk Space and Resource Management Chapter 13--Configuring Database Diagnostics Chapter 14--Using the Scheduler for Task Automation Chapter 15--Database Globalization About the CD Glossary

120

CERTIFICATION
Ch 46: The Hitchhiker's Guide to Tuning Applications Ch 47: Client-side query cache -Use,configuration,and benefits Ch 48: Case Studies in Tuning Ch 49: Advanced Architecture Options Ch 50: Oracle Real Application Clusters, Grid Architecture, and Management Ch 51: The Hitchhiker’s Guide to Database Administration Ch 52: The Hitchhiker’s Guide to XML in Oracle Appendix: Alphabetical Reference

ORACLE DATABASE 11G DBA HANDBOOK
by Bob Bryla, and Kevin Loney 2008 (November 2007) / Softcover / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149663-6

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This essential resource for Oracle DBAs has been completely updated to cover the new features of Oracle Database 11g, the industry standard Web-enabled enterprise database system. Oracle Database 11g DBA Handbook details each topic with an emphasis on the big picture, enabling you to achieve effective and efficient database management. You will learn to get up-and-running on Oracle Database 11g, develop and implement applications, manage storage space, and create reliable system backups. New and revised sections cover high availability, performance optimization, information management, and security procedures. Real-world examples and case studies illustrate each concept along the way. CONTENTS Part One: Database Architecture Chapter 1 Getting Started with the Oracle Architecture Chapter 2 Upgrading to Oracle Database 10g Chapter 3 Planning and Managing Tablespaces Chapter 4 Physical Database Layouts and Storage Management Part Two: Database Management Chapter 5 Developing and Implementing Applications Chapter 6 Monitoring Space Usage Chapter 7 Managing Transactions with Undo Tablespaces Chapter 8 Database Tuning Chapter 9 UsingSTATSPACK Chapter 10 Database Security and Auditing Part 3: High Availability Chapter 11 Real Application Clusters Chapter 12 Backup and Recovery Options Chapter 13 Using Recovery Manager (RMAN) Chapter 14 Oracle Data Guard Chapter 15 Miscellaneous High Availability Features Part 4: Networked Oracle Chapter 16 Oracle Net Chapter 17 Managing Large Databases Chapter 18 Managing Distributed Databases Appendices Password Verify Function

SQL: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE Third Edition
by Andy Oppel, and Robert Sheldon 2009 (August 2008) / Softcover / 534 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154864-9 Written to the SQL:2006 ANSI/ISO standard, this easy-to-follow guide will get you started programming in SQL right away. You will learn how to retrieve, insert, update, and delete database data, and perform management and administrative functions. SQL: A Beginner's Guide, Third Edition covers new features, including SQL/XML, and is loaded with updated SQL examples along with notes on using them with the latest RDBMS software versions such as MySQL 5.0, SQL Server 2008, and Oracle Database 11g. CONTENTS PART I--Relational Databases and SQL Chapter 1. Introduction to Relational Databases and SQL Chapter 2. Working with the SQL Environment Chapter 3. Creating and Altering Tables Chapter 4. Enforcing Data Integrity Chapter 5. Creating SQL Views Chapter 6. Managing Database Security Part II--Data Access and Modification Chapter 7. Querying SQL Data Chapter 8. Modifying SQL Data Chapter 9. Using Predicates Chapter 10. Working with Functions and Value Expressions Chapter 11. Accessing Multiple Tables Chapter 12. Using Subqueries to Access and Modify Data Part III--Advanced Data Access Chapter 13. Creating SQL-Invoked Routines Chapter 14. Creating SQL Triggers Chapter 15. Using SQL Cursors Chapter 16. Managing SQL Transactions Chapter 17. Accessing SQL Data from Your Host Program Chapter 18. Working with XML Data Part IV--Appendices Appendix A: Answers to SelfTest Appendix B: SQL:2006 Keywords Appendix C: SQL Code Used in Try This Exercises Index

121

CERTIFICATION
ORACLE DATABASE 11G NEW FEATURES
by Robert G. Freeman 2008 (November 2007) / Softcover / 352 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149661-2 Appendix B. Oracle Database SQL Primer Appendix C. PHP Primer Appendix D. Oracle Database Java Primer Appendix E. Regular Expression Primer Appendix F. Wrapping PL/SQL Code Primer Appendix G. PL/SQL Hierarchical Profiler Primer Appendix H. PL/Scope Appendix I. PL/SQL Reserved Words and Keywords Appendix J. PL/SQL Built-in Functions Index

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This completely rewritten guide from Oracle Press details the revolutionary new features and tools available in Oracle Database 11g. You will quickly find out what's new in the latest database release, such as new high availability features, new security measures, and new BI tools, and learn how to maximize the potential of those capabilities. This is an ideal resource for decision-makers and IT staff preparing for upgrades or migration. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Upgrading to Oracle 11g Chapter 2 Oracle 11g New Management Features Chapter 3 Oracle 11g New Availability and Recovery Features Chapter 4 Oracle 11g New Security Features Chapter 5 Oracle 11g New Application Development Features Chapter 6 Oracle 11g BI and Data Warehousing Chapter 7 Oracle 11g New Real Application Cluster Features Chapter 8 Oracle 11g Testing, Troubleshooting,and Fault Management New Features Chapter 9 Oracle 11g Performance Tuning New Features Appendices New,Deprecated and Obsolete Parameters New,Deprecated and Obsolete Dictionary and Performance Views

ORACLE DATABASE 11G SQL
by Jason Price 2008 (November 2007) / Softcover / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149850-0

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Covering the latest SQL enhancements in the new database release, this Oracle Press guide offers complete coverage of this standard database programming language.Through a wealth of practical examples, code samples, and programming tips, you will learn to master SQL as well as the Oracle extensions to SQL. No prior knowledge of the Oracle database, SQL, or PL/SQL is assumed. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Retrieving Information from Tables Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Using Simple Functions Chapter 5 Storing and Processing Dates and Times Chapter 6 Subqueries Chapter 7 Advanced Select Functions Chapter 8 Changing Table Contents Chapter 9 Database security Chapter 10 Creating Database Tables, Indexes,Views,and Sequences Chapter 11 Introducing PL/SQL Programming Chapter 12 Database Objects Chapter 13 Collections Chapter 14 Large Objects Chapter 15 Native XML Support Chapter 16 XML Functions Chapter 17 Tuning Appendices Oracle Data Types

ORACLE DATABASE 11G PL/SQL PROGRAMMING
by Michael McLaughlin 2008 / Softcover / 835 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149445-8

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Deliver dynamic, client/server PL/SQL applications with expert guidance from an Oracle programming professional. With full coverage of the latest features and tools, Oracle Database 11g PL/SQL Programming lays out each topic alongside detailed explanations, cut-and-paste syntax examples, and real-world case studies. Access and modify database information, construct powerful PL/SQL statements, execute effective queries, and deploy bulletproof security. You'll also learn how to implement C, C++, and Java procedures, Web-enable your database, cut development time, and optimize performance. CONTENTS Part I: PL/SQL Fundamentals Chapter 1. Oracle PL/SQL Overview Chapter 2. PL/SQL Basics Chapter 3. Language Fundamentals Chapter 4. Control Structures Chapter 5. Error Management Part II: PL/SQL Programming Chapter 6. Functions and Procedures Chapter 7. Collections Chapter 8. Large Objects Chapter 9. Packages Chapter 10. Triggers Part III: PL/SQL Advanced Programming Chapter 11. Dynamic SQL Chapter 12. Intersession Communication Chapter 13. External Procedures Chapter 14. Object Types Chapter 15. Java Libraries Chapter 16. Web Application Development Part IV: Appendixes Appendix A. Oracle Database Administration Primer

122

CERTIFICATION
ORACLE E-BUSINESS SUITE SECURITY
by John Abel 2007 / Softcover / 408 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226276-6

HANDS-ON ORACLE DATABASE 10G EXPRESS EDITION FOR WINDOWS
by Steve Bobrowski, Animated Learning, Inc. 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 560 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226331-2

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Secure Oracle E-Business Suite within organizations and across the Internet using the in-depth guidance of this comprehensive volume. Oracle E-Business Suite Security covers everything from key infrastructure, technical, and functional information to cutting-edge auditing, cryptography, and VPD techniques. Real-world scenarios and insightful tips throughout illustrate how to hacker-proof, audit, and troubleshoot your system. Plus, you'll get critical information on international regulatory standards, access to online code, and a blueprint of deployment topology. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Security Fundamentals for Oracle E-Business Suite Chapter 2: Oracle E-Business Suite Security Infrastructure Chapter 3: Securing Oracle E-Business Suite Technical Components Chapter 4: Securing Oracle E-Business Suite Functional Components Chapter 5: Oracle 10g with Oracle E-Business Suite Chapter 6: Administration and Monitoring Chapter 7: Deployment of Oracle E-Business Suite Appendix A: Oracle E-business Suite Security Features Index

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Take full advantage of all the powerful features available in Oracle Database 10g Express Edition with help from this easy-to-follow Oracle Press guide. Hands-On Oracle Database 10g Express Edition for Windows shows you, step by step, how to set up, administer, tune, troubleshoot, and secure a robust database system. You will also learn to use PL/SQL and Oracle Application Express to build custom database applications. Get started today with the Oracle database that's free to develop, deploy, and distribute. CONTENTS Part I: Getting Started Chapter 1: Introduction to Databases and Oracle Chapter 2: Install and Start Using Oracle Database 10g Express Edition Part II: Fundamentals of Application Development Chapter 3: Access Database Data with SQL Chapter 4: Code Database Access Programs with PL/SQL Chapter 5: Build a Basic Relational Schema Chapter 6: Build an Application with Oracle Application Express Part III: Database Administration Chapter 7: Secure Database Access Chapter 8: Manage Database Space Chapter 9: Protect Your Oracle XE Database Chapter 10: Tune Application and Database Instance Performance Index

HANDS-ON ORACLE DATABASE 10G EXPRESS EDITION FOR LINUX
by Steve Bobrowski, Animated Learning, Inc. 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 524 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226327-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Take full advantage of all the powerful features available in Oracle Database 10g Express Edition with help from this easy-to-follow Oracle Press guide. Hands-On Oracle Database 10g Express Edition for Linux shows you, step by step, how to set up, administer, tune, troubleshoot, and secure a robust database system. You will also learn to use PL/SQL and Oracle Application Express to build custom database applications. Get started today with the Oracle database that's free to develop, deploy, and distribute. CONTENTS Part I: Getting Started Chapter 1: Introduction to Databases and Oracle Chapter 2: Install and Start Using Oracle Database 10g Express Edition Part II: Fundamentals of Application Development Chapter 3: Access Database Data with SQL Chapter 4: Code Database Access Programs with PL/SQL Chapter 5: Build a Basic Relational Schema Chapter 6: Build an Application with Oracle Application Express Part III: Database Administration Chapter 7: Secure Database Access Chapter 8: Manage Database Space Chapter 9: Protect Your Oracle XE Database Chapter 10: Tune Application and Database Instance Performance Index

ORACLE DATABASE 10G REAL APPLICATION CLUSTERS HANDBOOK
by K Gopalakrishnan 2007 / Softcover / 421 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-146509-0

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Written by Oracle insiders, this comprehensive guide covers everything you need to know about Real Application Clusters -- low-cost hardware platforms that can rival and exceed the quality of service, availability, and scalability of the most expensive mainframe systems. CONTENTS Part I: High Availability Architecture and Clusters Chapter 1: Introduction to High Availability and Scalability Chapter 2: Clustering Basics and History Chapter 3: RAC Architecture Part II: Installation, Configuration, and Storage Chapter 4: RAC Preinstallation Chapter 5: RAC Installation Chapter 6: Automatic Storage Management Part III: RAC Administration and Management Chapter 7: RAC Basic Administration Chapter 8: RAC Advanced Administration Chapter 9: RAC Backup and Recovery Chapter 10: RAC Performance Management Part IV: Advanced Concepts in RAC Chapter 11: Global Resource Directory Chapter 12: A Closer Look at Cache Fusion Chapter 13: Workload and Connection Management Chapter 14: RAC Troubleshooting Part V: Deploying RAC Chapter 15: RAC Extensions Chapter 16: Developing Applications for RAC Appendix A: Rac Reference Appendix B: Adding And Removing Cluster Nodes

123

CERTIFICATION
Appendix C: References Index

ORACLE SQL DEVELOPER HANDBOOK
by Dan Hotka 2007 / Softcover / 230 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148474-9

(Osborne Media Professional Title)

ORACLE DATABASE 10G RMAN BACKUP & RECOVERY
by Matthew Hart, and Robert G. Freeman 2007 / Softcover / 666 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226317-6

Here is the first book to offer concise, practical details for installing, setting up, and effectively using Oracle's new free development tool-Oracle SQL Developer. Featuring a Quick Start section and tips and techniques previously not available in print, this Oracle Press guide will help you effectively enhance productivity and simplify database development tasks. CONTENTS Part I. Getting Started Chapter 1. Product Installation, Upgrades & System Requirements Chapter 2. Getting Connected Chapter 3. Quick Start Part II. Using SQL Developer Chapter 4. General Information Chapter 5. Working with the Connections Navigator Chapter 6. Working with SQL Chapter 7. Working with PL/SQL Chapter 8. Additional Topics Part III. SQL Developer Reports Chapter 9. Available Reports Chapter 10. User-Defined Reports Appendix A. Feature, Function, and Keystroke Cross-Reference Appendix B. SQL Developer Version 1.1 and Beyond Index

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Deploy a rock-solid data backup and disaster recovery strategy with the in-depth guidance of this authoritative volume. From the exclusive publishers of Oracle Press books, Oracle Database 10g RMAN Backup & Recovery shows you, step by step, how to set up RMANready databases, create reliable backup tapes and discs, and perform accurate Oracle system restores. Find out how to use RMAN from the command line and from Enterprise Manager, generate meaningful lists and reports, and automate administrative tasks using third-party media management tools. Plus, you'll learn to perform incremental backups, Flashback recoveries, and database cloning. CONTENTS Part I: Getting Started with RMAN in Oracle Database 10g Chapter 1: Oracle Database 10g Backup and Recovery Architecture Tour Chapter 2: Introduction to the RMAN Architecture Part II: Setup Principles and Practices Chapter 3: RMAN Setup and Configuration Chapter 4: Media Management Considerations Chapter 5: Oracle Secure Backup Chapter 6: Enhancing RMAN with VERITAS NetBackup for Oracle Chapter 7: Configuring EMC NetWorker Module for Oracle Chapter 8: RMAN and Tivoli Storage Manager Part III: Using RMAN Effectively Chapter 9: RMAN Backups Chapter 10: RMAN Restore and Recovery Chapter 11: Using Oracle Enterprise Manager for Backup and Recovery Chapter 12: RMAN Advanced Recovery Topics Chapter 13: Surviving User Errors: Flashback Technologies Chapter 14: Maintaining RMAN Chapter 15: Monitoring and Reporting on RMAN Chapter 16: Performance Tuning RMAN Backup and Recovery Operations Part IV: RMAN in the Oracle Ecosystem Chapter 17: Duplication: Cloning the Target Database Chapter 18: RMAN and Data Guard Chapter 19: RMAN and Real Application Clusters Chapter 20: RMAN in Sync and Split Technology Chapter 21: RMAN in the Workplace: Case Studies Part V: Appendixes Appendix A: RMAN Syntax Reference Guide Appendix B: Exploring the Recovery Catalog Appendix C: Setting Up an RMAN Test Environment Index

ORACLE JDEVELOPER 10G FOR FORMS & PL/SQL DEVELOPERS: A GUIDE TO WEB DEVELOPMENT WITH ORACLE ADF
by Peter Koletzke, and Duncan Mills 2007 / Softcover / 562 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-225960-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Two Oracle experts demonstrate techniques for working within J2EE and JDeveloper for the thousands of developers currently using Oracle Forms and the PL/SQL language. Oracle is shifting their focus towards Java technologies, so you will need to know how to use the Javabased J2EE and JDeveloper. The book includes explanations of the Application Development Framework (ADF). Throughout, high-level and low-level Forms concepts are related to Java concepts so that you can become comfortable with the new terminology. CONTENTS Foreword Acknowledgments Introduction Part I: Technology Overviews Chapter 1: J2EE Basics Chapter 2: Web Communications Chapter 3: JDeveloper and ADF as RAD Tools Chapter 4: Required Web Languages and Java Language Basics Chapter 5: JavaServer Faces Basics Chapter 6: Business Services in ADF Chapter 7: The ADF Model Layer Chapter 8: ADF Model Advanced Bindings Part II: Developing the Application Chapter 9: Your First JSF Chapter 10: Application Design Principles and Sample Application Overview Chapter 11: Home Page and Menus Chapter 12: Search Page Chapter 13: Edit Page Chapter 14: Adding Security

124

CERTIFICATION
Part III: Additional Techniques Chapter 15: Sample Application Enhancements Chapter 16: Oracle JHeadstart INDEX

Sun Microsystem Certification

ORACLE DATABASE 10G EXPRESS EDITION PHP WEB PROGRAMMING
by Michael McLaughlin 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 704 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-226325-1

SCJA SUN CERTIFIED JAVA ASSOCIATE STUDY GUIDE (EXAM CX-310-019)
by Edward Liguori 2009 (May 2009) / Softcover with CDROM / 624 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149003-0

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This book and CD-ROM package contains everything you need to get started programming on Oracle Database 10g Express Edition. Learn, hands-on, how to develop enterprise applications in PHP which run on Oracle Database 10g Express Edition. The CD-ROM includes a full version of Oracle Database 10g Express Edition with all of the code and solutions from the book. CONTENTS Part I. PHP Language Fundamentals. Chapter 1. Introduction to Zend Core – Oracle, PHP and Zend . Chapter 2. Installing and Configuring Zend Core and Oracle Express. Chapter 3. Touring the Zend Core Development Environment Chapter 4. PHP Basics. Part II. PHP Programming. Chapter 5. PHP Arrays. Chapter 6. PHP Functions. Chapter 7. PHP Objects. Chapter 8. PHP Events and Predefined Variables. Chatper 9. PHP Error Management and Exception Handling. Part III. PHP Application Development. Chapter 10. PHP Applied. Chapter 11. PHP File IO Chatper 12. PHP Forms, Cookies, and Sessions. Part IV. Database Access using PHP. Chapter 13. Building a Database Connection to Oracle. Chapter 14. Managing Query Result Sets. Chapter 15. Managing PL/SQL Libraries. Chapter 16. Managing Java Libraries. Chatper 17. Database File Upload and Download with PHP. Chatper 18. Securing PHP Web Communications. Chapter 19. Zend Core Java and PHP Extensions. Appendix A. Configuring Oracle 10g HTTP Server for PHP. Appendix B. Configuring Oracle 10g App Server for PHP. Appendix C. Configuring & Troubleshooting the Apache Server. Appendix D. Configuring & Troubleshooting the PHP Environment. Appendix E. PHP Predefined Functions.

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Written by one of the leading trainers and consultants in the Java community, this book offers complete coverage of all the official exam objectives for the SCJA exam. This definitive study guide reinforces practical test-taking skills and simulates the format and style of the multiple-choice questions found on the exam.The CD-ROM includes a practice exam with more than 100 original questions. CONTENTS Part 1: Introduction to Java Chapter 1: Basic Java Programming Concepts Chapter 2: Structure of the Language Chapter 3: Development Fundamentals Part 2: Introduction to Enterprise Development Chapter 4: UML Representation of Object-Oriented Concepts Chapter 5: Java Platforms and Integration Technologies Chapter 6: Client Technologies Chapter 7: Server Technologies

SCJP SUN CERTIFIED PROGRAMMER FOR JAVA 6 STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 310-065)
by Katherine Sierra, and Bert Bates 2008 / Hardcover with CDROM / 851 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-159106-5

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
With hundreds of practice questions and hands-on exercises, SCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 6 Study Guide covers what you need to know--and shows you how to prepare--for this challenging exam. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Declarations and Access Control Chapter 2--Object Orientation Chapter 3--Assignments Chapter 4--Operators Chapter 5--Flow Control, Exceptions, and Assertions Chapter 6--Strings, I/O, Formatting, and Parsing Chapter 7--Generics and Collections Chapter 8--Inner Classes Chapter 9--Threads Chapter 10--Development Appendix: About the CD Index

125

CERTIFICATION
SUN CERTIFIED ENTERPRISE ARCHITECT FOR JAVA EE STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 310-051) Second Edition
by Paul Allen, and Joseph Bambara 2007 / Softcover with CDROM / 643 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148861-7

(Osborne Media Professional Title)
With hundreds of practice questions and hands-on exercises, Sun Certified Enterprise Architect for Java EE Study Guide covers what you need to know--and shows you how to prepare--for this challenging exam. CONTENTS Chapter 1--Sun Certification for Enterprise Architect Chapter 2--Common Architectures and Protocols Chapter 3--Object Oriented Analysis and Design Chapter 4--Applicability of J2EE technology Chapter 5--Design Patterns Chapter 6--Legacy Connectivity Chapter 7--Enterprise JavaBeans and the EJB Container Model Chapter 8--Messaging Chapter 9--Internationalization and Localization Chapter 10--Security Chapter 11--Case Study: Overview of Securities Trading System Appendix A: About the CD Glossary Index

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

126

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Advanced MIS ..................................................................................................140 Computers in Society / Computer Ethics ..........................................................141 Database Management ....................................................................................134 Database Management (Prof Ref)....................................................................145 Data Communications / Telecommunications / Office Systems ...................... 138 Data Mining ......................................................................................................144 Decision Support Systems ...............................................................................139 Enterprise Resource Planning ..........................................................................143 Introduction to Information Systems .................................................................129 Management Information Systems ...................................................................131 Object-Oriented System Analysis & Design .....................................................137 Project Management ........................................................................................140 System Analysis & Design ................................................................................136

127

NEW TITLES
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

2010
Annual Editions: Computers in Society 09/10, 15e

Author
De Palma

ISBN
9780073528540

Page
141

2009
Corporate Information Strategy and Management: Text and Cases, 8e Business Driven Information Systems, 2e Business Driven Technology, 3e Essentials of Business Driven Information Systems Information Systems Essentials, 3e Software Project Management, 5e [UK] Management Information Systems, 9e

Author
Applegate Baltzan Baltzan Baltzan Haag Hughes O’Brien

ISBN
9780073402932 9780073376738 9780073376745 9780073376721 9780073376752 9780077122799 9780073376769

Page
140 129,131 131 129 130 140 132

128

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Introduction to Information Systems

v

40 new iPods with iPod icons in the text to map content.

CONTENTS Module One: Business Driven Information Systems Chapter 1: Information Systems in Business Chapter 2: Strategic Decision Making Chapter 3: E-Business Module Two: Fundamentals of Information Systems Chapter 4: Ethics and Information Security Chapter 5: IT Architectures Chapter 6: Databases and Data Warehouses Chapter 7: Networks, Telecommunications, and Mobile Technology Module Three: Enterprise Information Systems Chapter 8: Operations Management and Supply Chain Management Chapter 9: Customer Relationship Management and Business Intelligence Chapter 10: Enterprise Resource Planning and Collaboration Systems Module Four: Developing Information Systems Chapter 11: Systems Development and Project Management Chapter 12: Innovation, Entrepreneurship, and 21st Century Global Business Endnotes Glossary Index

NEW
International Edition
BUSINESS DRIVEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2nd Edition
By Paige Baltzan and Amy Phillips of University of Denver

2009 (September 2008) ISBN: 978-0-07-337673-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-730034-0 (with Premium Content Card) ISBN: 978-0-07-016448-2 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/baltzan
The Baltzan and Phillips approach in Business Driven Information Systems discusses various business initiatives first and how technology supports those initiatives second. The premise for this unique approach is that business initiatives drive technology choices in a corporation. Therefore, every discussion addresses the business needs first and addresses the technology that supports those needs second. This approach takes the difficult and often intangible MIS concepts, brings them down to the student’s level, and applies them using a hands-on approach to reinforce the concepts. BDIS provides the foundation that will enable students to achieve excellence in business, whether they major in operations management, manufacturing, sales, marketing, etc. BDIS is designed to give students the ability to understand how information technology can be a point of strength in an organization. NEW TO THIS EDITION v Chapter 1: Updated material on metrics and business driven approach. v v v Chapter 2: New Section 2.2 on Business Process. Chapter 3: Updated to include Web 2.0, Web 3.0, Mashups. Chapter 4: Updated focus on ethics and security. 2009 (January 2008) / 480 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-337672-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-128758-6 [IE]

NEW
International Edition
ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS DRIVEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS
By Paige Baltzan and Amy Phillips of University of Denver

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com:80/sites/0073376728
Essentials of Business Driven Information Systems discusses various business initiatives first and how technology supports those initiatives second. The premise for this unique approach is that business initiatives should drive technology choices. Every discussion first addresses the business needs and then addresses the technology that supports those needs. FEATURES v Integrative Themes – Several integrative themes are present throughout the text which adds relevancy to the material. Themes such as ethics and social responsibility and gaining a competitive advantage are essential for students to gain a full understanding of the strategies that a business must implement. v Baltzan 1e is a well organized and concisely written text which helps students to follow the topics from one chapter to the next in a logical matter. v Comprehensive and end-of-chapter cases –These cases encourage students to consider what concepts have been presented and then apply those concepts to a situation they might find in an organization.

v Chapter 5: Moved 5.1 to an appendix, New Section 5.1 includes virtualization, SOA, grid computing. v Chapter 6: Updated to include data driven websites.

v Chapter 7: Moved 7.1 to appendix, New 7.1 includes business speed, network security, cellular technology, mobile workforces, wireless fidelity and trends. v Chapter 8: Removed 8.2, added new 8.1 on operations management. v Chapter 9: Meshed 9.1 and 9.2 together, added new 9.2 on Business Intelligence. v Chapter 10: Updated on collaboration and ERP.

v Chapter 11: Meshed Chapters 11 and 12 together – 11.1 Systems Development, 11.2 is Project Management. v Chapter 12: All new, 12.1 Innovation and Entrepreneurship, 12.2 21st Century Global Business. v 20 new videos with video icons in the text to map content.

129

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
v Making Business Decisions Feature – Small scenario-driven projects that are featured in this text help students focus individually on decision making as they relate to the topical elements in the chapter. v Business Driven Teaching Notes: The Business Driven Teaching Notes is a comprehensive Excel spreadsheet containing over 150 additional classroom activities, discussion questions, and video clips. You can also turn any of the classroom activities into additional assignments and use the discussion questions for your online courses. You can use the business driven teaching notes to customize your lectures. Each topic in the text is represented by a tab in the workbook. Simply choose the activities you wish to use in your class, reorder based on your lecture, and hide any you do not want to use. Then you can easily print your detailed lecture notes straight from the worksheet. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Information Systems in Business Chapter 2 Strategic Decision Making Chapter 3 E-Business Chapter 4 Ethics and Information Security Chapter 5 IT Architectures Chapter 6 Databases and Data Warehouses Chapter 7 Networks, Telecommunications, and Wireless Computing Chapter 8 Supply Chain Management Chapter 9 Customer Relationship Management Chapter 10 Enterprise Resource Planning and Collaboration Systems Appendix A Business Basics (on the OLC only) Appendix B Business Process (on the OLC only) CONTENTS 1 The Information Age in which You Live: Changing the Face of Business 2 Major Business Initiatives: Gaining Competitive Advantage with IT 3 Databases and Data Warehouses: Building Business Intelligence 4 Decision Support and Artificial Intelligence: Brainpower for Your Business 5 Electronic Commerce: Strategies for the New Economy 6 Systems Development: Phases, Tools, and Techniques 7 Enterprise Infrastructure, Metrics, and Business Continuity Planning: Building and Sustaining the Dynamic Enterprise 8 Protecting People and Information: Threats and Safeguards 9 Emerging Trends and Technologies: Business, People, and Technology Tomorrow A Computer Hardware and Software B Network Basics C Careers in Business Projects: Group Projects Electronic Commerce Projects

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS 14th Edition
By James O’Brien, Northern Arizona University and George Marakas, University of Kansas-Lawrence 2008 (November 2007) / 576 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-724058-5 (with MiSource 2007) ISBN: 978-0-07-128485 1 [IE with MiSource]

NEW
International Edition
INFORMATION SYSTEMS ESSENTIALS 3rd Edition
By Stephen Haag, University of Denver and Maeve Cummings, Pittsburg State University

http://www.mhhe.com/obrien
O’Brien’s Introduction to Information Systems 14e continues to reflect the movement toward enterprise-wide business applications. George Marakas from the University of Kansas joins as a co-author on this new edition. New real world case studies correspond with this curriculum shift. The text’s focus is on teaching the general business manager how to use and manage the most current IT technologies such as the Internet, Intranets, and Extranets for enterprise collaboration, and how IT contributes to competitive advantage, reengineering business processes, problem solving, and decision-making. CONTENTS Module I Chapter 1 Foundations Of Information Systems In Business Chapter 2 Competing With Information Technology Module II Chapter 3 Computer Hardware Chapter 4 Computer Software Chapter 5 Data Resource Management Chapter 6 Telecommunications And Networks Module III Chapter 7 Electronic Business Systems Chapter 8 Electronic Commerce Systems Chapter 9 Decision Support Systems Module IV Chapter 10 Developing Business/it Solutions Module V Chapter 11 Security And Ethical Challenges Chapter 12 Enterprise And Global Management Of Information Technology

2009 (December 2008) / 464 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-337675-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-128549-0 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/haag
9 chapters plus 3 appendices cover the traditional core material of MIS. A comprehensive set of group projects and e-commerce projects support an applied component to the course. Consistent with Haag’s best-selling MIS for the Information Age, IS Essentials 3/e conveys the impact of IS on the individual with contemporary writing and lively examples NEW TO THIS EDITION v Chapter 1 is no longer an introduction to the book; instead it now sets the stage for the technology discussions throughout the book. The chapter jumps right into the integration of business strategy and information technology by covering Porter’s Five Forces Model, Porter’s three generic strategies, top line versus bottom line, the rungrow-transform (RGT) framework, and value-chain analysis. v New content on component-based development (CBD), serviceoriented architectures (SoA), and service level agreements (SLAs).

130

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Management Information Systems

v v

20 new videos with video icons in the text to map content. 40 new iPods with iPod icons in the text to map content.

CONTENTS Module One: Business Driven Information Systems Chapter 1: Information Systems in Business Chapter 2: Strategic Decision Making Chapter 3: E-Business Module Two: Fundamentals of Information Systems Chapter 4: Ethics and Information Security Chapter 5: IT Architectures Chapter 6: Databases and Data Warehouses Chapter 7: Networks, Telecommunications, and Mobile Technology Module Three: Enterprise Information Systems Chapter 8: Operations Management and Supply Chain Management Chapter 9: Customer Relationship Management and Business Intelligence Chapter 10: Enterprise Resource Planning and Collaboration Systems Module Four: Developing Information Systems Chapter 11: Systems Development and Project Management Chapter 12: Innovation, Entrepreneurship, and 21st Century Global Business Endnotes Glossary Index

NEW
International Edition
BUSINESS DRIVEN INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2nd Edition
By Paige Baltzan and Amy Phillips of University of Denver

2009 (September 2008) ISBN: 978-0-07-337673-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-730034-0 (with Premium Content Card) ISBN: 978-0-07-016448-2 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/baltzan
The Baltzan and Phillips approach in Business Driven Information Systems discusses various business initiatives first and how technology supports those initiatives second. The premise for this unique approach is that business initiatives drive technology choices in a corporation. Therefore, every discussion addresses the business needs first and addresses the technology that supports those needs second. This approach takes the difficult and often intangible MIS concepts, brings them down to the student’s level, and applies them using a hands-on approach to reinforce the concepts. BDIS provides the foundation that will enable students to achieve excellence in business, whether they major in operations management, manufacturing, sales, marketing, etc. BDIS is designed to give students the ability to understand how information technology can be a point of strength in an organization. NEW TO THIS EDITION v Chapter 1: Updated material on metrics and business driven approach. v v v Chapter 2: New Section 2.2 on Business Process. Chapter 3: Updated to include Web 2.0, Web 3.0, Mashups. Chapter 4: Updated focus on ethics and security.

NEW
International Edition
BUSINESS DRIVEN TECHNOLOGY 3rd Edition
By Paige Baltzan, Amy Phillips and Stephen Haag of University of Denver

2009 (March 2008) / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-337674-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-128478-3 [IE - Text only]

http://www.mhhe.com/bdt3e
Business Driven Technology discusses various business initiatives first and how technology supports those initiatives second. The premise for this unique approach is that business initiatives should drive technology choices. Every discussion first addresses the business needs and then addresses the technology that supports those needs NEW TO THIS EDITION v Updated to reflect Office 2007

v Chapter 5: Moved 5.1 to an appendix, New Section 5.1 includes virtualization, SOA, grid computing. v Chapter 6: Updated to include data driven websites.

v Chapter 7: Moved 7.1 to appendix, New 7.1 includes business speed, network security, cellular technology, mobile workforces, wireless fidelity and trends. v Chapter 8: Removed 8.2, added new 8.1 on operations management. v Chapter 9: Meshed 9.1 and 9.2 together, added new 9.2 on Business Intelligence. v Chapter 10: Updated on collaboration and ERP.

v Enhanced with 19 videos and 40 iPod segments. Each video and iPod segment has a comprehensive IM containing online discussion questions and classroom exercises. v Added discussions of Balanced Scorecard, Data-Driven Web Sites, Metrics for Strategic Initiatives, Second Life, Semantic Web, Service Oriented Architectures, Web 2.0, and Web Mash-ups. v Expanded discussions of Business Intelligence and Enterprise Resource Planning. v Three new Technology Plug-Ins: Creating Web Pages Using HTML, Creating Web Pages Using Dreamweaver, and Creating Gantt

v Chapter 11: Meshed Chapters 11 and 12 together – 11.1 Systems Development, 11.2 is Project Management. v Chapter 12: All new, 12.1 Innovation and Entrepreneurship, 12.2 21st Century Global Business.

131

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Charts with Excel and Microsoft Project. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Business Driven Technology Chapter 2 Identifying Competitive Advantages Chapter 3 Strategic Initiatives for Implementing Competitive Advantages Chapter 3 Measuring the Success of Strategic Initiatives Chapter 4 Organizational Structures that Support Strategic Initiatives Chapter 5 Valuing Organizational Information Chapter 6 Storing Organizational Information – Databases Chapter 7 Accessing Organizational Information – Data Warehouse Chapter 8 Enabling the Organization – Decision Making Chapter 9 Extending the Organization – Supply Chain Management Chapter 10 Building a Customer-Centric Organization – Customer Relationship Management Chapter 11 Integrating the Organization from End-to-End – Enterprise Resource Planning Chapter 12 Creating Innovative Organizations Chapter 13 E-Business Chapter 14 Creating Collaborative Partnerships Chapter 15 Integrating Wireless Technology in Business Chapter 16 Building Software to Support an Agile Organization Chapter 17 Outsourcing in the 21st Century Chapter 18 Developing a 21st Century Organization Business Plug-Ins B1 Business Basics B2 Business Process B3 Hardware and Software B4 Enterprise Architectures B5 Networks, Telecommunications, and Wireless Computing B6 Information Security B7 Ethics B8 Supply Chain Management B9 Customer Relationship Management B10 Enterprise Resource Planning B11 E-Business Models B12 Emerging Trends and Technology B13 Strategic Outsourcing B14 Systems Development B15 Project Management Technical Plug-Ins T1 Personal Productivity Using IT (OLC only) T2 Basic Skills Using Excel (OLC only) T3 Problem Solving Using Excel (OLC only) T4 Decision Making Using Excel (OLC only) T5 Designing Database Applications (OLC only) T6 Basic Skills Using Access (OLC only) T7 Problem Solving Using Access (OLC only) T8 Decision Making Using Access (OLC only) T9 Designing Web Pages (OLC only) T10 Creating Web Pages Using HTML (OLC only) T11 Creating Web Pages Using Dreamweaver (OLC only) T12 Creating Gantt Charts with Excel and Microsoft Project (OLC only)

NEW
International Edition
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 9th Edition
By James A O’Brien, Northern Arizona University and George Marakas, University of Kansas - Lawrence

2009 (October 2008) / 648 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-337676-9 ISBN: 978-0-07-128043-3 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/obrienmis9e
The benchmark text for the syllabus organized by technology (a week on databases, a week on networks, a week on systems development, etc.) taught from a managerial perspective. O’Brien defines technology and then explains how companies use the technology to improve performance. Real world cases finalize the explanation. NEW TO THIS EDITION v Updated Real World Cases: More than 40% of the Real World Cases are new to the 9th edition. These up-to-date cases provide students with in-depth business examples of the successes and challenges companies are experiencing in implementing the information technology concepts covered in each chapter. v Completely revised New Material, Same Organization: The list of updates to each chapter of each edition are simply too lengthy to list; it’s MIS after all. v 52 New Blue Boxes: Provide up-to-date information and examples. CONTENTS MODULE I Foundation Concepts 1. Foundations of Information Systems in Business Section I Foundation Concepts: Information Systems in Business Section II Foundation Concepts: The Components of Information Systems 2. Competing with Information Technology Section I Fundamentals of Strategic Advantage Section II Using Information for Strategic Advantage MODULE II Information Technologies 3. Computer Hardware Section I Computer Systems: End User and Enterprise Computing Section II Computer Peripherals: Input, Output, and Storage Technologies 4. Computer Software Section I Application Software: End User Applications Section II System Software: Computer System Management 5. Data Resource Management Section I Managing Data Resources Section II Technical Foundations of Database Management 6. Telecommunications and Networks Section I The Networked Enterprise Section II Telecommunications Network Alternatives MODULE III Business Applications 7. Electronic Business Systems Section I Enterprise Business Systems Section II Functional Business Systems 8. Enterprise Business Systems Section I Customer Relationship Management: The Business Focus Section II Enterprise Resource Planning: The Business Backbone Section III Supply Chain Management: The Business Network

132

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
9. Electronic Commerce Systems Section I Electronic Commerce Fundamentals Section II e-Commerce Applications and Issues 10. Decision Support Systems Section I Decision Support in Business Section II Artificial Intelligence Technologies in Business MODULE IV Development Processes 11. Developing Business/IT Strategies Section I Planning Fundamentals Section II Implementation Challenges 12. Developing Business/IT Solutions Section I Developing Business Systems Section II Implementing Business Systems MODULE V Management Challenges 13. Security and Ethical Challenges Section I Security, Ethical, and Societal Challenges of IT Section II Security Management of Information Technology 14. Enterprise and Global Management of Information Technology Section I Managing Information Technology Section II Managing Global IT Group Projects / Student CD: XLM D Decision Analysis with Spreadsheet Software (Office 2003) / XLM F Building a Web Page with HTML / XLM G Object-Oriented Technologies / XLM I Building an E-Portfolio / XLM J Implementing a Database with Microsoft Access (Office 2003) / XLM K Careers in Business / XLM L Building Web Sites with Microsoft FrontPage / XLM M Programming in Excel with VBA

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3rd Edition
by W S Jawadekar, Management and IT Consultant, Pune, India 2006 (August 2006) / 808 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-061634-9

McGraw-Hill India Title
CONTENTS Part I: Strategic View of Management Information Systems 1. Introduction 2. E-Business Entreprise 3. Strategic Management of Business 4. Security Challenges to E-Enterprise 5. Information Technology impact on Society Part II: Basics of Management Information Systems 6. Decision Making 7. Information and Knowledge 8. Systems Engineering 9. Development of MIS 10. Business Process Reengineering Part III: Applications of Management Information Systems 11. Applications in Manufacturing Sector 12. Applications in Service Sector 13. Decision Support Systems 14. Enterprise Management Systems Part IV: Technology in Management Information Systems 15. Technology of Information Systems 16. Database Management Systems 17. Object-Oriented Technology (OOT): Conceptual Presentation 18. Client-Server Architecture 19. Networks 20. Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) 21. Data Warehouse: Architecture to Implementation 22. Electronic Business Technology 23. Web: A Tool for Business Management Part V: Case Studies

International Edition
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR THE INFORMATION AGE 7th Edition
By Stephen Haag, University of Denver, Maeve Cummings, Pittsburg State University and Amy Phillips, University of Denver 2008 (November 2007) / 608 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-724059-2 (with Student CD and MiSource 2007) ISBN: 978-0-07-128419-6 [IE with Student CD and MiSource 2007 CD]

http://www.mhhe.com/haag
Chapters cover what instructors want students to know about MIS while Extended Learning Modules (XLMs) show students what they can do with MIS. A contemporary writing style and a wealth of examples engage students like no other MIS text. Arranged with chapter opening cases that highlight how an organization has successfully implemented many of the chapter’s concepts and chapter closing cases that help students apply what they just learned gives students the hands-on knowledge that is applicable in both their personal and professional experiences. CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Information Age in Which You Live: Changing the Face of Business / XLM A Computer Hardware and Software Chapter 2 Major Business Initiatives: Gaining Competitive Advantage with IT / XLM B The World Wide Web and the Internet Chapter 3 Databases and Data Warehouses: Building Business Intelligence / XLM C Designing Databases and Entity-Relationship Diagramming Chapter 4 Decision Support and Artificial Intelligence: Brainpower for Your Business / XLM D Decision Analysis with Spreadsheet Software (Office 2007) Chapter 5 Electronic Commerce: Strategies for the New Economy / XLM E Network Basics Chapter 6 Systems Development: Phases, Tools, and Techniques Chapter 7 Enterprise Infrastructure and Integration: Building the Dynamic Enterprise Chapter 8 Protecting People and Information: Threats and Safeguards / XLM H Computer Crime and Forensics Chapter 9 Emerging Trends and Technologies: Business, People, and Technology Tomorrow / XLM J Implementing a Database with Microsoft Access (Office 2007)

International Edition
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 4th Edition
by Gerald V Post, Univ of the Pacific and David L Anderson, DePaul U/McGowan Center 2006 / Hardcover / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-294779-3 (Out of Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-125732-9 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/postmis4e
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction Part One: Information Technology Infrastructure Chapter 2: Information Technology Foundations Chapter 3: Networks and Telecommunications Chapter 4: Database Management Part Two: Operations Chapter 5: Computer Security Chapter 6: Transactions and Operations Chapter 7: Enterprise Integration

133

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Chapter 8: Electronic Business Part Three: Tactics and Strategies Chapter 9: Teamwork Chapter 10: Business Decisions Chapter 11: Strategic Analysis Part Four: Organizing Businesses and Systems Chapter 12: Systems Development Chapter 13: Organizing MIS Resources Chapter 14: Information Management and Society Glossary Organization Index Subject Index

International Edition
FOUNDATIONS OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS
by Vladimir Zwass, Fairleigh Dickinson University 1998 / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-697-13312-0 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-115638-7 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Information Systems & Their Capabilities. 2 Fundamental Concepts of Information Systems. 3 Competing with Information Systems. 4 Information Systems Hardware. 5 Information Systems Software. 6 Database Management. 7 Telecommunications, the Internet, & Information Systems Architecture. 8 Support of Individual & Group Knowledge Work. 9 Transaction Processing & Management Reporting Systems. 10 Decision Support & Executive Information Systems. 11 Expert Systems & Applied Artificial Intelligence. 12 Information Systems for Business Functions. 13 Business Reengineering, Information Systems Planning & Acquisition. 14 Managing & Controlling Information Systems. 15 Development Life Cycle & Systems Analysis. 16 From Design to Maintenance of Information Systems. 17 Ethical, Societal, & Global Issues in Information Systems. 18 Innovating with Information Systems for Global Reach.

International Edition
APPLICATION CASES IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 5th Edition
by James N Morgan, Northern Arizona University 2005 / 192 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-293363-5 (for use with MIS titles) - Out of Print ISBN: 978-0-07-123836-6 [IE] CONTENTS Chapter 1: Business Applications and the Internet. Chapter 2: Internet Cases. Chapter 3: Developing Spreadsheet Applications. Chapter 4: Spreadsheet Cases. Chapter 5: Developing Database Applications. Chapter 6: Database Cases

Database Management

International Edition
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT 2nd Edition
by Ronald L Thompson, Wake Forest University and William Cats-Baril, University of Vermont 2003 / 704 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-293661-2 (with SIMNET MIS) ISBN: 978-0-07-111063-1 [IE with SIMNET MIS]

International Edition
DATABASE DESIGN, APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT, AND ADMINISTRATION 3rd Edition
By Michael V. Mannino, University Of Colorado-Denver 2007 (December 2005) / 768 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-294220-0 (Out of Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-127612-2 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/Thompson-Cats-Baril
CONTENTS Module I: Application of Information Technology. Chapter 1: Introduction to Information Technology and Management. Chapter 2: Hardware and Software. Chapter 3: Data Management. Chapter 4: Telecommunications and Networking. Chapter 5: Internet and E-Business. Module II: Information Systems and Management. Chapter 6: Organizational Use of IS. Chapter 7: IS and Organizational Responsiveness. Chapter 8: IS to Support Decision Making. Chapter 9: IS and Organizational Competition. Module III: Development and Management of IS. Chapter 10: IS and Business Process Management. Chapter 11: IS Development. Chapter 12: IS Sourcing and Application Service Providers. Chapter 13: IS Management. Chapter 14: IT and Society. Glossary. Index

Browse http://www.mhhe.com/mannino
Mannino’s Database Management provides the information you need to learn relational databases. The book teaches students how to apply relational databases in solving basic and advanced database problems and cases. The fundamental database technologies of each processing environment are presented; as well as relating these technologies to the advances of e-commerce and enterprise computing. This book provides the foundation for the advanced study of individual database management systems, electronic commerce applications, and enterprise computing. CONTENTS Part 1: Introduction to Database Environments. Chapter 1: Introduction to Database Management. Chapter 2: Introduction to Database Development. Part 2: Understanding Relational Databases. Chapter 3: The Relational Data Model. Chapter 4: Query formulation with SQL. Part 3: Data Modeling. Chapter 5: Understanding Entity Relationship Diagrams.

134

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Chapter 6: Developing Data Models for Business Databases. Part 4: Relational Database Design. Chapter 7: Normalization of Relational Tables. Chapter 8: Physical Database Design. Chapter 9: Advanced Query Formulation with SQL. Part 5: Application Development with Relational Databases. Chapter 10: Application Development with Views. Chapter 11: Stored Procedures and Triggers. Part 6: Advanced Database Development. Chapter 12: View Design and Integration. Chapter 13: Database Development for Student Loan Limited. Part 7: Managing Database Environments. Chapter 14: Data and Database Administration. Chapter 15: Transaction Management. Chapter 16: Data Warehouse Technology and Management. Chapter 17: Client-server Processing and Distributed Databases. Chapter 18: Object Database Management Systems. Glossary of Terms. Bibliography. Index

International Edition
DATABASES: DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT AND DEPLOYMENT USING MICROSOFT ACCESS 2nd Edition
by Peter Rob and Elie Semaan both of Middle Tennessee State University 2004 ISBN: 978-0-07-288630-6 (with Student CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-121805-4 [IE with CD]

http://www.mhhe.com/it/rob
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Database Vocabulary, Concepts, and Design Tools. Chapter 2 Normalizing the Database table Structures. Chapter 3 The POS Database Design Process. Chapter 4 Implementing the Database Design. Chapter 5 Queries. Chapter 6 Form Development. Chapter 7 Reports and Labels. Chapter 8 Macros and Macro Groups. Chapter 9 Access and the Internet. Chapter 10 Implementing the POS Database Applications. Chapter 11 The Database in the Web. Chapter 12 Database Security

International Edition
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Designing and Building Business Applications, 3rd Edition
by Gerald Post, University of the Pacific 2005 / 512 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-297312-9 (with Student CD) - Out of Print ISBN: 978-0-07-111181-2 [IE with Student CD]

http://www.mhhe.com/postdbms3e
CONTENTS 1. Introduction Systems Design 2. Database Design 3. Data Normalization Queries 4. Data Queries 5. Advanced Queries and Subqueries Applications 6. Forms, Reports & Applications 7. Data Integrity and Transactions 8. Data Warehouses & Data Mining Database Administration 9. Data Administration 10. Distributed Databases and the Internet

DELIVERING BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE WITH MICROSOFT SQL SERVER (TM) 2nd Edition
By Brian Larson 2009 (December 2008) / 792 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-154944-8

A Osborne Professional Title
With help from this fully updated bestselling book, database professionals will be able to transform disparate enterprise data into actionable Business Intelligence. Covering all the new and improved BI features available in SQL Server 2008, the book shows you how to put timely, mission-critical information in the hands of employees across the organization. Delivering Business Intelligence with Microsoft SQL Server 2008 begins with a discussion of BI, defining what it is and why it is important in today’s business environment. After laying this foundation, the book works through the entire BI lifecycle: defining the analysis database; analyzing the data; mining the data; and delivering BI. Several analysis databases will be built and used for examples throughout the book. CONTENTS Part One: Business Intelligence Chapter 1. Equipping the Organization for Effective Decision Making Chapter 2. Making the Most of What You’ve Got--Using BI Chapter 3. Searching for the Source--The Source of BI Chapter 4. One-Stop Shopping--The Unified Dimensional Model Chapter 5. BI Dev Studio and SQL Management Studio Part Two: Defining Business Intelligence Structures Chapter 6. Creating Data Marts Chapter 7. Integration Services- Sources, Transformations, and Destinations Part Three: Analyzing Cube Content Chapter 8. Fill’er Up--Using Integration Services for Populating Data Marts Chapter 9. Measure and Dimension Chapter 10. Cube Features Chapter 11. MDX Script Part Four: Mining Chapter 12. MDX Queries Chapter 13. Intro to Data Mining Chapter 14. Working with the Mining Model

International Edition
ORACLE SQL AND INTRODUCTORY PL/SQL
by Linda Preece 2004 / 264 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-286046-7 (Out of Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-124158- 8 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/preece
CONTENTS Preface. 1. Basic Select Statements. 2. Functions Applied to Single Values. 3. Advanced Select Statements. 4. Report Formatting. 5. Making Changes to Table Contents. 6. Table Structures and Constraints. 7. Additional Objects. 8. User Privileges. 9. Introductory PL/SQL. 10. Advanced PL/SQL Concepts. Appendix A: General Syntax. Appendix B: The Two Databases

135

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Part Five: Delivering Chapter 15. Exploring the Mining Model Chapter 16. On Report- Creating Reporting Services Report Chapter 17. Special Delivery- Building BI Using Reporting Services Chapter 18. Integrating OLAP with Apps Chapter 19. Excel Pivot Tables and Pivot Charts

International Edition
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN METHODS 7th Edition
By Jeffrey L. Whitten, Purdue University–West Lafayette, and Lonnie D. Bentley, Purdue University–West Lafayette 2007 (December 2005) / 768 pp / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-305233-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-110766-2 [IE]

System Analysis & Design

Browse http://www.mhhe.com/whitten
Today’s students want to practice the application of concepts. As with the previous editions of this book, the authors write to balance the coverage of concepts, tools, techniques, and their applications, and to provide the most examples of system analysis and design deliverables available in any book. The textbook also serves the reader as a professional reference for best current practices. CONTENTS Preface Part One The Context of Systems Development Projects 1 The Context of Systems Analysis and Design Methods 2 Information System Building Blocks 3 Information Systems Development 4 Project Management Part Two Systems Analysis Methods 5 Systems Analysis 6 Fact-Finding Techniques for Requirements Discovery 7 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases 8 Data Modeling and Analysis 9 Process Modeling 10 Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling Using the UML 11 Feasibility Analysis and the System Proposal Part Three Systems Design Methods 12 Systems Design 13 Application Architecture and Modeling 14 Database Design 15 Output Design and Prototyping 16 Input Design and Prototyping 17 User Interface Design 18 Object-Oriented Design and Modeling Using the UML Part Four Beyond Systems Analysis and Design 19 Systems Construction and Implementation 20 Systems Operations and Support Photo Credits Glossary Index

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
By Jeffrey L Whitten and Lonnie D Bentley of Purdue University-West Lafayette 2008 (December 2006) / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-340294-9 ISBN: 978-0-07-128581-0 [IE]

Browse http://www.mhhe.com/whitten
A complete, but less complex approach to SA&D. Introduction to Systems Analysis & Design is organized like Whitten’s best-selling Systems Analysis & Design Methods, but without the information systems architecture framework theme that overwhelms some students. Each chapter covers the same topics, but stops short of advanced details that are unnecessary to the typical first course. CONTENTS Part One: The Context of Systems Development Projects Chapter 1: The Context of Systems Analysis and Design Methods Chapter 2: Information Systems Development Chapter 3: Project Management Part Two: Systems Analysis Methods Chapter 4: Systems Analysis Chapter 5: Fact-Finding Techniques for Requirements Discovery Chapter 6: Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases Chapter 7: Data Modeling and Analysis Chapter 8: Process Modeling Chapter 9: Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling Using the UML Chapter 10: Feasibility Analysis and the System Proposal Part Three: Systems Design Methods Chapter 11: Systems Design Chapter 12: Application Architecture and Modeling Chapter 13: Database Design Chapter 14: Output Design and Prototyping Chapter 15: Input Design and Prototyping Chapter 16: User Interface Design Chapter 17: Object-Oriented Design and Modeling Using the UML Part Four: Beyond Systems Analysis and Design Chapter 18: Systems Construction and Implementation

International Edition
INFORMATION SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT 4th Edition
By David Avison, University of Southampton and ESSEC and Guy Fitzgerald, Brunei University 2006 (March 2006) / 656 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-711417-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-125315-4 [IE]

McGraw-Hill UK Title
www.mcgraw-hill.com.uk/textbooks/avison
CONTENTS Preface Part 1: Introduction 1. Context 2. Information systems development

136

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Part 2: The life cycle approach 3. Information systems development life cycle Part 3: Themes in information systems development 4. Organisational themes 5. People themes 6. Modelling themes 7. Rapid and evolutionary development 8. Engineering themes 9. External development Part 4: Techniques 10. Holistic techniques 11. Data techniques 12. Process techniques 13. Object-oriented techniques 14. Project management techniques 15. Organizational techniques 16. People techniques 17. Techniques in context Part 5: Tools and Toolsets 18. Tools 19. Toolsets Part 6: Methodologies 20. Process-oriented methodologies 21. Blended 22. Object-oriented methodologies 23. Rapid development methodologies 24. People-oriented methodologies 25. Organisational-oriented methodologies 26. Frameworks Part 7: Methodology issues and comparisons 27. Issues 28. Methodology comparisons Bibliography Index

Object-Oriented System Analysis & Design

International Edition
OBJECT-ORIENTED SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN USING UML 3rd Edition
By Simon Bennett, Celesio AG, Steve McRobb, De Montfort University, and Ray Farmer, Coventry University 2006 / 624 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-711000-0

McGraw-Hill UK Title
Browse http://www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/bennett
CONTENTS 1. Information Systems: What Are They? 2. Problems in Information Systems Development. 3. Avoiding the Problems. 4. What is Object-Orientation? Agate Limited Case Study (1) Food Co Limited Case Study 5. Modelling Concepts 6. Requirements Capture. Agate Limited Case Study (2). 7. Requirements Modelling. Agate Limited Case Study (3). 8. Refining the Requirements Model. 9. Object Interaction. 10. Specifying Operations. 11. Specifying Control. Agate Limited Case Study (4). 12. System Architecture. 13. Systems Design. 14. Detailed Design. 15. Design Patterns. 16. Human-Computer Interaction. 17. Designing Boundary Classes. 18. Data management design. Agate Limited Case Study (5). 19. Implementation. 20. Reusable components. 21. Software Development Process. Appendix A: Notation summaries. Appendix B: Selected Solutions and Answer Pointers. Glossary. Bibliography. Index.

International Edition
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN An Active Approach
by George Marakas, University of Kansas--Lawrence 2006 (December 2004) / 464 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-297607-6 (Out of Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-111619-0 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/marakas
CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Systems Development Environment Chapter 2 So What is the Problem? Chapter 3 Identification and Slelction of Development Projects Chapter 4 Systems Requirements Determination Chapter 5 Modeling the Processes and Logic Chapter 6 Modeling the Data: Conceptual and Logical Data Modeling Chapter 7 Case Tools and Joint and Rapid Application Development Chapter 8 Moving from Analysis to Design Chapter 9 Designing Systems for Diverse Environments Chapter 10 Designing the Files and Databases Chapter 11 Designing the System Output Chapter 12 Designing the Inputs and User Interface Chapter 13 Designing the Systems Internals Chapter 14 Implementing and Maintaining the System Appendix A Project Management: Process, Techniques, and Tools Appendix B Object-Oriented Analysis and Design.

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT-ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
by Stephen R Schach, Vanderbilt University - Nashville 2004 / 544 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-293984-2 (with UMLCD) -Out-of-Print ISBN: 978-0-07-121878- 8 [IE with CD]

http://www.mhhe.com/schachooad
CONTENTS Part One: Introduction to UML and the Unified Process: Chapter 1. Introduction to Information Systems. Chapter 2. How Information Systems are Developed. Chapter 3. The Object-Oriented Paradigm, UML, and the Unified Process. Part Two: UML and the Unified Process: Chapter 4. The Requirements Workflow I. Chapter 5. The Requirements Workflow II.

137

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Chapter 6. The Object-Oriented Analysis Workflow. I. Chapter 7. The Object-Oriented Analysis Workflow. II. Chapter 8. The Object-Oriented Design Workflow. Chapter 9. The Workflows and Phases of the Unified Process. Chapter 10. More on UML. Part Three: Major Topics in Systems Analysis and Design: Chapter 11. CASE. Chapter 12. Teams. Chapter 13. Testing. Chapter 14. Management Issues. Chapter 15. Planning and Estimating. Chapter 16. Maintenance. Chapter 17. User-Interface Design. Chapter 18. Web-Based Information Systems. Chapter 19. Introduction to Database Management Systems. Chapter 20 Technical Topics. Appendix A. Term Project: Chocoholics Anonymous. Appendix B. Object-Oriented Design: Osbert Oglesby Case Study. Appendix C. Object-Oriented Design: MSG Foundation Case Study. Appendix D Implementation: Osbert Oglesby Case Study. Appendix E. Java Implementation: MSG Foundation Case Study Chapter 13 Cable Modem Systems and Technology Chapter 14 Overview of Cellular communications Chapter 15 Security and Virtual Private Networks (VPN)

International Edition
DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORK SECURITY
by Houston H Carr, Auburn University, and Charles Snyder, Auburn University 2007 (July 2006) / 512 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 9780-07-297604-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-110297-1 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/carr2007
Written for students and managers who do not have a technical background, Data Communications and Network Security comprehensively introduces students to the technology and management of data communications. This includes both wired and wireless technology as well as comprehensive coverage of network security, helping both the organization and the individual create and maintain a data-safe environment. The book’s unique organization allows the material to be presented in a variety of ways, making the book a strong match to any teaching approach. CONTENTS Part I: The Basics of Communications 1. Basics of Communications Technology 2. Media and Their Applications 3. Architecture, Models, and Standards Part II: Network Basics 4. Building a Network: Topology and Protocols 5. Network Form and Function Part III: Wide-Area Networks: The Internet 6. From LANs to WANs: Broadband Technology 7. The Internet, Intranets, and Extranets 8. Internet Applications Part IV: Wireless Networks 9. Wireless Networks: The Basics 10. Wireless Networks: Issues and Management Part V: Security 11. Network Security 12. Wireless Network Security Part VI: Network Management and Control 13. Monitoring and Control of Network Activity 14. Network and Project Management Appendix A: Analog Voice Capabilities Appendix B: Epilogue: Emerging Technologies, Innovation, and Risks

Data Communications/ Telecommunications/ Office Systems

International Edition
PRINCIPLES OF VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS
By Regis Bates, TC International Consulting Inc and Marcus Bates 2007 (April 2006) / 816 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-225732-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-125767-1 [IE]

http//www.mhhe.com/bates1e and http://www.mhhe.com/batesvdc
Principles of Voice and Data Communication is a technology book for the non-technical student, a comprehensive overview of the entire networking industry built on unrivaled real-world experience. With its helpful pedagogy, teaching support, and student-friendly tone, Principles of Voice and Data Communication gives students the foundation they need to enter, and succeed in, the technology and communications fields. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Principles of Voice and Data Communications-An Introduction Chapter 2 The Evolution of the Telephone Set Chapter 3 Introduction of the Carriers and Regulation in the Industry Chapter 4 Signaling System 7, Intelligent Networks and Number Portability Chapter 5 Analog versus Digital Communications Chapter 6 Integrated Services Digital Network and SONET Chapter 7 Data standards in Use Chapter 8 Data Communications Chapter 9 The Internet Chapter 10 Local Area Networks (LANs) Chapter 11 Packets, Frames and Cell Switching Concepts Chapter 12 xDSL

International Edition
DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS
by David Miller, Rochester Institute Technology 2006 / 424 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-296404-2 (Out of Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-111624-4 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/miller1e
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Data Communications—An Introduction Chapter 2: Local Area Networks—An Introduction Chapter 3: Local Area Networks—Topologies and Architectures Chapter 4: Local Area Networks—Connectivity Chapter 5: Network Operating Systems Chapter 6: Data Storage and Storage Networks

138

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Chapter 7: Voice Networks Chapter 8: Wide Area Networks Chapter 9: Network Security Chapter 10: The Internet Appendix A: A Brief History of Data Communications and Computer Networks

International Edition
BUSINESS DATA COMMUNICATIONS
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College 2003 / 736 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-239702-4 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-123018-6 [IE with OLC] CONTENTS

International Edition
THE MANAGEMENT OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS Business Solutions to Business Problems, 2nd Edition
by Houston H Carr, Auburn University - Auburn and Charles Snyder, Auburn University - Auburn 2003 / 736 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-291893-9 (with NETVIZ CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-119928-5 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/carr
CONTENTS Part I Communication Basics. Chapter 1 What is Technology? What is Telecommunications? Chapter 2 Where did the Telephone come from and how does it Work? Chapter 3 What Media do we use for Telecommunications? Part II Networks. Chapter 4 Data Communications: What is it? Chapter 5 Data Communications: Conversion, Modulation, and Multiplexing. Chapter 6 Telecommunications Models. Chapter 7 Networks by Topology: Protocols. Chapter 8 Networks by Geography: Network Equipment. Part III Uses of Networks. Chapter 9 The Internet – The Ultimate WAN. Chapter 10 Using Telecommunications for Accommodation. Chapter 11 Business Applications of Telecommunications. Part IV Legislation and Global Issues. Chapter 12 How do Legislation and Regulation affect Telecommunications? Part V Managing Telecommunications. Chapter 13 How do you Manage Telecommunications in Organizations? Chapter 14 How do you Manage Telecommunications Projects? Part VI The Need for Bandwidth. Chapter 15 How much Bandwidth do you need? Chapter 16 Lower reaches of Broadband Technologies. Chapter 17 Competing Broadband Technologies. Part VII The Future. Chapter 18 The End . . . The Beginning

Chapter 1 Introduction. Chapter 2 Basics. Chapter 3 Data Communication Models. Chapter 4 Data Transmission. Chapter 5 Transmission Media and Channels. Chapter 6 Data Link Control. Chapter 7 Traditional LANs. Chapter 8 High-Speed LANs. Chapter 9 Wireless LANs. Chapter 10 Switching. Chapter 11 Traditional WANs. Chapter 12 High-Speed WANs. Chapter 13 Networking and Internetworking Devices. Chapter 14 TCP/IP Protocol Suite. Chapter 15 Internet Applications

Decision Support Systems

International Edition
DECISION SUPPORT AND DATA WAREHOUSE SYSTEMS
by Efrem G Mallach, University Massachusetts Lowell 2000 / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-289981-8 (Out of Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-116356-9 [IE] CONTENTS Preface Chapter 1: Introduction to Decision Support Systems Chapter 2: Human Decision Making Processes Chapter 3: Systems, Information Quality, and Models Chapter 4: Types of Decision Support Systems Chapter 5: DSS Architecture, Hardware and Operating System Platforms Chapter 6: DSS Software Tools Chapter 7: Building and Implementing Decision Support System Tools Chapter 8: Models in Decision Support Systems Chapter 9: Mathematical Models and Optimization Chapter 10: Group Decision Support Systems Chapter 11: Expert Systems Chapter 12: Data Warehousing and Executive Information System Fundamentals Chapter 13: The Data Warehouse Database Chapter 14: Analyzing the Contents of the Data Warehouse Chapter 15: Constructing a Data Warehouse System Chapter 16: Putting it all Together: Systems Integration and the Future of DSS Appendix: Selected Case Studies

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

139

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Project Management

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2nd Edition

NEW
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 5th Edition
By Bob Hughes, and Mike Cotterell, both of University of Brighton

by David Olson, University of Nebraska, Lincoln 2004 / 360 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-287270-5 (with Student CD) - Out of Print ISBN: 978-0-07-123261-6 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/olson2e
CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Project Management. 2. Human Aspects of Information Systems Project Management. 3. Project Organization. 4. Project Selection and Approval. 5. Requirements Definition. 6. System Development. 7. Estimation. 8. Quantitative Project Scheduling Methods. 9. Probabilistic Scheduling Models. 10. Project Implementation. 11. Project Control and Assessment. Appendix (Microsoft Project). PMBOK Cross References

2009 (March 2009) ISBN: 978-0-07-712279-9

McGraw-Hill UK Title
(Details unavailable at press time)

THE AMA HANDBOOK OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2nd Edition
By Paul Dinsmore and Jeannette Cabanis-Brewin 2006 (January 2006) / 512 pages ISBN: 978-0-8144-7271-2

Advanced MIS

McGraw-Hill UK Title A Professional Reference Title
The second edition of The AMA Handbook of Project Management is a vital resource containing all the critical concepts and theories project managers must master. The book includes definitive models, advice and in-depth solutions to specific project management dilemmas and illustrates key ideas with illuminating case studies. Thoroughly revised and completely up-to-date, it is a a comprehensive reference that should have a place on every project manager’s bookshelf. Includes the latest techniques on how to: ° establish project goals ° implement planning on both the strategic and operational levels ° design dependable, but flexible, organisational structures ° manage the project life cycle and meet objectives ° budget the project ° handle the transition from project idea to project reality

NEW
International Edition
CORPORATE INFORMATION STRATEGY AND MANAGEMENT Text and Cases, 8th Edition
By Lynda M Applegate, Robert D Austin and F Warren McFarlan of Harvard Business School 2009 (December 2008) / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-340293-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-126319-1 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/applegate
Corporate Information Strategy and Management: Text and Cases 8/e by Applegate, Austin, and Soule is written for students and managers who desire an overview of contemporary information systems technology management. This new edition examines how information technology (IT) enables organizations to conduct business in radically different and more effective ways. The author’s objective is to provide readers with a better understanding of the influence of twenty-first century technologies on business decisions. The 8th edition discusses today’s challenges from the point of view of the executives who are grappling with them. This text is comprised of an extensive collection of Harvard Business cases devoted to Information Technology. NEW TO THIS EDITION v New and updated cases that align itself with the current year. Case studies are provided at the end of each module to enable discussion of the issues that twenty-first-century executives must

140

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
address. v Reorganization of chapters to better fit the model of an Advanced MIS course. v Impact of IT on the ‘organizational design’ covered exclusively in Chapter Three. v Impact of IT on the ‘business models’ covered exclusively in Chapter Two. v Managing IT Project Delivery is now in the second module.

Computers In Society /Computer Ethics

NEW
ANNUAL EDITIONS: COMPUTERS IN SOCIETY 09/10 15th Edition
By Paul De Palma, Gonzaga University 2010 (February 2009) / 256 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-352854-0

v Limited cases and governance IT functions included in the third module. v New discussion of how to frame the business case for IT and measure business value and governance. v New discussion in the first module discusses the impact of IT on organizational capabilities and leadership. CONTENTS Preface Introduction: The Challenges of Managing in a Network Economy Case #I-1 Li and Fung Internet Issues (A) (HBS #301-009) Module 1: Business Impacts Chapter 1: IT and Strategy Chapter 2: IT and Organization Chapter 3. Extending the Enterprise Chapter 4. Making the Case for IT Case #1-1 Charles Schwab in 2002 (HBS #803-070) Case #1-2 Learning from Leapfrog (HBS #804-062) Case #1-3 Wyndham International: Fostering High-Touch with High Tech (HBS #803-092) Case #1-4 Global Healthcare Exchange (HBS #804-002) Article #1-5 IT Doesn’t Matter with Letters to the Editor (HBR #3566) Module 2: Managing Networked Infrastructure and Operations Chapter 5. Understanding Internetworking Infrastructure Chapter 6. Assuring Reliable and Secure IT Services Chapter 7. Managing Diverse IT Infrastructures Case #2-1 CareGroup (HBS #303-097) Case #2-2 The iPremier Company: Denial of Service Attack (A) (HBS #601-114) Case #2-3 Ford Motor Company: Supply Chain Strategy ((HBS #699-198) Article #2-4 The Power of Virtual Integration: An Interview with Dell Computer’s Michael Dell (HBR #98208) Case #2-5 Postgirot Bank and Provment AB: Managing the Cost of IT Operations (HBS #302-061) Module 3: Managing and Leading a Networked IT Organization Chapter 8. Organizing and Leading the IT Function Chapter 9. Managing IT Outsourcing Chapter 10. A Portfolio Approach to IT Projects Case #3-1 Cathay Pacific: Doing More with Less (HBS #303-106) Case #3-2 Royal Caribbean Cruises, Ltd. (HBS #304-019) Case #3-3 Rakuten (HBS #305-050) Case #3-4 Telecomunicacoes de São Paulo S.A. (Telesp) (HBS #804-149) Case #3-5 Outsourcing IT: The Global Landscape in 2004 (HBS #304-104) Conclusion: The Challenges of Managing in a Network Economy Revisited Case #C-1 UCB (HBS #304-096) Case #C-2 Enabling Business Strategy with IT at the World Bank (HBS #304-055) Annotated Bibliography Index

http://www.mhcls.com/text-data/catalog/0073528544.mhtml
Annual Editions is a series of over 65 volumes, each designed to provide convenient, inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have a number of common organizational features designed to make them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section. Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is the general instructor’s guide for our popular Annual Editions series and is available in print (0073301906) or online. Visit www.mhcls.com for more details. NEW TO THIS EDITION v To purchase an electronic eBook version of this title, visit www. CourseSmart.com (ISBN 0077309804).

ANNUAL EDITIONS: COMPUTERS IN SOCIETY 08/09 14th Edition
By Paul De Palma, Gonzaga University 2008 (October 2007) / 240 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-352848-9

http://www.mhcls.com/text-data/catalog/007352848x.mhtml
This Fourteenth Edition of ANNUAL EDITIONS: COMPUTERS IN SOCIETY provides convenient, inexpensive access to current articles selected from the best of the public press. Organizational features include: an annotated listing of selected World Wide Web sites; an annotated table of contents; a topic guide; a general introduction; brief overviews for each section; a topical index; and an instructor’s resource guide with testing materials. USING ANNUAL EDITIONS IN THE CLASSROOM is offered as a practical guide for instructors. ANNUAL EDITIONS titles are supported by our student website, www.mhcls.com/online. CONTENTS UNIT 1. Introduction 1. Five Things We Need to Know About Technological Change New! 2. Slouching Toward the Ordinary 3. On the Nature of Computing UNIT 2. The Economy New! 4. The Subprime Loan Machine New! 5. Click Fraud

141

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
6. The Big Band Era, 7. The Beauty of Simplicity 8. The Software Wars New! 9. Scan This Book! UNIT 3. Work and the Workplace New! 10. National ID 11. Brain Circulation 12. The New Face of the Silicon Age New! 13. Computer Software Engineers 14. The Computer Evolution, 15. Making Yourself Understood, New! 16. E-Monitoring in the Workplace UNIT 3. Computers, People, and Social Participation 17. New Technologies and Our Feelings: Romance on the Internet 18. How Do I Love Thee? New! 19. The Perfect Mark 20. Back-to-School Blogging New! 21. E-Mail Is for Old People UNIT 5. Societal Institutions: Law, Politics, Education, and the Military 22. The Copyright Paradox New! 23. Piracy, Computer Crime, and IS Misuse at the University 24. Facing Down the E-Maelstron New! 25. Can Blogs Revolutionize Progressive Politics? New! 26. Center Stage New! 27. The Coming Robot Army UNIT 6. Risk 28. Why Spyware Poses Multiple Threats to Security 29. Terror’s Server 30. The Virus Underground New! 31. Secrets of the Digital Detectives New! 32. Data on the Elderly, Marketed to Thieves 33. The Fading Memory of the State 34. False Reporting on the Internet and the Spread of Rumors UNIT 7. International Perspectives and Issues New! 35. China’s Tech Generation Finds a New Chairman to Venerate New! 36. Is the Crouching Tiger a Threat? 37. Restoring the Popularity of Computer Science 38. China’s Computer Wasteland New! 39. Cat and Mouse, on the Web New! 40. In Search of a PC for the People New! 41. A Nascent Robotics Culture New! 42. March of the Robolawyers New! 43. Best-Kept Secrets, New! 44. Toward Nature-Inspired Computing 45. The Intelligent Internet 46. Mind Control

International Edition
ETHICAL DECISION MAKING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 2nd Edition
by James Grillo and Ernest Kallman, both of Bentley College 1996 / 140 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-034090-9 ISBN: 978-0-07-124065-9 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/it
CONTENTS PART 1: APPROACHES TO ETHICAL DECISION MAKING. CHAPTER 1: Ethics and Ethical Decision Making. Why We Should Care About Ethics. Computer Ethics and Regular Ethics. Competing Factors that Affect Our Behavior. Value Judgments. The Types of Ethical Choices. Making Defensible Decisions. Summary. Annotated References. CHAPTER 2: Ethics and Information Technology. New Technologies, New Problems. Why is Ethical Computer Use a Special Challenge? What is Unethical Computer Use? Summary. Annotated References. CHAPTER 3: Solving Ethical Dilemmas: A Sample Case Exercise. A Four-step Analysis Process. Sample Case: Too Much of a Good Thing. Discovering the Four-step Process. Summary. PART 2: THE CASES. Case 1: Levity or Libel - An E-mail Effort. Case 2: Credit Woes - Credit Bureau Decisions. Case 3: Something for Everyone - Data Recombination. Case 3A: Something for Everyone - Role-playing. Case 4: Abort, Retry, Ignore: Data Recovery. Case 5: Messages from All Over - Who Controls E-mail. Case 6: A Job on the Side - Part-time Consulting. Case 7: The New Job - Offensive Graphics. Case 7A: The New Job - Role-playing Version. Case 8: The Buyout - Inappropriately Acquired Data. Case 9: Charades - Stolen Password. Case 10: Laccaria and Eagle - Restrictive Trade Practices. Case 11: Taking Bad with Good - Bad Software. Case 12: The Engineer and the Teacher - Copyright Ethics. Case 13: Test Data - Confidential or Dummy Data. Case 14: The Brain Pick - Knowledge-based System. Case 15: Trouble in Sardonia - Overseas Copyright Ethics. Case 16: Bad Medicine - Well-intentioned software. Case 17: Code Blue - Patient Data. Case 18: Virtual Success - Games Invade the Real World. Case 19: His Private Lab - Student Computer Use . APPENDIX A: Ethics Codes and Policies. APPENDIX B: Worksheets for Four-step Analysis. Index

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

142

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Enterprise Resource Planning
ERP DEMYSTIFIED 2nd Edition
by Alexis Leon 2007 (August 2007) ISBN: 978- 0-07-065664-2

McGraw-Hill India Professional Title
ERP packages, if chosen correctly, implemented judiciously and used efficiently have the ability to raise the productivity and profits dramatically. This book helps the decision-makers in choosing the ERP package that is best suited for the organization, along with the related technologies. It also provides comprehensive guidance in implementing the ERP system successfully. The revised and updated edition includes the latest developments in the field of ERP, information technology and new technologies that are changing the ERP landscape. Divided into eight sections, the book covers ERP Basics, ERP and Technology, ERP Implementation, Operation and Maintenance of the ERP system, Business Modules of ERP, ERP Market, Present and Future of ERP, ERP Resources, Case studies, Career guidance, Manufacturing perspective, etc. ERP Demystified is primarily meant for managers and executives who are entrusted with the task of implementing ERP systems in their organizations. It is a complete and comprehensive resource for organizations planning to implement ERP systems. This book is also suited for post graduate level courses on business administration, management, computer science, and Information Technology. CONTENTS Part I: Introduction 1. Enterprise-An Overview 2. Introduction to ERP 3. Basic ERP Concepts 4. Justifying ERP Investments 5. Risks of ERP 6. Benefits of ERP Part II: ERP and Technology 7. ERP and Related Technologies 8. Business Intelligence (BI) 9. E-Business and E-Commerce 10. Business Process Reengineering (BPR) 11. Data Warehousing 12. Data Mining 13. On-line Analytical Processing (OLAP) 14. Product Life Cycle Management (PLM) 15. Supply Chain Management (SCM) 16. Customer Relationship Management (CRM) 17. Advanced Technology and ERP Security Part III: ERP Implementation 18. To be or not to be… 19. Implementation Challenges 20. ERP Implementation (Transition) Strategies 21. ERP Implementation Life Cycle 22. Pre-implementation Tasks—Getting Ready 23. Requirements Definition 24. Implementation Methodologies 25. Not all package are created equal—Package Selection 26. ERP Project Teams 27. Process Definition 28. Vendors and Consultants 29. Dealing with Employee Resistance 30. Contracts with Vendors, Consultants and Employees 31. Training & Education 32. Data Migration 33. Project Management & Monitoring 34. Post Implementation Activities 35. Success & Failure Factors of an ERP Implementation

Part IV: ERP in Action 36. After ERP implementation… 37. Operation and Maintenance of the ERP System 38. Measuring the Performance of the ERP System 39. Maximizing the ERP System Part V: The Business Modules 40. Business Modules of an ERP Package 41. Finance 42. Manufacturing 43. Human Resources 44. Plant Maintenance 45. Materials Management 46. Quality Management 47. Marketing 48. Sales, Distribution & Service Part VI: The ERP Market 49. ERP Marketplace and Marketplace Dynamics 50. SAP AG 51. PeopleSoft 52. JD Edwards 53. Oracle Corporation 54. QAD Inc. 55. SSA Global 56. Lawson Software 57. Epicor 58. Intuitive Part VII: ERP—Present and Future 59. Turbo charge the ERP system 60. Enterprise Application Integration (EAI) 61. ERP and E-Business 62. ERP, Internet, and WWW—ERP II 63. ERP and Total Quality Management 64. Future Directions and Trends in ERP

International Edition
MANAGERIAL ISSUES OF ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING SYSTEMS
by David L Olson, University of Nebraska - Lincoln 2004 / 336 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-286112-9 (Out of Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-123628-7 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/olsonerp
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Enterprise Resource Planning Systems. Chapter 2: ERP Modules and Historical Development. Chapter 3: ERP System Options and Selection Methods. Chapter 4: Business Process. eEngineering and Best Practices. Chapter 5: ERP System Installation. Chapter 6: ERP Project Management. Chapter 7: ERP Implementation and Maintenance. Chapter 8: Business Intelligence Systems and ERP. Chapter 9: ERP and Supply Chains. Chapter 10: Advanced Technology and ERP Security. Chapter 11: Trends in ERP

143

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
International Edition
WHY ERP? A Primer on SAP Implementation
by F Robert Jacobs, Indiana University - Bloomington and David Clay Whybark, University of North Carolina - Chapel Hill 2000 / 144 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-240089-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-118943-9 [IE] - Out of Print

Data Mining
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS DATA MINING
by David L Olson, University of Nebraska - Lincoln, and Yong Shi, University of Nebraska-Omaha 2007 (November 2005) / 336 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-295971-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-124470-1 [IE]

www.jacobs.indiana.edu/erp
CONTENTS Chapter 1- Introduction to ERP Chapter 2- The SAP School Chapter 3- Back at the Plant Chapter 4- A Different Business

http://www.mhhe.com/olson1e
Introduction to Business Data Mining was developed to introduce students, as opposed to professional practitioners or engineering students, to the fundamental concepts of data mining. Most importantly, this text shows readers how to gather and analyze large sets of data to gain useful business understanding. A four part organization introduces the material (Part I), describes and demonstrated basic data mining algorithms (Part II), focuses on the business applications of data mining (Part III), and presents an overview of the developing areas in this field, including web mining, text mining, and the ethical aspects of data mining. (Part IV). The author team has had extensive experience with the quantitative analysis of business as well as with data mining analysis. They have both taught this material and used their own graduate students to prepare the text’s data mining reports. Using real-world vignettes and their extensive knowledge of this new subject, David Olson and Yong Shi have created a text that demonstrates data mining processes and techniques needed for business applications. CONTENTS Part I: INTRODUCTION. Chapter 1: Initial Description of Data Mining in Business. Chapter 2: Data Mining Processes and Knowledge Discovery. Chapter 3: Database Support to Data Mining. Part II: DATA MINING METHODS AS TOOLS. Chapter 4: Overview of Data Mining Techniques. Chapter 4 Appendix: Enterprise Miner Demonstration on Expenditure Data Set. Chapter 5: Cluster Analysis. Chapter 5 Appendix: Clementine. Chapter 6: Regression Algorithms in Data Mining. Chapter 7: Neural Networks in Data Mining. Chapter 8: Decision Tree Algorithms. Appendix 8: Demonstration of See5 Decision Tree Analysis. Chapter 9: Linear Programming-Based Methods. Chapter 9 Appendix: Data Mining Linear Programming Formulations. Part III: BUSINESS APPLICATIONS. Chapter 10: Business Data Mining Applications Applications. Chapter 11: Market-Basket Analysis. Chapter 11 Appendix: MarketBasket Procedure. Part IV: DEVELOPING ISSUES. Chapter 12: Text and Web Mining. Chapter 12 Appendix: Semantic Text Analysis. Chapter 13: Ethical Aspects of Data Mining

JD EDWARDS ENTERPRISE ONE The Complete Reference
By Allen Jacot, Joseph Miller, Michael Jacot and John Stern 2009 (December 2008) / 960 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-159873-6

A Osborne Professional Title
Written by practicing J.D. Edwards EnterpriseOne experts and professionals, this book is unbeatable in terms of coverage and authoritative information. You will get all the in-depth knowledge you need--from implementation and administration to troubleshooting and security. J. D. Edwards EnterpriseOne: The Complete Reference expertly combines insightful information with real-world examples. It is ideal for both novice and veteran users. CONTENTS Part I: EnterpriseOne Explained--Inside and Out Ch 1: The Future of EnterpriseOne and Fusion Ch 2: EnterpriseOne Building Blocks Ch 3: Solution Explorer Ch 4: EnterpriseOne Servers Ch 5: Dashboards and Business Intelligence Ch 6: Interactive and Batch Applications Defined Ch 7: Packages and Their Delivery Ch 8: Foundation Code Ch 9: EnterpriseOne Kernel Architecture Part II: System Administration and Troubleshooting Ch 10: EnterpriseOne Specialty Applications Ch 11: EnterpriseOne Security Ch 12: EnterpriseOne Administrative Tasks Ch 13: Printing in EnterpriseOne Ch 14: Web Servers and Portals Ch 15: Upgrade Tools and Rules Ch 16: Optimizing EnterpriseOne for Your Business Ch 17: Troubleshooting EnterpriseOne Appendix A: The EnterpriseOne Implementation B: Offshore, Near shore, and Remote Development

144

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

(Professional References)
ORACLE DATABASE 11G NEW FEATURE
Robert G Freeman 2008 (November 2007) / 352 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149661-2

Database Management

SQL SERVER 2005 The Complete Reference, 2nd Edition
Jeffrey Shapiro and Steen Bowman 2007 (March 2006) ISBN: 978-0-07-226152-3

An Osborne Media Title
SQL Server 2005 is Microsoft’s next-generation data management and analysis software designed to deliver increased scalability, availability, and security to enterprise data and analytical applications while making them easier to create, deploy, and manage. CONTENTS Part I: SQL Server 2005 System and Platform Architecture Chapter 1: Getting to Know SQL Server 2005 Chapter 2: Database Architecture Chapter 3: RDBMS Architecture Chapter 4: Connecting to and Administering the Database Engine Part II: Administering SQL Server 2005 Chapter 5: Security Chapter 6: Databases, Tables, and Indexes Chapter 7: SQL Server Disaster Recovery Chapter 8: Distributed Database Architecture Chapter 9: SQL Server 2005 High Availability Part III: Programming SQL Server 2005 Chapter 10: Transact-SQL Primer Chapter 11: Understanding the SQL Server Common Language Runtime Chapter 12: Data Integrity Chapter 13: Triggers Chapter 14: Stored Procedures and Functions Part IV: Working with SQL Server 2005 Chapter 15: Working with Operational Data Chapter 16: Working with Tabular Data Chapter 17: Working with Transactional Data Chapter 18: Monitoring SQL Server APPENDIX A: T-SQL REFERENCE / INDEX

A Osborne Media Title
Maximize the new features of Oracle Database 11g. This completely rewritten guide from Oracle Press details the revolutionary new features and tools available in Oracle Database 11g. You will quickly find out what’s new in the latest database release, such as new high availability features, new security measures, and new BI tools, and learn how to maximize the potential of those capabilities. This is an ideal resource for decision-makers and IT staff preparing for upgrades or migration. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Upgrading to Oracle 11g Chapter 2 Oracle 11g New Management Features Chapter 3 Oracle 11g New Availability and Recovery Features Chapter 4 Oracle 11g New Security Features Chapter 5 Oracle 11g New Application Development Features Chapter 6 Oracle 11g BI and Data Warehousing Chapter 7 Oracle 11g New Real Application Cluster Features Chapter 8 Oracle 11g Testing, Troubleshooting,and Fault Management New Features Chapter 9 Oracle 11g Performance Tuning New Features Appendices New,Deprecated and Obsolete Parameters New,Deprecated and Obsolete Dictionary and Performance Views

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

145

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

146

E-COMMERCE

Business Process & Re-engineering ................................................................150 Customer Relations Management ....................................................................152 Cyberlaw and Ethics .........................................................................................152 Cyberpreneurship .............................................................................................152 E-Commerce Cases Book ................................................................................153 Internet Marketing.............................................................................................151 Introduction to E-Commerce.............................................................................149 Logistics & Supply Chain Management (Prof Ref) ...........................................158 Knowledge Management ..................................................................................153 Professional E-Commerce................................................................................158 Purchasing and Supply Chain Management ....................................................153 Risk Management.............................................................................................152 Strategy ............................................................................................................152 Technology / Infrastructure .............................................................................. 149

147

NEW TITLES
E-COMMERCE

2010
Supply Chain Logistics Management, 3e Supply Management, 8e

Author
Bowersox Burt

ISBN
9780073377872 9780073381459

Page
153 154

2009
Electronic Commerce: Framework, Technologies, and Applications, 3e [India] Matching Supply with Demand: An Introduction to Operations Management, 2e Logistics & Supply Chain Management [UK]

Author
Bhasker Cachon Jonsson

ISBN
9780070264328 9780073525167 9780077117382

Page
149 154 155

148

E-COMMERCE

Introduction to E-Commerce

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO E-COMMERCE 2nd Edition
By Jeffrey F. Rayport and Bernard J. Jaworski of Monitor / Marketspace Center and Breakaway Solutions Inc. 2004 / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-255347-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-286525-7 (with PowerWeb) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123266-1 [IE with PowerWeb]

Chapter 8 Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) Chapter 9 EDI, the Nuts and Bolts Chapter 10 EDI and Business Chapter 11 Inter-organisational E-Commerce Part 4: Business to Consumer Electronic Commerce Chapter 12 Consumer Trade Transactions Chapter 13 The Internet Chapter 14 A Page on the Web Chapter 15 The elements of E-Commerce Chapter 16 E-Business Part 5: Conclusions Chapter 17 Electronic Commerce—May Many Flowers Bloom Bibliography Index

http://www.mhhe.com/rayport04
CONTENTS 1 A Framework for E-Commerce Part I: The Basic Technology of the Internet and the Web 2 Basic Technology of the Web and E-Commerce Businesses Part II: Strategy Formulation for New Economy Firms 3 Framing Market Opportunity 4 Business Models 5 Customer Interface 6 Market Communications and Branding 7 Strategy Implementation 8 Metrics Part III: Technology Infrastructure 9 Website Development Process 10 Website Architecture Part IV: Capital Infrastructure 11 Human and Financial Capital Part V: Media Infrastructure 12 Media Convergence Part VI: Public Policy and Structure 13 Public Policy: Regulation

Technology / Infrastructure

NEW
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE Framework, Technologies, and Applications, 3rd Edition
By Bharat Bhasker, Indian Institute of Management 2008 (September 2008) / 488 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-026432-8

McGraw-Hill India Title
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Blend of technology and application orientation

v Strong on internet security issues and electronic payment concepts

International Edition
E-COMMERCE Strategy, Technologies And Applications
By David Whiteley 2000 / 300 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-709552-9 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118346-8 [IE] ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124161-8 [IE – POD Printing]

v

Multi-tiered architectural framework in explaining e-commerce

v Strong Indian orientation of the book – Indian case studies on FABMART, SBI e-Rail, IIM Lucknow etc CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Electronic Commerce 2. Electronic Commerce: Business Models 3. Electronic Data Interchange 4. Electronic Commerce: Architectural Framework 5. electronic Commerce: Network Infrastructure 6. Electronic Commerce: Information Distribution and Messaging 7. Electronic Commerce: Information Publishing Technology 8. Electronic Commerce: Securing the Business on Internet 9. Electronic Commerce: Securing Network Transaction 10. Electronic Payment Systems 11. Electronic Commerce: Influence on Marketing 12. Electronic Commerce: Search Engines and Directory Services 13. Internet Advertising 14. Mobile Commerce: Introduction, Framework, and Models 15. Agents in Electronic Commerce

McGraw-Hill UK Title www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/books/whiteley
CONTENTS Acknowledgements Preface Part 1: Introduction to Electronic Commerce Chapter 1 Electronic Commerce Part 2: Business Strategy in an Electronic Age Chapter 2 The Value Chain Chapter 3 Competitive Advantage Chapter 4 Business Strategy Chapter 5 Case Study—Electronic Commerce in Passenger Air Transport Part 3: Business to Business Electronic Commerce Chapter 6 Inter-organisational Transactions Chapter 7 Electronic Markets (EM)

149

E-COMMERCE
International Edition
E-COMMERCE Context, Concepts and Consequences
By N Bandyopadhyay, University of East London 2002 / 400 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-709857-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123068-1 [IE]

Business Process & Re-engineering

McGraw-Hill UK Title www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/bandyo
CONTENTS Context: 1. Introduction to Electronic Commerce. 2. The Internet and the World-Wide-Web for E-commerce. 3. Information in Organizations. 4. The Intelligent Organization Concepts. 5. Communication Infrastructure for E-commerce. 6. Information Management Infrastructure for E-commerce. 7. Operational Infrastructure for E-commerce Consequences. 8. Strategic Implementation of E-commerce. 9. Creating trust in E-Commerce. 10. E-commerce and Society in the 21st century.

International Edition
INTERNET BUSINESS MODELS AND STRATEGIES Text and Cases, 2nd Edition
By Allan Afuah, University of Michigan-Ann Arbor and Christopher Tucci, New York University 2003 / 496 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-251166-6 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125248-5 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/afuahtucci2e
CONTENTS Part I: The Internet Chapter 1. Introduction and Overview Chapter 2. Overview of Internet Technology and Value Network Chapter 3. Competitive Landscape-Changing Properties of the Internet Part II: Components, Linkages, Dynamics, and Evaluation of Business Models Chapter 4. Components of a Business Model Chapter 5. Dynamics of Business Models (rewritten new chapter) Chapter 6. Taxonomy of Internet Business Models (new) Chapter 7. Value Configurations and the Internet Chapter 8. Valuing and Financing an Internet Start-Up Chapter 9. Appraisals of Internet Business Models (expanded into new chapter) Part III: The Role of Competitive and Macro Environments Chapter 10. Competitive and Macro Environments Part IV: Applying the Concepts, Models, and Tools Chapter 11. The General Manager and the Internet Chapter 12. Sample Analysis of an Internet Business Model Case Part V : Cases Case 1. Broadcast.com Case 2. Webvan: Reinventing the Milkman Case 3. Reflect.com: Burn the Ship (new) Case 4. VerticalNet Case 5. Live READS: Valuing an e-Book Startup (new) Case 6. Beyond Interactive Case 7. Hotmail: Free email for sale Case 8 GMBuyPower Case 9 iVillage Case 10 eBay, Inc. Case 11 Microsoft: X-Box online (new) Case 12 Sun Microsystems Case 13 Oscar: The Open Source Car Project (new) Case 14 E*trade: A lust for being different (new) Case 15 RIM: Blackberry: Wireless e-mail: the killer App? (new) Case 16 Sprint PCS: Winning the Wireless War? (new) Case 17 Napster: The Giant Online Pirate Bazaar? (new)

International Edition
E-BUSINESS AND E-COMMERCE INFRASTRUCTURE Technologies Supporting E-Business Initiative
By Abhijit Chaudhury and Jean-Pierre Kuilboer 2002 / 448 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-247875-4 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112313-6 [IE] CONTENTS Chapter 1 E-Commerce and E-Business Chapter 2 Networking Fundamentals Multiplexing Chapter 3 Communication Protocols for E-Business Chapter 4 Network Security and E-Commerce Chapter 5 Authentication, Encryption, Digital Payments, and Digital Money Chapter 6 Server Platforms in E-Commerce Chapter 7 Language for the Web: HTML, XML, and Beyond Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Software Chapter 10 Multimedia and Web-casting on the Web

150

E-COMMERCE
International Edition
INTERNET BUSINESS MODELS Text and Cases
By Thomas Eisenmann, Havard Business School 2002 / 656 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-250834-5 (with Case CD) - Out of Print ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112473-7 [IE with Case CD] CONTENTS PREFACE INTERNET ACCESS PROVIDERS 1. Tele-Communications, Inc.: Accelerating Digital Deployment 2. Geocast Network Systems, Inc. 3. Teledesic [CD ROM bound into volume] ONLINE PORTALS 4. Yahoo!: Business on Internet Time 5. StarMedia: Launching a Latin American Revolution 6. Tellme Networks, Inc. ONLINE CONTENT PROVIDERS 7. Boston.com 8. CNET 2000 9. BET.com 10. BMG Entertainment ONLINE RETAILERS 11. Staples.com 12. Petstore.com 13. Sendwine.com ONLINE BROKERS 14. DLJdirect: “Putting Our Reputation Online” 15. Carpoint in 1999 16. Rosenbluth International and Biztravel.com 17. Wit Capital: Evolution of the Online Investment Bank (A) and (B) ONLINE MARKET MAKERS 18. Priceline Webhouse Club 19. eBricks.com 20. Sothebys.com NETWORKED UTILITY PROVIDERS 21. Adobe Systems Incorporated APPLICATION SERVICE PROVIDERS 22. Everdream 23. DoubleTwist, Inc.

Internet Marketing
International Edition
INTERNET MARKETING Building Advantage in a Networked Economy, 2nd Edition
By Rafi Mohammed, Monitor Marketspace Center, Robert J. Fisher, University of Western Ontario, Bernard J. Jaworski, Monitor Marketspace Center and Gordon Paddison, , New Line Cinema 2004 / 768 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-253842-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123259-3 [IE with PowerWeb]

http://www.mhhe.com/mohammed04
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Internet Marketing Part I: Framing the Market Opportunity Chapter 2: Framing the Market Opportunity Part II: Marketing Strategy Chapter 3: Marketing Strategy in Internet Marketing Part III: The Design of the Customer Experience Chapter 4: Customer Experience Part IV: Building the Customer Interface Chapter 5: Customer Interface Part V: The Design of the Marketing Program Chapter 6: Customer Relationships Chapter 7: Product Chapter 8: Pricing Chapter 9: Communication Chapter 10: Community Chapter 11: Distribution Chapter 12: Branding Chapter 13: Designing the Marketspace Matrix Chapter 14: Designing the Marketing Program for Lord of the Rings Part VI: Leveraging Customer Information Through Technology Chapter 15: Customer Information Systems: Leveraging Customer Information Through Internet Technology Part VII: Marketing Program Evaluation Chapter 16: Customer Metrics

International Edition
INTERNET MARKETING Readings and Online Resources
By Paul S. Richardson, Loyola University—Chicago 2001 / 368 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-242793-6 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118809-8 [IE]

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

http://www.mhhe.com/richardson01
CONTENTS 1. Introduction To Internet Marketing. 2.Conceptual Foundations of Internet Marketing. 3.Business-to-Consumer Internet Marketing. 4. Shopping Agents & Consumer Behavior. 5. Internet Marketing Communications. 6. Interactivity & Community. 7. Business-to-Business Internet Marketing. 8 . Internet Marketing Research. 9. The Internet & International Marketing. 10. The Internet & Public Policy. 11. The Internet & Information Economics.

151

E-COMMERCE

Cyberlaw and Ethics
International Edition
LEGAL LANDMINES IN E-COMMERCE
By David R. Canton, Harrison Pensa LLP and John E. Millar, The Attache Group, Inc. 2003 / 144 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-252787-2 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121325-7 [IE] CONTENTS Introduction Case 1: www.centralmba.com Case 2: Creating a Web Site for Medisys Health Group Case 3: Enerline Restorations Inc.: Stay With an ASP? Case 4:Homegrocer.com Case 5:e Lance.com: Preventing Disintermediation

Risk Management
International Edition
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE Security, Risk Management, and Control, 2nd Edition
By Marilyn Greenstein, Arizona State University-West and Miklos Vasarhelyi, Rutgers University, Newark 2002 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-251915-0 (with PowerWeb) - Out of Print ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124064-2 [IE with PowerWeb]

http://www.mhhe.com/business/accounting/greenstein2e
CONTENTS 1. Overview of Electronic Commerce. 2. The Electronization of Business. 3. B2B Process and Strategies. 4. Electronic Commerce and the Role of Independent Third-Parties. 5. The Regulatory Environment. 6. EDI, Electronic Commerce and the Internet. 7. Risks of Insecure Systems. 8. Risk Management. 9. Internet Security Standards. 10. Cryptography & Authentication. 11. Firewalls. 12. Electronic Commerce Payment Mediums. 13. Intelligent Agents. 14. Web-Based Marketing

Cyberpreneurship

International Edition
BUILDING AN E-BUSINESS From the Ground Up
By Elizabeth Eisner Reding 2001 / 192 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-242636-6 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115081-1 [IE]

Strategy
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO E-COMMERCE 2nd Edition
By Jeffrey F. Rayport and Bernard J. Jaworski of Monitor / Marketspace Center and Breakaway Solutions Inc. 2004 / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-286525-7 (with PowerWeb) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-255347-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123266-1 [IE with PowerWeb]

http://www.mhhe.com/ebusiness
CONTENTS CHAPTER ONE: Getting Started on the Web CHAPTER TWO: Creating a Business Plan CHAPTER THREE: Developing a Marketing Plan CHAPTER FOUR: Designing a Web Page CHAPTER FIVE: Creating a Web Site CHAPTER SIX: Enhancing Web Pages CHAPTER SEVEN: Creating Advanced Web Pages CHAPTER EIGHT: Running an E-Business / Glossary

http://www.mhhe.com/rayport04
CONTENTS 1 A Framework for E-Commerce Part I: The Basic Technology of the Internet and the Web 2 Basic Technology of the Web and E-Commerce Businesses Part II: Strategy Formulation for New Economy Firms 3 Framing Market Opportunity 4 Business Models 5 Customer Interface 6 Market Communications and Branding 7 Strategy Implementation 8 Metrics Part III: Technology Infrastructure 9 Website Development Process 10 Website Architecture Part IV: Capital Infrastructure

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

152

E-COMMERCE
11 Human and Financial Capital Part V: Media Infrastructure 12 Media Convergence Part VI: Public Policy and Structure 13 Public Policy: Regulation

Knowledge Management
International Edition
KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT

International Edition
E-COMMERCE
By Jeffrey Rayport and Bernard Jaworski of Monitor / Marketspace Center 2001 / 456 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-246521-1 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118945-3 [IE]

By Ganesh Natarajan, President of APTECH, a leading and training & consultant organization and Sandhya Shekhar, Principal Consultant of APTECH, Mumbai. 2000 / 375 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-463770-8 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118820-3 [IE]

McGraw-Hill India Professional Reference Title
CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. Demystifying Knowledge Management. 3. KM The Business Perspective. 4. KM The Technology Perspective. 5. KM The Process Perspective. . KM The Learning Systems Perspective. 7. K M The Market Perspective. 8. Building the Knowledge Corporation. 9. KM in Other Segments. 10. KM Your Perspective. 11. KM The Future

http://www.mhhe.com/marketspace
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Overview of E-commerce Framework Chapter 2: Framing Market Opportunity Chapter 3: Business Models Chapter 4: Customer Interface Chapter 5: Market Communications and Branding Chapter 6: Implementation Chapter 7: Metrics Chapter 8: Valuation Chapter 9: Network Infrastructure Chapter 10: Media Convergence

E-Commerce Cases Book

Purchasing and Supply Chain Management

International Edition
CASES IN ELECTRONIC COMMERCE 2nd Edition
By Sid L Huff, Scott Schneberger, Michael Wade, Peter Newson and Michael Parent 2002 / 488 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-245731-5 (Out of Print) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112352-5 [IE] CONTENTS 1.Introduction 2. E-Commerce Infrastructure 3. Sourcing of E-Commerce Capabilities 4. Financial Systems and Choices 5. Business-to-Consumer E-Commerce 6. Business-to-Business E-Commerce and E-Commerce Strategy 7. Virtual Work 8. Virtual Communities 9. Social and Legal Issues

NEW
International Edition
SUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT 3rd Edition
By Donald Bowersox, David Closs and M Bixby Cooper of Michigan State University-East Lansing 2010 (February 2009) / 480 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-337787-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-127617-7 [IE] (Details unavailable at press time)

153

E-COMMERCE
v Streamlined Chapter 12, “Make-To-Order and Quick Response with Reactive Capacity” has been streamlined. The technical discussion on the mismatch cost formula has been placed in the appendix, making this chapter more accessible to students. v Updated examples: Examples in all chapters have been updated to improve the presentation of the material. v Additional practice problems have been added to each chapter, providing students with additional material for self-learning. v The treatment is concise and free of irrelevant detail. Students can get the essentials down, without having to read through pages of extraneous material; instructors can assign other materials, along with the text, without fear of the cost of materials to students becoming exorbitant. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 The Process View of the Organization Chapter 3 Understanding the Supply Process: Evaluating Process Capacity Chapter 4 Estimating and Reducing Labor Costs Chapter 5 The Link between Operations and Finance Chapter 6 Batching and Other Flow Interruptions: Set-up Times and the Economic Order Quantity Model Chapter 7 Variability and Its Impact on Process Performance: Waiting Time Problems Chapter 8 The Impact of Variability on Process Performance: Throughput Losses Chapter 9 Quality Management, Statistical Process Control, and Six Sigma Capacity Chapter 10 Lean Operations and the Toyota Production System Chapter 11 Betting On Uncertain Demand: The Newsvendor Model Chapter 12 Make-To-Order and Quick Response with Reactive Capacity Chapter 13 Service Levels and Lead Times in Supply Chains: The Order Up-to Inventory Model Chapter 14 Risk Pooling Strategies to Reduce and Hedge Uncertainty Chapter 15 Revenue Management with Capacity Controls Chapter 16 Supply Chain Coordination Appendix A: Statistics Tutorial B: Tables C: Evaluation of the Loss Function D: Equations and Approximations E: Solutions to Selected Practice Problems Glossary References Index of “How to” exhibits Summary of key equations Index

NEW
International Edition
SUPPLY MANAGEMENT 8th Edition
By David N Burt, University of San Diego and Sheila Petcavage 2010 (January 2009) / 608 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-338145-9 ISBN: 978-0-07-126330-6 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/burt8e
(Details unavailable at press time)

NEW
International Edition
MATCHING SUPPLY WITH DEMAND An Introduction to Operations Management, 2nd Edition
By Gerard Cachon and Christian Terwiesch of University of Pennsylvania 2009 (April 2008) / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352516-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-126331-3 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/cachon_terwiesch2e
MATCHING SUPPLY WITH DEMAND by Cachon and Terwiesch is the most authoritative, cutting-edge book for operations management MBAs. The book demands rigorous analysis on the part of students without requiring consistent use of sophisticated mathematical modeling to perform it. When the use of quantitative tools or formal modeling is indicated, it is only to perform the necessary analysis needed to inform and support a practical business solution. NEW TO THIS EDITION v New Chapter 5 (The Link Between Operations and Finance) relates operational performance to the overall financial performance of the firm. It discusses the link between process effectiveness and corporate balance sheets and income statements. This material provides a powerful motivation for the micro analysis discussed in this book—students want to know that they are studying issues of importance at all managerial levels of the firm. v New Chapter 10 is dedicated to the Toyota Production System and lean operations. It provides an expanded version of the material that was in Chapter 8 of the 1st edition. Responding to market feedback, the authors decided that this material is sufficiently important to merit an entire chapter. However, the principles guiding the Toyota Production System are discussed in most of the other chapters as well. This chapter repeats, summarizes and reinforces these concepts to solidify a student’s understanding. v Expanded quality chapter: Chapter 9 expands upon the first edition’s quality management chapter and places an emphasis on sixsigma process improvement and robust design, hence the change in the chapter title to “Quality Management, Statistical Process Control, and Six Sigma Capacity.”

154

E-COMMERCE
Appendix C: Derivation of the formula for economic order quantity (EOQ) Appendix D: Normal Distribution Function Appendix E: Service Loss Function Appendix F: Exercises: Solutions to Problems

NEW
LOGISTICS & SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
By Patrick Jonsson, Chalmers University of Technology

International Edition
DESIGNING AND MANAGING THE SUPPLY CHAIN 3rd Edition
By David Simchi-Levi, Mass Institute of Tech, Sally Kaminsky, College of Staten Island and Edith Simchi-Levi, Logic Tools Inc., 2008 (July 2007) / 460 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298239-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-334152-1 (with Student CD) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128714-2 [IE with Student CD]

2008 (March 2008) / 544 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-711738-2

McGraw-Hill UK Title www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/jonsson
Logistics and Supply Chain Management is a comprehensive new text that explains the fundamentals of the subject so that the student understands the “game rules” goals and objectives when designing, planning and controlling efficient and effective logistics systems in supply chains. It also includes coverage of information technology, the impact of manufacturing and product structures on logistics and supply chain systems, and the environment.Designed specifically with the student in mind, this book is the perfect companion for introductory courses in logistics and supply chain management. FEATURES v The book contains many mini cases to illustrate current practice and key concepts defined and described in the book. v Discussion tasks have been included to help facilitate effective learning and provide reinforcement. v A comprehensive glossary has been included at the end of the book. CONTENTS Part One: The Logistics and Supply Chain Management Disciplines Chapter One: Introduction to Logistics and Supply Chain Management Chapter Two: The Logistics System Chapter Three: The Material Flow Part Two: Logistics and Supply Chain Goals and Performance Chapter Four: Customer Service Chapter Five: Logistics Costs and Tied-Up Capital Chapter Six: Environmental Aspects of Logistics Part Three: Logistics and Supply Chain Structures Chapter Seven: Products in the Logistics System Chapter Eight: Material Supply Structures Chapter Nine: Production Processes and Layouts Chapter Ten: Distribution Structures Part Four: Planning and Control of Logistics and Supply Chain Systems Chapter Eleven: Demand Management Chapter Twelve: Materials Management Chapter Thirteen: Manufacturing Planning and Control Chapter Fourteen: Transport Planning Chapter Fifteen: The Procurement Process Part Five: Supply Chain, IT and Improvement Aspects of Logistics Chapter Sixteen: Emerging Practices in Supply Chain Management Chapter Seventeen: Information Systems for Logistics and Supply Chain Management Appendices Appendix A: ABC Analysis Appendix B: Incremental Inventory Carrying Costs

www.mhhe.com/Simchi-Levi3e
As the most up-to-date, cutting-edge supply chain management book on the market, the Third Edition of Designing and Managing the Supply Chain discusses the problems, models and concepts derived from issues related to effective supply chain management. While many core supply chain management issues are interrelated, the authors have tried to make each chapter as self-contained as possible so that the reader can refer directly to chapters covering topics of interest. Each chapter utilizes case studies and numerous examples. Mathematical and technical sections can be skipped without loss of continuity. Most textbooks do not include models and decision support systems robust enough for industry, but that is not true of this new edition. The accompanying CD-ROM also features the return of two simulations, the Computerized Beer Game and the Risk Pool Game and a computerized tool. These simulations help users develop and execute supply chain contracts while also illustrating many of the concepts discussed in the text. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 2: Inventory Management and Risk Pooling Chapter 3: Network planning Chapter 4: Supply contracts Chapter 5: The Value of information Chapter 6: Supply Chain integration Chapter 7: Distribution strategies Chapter 8: Strategic alliances Chapter 9: Procurement and Outsourcing Strategies Chapter 10: Global Logistics and Risk Management Chapter 11: Coordinated product and supply chain design Chapter 12: Customer Value Chapter 13: Smart Pricing Chapter 14: Information Technology and Business Processes Chapter 15: Technology standards Appendix A: Computerized Beer Game Appendix B: Risk Pool Game Appendix C: Supply Contract Spreadsheet Appendix D: Bidding Game

155

E-COMMERCE
International Edition
PRINCIPLES AND TOOLS FOR SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT WITH STUDENT CD-ROM
By Scott Webster, Syracuse University 2008 (December 2006) / 352 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287268-2 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128588-9 [IE]

International Edition
PURCHASING AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT
By W C Benton 2007 (June 2006) / 800 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352514-3 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110630-6 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/benton07
Purchasing and Supply Management, 1/e, by W.C. Benton, offers insights into the theory, practice, and implementation of supply management issues. A step-by-step approach helps students and professionals gain analytical purchasing skills. Many actual case studies and exercises help students transform purchasing theory into purchasing practice and implementation. Some of the topics include purchasing business processes, price cost analysis, professional services, transportation purchasing, global purchasing, and healthcare purchasing. CONTENTS Preface. Part 1: Introduction to Purchasing and Supply Management. Chapter 1: Purchasing and Supply Management. Chapter 2: Purchasing Decisions and Business Strategy. Chapter 3: The Legal Aspects of Purchasing. Part 2: Materials Management. Chapter 4: Materials Management. Chapter 5: Inventory Management. Chapter 6: Just-In-Time (Lean) Purchasing. Chapter 7: Purchasing Procedures, E-Purchasing, and Systems Contracting. Part 3: Fundamentals of Purchasing and Supply Management. Chapter 8: Supplier Selection and Evaluation. Chapter 9: Global Sourcing. Chapter 10: Purchasing, Supply Partnerships, and Supply Chain Power. Chapter 11: Total Quality Management (TQM) and Purchasing. Part 4: Price/Cost Analysis and Negotiation Strategies. Chapter 12: Price Determination. Chapter 13: Bargaining and Negotiations. Part 5: Special Purchasing Application. Chapter 14: Purchasing Transportation Services. Chapter 15: Equipment Acquisition and Disposal. Chapter 16: Healthcare Purchasing and Supply Management. Chapter 17: Procuring Professional Services. Cases. Glossary. Index

http://www.mhhe.com/webster1e
Webster’s Principles and Tools of Supply Chain Management provides a basic introduction to the concepts and tools of supply chain management and delivers an optimal balance of descriptive and analytical material. The book is divided into three parts: Foundation; Principles and Tools; and Synthesis. Part 1 introduces the basic concepts of supply chain management—concepts that are referred to and expanded upon in subsequent chapters; Part 2 focuses on the application of supply chain concepts within the context of particular supply chain activities (i.e., buy, make, moVe, store, or sell); Part 3, consisting of a single chapter, offers a macro perspective of supply chain management. It reconstructs and synthesizes earlier content while taking a “step back” to review and consider the entire system. A case study is included at the end of each chapter. Some of these cases focus on technology. Chapters that introduce analytical models begin with simple analyses and introduce added complexity and realism as the chapter progresses, thereby offering instructors flexibility with respect to the degree of analytical rigor that they are able to require of their students. CONTENTS Preface PART ONE FOUNDATION 1 Introduction: Operations and Supply Chain Management 2 Information Technology: ERP Systems, SCA Systems, and ECommerce 3 Supply Chain Foundations: System Slack and Related Concepts PART TWO PRINCIPLES AND TOOLS 4 Demand Management: Processing, Influencing, and Anticipating Demand 5 Supply Management: Trends, Technologies, and Tactics 6 Inventory Management I: Deterministic Analysis 7 Inventory Management II: Stochastic Analysis 8 Capacity Management: Analysis and Psychology 9 Production Management: Flow Control and Scheduling 10 Transportation Management: Elements and Insights Supplement A Diagnostic Analysis Illustration Supplement B International Transportation: Services and Legal Requirements 11 Quality Management: Tools for Process Improvement Supplement Creative Problem Solving: Strategies and Pitfalls PART THREE SYNTHESIS 12 Supply Chain Strategy: Frameworks and Synthesis Appendix 1 Principles of Nature: Insights into Human and System Behavior Appendix 2 Linchpin of E-Commerce: Basics of Encryption and Digital Signatures Appendix 3 Summary of Notation and Formulas Appendix 4 Standard Normal Probability and Unit Normal Loss Table References Index

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

156

E-COMMERCE
International Edition
SUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT 2nd Edition
By Donald Bowersox, David Closs and M. Bixby Cooper of Michigan State University—East Lansing 2007 (November 2005) / 464 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294788-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125414-4 [IE] Chapter 11 – Investment Recovery Chapter12 – Supply Law and Ethics Chapter 13 – Research and Metrics Chapter 14 – Global Supply Chapter 15 – Public Supply Management Chapter 16 – Capital Goods Chapter 17 – Services Chapter 18 – Make or Buy, Insourcing, and Outsourcing Chapter 19 – Supplier Relations Chapter 20 – Strategy in Purchasing and Supply Management Case Index / Subject Index

http://www.mhhe.com/bowersox2e
Supply Chain Logistics Management is exciting and promises to bolster traditional logistics courses and invigorate supply chain management courses, by examining traditional logistics issues within the context of the supply chain. Supply Chain Logistics Management integrates technology and provides a solid foundation that clearly describes the role of logistics within the supply chain, portraying a complete view of the subject and going farther to show how all the pieces fit together. The most current trends in process integration, relationship management, supply chain security and sustainability, globalization, and the impact of the new consumer economy on supply chain management and design are featured in the Second Edition. CONTENTS PART ONE – SUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT. Chapter 1 21st Century Supply Chains. Chapter 2 Logistics. Chapter 3 Customer Accommodation. Chapter 4 Procurement and Manufacturing. Chapter 5 Information Technology Framework. PART TWO – SUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS OPERATIONS. Chapter 6 Inventory. Chapter 7 Transportation Infrastructure. Chapter 8 Transportation Operations. Chapter 9 Warehousing. Chapter 10 Packaging and Materials Handling. Chapter 11 Operational Integration. PART THREE – SUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS DESIGN. Chapter 12 Global Strategic Positioning. Chapter 13 Network Integration. Chapter 14 Logistics Design and Operational Planning. PART FOUR – SUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS ADMINSTRATION. Chapter 15 Relationship Development and Management. Chapter 16 Operational, Financial and Social Performance. EPILOGUE

International Edition
WORLD CLASS SUPPLY MANAGEMENT The Key to Supply Chain Management with Student CD (Cases), 7th Edition
By David N. Burt, University of San Diego and Donald W. Dobler, Colorado State University, Emeritus 2003 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-283156-6 (with CD-ROM) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123627-0 [IE with CD-ROM]

http://www.mhhe.com/burt7e
CONTENTS I The Foundation: 1. World Class Supply Management 2. Purchasing Becomes Supply Management 3. Supply Management: An Organization-Spanning Activity 4. Supply Management: Implementor of Three of the Firm’s Social Responsibilities II. Enabling Concepts: 5. Three Types of Buyer-Supplier Relationships 6. Cross-Functional Teams 7. Quality 8. Total Cost of Ownership 9. e-Procurement III. The Requirements Process: 10. New Product Development 11. Specifications and Standardization 12. Equipment 13. Services IV. Strategic Sourcing: 14. Make or Buy/Outsourcing 15. Source Selection 16. Global Supply Management V. Strategic Cost Management: 17. Pricing 18. Cost Analysis 19. Types of Compensation 20. Negotiation VI. Relationship Management: 21. Relationship and Contract Management 22. Supplier Development 23. Alliance Development 24. Ethics 25. Legal VII. Integrating the Supply Chain: 26. Demand Management VIII. Institutional and Government Procurement: 27. Supply Management in Institutions 28. Government Procurement IX. Supply Chain Management: 29. World Class Supply Management (sm) : The Key to Supply Chain Management.

International Edition
PURCHASING AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT 13th Edition
By Michiel Leenders, University of Western Ontario, Harold E. Fearon, Center for Advanced Purchasing Studies, Emeritus, Anna Flynn and P. Fraser Johnson, University of Western Ontario 2006 / 588 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-287379-5 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124966-9 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/leenders13e
CONTENTS Chapter 1 – Purchasing and Supply Management Chapter 2 – Supply Organization Chapter 3 – Supply Processes Chapter 4 – Information Systems and Technology Chapter 5 – Quality, Specification and Service Chapter 6 – Quantity and Inventory Chapter 7 – Transportation and Delivery Chapter 8 – Price Chapter 9 – Cost Management, Discounts, and Negotiation Chapter 10 – Supplier Selection

157

E-COMMERCE

Customer Relations Management
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT Creating Competitive Advantage through Win-Win Relationship Strategies
By Kaj Storbacka, CEO of CRM Group Ltd and Jarmo L Lehtinen, University of Tampere 2001 / 176 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120678-5 (Softcover)

E-LEARNING IN CHINA UNIVERSITY
By Wu 2007 (December 2007) ISBN-13: 978-0-07-126432-7

An Asian Professional Publication
This book is written to illustrate how e-learning is executed in China. It also describes the success stories of its implementation. The book also draws a complete and accurate picture of e-learning in Chinese universities. In addition, it reviews the distance education that was initiated and carried out, describes the status of the e-learning pilot work and discusses its future development. This book will definitely help to educate the public on the “yesterday, today and tomorrow” of e-learning in Chinese universities and how it will promote international communication and cooperation.

An Asian Publication A Professional Reference Title
The aim of customer relationship management (CRM) is to build relationship strategies that refine relationships, and in this way increase their value. This book is the result of an extensive research project that studied new ideas in marketing and how these ideas are being applied in practice. Field trips to US and European businesses to study their CRM processes, and the participation of major Scandinavian companies provide a wide range of practical examples. The authors also draw on their experiences in consulting work to present in-depth examples of successful implementations of these new ideas.

Logistics & Supply Chain Management
(Professional References)

Professional E-Commerce
EBAY THE SMART WAY 5th Edition
By Joseph T. Sinclair 2007 (May 2007) / 512 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-8144-7451-8

International Edition
WORLD-CLASS WAREHOUSING AND MATERIAL HANDLING
By Edward Frazelle, The Logistics Institute at Georgia Tech 2002 / 280 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-137600-6 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122686-8 [IE]

A Professional Reference Title
Warehousing continues to play a critical role in assuring high levels of customer service and overall logistics performance. Efficient warehousing can minimize the effects of supply chain inefficiencies; can improve logistics accuracy and inventory management; and can allow for product accumulation, consolidation, and customization. The cost of warehousing should be commensurate with the contribution of warehousing to overall logistics performance—typically between 2% and 5% of corporate revenue. In world-class warehousing these costs are minimized while also improving customer service. The principles and systems described in this book are common denominators of world-class warehousing. The principles have been developed over a decade of logistics research, education and consulting project experience. World-Class Warehousing and Material Handling can be used to develop a warehouse master plan to support the corporation’s overall logistics strategy.

A Professional Reference Title
The only thing easier than buying and selling on eBay is getting lumped in with more than 203 million other eBayers. With sales of over 150,000 copies, the eBay the Smart Way series has helped countless eBayers find the best deals and maximize profits on everything from collectibles to cars to real estate. Now in its fifth blockbuster edition, this priceless tool has changed with the times to cover the latest trends, including new site offerings such as eBay Express and Best Offer, and features expanded coverage of PayPal, Google’s new e-commerce features, and more. eBay the Smart Way is the go-to resource for first-time sellers, with step-by-step instructions for listing products, creating attention-grabbing photos and descriptions, offering top-notch customer service, and maintaining high credibility. eBay buyers will also benefit from powerful strategies for finding the best products, bidding smarter, negotiating great deals, and more. For the most up-to-date and accessible information on how to make the most out of online auctions, “nothing explains it better than eBay the Smart Way.” - The Internet Marketing Bookshelf

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

158

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Advanced Electronics .......................................................................................177 Advanced Systems ...........................................................................................180 Analog Integrated Circuits ................................................................................173 Analog OP Amps ..............................................................................................176 Circuits..............................................................................................................164 Coding and Information Theory ........................................................................202 Communications ...............................................................................................199 Computer Architecture/Microprocessors ..........................................................210 Computer Networks ..........................................................................................207 Control Systems ...............................................................................................178 Design in Electrical Engineering .......................................................................212 Digital Communications ....................................................................................201 Digital Integrated Circuits .................................................................................174 Digital Logic Design ..........................................................................................204 Digital Signal Processing ..................................................................................198 Electricity & Electronics ................................................................................182 Basic Electricity ............................................................................................183 Basic Electronics: DC/AC Circuits ................................................................186 Digital Electronics .........................................................................................187 Digital Signal Processing ..............................................................................188 Electronic Communication ............................................................................188 Electronics Principles ...................................................................................190 Programmable Logic Controllers ..................................................................191 Electromagnetics ..............................................................................................194 Electromagnetics (Advanced)...........................................................................195 Electronics I: Analog/Digital ..............................................................................170 Electronics II: Solid-State .................................................................................175 Solid State/Electronic Materials ....................................................................176 Electronics III: Optics ........................................................................................177 Fiber Optics ......................................................................................................202 High Voltage Engineering .................................................................................193

159

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Introduction to Electrical Engg for Non EE Majors .....................................................................................................163 Local Area Networks.........................................................................................208 Machinery .........................................................................................................181 Mechatronics ....................................................................................................178 Microwaves & Antennas ...................................................................................195 Neural Networks/Fuzzy Logic ...........................................................................207 Numerical Methods...........................................................................................209 Power Electronics .............................................................................................192 Power Systems.................................................................................................191 Probability & Random Processes .....................................................................203 Professional References ..................................................................................215 Signals & Systems............................................................................................196 Systems/Controls (Introduction) .......................................................................180 Telecommunications .........................................................................................213 VLSI Digital .......................................................................................................177

160

NEW TITLES
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

2010
Communication Systems, 5e Numerical Methods for Engineers, 6e Introduction to Logic Design, 3e Electric Motors and Control Systems

Author
Carlson Chapra Marcovitz Petruzella

ISBN
9780073380407 9780073401065 9780073191645 9780073521824

Page
199 209 204 182

2009
Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, 4e Linear Integrated Circuits and OP AMPs (McGraw-Hill India Title) Electrical Machines, 3e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, 2e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design with CD-Rom, 3e Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering Control Systems, 3e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 3e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Embedded Systems, 2e (McGraw-Hill India Title) High Voltage Engineering, 4e (McGraw-Hill India Title) Signals and Systems (McGraw-Hill India Title) Control Systems (McGraw-Hill India Title) Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, 3e (McGraw-Hill India Title)

Author
Alexander Bali Bhattacharya Bose Brown Rizzoni Gopal Gopal Kamal Naidu Rao Srivastava Veerarajan

ISBN
9780077263195 9780070648074 9780070669215 9780070669017 9780077221430 9780073380377 9780070668799 9780070668805 9780070667648 9780070669284 9780070669277 9780070087644 9780070669253

Page
164 165 181 202 204 163 179 205 210 193 196 178 203

161

NEW TITLES

162

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Introduction To Electrical Engineering For Non EE Majors

NEW
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
by Giorgio Rizzoni, Ohio State University

Chapter 3: Resistive Network Analysis Chapter 4: AC Network Analysis Chapter 5: Transient Analysis Chapter 6: Frequency Response and System Concepts Chapter 7: AC Power Chapter 8: Operational Amplifiers Chapter 9: Semiconductors and Diodes Chapter 10: Bipolar Junction Transistors: Operation, Circuit Models, and Application Chapter 11: Field-Effect Transistors: Operation, Circuit Models, and Application Chapter 12: Digital Logic Circuits Chapter 13: Principles of Electromechanics Chapter 14: Introduction to Electric Machines Appendix A Linear Algebra and Complex Numbers Appendix B The Laplace Transform Appendix C Fundamentals of Engineering (FE) Examination Appendix D Answers to Selected Problems

International Edition
2009 (February 2008) / 736 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-338037-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-127942-0 [IE]

PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Fifth Edition
by Giorgio Rizzoni, Ohio State University 2007 / 1056 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-322033-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-125444-1 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/rizzoni
Rizzoni's Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering provides a solid overview of the electrical engineering discipline that is especially geared toward the many non-electrical engineering students who take this course. The book was developed to fit the growing trend of the Intro to EE course morphing into a briefer, less comprehensive course. The hallmark feature of this text is its liberal use of practical applications to illustrate important principles. The applications come from every field of engineering and feature exciting technologies. The appeal to non-engineering students are the special features such as Focus on Measurement sections, Focus on Methodology sections, and Make the Connections sidebars. FEATURES v Text is written for a true one semester course.

www.mhhe.com/rizzoni
Rizzoni provides a solid overview of the electrical engineering discipline that is especially geared toward the many non-electrical engineering students who take this course. The hallmark feature of the text is its liberal use of practical applications to illustrate important principles. The applications come from every field of engineering and feature exciting technologies such as Ohio State’s world-record setting electric car. The appeal to non-EE’s is further heightened by such special features as the book’s Focus on Measurement sections, Focus on Methodology sections, and Make the Connection sidebars. CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Electrical Engineering Part I – Circuits 2 – Fundamentals of Electric Circuits 3 – Resistive Network Analysis 4 – AC Network Analysis 5 – Transient Analysis 6 – Frequency Response and System Concepts 7 – AC Power Part II – Electronics 8 – Operational Amplifiers 9 – Semiconductors and Diodes 10 – Bipolar Junction Transistors: Operation, Circuit Models, and Applications 11 – Field-Effect Transistors: Operation, Circuit Models, and Applications 12 – Power Electronics 13 – Digital Logic Circuits 14 – Digital Systems Part III – Instrumentation and Communication Systems 15 – Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements 16 – Analog Communication Systems 17 – Digital Communications Part IV – Electromechanics 18 – Principles of Electromechanics 19 – Introduction to Electric Machines 20 – Special-Purpose Electric Machines Appendices

v Outstanding Pedagogy-- Make the connection sidebars shows students analogies to help them see the connection of electrical engineering concepts to other engineering disciplines. Check Your Understanding Exercises--Basically are exercises that follow each example in the text and allows students to confirm their mastery of concepts. Focus on Methodology Sections--Summarize important methods and procedures for the solution of common problems and assists the student in developing a methodical approach to problem solving. Focus on Measurement--Boxes that emphasize the great relevance of electrical engineering to the science and practice of measurement. Learning Objectives--Overview of Key Chapter ideas. Major Objectives--Learning objective icon indicates targeted references to each objective. v Large number of worked examples, drill exercises and homework problems--all created to illustrate key principles. v Rizzoni's experience as an electrical engineer teaching in a mechanical engineering department makes him the ideal author for a non-majors EE book. v Text website containing resources for students and instructors.

CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Electrical Engineering Chapter 2: Fundamentals of Electric Circuits

163

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Appendix A – Linear Algebra and Complex Numbers Appendix B – The Laplace Transform Appendix C – Fundamentals of Engineering (FE) Examination Appendix D – Answers to Selected Concepts of Control. Transfer Functions. Block Diagrams and Signal Flow Graphs. Control Criteria and Response.

International Edition
BASIC ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENTISTS Fifth Edition
by James J Brophy, University of Utah 1990 / 462 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-100675-0 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Direct Current Circuits 2 Alternating Currents 3 Diode Circuits 4 Semiconductor Devices 5 AC-Circuit Analysis 6 Transistor Amplifiers 7 Operational Amplifiers 8 Oscillators 9 Digital Electronics 10 Analog and Digital Measurements 11 Microprocessors 12 Microprocessor Circuits Appendixes 1: Vacuum Tube Circuits 2: Binary Arithmetic

Circuits
NEW
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRIC CIRCUITS Fourth Edition
by Charles Alexander, Cleveland State University, and Matthew Sadiku, Prairie View A&m University

2009 (August 2008) / Hardcover / 1056 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-726319-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-128441-7 [IE]

http://www.mhhe.com/alexander
Alexander and Sadiku's fourth edition of Fundamentals of Electric Circuits continues in the spirit of its successful previous editions, with the objective of presenting circuit analysis in a manner that is clearer, more interesting, and easier to understand than other, more traditional texts. Students are introduced to the sound, six-step problem solving methodology in chapter one, and are consistently made to apply and practice these steps in practice problems and homework problems throughout the text. A balance of theory, worked examples and extended examples, practice problems, and real-world applications, combined with over 350 new homework problems for the fourth edition and robust media offerings, renders the fourth edition the most comprehensive and student-friendly approach to linear circuit analysis. This edition adds the Design a Problem feature which helps students develop their design skills by having the student develop the question as well as the solution. There are over 100 Design a Problem exercises integrated into the problem sets in the book. Alexander/Sadiku also offers you the convenience of ARIS -- the text-specific web site -- which allows you to assign homework online or create printed homework sets and solutions to your students. The website also features solutions and KCIDE software, which reinforces the books problem-solving approach. NEW TO THIS EDITION v The new Design a Problem feature helps students enhance their design skills by not only solving the problem but asking them to design it! This helps the student more deeply learn the theory while they learn through teaching. v Over 350 new homework problems have been added to this edition, including 121 Design a Problem exercises, and there are now more than 2,400 problems provided in the text.

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Second Edition
by J. J. Cathey, University of Kentucky; Syed A. Nasar, University of Kentucky 1997 / 304 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-011355-8

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Circuit Elements and Laws. Analysis of DC Circuits. AC Circuits: Sinusoidal Steady-State. Transient Circuit Analysis. Special Forcing Functions and Laplace Transforms. State-Variable Circuit Analysis. Diodes. Bipolar Junction Transistors. Field-Effect Transistors. Operational Amplifiers. Switching Logic Circuits. Digital Logic Applications. Transformers. Electromechanics and Electrical Machines.

164

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
CONTENTS Part 1 DC Circuits 1 Basic Concepts 2 Basic Laws 3 Methods of Analysis 4 Circuit Theorems 5 Operational Amplifiers 6 Capacitors and Inductors 7 First-Order Circuits 8 Second-Order Circuits Part 2 AC Circuits 9 Sinusoids and Phasors 10 Sinusoidal Steady-State Analysis 11 AC Power Analysis 12 Three-Phase Circuits 13 Magnetically Coupled Circuits 14 Frequency Response Part 3 Advanced Circuit Analysis 15 Introduction to the Laplace Transform 16 Applications of the Laplace Transform 17 The Fourier Series 18 Fourier Transform 19 Two-Port Networks Appendix A Simultaneous Equations and Matrix Inversion Appendix B Complex Numbers Appendix C Mathematical Formulas Appendix D PSpice for Windows Appendix E MATLAB Appendix F KCIDE Appendix G Answers to Odd-Numbered Problems CONTENTS 1. Linear IC Fabrication and Devices 2. Analog Subcircuits 3. Differential Amplifiers 4. OP – AMP Parameters 5. Inverting and Non – Inverting Amplifiers 6. Voltage Comparators 7. Wideband Amplifiers 8. Power Amplifiers 9. Instrumentation and Bridge Amplifiers 10. Modulators, Demodulators and Frequency Changers 11. Non- Linear Amplifiers and Phase – Locked Loops 12. D/A and A/D Converters 13. Timers and Waveform Generators 14. Active Filters and Switched Capacitor Circuits 15. Voltage Regulators 16. Applications – Linear ICS 17. Appendixes

International Edition
ENGINEERING CIRCUIT ANALYSIS Seventh Edition
by William H. Hayt (deceased), Jack Kemmerly (deceased), and Steven M. Durbin, University of Canterbury, New Zealand 2007 / Hardcover / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-336661-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-110937-6 [IE, with Aris Bind-In Card]

www.mhhe.com/hayt7e
The book website contains the solutions manual (instructors only), tutorials, Virtual Professor, COSMOS and much more. The hallmark feature of this classic text is its focus on the student – it is written so that students may teach the science of circuit analysis to themselves. Terms are clearly defined when they are introduced, basic material appears toward the beginning of each chapter and is explained carefully and in detail, and numerical examples are used to introduce and suggest general results. Simple practice problems appear throughout each chapter, while problems that are more difficult appear at the ends of chapters, following the order of presentation of text material. This introduction and resulting repetition provide an important boost to the learning process. Hayt’s rich pedagogy supports and encourages the student throughout by offering tips and warnings, using design to highlight key material, and providing lots of opportunities for hands-on learning. The thorough exposition of topics is delivered in an informal way that underscores the authors’ conviction that circuit analysis can and should be fun. CONTENTS 1 Circuit Analysis and Electrical Engineering. 2 Basic Components and Electric Circuits. 3 Voltage and Laws. 4 Basic Nodal and Mesh Analysis. 5 Useful Circuit Analysis Techniques. 6 The Operational Amplifier. 7 Capacitors and Inductors. 8 Basic RL and RC Circuits. 9 The RLC Circuit. 10 Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis. 11 AC Power Circuit Analysis. 12 Polyphase Circuits. 13 Magnetically Coupled Circuits. 14 Complex Frequency and The Laplace Transform. 15 Circuit Analysis in the s-Domain. 16 Frequency Response. 17 Two-Port Networks. 18 Fourier Circuit Analysis. 19 State-Variable Analysis--*on Web Site Only. Appendixes Appendix 1 An Introduction to Network Topology. Appendix 2 Solution of Simultaneous Equations.

NEW
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND OP AMPS
by S.P. Bali, Military College of Electronics and Mechanical Engineering, Emeritus 2008 / Softcover / 440 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-064807-4

(McGraw-Hill India Title)
FEATURES v v v v v v 95% syllabi coverage Unique Question and Answer approach to the topics Unique chapters on 1. 2. 3. Bridge Balancing RF Amplifiers Analog Sub Circuits

v Special emphasis on the applications of Linear ICs. Individual chapters have been dedicated to each application. Pedagogy : v v v v Solved Examples: 600 Review Questions: 390 Supplementary Questions: 157 Objective type Questions: 764

165

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Appendix 3 A Proof of Thevenin’s Theorem. Appendix 4 A PSpice Tutorial. Appendix 5 Complex Numbers. Appendix 6 A Brief MATLAB tutorial. Appendix 7 Additional Laplace Transform Theorems. Appendix 8 Answers to Odd-Numbered Problems

PULSE, DIGITAL AND SWITCHING WAVEFORMS Second Edition
by Jacob Millman, Professor 2007 / Softcover / 656 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-063463-3

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://www.mhhe.com/millman/prakashrao/pdsw
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Detailed coverage of the building blocks of ‘pulse and digital circuits’. v Comprehensively dealt with chapters on wide-band amplifier, clipping & clamping circuit, comparators, time base generators etc. v Transient characteristics is discussed with emphasis on charge control method of analysis. o v v v v v v v v v Pedagogy includes: 71 solved problems 370 review questions 432 practice problems Web Supplements: Instructors Solution Manual PowerPoints- PPTs Students: Extra Reading Mate

ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS Second Edition
by Jacob Millman, Columbia University, Christos C. Halkias, Columbia. and Satyabrata Jit, Department of Electronics Engineering 2007 / Softcover / 676 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-063455-8

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://www.mhhe.com/millman/edc2e
NEW TO THIS EDITION v A new chapter on Applications of Diodes.

v Provides essential understanding of the internal behavior and characteristics of electron/ semiconductor devices. v v v v Low and high frequency responses covered separately. Pedagogy includes: 90 solved problems 534 practice problems

Highlights of the Revision : v v v v Removed 3 chapters related to vacuum tube technology. Added a new chapter on Applications of Diodes. Increased the number of solved problems from 36 to 90. Increased the number of unsolved problems from 503 to 540.

CONTENTS 1. Review of Selected Topics in Electronic Circuit Theory 2. Linear Waveshaping RC, RL, and RLC Circuits 3. Wide Band Amplifiers 4. Steady-state Switching Characteristics of Devices 5. Clipping and Comparator Circuits 6. Clamping and Switching Circuits 7. Logic Circuits 8. Bistable Multivibrators 9. Monostable and Astable Multivibraors 10. Negative-Resistance Devices 11. Negative-Resistance Switching Circuits 12. Voltage Time-Base Generators 13. Current Time-Base Generators 14. Pulse Transformers and Blocking Oscillators 15. Sampling Gates 16. Counting and Timing 17. Synchronization and Frequency Division 18. Transient Switching Characteristics of Diodes and Transistors Appendix 1: Ringing Circuit With Non-Zero Initial Conditions Bibliography Index

v Deleted irrelevant portions and expanded the explanations wherever needed throughout the text. v Inclusion of PSPICE based problems

CONTENTS 1. Electron Ballistics and Applications 2. Energy Levels and Energy Bands 3. Conduction in Metals 4. Conduction in Semiconductors 5. Semiconductor-Diode Characteristics 6. Applications of Diode 7. Transistor Characteristics 8. Transistor Biasing and Thermal Stabilization 9. Small-Signal Low-Frequency Transistor Model 10. Low-Frequency Transistor Amplifier Circuits 11. The High-Frequency Transistor 12. Field-Effect Transistors 13. Integrated Circuits 14. Untuned Amplifiers 15. Feedback Amplifiers and Oscillators 16. Large-Signal Amplifiers 17. Photoelectric Devices 18. Regulated Power Supplies Appendixes Index

166

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
by S Salivahanan, Principal, SSN College of Engineering 2007 / Softcover / 625 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-064818-0

International Edition
PSPICE FOR BASIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS Second Edition
by Joseph G Tront, Virginia Polytech Institute & State University 2007 / Softcover / 128 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-326319-9 (with CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-125888-3 [IE, with CD] This practical PSpice manual, updated to support the latest release of OrCAD Pspice introduces students to the fundamental uses of this book in support of basic circuit analysis. The organization allows readers to advance quickly to solving a variety of circuit analysis problems. The modular approach allows this hand-on reference to be used with any introductory circuits text. CONTENTS Preface Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Background 1.2 The Design Process 1.3 Appropriate Use of CAD 1.4 Versions of SPICE and Limitations Chapter 2 Getting Started 2.1 Circuit Description 2.2 Specifying the Analysis 2.3 Simulation Results 2.4 Generating the Simulation File by Hand Chapter 3 Simple DC Circuits 3.1 Independent Sources 3.2 Dependent Sources 3.3 Thevenin Equivalent Circuits 3.4 Norton Equivalent Circuits Chapter 4 Other DC Analyses 4.1 DC Sweep Analysis 4.2 DC Sensitivity Analysis 4.3 Simulating Resistor Tolerances Chapter 5 Operational Amplifiers 5.1 Simple Op Amp Model 5.2 Library Models for Op Amps 5.3 Using PSpice Subcircuit Models Chapter 6 Time Domain Analysis 6.1 Source-Free RL Circuits 6.2 Source-Free RC Circuits 6.3 Source-Free RLC Circuits 6.4 Time-Varying Sources 6.5 Circuits with Time-Varying Sources Chapter 7 Frequency Domain Analysis 7.1 Frequency Response 7.2 Bode Plot of the Frequency Response Chapter 8 Fourier Series 8.1 Basic Analysis 8.2 Fourier Circuit Analysis Chapter 9 Mutual Inductance and Transformers 9.1 Modeling Mutual Inductance 9.2 Ideal Transformers Chapter 10 Conclusion 10.1 Common Mistakes 10.2 Tips 10.2.1 Opening Projects 10.2.2 Running PSpice 10.3 Summary Bibliography Appendix I: Converting OrCAD Version 9.X Files to Version 10.0 Appendix II: Files Used by PSpice Index

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/lic
FEATURES v Strong focus on the design aspects of Integrated circuits.

v Descriptive mathematical examples for practical situations given while designing circuits v Individual chapters devoted to Non Linear Circuits, Multipliers and Special function ICs ( Chapters 5, 9 and 12 respectively) v v v v v Separate chapter on applications of OPAMPs ( Chapter 4) Exposure to ORCAD PSpice with specific design problems. Solved Examples: 102 Chapter End Review Questions: 663 Numerical Problems: 120

Pedagogy:

v Over 500 illustrations to facilitate conceptual clarity and objectivity. v Chapter ‘objectives’ at the beginning and ‘Summary’ at the end. CONTENTS 1. Integrated Circuit Fabrication 2 Circuit Configurations for Linear ICs 3. Operational Amplifier Characteristics 4. Applications of Operational Amplifiers 5. Non-Linear Circuits 6. Active Filters 7. Waveform Generators 8. Voltage Regulators 9. Analog Multipliers 10. Phase Locked Loop 11. D/A and A/D Converters 12. Special Function Integrated Circuits 13. Advanced Operational Amplifiers 14. Simulation Using Pspice

167

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
CIRCUITS AND NETWORKS Third Edition
by Sudhakar 2006 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-061727-8 Chapter 15. Bode Plots and Butterworth Filters Final Exam Quiz and Exam Solutions References Index

(A McGraw-Hill India Title)
CONTENTS 1 Circuit Elements and Kirchhoff’s Laws 2 Methods of Analyzing Circuits 3 Useful Theorems in Circuit Analysis 4 Introduction to Alternating Currents and Voltages 5 Complex Impedance 6 Power and Power Factor 7 Steady State AC Analysis 8 Resonance 9 Polyphase Circuits 10 Coupled Circuits 11 Differential Equations 12 Transients 13 Laplace Transforms 14 Network Functions 15 Two-Port Networks 16 Filters and Attenuators 17 Elements of Realizability and Synthesis of One-Port Networks 18 An Introduction to PSPICE Appendix A Fourier Series Appendix B The Fourier Transform Appendix C The j Type Answers to Objective Type Questions Index

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BASIC ELECTRICITY Second Edition
by Milton Gussow, Johns Hopkins University 2007 (December 2006) / Softcover / 480 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-147498-6

(A Schaum's Publication)
The high-performance study guides that help you cut study time, hone problem-solving skills, and achieve top scores on exams! Success adds up when you choose Schaum's. From cable and fiberoptics to increased electricity demands, the job of the electronics technician has changed drastically over the last two decades. This revised textbook covers the latest technological advances. CONTENTS Chapter 1: The Nature of Electricity Chapter 2: Electrical Standards and Conventions Chapter 3: OHM's Law and Power Chapter 4: Direct-Current Series Circuits Chapter 5: Direct-Current Parallel Circuits Chapter 6: Batteries Chapter 7: Kirchhoff's Laws Chapter 8: Determinant Solutions for DC Networks Chapter 9: Network Calculations Chapter 10: Magnetism and Electromagnetism Chapter 11: Direct-Current Generators and Motors Chapter 12: Principles of Alternating Current Chapter 13: Inductance, Inductive Reactance, and Inductive Circuits Chapter 14: Capacitance, Capacitive, Reactance, and Capacitive Circuits Chapter 15: Single-Phase Circuits Chapter 16: Alternating-Current Generators and Motors Chapter 17: Complex Numbers and Complex Impedance for Series AC Circuits Chapter 18: AC Circuit Analysis with Complex Numbers Chapter 19: Transformers Chapter 20: Three-Phase Systems Chapter 21: Series and Parallel Resonance Chapter 22: Waveforms and Time Constants TABLES INDEX

CIRCUIT ANALYSIS DEMYSTIFIED
by David McMahon 2008 / Softcover / 288 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148898-3

(A Professional Reference Title)
Need to learn circuit analysis but experiencing some resistance in your brain waves? No stress! Circuit Analysis Demystified will give you the jolt you need to understand this complex subject--without getting your circuits crossed. In the first part of the book, you'll learn the fundamentals such as voltage and current theorems, Thevenin and Norton's theorems, op amp circuits, capacitance and inductance, and phasor analysis of circuits. Then you'll move on to more advanced topics including Laplace transforms, three-phase circuits, filters, Bode plots, and characterization of circuit stability. Featuring end-of-chapter quizzes and a final exam, this book will have you in a steady state when it comes to circuit analysis in no time at all. CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgments Chapter 1. An Introduction to Circuit Analysis Chapter 2. Kirchhoff's Laws and Resistance Chapter 3. Thevenin's and Norton's Theorems Chapter 4. Network Theorems Chapter 5. Delta-Wye Transformations and Bridge Circuits Chapter 6. Capacitance and Inductance Chapter 7. The Phasor Transform Chapter 8. Frequency Response Chapter 9. Operational Amplifiers Chapter 10. Sinusoidal Steady-State Power Chapter 11. Transformers Chapter 12. Three-Phase Circuits Chapter 13. Network Analysis Using Laplace Transforms Chapter 14. Circuit Stability

168

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTRIC CIRCUITS Fourth Edition
by Mahmood Nahvi and Joseph A. Edminister, University of Akron 2003 / 400 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-139307-2

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BASIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS Second Edition
by John O’Malley, University of Florida 1992 / 484 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-047824-4

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. Circuit Concepts. 3. Circuit Laws. 4. Analysis Methods. 5. Amplifiers and Operational Amplifier Circuits. 6. Waveforms and Signals. 7. First-Order Circuits. 8. Higher-Order Circuits and Complex Frequency. 9. Sinusoidal Steady-State Circuit Analysis. 10. AC Power. 11. Polyphase Circuits. 12. Frequency Response, Filters, and Resonance. 13. Two-Port Networks. 14. Mutual Inductance and Transformers. 15. Circuit Analysis Using Spice and Pspice. 16. The LaPlace Transform Method. 17. Fourier Method of Waveform Analysis. Appendix A Complex Number System. Appendix B Matrices and Determinants

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Introduction 1 Resistance 2 Series and Parallel DC Circuits 3 DC Circuit Analysis 4 DC Equivalent Circuits, Network Theorems, and Bridge Circuits 5 Operational Amplifier Circuits 6 Spice DC Circuit Analysis 7 Capacitors and Capacitance 8 Inductors, Inductance, and PSpice Transient Analysis 9 Sinusoidal Alternating Voltage and Current 10 Complex Algebra and Phasors 11 Basic AC Circuit Analysis, Impedance, and Admittance 12 sh, Loop, Nodal, and PSpice Analyses of AC Circuits 13 AC Equivalent Circuits, Network Theorems, and Bridge Circuits 14 Power in AC Circuits 15 Transformers 16 Three-Phase Circuits

International Edition
SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS Second Edition
by Jim Cathey, University of Kentucky—Lexington 2002 / 304 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-136270-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-122918-0 [IE]

International Edition
SCHAUM’S SOLVED PROBLEMS IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS, BOOK 1
by Syed Nasar, University of Kentucky 1989 ISBN: 978-0-07-099190-3 [IE]

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Units and Basic Concepts. Resistance and Ohm's Law. Series and Parallel Resistive Circuits. Kirchhoff's Laws. Network Theorems. Capacitors. Inductors. AC Sources, Waveforms, and Circuit Relationships. Complex Numbers and Phasors. AC Circuits Under Steady State. Magnetically Coupled Circuits. Resonance. Frequency Response and Filters. Three-Phase Circuits. Transients in DC Circuits. Step, Ramp, and Impulse Functions. Duals and Analogs. Transients in AC Circuits. Circuits with Multifrequency Inputs. Circuits with Nonsinusoidal Sources. Laplace Transform Method. State Variables Method. Two-Port Networks. Review Problems.

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Circuit Analysis: Port Point of View. Semiconductor Diodes. Characteristics of Bipolar Junction Transistors. Characteristics of Field-Effect Transistors and Triodes. Transistor Bias Considerations. Small-Signal Midfrequency BJT Amplifiers. Small-Signal Midfrequency FET Amplifiers. Frequency Effects in Amplifiers. Operational Amplifiers. Switched Mode Power Supplies

169

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

ELECTRONICS I: Analog/Digital

International Edition
MICROELECTRONIC CIRCUIT DESIGN Third Edition
by Richard C. Jaeger, Auburn Univ-Auburn, and Travis Blalock, University Of VA-Charlottesville 2008 (February 2007) / Hardcover / 1120 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-330948-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-127409-X [IE]

International Edition
PSPICE FOR BASIC MICROELECTRONICS WITH CD
by Joseph G. Tront, Virginia Polytech Institute & State University 2008 (July 2007) / Softcover with CDROM ISBN: 978-0-07-326320-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-126389-4 [IE, with CD] The PSpice Manual will be sold as a stand-alone and, also, in packages with Neamen, Electronic Circuit Analysis and Jaeger, Microelectronic Circuit Design. Text introduces readers to the fundamental uses of Pspice in support of Microelectronic circuit analysis. This book goes beyond basic circuit analysis to include analysis of more complex electronic problems. Analysis of diodes, BJTs, JFETs, MOSFETs, and transformers will be included- -all key areas in the Electronics course. Key features include: • Step-by-step instructions to support novice users as they perform schematic capture and circuit simulation. • Detailed explanations and examples of the use of PSpice in typical problem-solving situations. • Explains some of the salient features of PSpice, including information on OrCAD Capture and Probe. CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Getting Started 3 Simple DC Circuits 4 Time Domain Analysis 5 Frequency Domain Analysis 6 Mutual Inductance and Transformers 7 Diode Circuits 8 Bipolar Junction Transistor Circuits 9 Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET) Circuits 10 Conclusions Bibliography Appendix I Converting OrCAD Version 9.x Files to Version 10.0 Appendix II Files Used by PSpice Index

www.mhhe.com/jaeger
Microelectronic Circuit Design is known for being a technically excellent text. The new edition has been revised to make the material more motivating and accessible to students while retaining a studentfriendly approach. A pedagogical framework has been added that includes chapter opening vignettes, chapter objectives, "Electronics in Action" boxes, a problem solving methodology, and "design note" boxes. The number of examples, including new design examples, has been increased, giving students more opportunity to see problems worked out. Additionally, some of the less fundamental mathematical material has been moved to the website. CONTENTS Part I Solid State Electronic and Devices. 1 Introduction to Electronics. 2 Solid-State Electronics. 3 Solid-State Diodes and Diode Circuits. 4 Field-Effect Transistors. 5 Bipolar Junction Transistors. Part II Digital Electronics. 6 Introduction to Digital Electronics. 7 Complementary MOS (CMOS) Logic Design. 8 MOS Memory and Storage Circuits. 9 Bipolar Logic Circuits. Part III Analog Circuit Design. 10 Analog Systems. 11 Operational Amplifiers. 12 Operational Amplifier Applications. 13 Small-Signal Modeling and Linear Amplification. 14 Single-Transistor Amplifiers. 15 Multistage Amplifiers. 16 Analog Integrated Circuits. 17 Frequency Response. 18 Feedback, Stability, and Oscillators. Appendix A Standard Discrete Component Values. Appendix B Solid-State Device Models and SPICE Simulation Parameters

170

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
MICROELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN Third Edition
by Donald Neamen, University Of New Mexico-Albuquerque 2007 / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-328596-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-125443-4 [IE] 4.0 Preview. 4.1 Analog Signals and Linear Amplifiers. 4.2 The Bipolar Linear Amplifier. 4.3 Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. 4.4 Common-Emitter Amplifiers. 4.5 AC Load Line Analysis. 4.6 Common-Collector (Emitter-Follower) Amplifier. 4.7 Common-Base Amplifier. 4.8 The Three Basic Amplifiers: Summary and Comparison. 4.9 Multistage Amplifiers. 4.10 Power Considerations. 4.11 Design Application. 4.12 Summary. Problems. Chapter 5: Bipolar Junction Transistor. 5.0 Preview. 5.1 MOS Field-Effect Transistor. 5.2 MOSFET DC Circuit Analysis. 5.3 Basic MOSFET Applications: Switch, Digital Logic Gate, and Amplifier. 5.4 Constant Current Biasing. 5.5 Multistage MOSFET Circuits. 5.6 Junction Field-Effect Transistors. 5.7 Design Application. 5.8 Summary. Problems. Chapter 6: Basic BJT Amplifiers. 6.0 Preview. 6.1 The MOSFET Amplifier. 6.2 Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. 6.3 The Common-Source Amplifier. 6.4 The Source-Follower Amplifier. 6.5 The Common-Gate Amplifier. 6.6 The Three Basic Amplifier Configurations: Summary and Comparison. 6.7 Single-Stage Integrated Circuit MOSFET Amplifiers. 6.8 Multistage Amplifiers. 6.9 Basic JFET Amplifiers. 6.10 Summary. Problems. Chapter 7: Frequency Response. 7.0 Preview. 7.1 Amplifier Frequency Response. 7.2 System Transfer Functions. 7.3 Frequency Response: Transistor Amplifiers with Circuit Capacitors. 7.4 Frequency Response: Bipolar Transistor. 7.5 Frequency Response: The FET. 7.6 High-Frequency Response Transistor Circuits. 7.7 Summary. Problems. Chapter 8: Output Stages and Power Amplifiers. 8.0 Preview. 8.1 Power Amplifiers. 8.2 Power Transistors. 8.3 Classes of Amplifiers. 8.4 Class-A Power Amplifier. 8.5 Class-AB Push-Pull Complementary Output Stages. 8.6 Summary. Problems. Prologue II: Prologue to Electronic Design. Preview. Design Approach. System Design. Electronic Design. Conclusion. Part II: Analog Electronics. Chapter 9: Ideal Operational Amplifiers and Op-Amp Circuits. 9.0 Preview. 9.1 The Operational Amplifier. 9.2 Inverting Amplifier. 9.3 Summing Amplifier. 9.4 Noninverting Amplifier. 9.5 Op-Amp Applications. 9.6 Operational Transconductance Amplifiers. 9.7 Op-Amp Circuit Design.

www.mhhe.com/neamen
This junior level electronics text provides a foundation for analyzing and designing analog and digital electronic circuits. Numerous new pedagogical features continue the tradition of providing an accessible approach to learning through clear writing and real-world pedagogy. The third edition includes numerous design examples, a new Design Application feature, problem solving technique pointers, Test Your Understanding questions at the end of every section, and chapter summary checkpoints to reinforce learning. The author, Don Neamen, has many years of experience as an Engineering Educator. His experience shines through each chapter of the book, which retains a design focus supported by rich, realistic examples and practical rules of thumb. The Third Edition continues to offer the same hallmark features that made the previous editions such a success. Extensive Pedagogy: An Introduction at the beginning of each chapter links the new chapter to the material presented in previous chapters. The objectives of the chapter are then presented in the Preview section and reinforced at the beginning of each chapter subsection. Test Your Understanding Exercise Problems with provided answers have all been updated. New Design Applications are included at the ends of chapters. These applications lead students through the design and development of an electronic thermometer. Each specific design ties into the objectives of the chapter. Specific Design Problems and Examples are highlighted throughout the book, along with design pointers which help students tackle tricky design issues. CONTENTS Prologue I: Prologue to Electronics. Brief History. Passive and Active Devices. Electronic Circuits. Discrete and Integrated Circuits. Analog and Digital Signals. Notation. Summary. Part I: Semiconductor Devices and Basic Applications. Chapter 1: Semiconductor Materials and Diodes. 1.0 Preview. 1.1 Semiconductor Materials and Properties. 1.2 The pn Junction. 1.3 Diode Circuits: DC Analysis and Models. 1.4 Diode Circuits: AC Equivalent Circuit. 1.5 Other Diode Types. 1.6 Design Application. 1.7 Summary. Problems. Chapter 2: Diode Circuits. 2.0 Preview. 2.1 Rectifier Circuits. 2.2 Zener Diode Circuits. 2.3 Clipper and Clamper Circuits. 2.4 Multiple Diode Circuits. 2.5 Photodiode and LED Circuits. 2.6 Summary. Problems. Chapter 3: The Field-Effect Transistor. 3.0 Preview. 3.1 Basic Bipolar Junction Transistor. 3.2 DC Analysis of Transistor Circuits. 3.3 Basic Transistor Applications. 3.4 Bipolar Transistor Biasing. 3.5 Multistage Circuits. 3.6 Design Application. 3.7 Summary. Problems. Chapter 4: Basic FET Amplifiers.

171

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
9.8 Design Application. 9.9 Summary. Problems. Chapter 10: Integrated Circuit Biasing and Active Loads. 10.0 Preview. 10.1 Bipolar Transistor Current Sources. 10.2 FET Current Sources. 10.3 Circuits and Active Loads. 10.4 Small-Signal Analysis: Active Load Circuits. 10.5 Summary. Problems. Chapter 11: Differential and Multistage Amplifiers . 11.0 Preview. 11.1 The Differential Amplifier. 11.2 Basic BJT Differential Pair. 11.3 Basic FET Differential Pair. 11.4 Differential Amplifier with Active Load. 11.5 BiCMOS Circuits. 11.6 Gain Stage and Simple Output Stage. 11.7 Simplified BJT Operational Amplifier Stage. 11.8 Diff-Amp Frequency Response. 11.9 Summary. Problems. Chapter 12: Feedback and Stability. 12.0 Preview. 12.1 Introduction to Feedback. 12.2 Basic BJT Differential Pair. 12.3 Basic FET Differential Pair. 12.4 Voltage (Series-Shunt) Amplifier. 12.5 Current (Shunt-Series) Amplifier. 12.6 Transconductance (Series-Series) Amplifier. 12.7 Transresistance (Shunt-Shunt) Amplifier. 12.8 Loop Gain. 12.9 Stability of the Feedback Circuit. 12.10 Frequency Compensation. 12.11 Summary. Problems. Chapter 13: Operational Amplifier Circuits. 13.0 Preview. 13.1 General Op-Amp Design. 13.2 A Bipolar Operational Amplifier Circuit. 13.3 CMOS Operational Amplifier Circuits. 13.4 BiCMOS Operational Amplifier Circuits. 13.5 JFET Operational Amplifier Circuits. 13.6 Summary. Problems. Chapter 14: Nonideal Effects in Operational Amplifier Circuits. 14.0 Preview. 14.1 Practical Op-Amp Parameters. 14.2 Finite Open-Loop Gain. 14.3 Frequency Response. 14.4 Offset Voltage. 14.5 Input Bias Current 14.6 Additional Nonideal Effects. 14.7 Summary. Problems. Chapter 15: Applications and Design of Integrated Circuits. 15.0 Preview. 15.1 Active Filters. 15.2 Oscillators. 15.3 Schmitt Trigger Circuits. 15.4 Nonsinusoidal Oscillators and Timing Circuits. 15.5 Integrated Circuit Power Amplifiers. 15.6 Voltage Regulators. 15.7 Summary. Problems. Prologue III: Prologue to Digital Electronics. Introduction. Logic Functions and Logic Gates. Logic Levels. Noise Margin. Propagation Delay Times and Switching Times. Summary. Part III: Digital Electronics. Chapter 16: MOSFET Digital Circuits. 16.0 Preview. 16.1 NMOS Inverters. 16.2 NMOS Logic Circuits. 16.3 CMOS Inverter. 16.4 CMOS Logic Circuits. 16.5 Clocked CMOS Logic Circuits. 16.6 Transmission Gates. 16.7 Sequential Logic Circuits. 16.8 Memories: Classification and Architectures. 16.9 RAM Memory Cells. 16.10 Read-Only Memory. 16.11 D/A Converters. 16.12 A/D Converters. 16.13 Summary. Problems. Chapter 17: Bipolar Digital Circuits. 17.0 Preview. 17.1 Emitter-Coupled Logic (ECL). 17.2 Modified ECL Circuit Configurations. 17.3 Schottky Transistor-Transistor Logic. 17.4 BiCMOS Digital Circuits. 17.5 Summary. Problems. Appendices.

LINEMAN AND CABLEMAN'S HANDBOOK Eleventh Edition
by Thomas Shoemaker, Mesa Community College, and James E. Mack 2007 / Hardcover / 1024 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-146789-6

(A Professional Reference Title)
This heavily illustrated reference has been the bible of electrical transmission since the publication of its first edition in 1928. Covering both overhead and underground electrical transmission and distribution, it graphically lays out the basic principles, equipment, standards, and safety regulations, allowing electrical workers to avoid costly errors, diagnose and repair power failures, and ensure optimum safety. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Elementary Electrical Principles Chapter 2. Electric Systems Chapter 3. Substations Chapter 4. Transmission Circuits Chapter 5. Distribution Circuits Chapter 6. Construction Specifications Chapter 7. Wood-Pole Structures Chapter 8. Aluminum, Fiberglass, Concrete and Steel Structures Chapter 9. Distribution Automation Chapter 10. Emergency System Restoration Chapter 11. Unloading, Hauling, Erecting, and Setting Poles Chapter 12. Guying Poles Chapter 13. Insulators, Crossarms, and Conductor Supports Chapter 14. Line Conductors Chapter 15. Distribution Transformers Chapter 16. Lightning and Surge Protection Chapter 17. Fuses Chapter 18. Switches, Reclosers, and Sectonalizers Chapter 19. Voltage Regulators Chapter 20. Transmission Tower Erection Chapter 21. Stringing Line Conductors Chapter 22. Sagging Line Conductors Chapter 23: Joining Line Conductors Chapter 24: Live-Line Maintenance with Hot-Line Tools Chapter 25: Live-Line Maintenance from Insulated Aerial Platforms Chapter 26: Grounding Chapter 27: Protective Grounds Chapter 28: Street Lighting Chapter 29: Underground System Chapter 30: Laying Conduit Chapter 31: Manhole Construction Chapter 32: Pulling Cable

172

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Chapter 33: Splicing Cable Chapter 34: Underground Distribution Chapter 35: Vegetation Management--Tree Trimming Chapter 36: Distribution Transformer Installation Chapter 37: Electrical Drawing Symbols Chapter 38: Single-Line Diagrams Chapter 39: Schematic Diagrams Chapter 40: Voltage Regulation Chapter 41: Units of Measurement, Electrical Definitions, Electrical Formulas, and Calculations Chapter 42: Maintenance of Transmission and Distribution Lines Chapter 43: Rope, Knots, Splices, and Gear Chapter 44: Climbing Wood Poles Chapter 45: Protective Equipment Chapter 46: OSHA 1910.269 Chapter 47: Resuscitation Chapter 48: Heart-Lung Resuscitation Chapter 49: Pole-Top and Bucket Truck Rescue Chapter 50: Self-Testing Questions and Exercises INDEX

Analog - Integrated Circuits

International Edition
DESIGN OF ANALOG CMOS INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
by Behzad Razavi, University of California, Los Angeles 2001 / 704 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-238032-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-118839-5 [IE, Hardcover]

www.mhhe.com/razavi
CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Analog Design. 2 Basic MOS Device Physics. 3 Single-Stage Amplifiers. 4 Differential Amplifiers. 5 Passive and Active Current Mirrors. 6 Frequency Response of Amplifiers. 7 Noise. 8 Feedback. 9 Operational Amplifiers. 10 Stability and Frequency Compensation. 11 Bandgap References. 12 Introduction to Switched-Capacitor Circuits. 13 Nonlinearity and Mismatch. 14 Oscillators. 15 Phase-Locked Loops. 16 Short-Channel Effects and Device Models. 17 CMOS Processing Technology. 18 Layout and Packaging

International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS Second Edition
by Hwei Hsu, Fairleigh Dickinson University 2003 / 336 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-140228-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-122997-5 [IE]

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Schaum's Publication)

International Edition
SCHAUM’S 2000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN ELECTRONICS
by J J Cathey, University of Kentucky 1991 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-100905-8 / MHID: 0-07-100905-1 [IE]

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Schaum's Publication)

173

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Digital Integrated Circuits
PULSE AND DIGITAL CIRCUITS
by Prakash Rao M S 2006 ISBN: 978-0-07-060656-2

International Edition
CMOS DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN Third Edition
by Sung-Mo (Steve) Kang, University of California—Santa Cruz and Yusuf Leblebici, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology 2003 / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-246053-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-124342-1 [IE]

www.nhhe.com/kang
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Fabrication of MOSFETS. 3 MOS Transistor. 4 Modeling of MOS Transistors Using SPICE. 5 MOS Inverters: Static Characteristics. 6 MOS Inverters: Switching Characteristics and Interconnect Effects. 7 Combinational MOS Logic Circuits. 8 Sequential MOS Logic Circuits. 9 Dynamic Logic Circuits. 10 Semiconductor Memories. 11 Low-Power CMOS Logic Circuits. 12 BiCMOS Logic Circuits. 13 Chip Input and Output (I/O) Circuits. 14 Design for Manufacturability. 15 Design for Testability

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/msprakashrao/pdc
CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Matching 15. 16. 17. 18. Introduction to Pulse Waveforms Linear Waveshaping Circuits Non-linear Waveshaping Circuits Switching Characteristics of Devices Regenerative Feedback and Multivibrators Transistor Bistable Multivibrator Transistor Schmitt Trigger Circuit Transistor Monostable and Astable Multivibrators Voltage Sweep Circuits Current Sweep Circuits Synchronization and Frequency Division Sampling Gates Blocking Oscillators Network Theorems, Transients, and Impedance Review of RLC Circuits Basics of Operational Amplifier Digital Logic and Flip-flops Review of Semiconductor Diodes and Transistors

International Edition
SYNTHESIS AND OPTIMIZATION OF DIGITAL CIRCUITS

International Edition
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS Third Edition
by David A. Hodges, University of California—Berkeley, Horace G. Jackson, University of California, Berkeley and Resve Saleh, University of British Columbia 2004 / 504 pages ISBN: 978-0-07- 228365-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-118164-8 [IE]

by Giovanni De Micheli, Stanford University 1994 / 576 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-113271-8 [IE] CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: Background. Chapter 3: Hardware Modeling. Chapter 4: Architectural Synthesis. Chapter 5: Scheduling Algorithms. Chapter 6: Resource Sharing and Binding. Chapter 7: Two-Level Combinational Logic Optimization. Chapter 8: Multiple-Level Combinational Logic Optimization. Chapter 9: Sequential Logic Optimization. Chapter 10: Cell-library Binding. Chapter 11: State-of-the-art and Future Trends

www.mhhe.com/hedges
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 MOS Devices. 3 Fabrication and Layout. 4 Basic Gates. 5 High-Speed CMOS Design. 6 Interconnect Design. 7 Clocks and Flip-Flops. 8 Dynamic Logic Circuits. 9 Memory Design (Part I). 10 Memory Design (Part II). 11 Bipolar Digital Circuits. 12 GaAs Digital Cicuits

174

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

ELECTRONICS II: Solid-State
FUNDAMENTALS OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
by M. A. Achuthan, Retired Professor, Electrical Engineering Department, Indian Institute of Technology, Madras 2006 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-061220-4

Appendix D “Derivation” of Schrodinger’s Wave Equation. Appendix E Units of Energy-The Electron-Volt. Appendix F Derivation of Density of States Function. Appendix G Derivation of Shockley-Read-Hall Recombination Rates. Appendix H Answers to Selected Problems

International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
by Betty Lise Anderson, Ohio State University and Richard L Anderson 2005 / 656 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-236977-9 ISBN: 978-0-07-124152-6 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/achuthan/fst
CONTENTS 1. Qualitative Semiconductor Theory 2. Qualitative Theory of PN Junction Transistors 3. Quantitative Semiconductor Theory 4. the PN Junction under forward and reverse bias 5. Bipolar Junction Transistors D.C. and Low Frequency Properties Under Idealized Conditions 6. Junction Transition Capacitance and Junction Breakdown Voltages 7. Photo Diodes, Photo Transistors and PNPN Structures Basic Principles 8. A.C. Properties of Devices 9. High Frequency Analysis and High Frequency Equivalent Circuits, Using the Concepts of Complex Lifetime and Complex Stored Charge 10. Metal Semiconductor Contacts, Metal Semiconductor and Junction Field Effect Transistors 11. Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET) 12. Basic Principles of Device Fabrication 13. Miscellaneous Devices and Effects 14. Low Frequency Small Signal Analysis of Transistor Circuits

www.mhhe.com/andersonanderson
CONTENTS Part 1 Electronic Properties of Materials: 1 Electron Energy and States in Semiconductors. 2 Homogeneous Semiconductors. 3 Current Flow in Homogeneous Semiconductors. 4 Non-Homogeneous Semiconductors. Part 2 Diodes: 5 Prototype pn Homojunctions. 6 Additional Considerations for Diodes. Part 3 Field Effect Transistors: 7 The MOSFET. 8 Additional Considerations for FETs. Part 4 Bipolar Transistors: 9 Bipolar Junction Devices: Statics. 10 Time-Dependent Analysis of BJTs. Part 5 Optoelectronic Devices: 11 Optoelectronic Devices. Appendix A Physical Constants. Appendix B List of Symbols. Appendix C Fabrication. Appendix D Density of States Function, Density of States Effective Mass, Conductivity Effective Mass. Appendix E Useful Integrals. Appendix F Useful Equations. Appendix G: List of Suggested Readings

International Edition
AN INTRODUCTION TO SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
by Donald Neamen, University of New Mexico - Albuquerque 2006 / Hardcover / 704 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-298756-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-125447-1 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/neamen
CONTENTS Chapter 1 The Crystal Structure of Solids. Chapter 2 Theory of Solids. Chapter 3 The Semiconductor in Equilibrium. Chapter 4 Carrier Transport Phenomena. Chapter 5 The pn Junction. Chapter 6 Fundamentals of the MOS Transistor. Chapter 7 The MOSFET: Additional Concepts. Chapter 8 Non-equilibrium Excess Carriers in Semiconductors. Chapter 9 The pn Junction Diode. Chapter 10 The Bipolar Transistor. Chapter 11 Additional Semiconductor Devices and Device Concepts. Chapter 12 Optical Devices. Appendix A Selected List of Symbols. Appendix B System of Units, Conversion Factors, and General Constants. Appendix C The Periodic Table.

175

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS AND DEVICES Third Edition
by Donald Neamen, University of New Mexico—Albuquerque 2003 / 704 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-232107-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-123112-1 [IE] CONTENTS 1. The Crystal Structure of solids. 2. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. 3. Introduction to the Quantum Theory of Solids. 4. The Semiconductor in Equilibrium. 5. Carrier Transport Phenomena. 6. Nonequilibrium Excess Carriers in Semiconductors. 7. The PN Junction. 8. The PN Junction Diode. 9. Metal Semiconductor and Semiconductor Heterojunctions. 10. The Bipolar Transistor. 11. The Junction Field-Effect Transistor. 12. Fundamentals of the Metal-Oxide- Semiconductor Field- Effect Transistor

Solid State/Electronic Materials
International Edition
PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS AND DEVICE Third Edition
by S.O. Kasap, University of Saskatchewan 2006 / 768 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-310464-5 (with CD-ROM) ISBN: 978-0-07-124458-9 [IE with CD]

www.mhhe.com/kasap3
CONTENTS 1 Elementary Materials Science Concepts. 2 Electrical and Thermal Conduction in Solids. 3 Elementary Quantum Physics. 4 Modern Theory of Solids. 5 Semiconductors. 6 Semiconductor Devices. 7 Dielectric Materials and Insulation. 8 Magnetic Properties and Superconductivity. 9 Optical Properties of Materials. Appendix A: Major Symbols and Abbreviations. B Elements to Uranium C Constants and Useful Information

SYSTEM ON PACKAGE
by Rao Tummala 2008 (March 2008) / Hardcover / 512 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-145906-8

(A Professional Reference Title)
System-on-Package (SOP) is an emerging microelectronic technology that places an entire system on a single chip-size package. Where “systems” used to be bulky boxes housing hundreds of components, SOP saves interconnection time and heat generation by keep a full system with computing, communications, and consumer functions all in a single chip. Written by the Georgia Tech developers of the technology, this book explains the basic parameters, design functions, and manufacturing issues, showing electronic designers how this radical new packaging technology can be used to solve pressing electronics design challenges. CONTENTS Introduction Chapter 1: The Trend to Convergent Systems Chapter 2: Introduction to System-On-Chip Chapter 3: Introduction to System-In-Package Chapter 4: Mixed Signal Design Chapter 5: Integrated Digital Systems Packaging Chapter 6: Integrated RF Systems Packaging Chapter 7: Integrated Optoelectronics Packaging Chapter 8: Conclusions Appendices

Analog OP AMPS

International Edition
DESIGN WITH OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS AND ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS Third Edition
by Sergio Franco, San Francisco State University 2002 / 672 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-232084-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-120703-4 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/franco3
CONTENTS 1 Operational Amplifier Fundamentals. 2 Circuits with Resistive Feedback. 3 Active Filters: Part I: 4 Active Filters: Part II: 5 Static Op Amp Limitations. 6 Dynamic Op Amp Limitations. 7 Noise. 8 Stability. 9 Nonlinear Circuits. 10 Signal Generators. 11 Voltage References and Regulators. 12 D-A and A-D Converters. 13 Nonlinear Amplifiers and Phase-Locked Loops

176

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

VLSI Digital
EMBEDDED CORE DESIGN WITH FPGAS
by Zainalabedin Navabi, Northeastern University 2007 / Hardcover / 433 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-147481-8

Electronics III: Optics

International Edition
OPTICS Third Edition
by Ajoy Ghatak 2004 / 464 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-058583-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-124706-1 [IE]

(A Professional Reference Title)
CONTENTS PREFACE INTRODUCTION ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Chapter 1: Elements of Embedded Design Chapter 2: Logic Design Concepts Chapter 3: RTL Design with Verilog Chapter 4: Computer Hardware and Software Chapter 5: Field Programmable Devices Chapter 6: Tools for Design and Prototyping Chapter 7: Design of Utility Hardware Cores Chapter 8: Design with Embedded Processors Chapter 9: Design of an Embedded System Appendix A: Nios II Instruction Set Appendix B: Additional Resources Index

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0585830
CONTENTS 1. What is Light? PART ONE: GEOMETRICAL OPTICS. 2. Fermat’s Principle and its Applications 3. Refraction and reflection by Spherical Surfaces 4. Matrix Method in Paraxial Optics 5. Aberrations PART TWO: VIBRATIONS AND WAVES. 6. Simple Harmonic Motion 7. Forced Vibrations and Origin of Refractive Index 8. Fourier Series and Applications 9. Wave Propagation and the Wave Equation 10. Huygens’ Principle and its Applications. PART THREE: INTERFERENCE. 11. Superposition of Waves 12. Two Beam Interference by Division of Wavefront 13. Interference by Division of Amplitude 14. Multiple Beam Interferometry 15. Coherence. PART FOUR: DIFFRACTION. 16. Fraunhofer Diffraction 17. Fresnel Diffraction 18. Holography. PART FIVE: ELECTROMAGNETIC CHARACTER OF LIGHT. 19. Polarization and Double Refraction 20. Electromagnetic Waves 21. Reflection and Refraction of Electromagnetic Waves. PART SIX: PTOTONS. 22. The Particle Nature of Radiation PART SEVEN: SOURCES OF COHERENT LIGHT. 23. Lasers: An Elementary Account. PART EIGHT: SOME CONTEMPORARY TOPICS. 24. Fibre Optics 25. Introduction to Speckle Metrology. INDEX.

Advanced Electronics

International Edition
OPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS Third Edition
by Gerd Keiser, GTE Government Systems Corporation 2000 / 552 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-236076-9 (with CD-ROM) - Out-of-Print ISBN: 978-0-07-116468-9 [IE with CD-ROM]

www.mhhe.com/engcs/electrical/keiser
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Overview of Optical Fiber Communications. Chapter 2: Optical Fibers: Structures, Waveguiding, and Fabrication. Chapter 3: Signal Degradation in Optical Fibers. Chapter 4: Optical Sources. Chapter 5: Power Launching and Coupling. Chapter 6: Photodetectors. Chapter 7: Optical Receiver Operation. Chapter 8: Digital Transmission Systems. Chapter 9: Analog Systems. Chapter 10: WDM Concepts and Components. Chapter 11: Optical Amplifiers. Chapter 12: Optical Networks. Chapter 13: Measurements. Appendix A: International System of Units. Appendix B: Useful Mathematical Relations. Appendix C: Bessel Functions. Appendix D: Decibels. Appendix E: Topics from Communication Theory. Appendix F: Factors Contributing to Dispersionerview.

177

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Mechatronics

Control Systems
NEW
CONTROL SYSTEMS
by Srivastava

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS AND MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS Third Edition
by David G. Alciatore, Colorado State University, and Michael B. Histand, Colorado State University 2007 / Hardcover / 544 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-296305-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-125407-6 [IE]

www.engr.colostate.edu/~dga/mechatronics/
INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS AND MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS provides comprehensive and accessible coverage of the evolving field of mechatronics for mechanical, electrical and aerospace engineering majors. The authors present a concise review of electrical circuits, solid-state devices, digital circuits, and motors- all of which are fundamental to understanding mechatronic systems. Mechatronics design considerations are presented throughout the text, and in "Design Example" features. The text's numerous illustrations, examples, class discussion items, and chapter questions & exercises provide an opportunity to understand and apply mechatronics concepts to actual problems encountered in engineering practice. This text has been tested over several years to ensure accuracy. A text web site is available at http://www.engr.colostate.edu/~dga/mechatronics/ and contains numerous supplemental resources. CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems. 2 Electric Circuits and Components. 3 Semiconductor Electronics. 4 System Response. 5 Analog Signal Processing Using Operational Amplifiers 6 Digital Circuits and Systems. 7 Microcontroller Programming and Interfacing. 8 Data Acquisition. 9 Sensors. 10 Actuators. 11 Mechatronic Systems-Control Architectures and Case Studies. Appendixes. A Measurement Fundamentals. B Physical Principles. C Mechanics of Materials 2008 / Softcover / 420 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-008764-4

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/srivastava/cs
This book is intended to serve as a compact text in Control Systems with a view to cover basic concepts of control systems such as time domain and frequency domain analysis and design, state variable analysis, stability of linear continuous-time systems, design of control systems. The text provides necessary contents for undergraduate program in Electrical, Electronics and Communication, Instrumentation and other allied engineering disciplines. Numerous examples and MATLAB based exercises have been included to help the reader develop an intuitive grasp of the contents. v Concise, complete, and simplified text for the basic control systems course. v Suitable for one semester course with emphasis on continuous-time systems v Integrated approach to stability with classical stability criteria and Lyapunov concepts . (Ch – 5) v Concentrates exclusively on design in time and frequency domain using root locus techniques. (Ch – 6 & 7) v Brief presentation of modern control concepts like adaptive and optimal control. (Ch – 11) v Provides detailed steps in derivations and problems helping the reader develop an intuitive grasp of the contents. v Useful MATLAB tutorial facilitates in learning basic commands of the software and helps students to solve numerical problems. (Appendix – D) Pedagogy: v v v v Total 575 problems 215 Solved examples 210 Exercise problems 150 Objective type questions

CONTENTS 1. Introduction 2. System Modelling and Mathematical Representation of Systems 3. Time Domain Analysis and Design: Input–Output Approach 4. State Variable Approach to Time Domain Analysis 5. Integrated Approach to Stability Analysis 6. Root-Locus Technique and Design in Time Domain 7. Frequency Response Analysis and Design 8. Design of Digital Control Systems 9. State Feedback Systems Design 233

178

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
10. Nonlinear Dynamical Systems 258 11. Optimal and Adaptive Control Systems

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FEEDBACK AND CONTROL SYSTEMS Second Edition
by Joseph DiStefano, University of California, Los Angeles; Allen Stubberud, UCLA; Ivan William, TRW Space and Technology 1990 / 572 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-017052-0

NEW
CONTROL SYSTEMS Third Edition
by M Gopal

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Introduction Control Systems Terminology Differential Equations, Difference Equations, and Linear Systems The LaPlace Transform and The Z-Transform Stability Transfer Functions Block Diagram Algebra and Transfer Functions of Systems Signal Flow Graphs System Sensitivity Measures and Classification of Feedback Systems Analysis and Design of Feedback Control Systems: Objectives and Methods Nyquist Analysis Nyquist Design Root-Locus Design Bode Analysis Bode Design Nichols Chart Analysis Nichols Chart Design Introduction to Nonlinear Control Systems Introduction to Advanced Topics in Control Systems Analysis and Design

2008 / Softcover / 750 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066879-9

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070668795
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Integrated coverage of continuous-time and discrete-time systems. Suitable for two courses on control systems at the undergraduate level. v v v v New chapters on: Digital Control Systems (Ch -11) Nonlinear Systems (Ch - 14) State Variable Design (Ch – 13)

v Emphasizes on the frequency-domain design methods using root locus and Nyquist/Bode/Nichol’s plots. v Comprehensive coverage on compensator design (chapters 7 & 10) v Chapter based MATLAB modules on the book’s website

CONTENTS 1. Introduction to Control Problem 2. Dynamic Models and Dynamic Response 3. Model of Industrial Control Devices and Systems 4. Basic Principles of Feedback Control 5. Concept of Stability and Routh Stability Criterion 6. The Performance of Feedback Systems 7. Compensator Designing Using Root Locus Plots 8. The Nyquist Stability Criterion and Stability Marginis 9. Feedback Systems Performance Based on the Frequency Response 10. Compensator Design using Bode Plots 11. Digital Control Systems 12. Control System Analysis using State Variable Methods 13. Control Systems Design using State Variable Methods 14. Nonlinear systems

179

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Systems/Controls (Introduction)
International Edition
DIGITAL CONTROL AND STATE VARIABLE METHODS Second Edition
by Madan Gopal, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi 2003 / 1,014 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-048302-6 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-123725-3 [IE]

Advanced Systems

International Edition
THE FOURIER TRANSFORM AND ITS APPLICATIONS Third Edition
by Ronald Bracewell, Stanford University 1999 / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-303938-1 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-116043-8 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Groundwork. 3 Convolution. 4 Notation for Some Useful Functions. 5 The Impulse Symbol. 6 The Basic Theorems. 7 Obtaining Transforms. 8 The Two Domains. 9 Waveforms, Spectra, Filters and Linearity. 10 Sampling and Series. 11 The Discrete Fourier Transform and the FFT. 12 The Hartley Transform. 13 Relatives of the Fourier Transform. 14 The Laplace Transform. 15 Antennas and Optics. 16 Applications in Statistics. 17 Random Waveforms and Noise. 18 Heat Conduction and Diffusion. 19 Dynamic Power Spectra. 20 Tables of sinc x, sinc2x and exp(-?x)2. 21 Solutions to Selected Problems. 22 Pictorial Dictionary of Fourier Transforms. 23 The Life of Joseph Fourier

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/gopal/digitalcontrol
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Signal Processing in Digital Control. 3 Models of Digital Control Devices and Systems. 4 Design of Digital Control Algorithms. 5 Control System Analysis Using State Variable Methods. 6 State Variable Analysis of Digital Control Systems. 7 Pole-Placement Design and State Observers. 8 Lyapunov Stability Analysis. 9 Linear Quadratic Optimal Control. 10 Nonlinear Control Systems. 11 Neural Networks for Control. 12 Fuzzy Control. Appendix A : Mathematical Background. Appendix B : MATLAB Aided Control System Design: Conventional. Appendix C : MATLAB Aided Control System Design : Neural-Fuzzy. Index

OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN Second Edition
by Robert F. Fischer 2008 / Hardcover / 809 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-147248-7

(A Professional Reference Title)
Honed for more than 20 years in an SPIE professional course taught by renowned optical systems designer Robert E. Fischer, Optical System Design, Second Edition brings you the latest cutting-edge design techniques and more than 400 detailed diagrams that clearly illustrate every major procedure in optical design.

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

This thoroughly updated resource helps you work better and faster with computer-aided optical design techniques, diffractive optics, and the latest applications, including digital imaging, telecommunications, and machine vision. No need for complex, unnecessary mathematical derivations-instead, you get hundreds of examples that break the techniques down into understandable steps. Contents CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgments Chapter 1: Basic Optics and Optical System Specifications Chapter 2: Stops and Pupils and Other Basic Principles Chapter 3: Diffraction, Aberrations, and Image Quality Chapter 4: The Concept of Optical Path Difference Chapter 5: Review of Specific Geometrical Aberrations and How to Get Rid of Them

180

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Chapter 6: Glass Selection (including Plastics) Chapter 7: Spherical and Aspheric Surfaces Chapter 8: Design Forms Chapter 9: The Optical Design Process Chapter 10: Computer Performance Evaluation Chapter 11. Gaussian Beam Imagery Chapter 12. Basics of Thermal Infrared Imaging in the 3- to 5- and 8- to 12-um Spectral Bands (Plus UV Optics) Chapter 13. Diffractive Optics Chapter 14. Design of Illumination Systems Chapter 15. Performance Evaluation and Optical Testing Chapter 16. Tolerancing and Producibility Chapter 17. Optomechanical Design Chapter 18. Optical Manufacturing Considerations Chapter 19. Polarization Issues in Optical Design Chapter 20. Optical Thin Films Chapter 21. Hardware Design Issues Chapter 22. Lens Design Optimization Case Studies Chapter 23. Optical Sensor Systems Modeling and Analysis Chapter 24. Stray Light and Optical Scattering Chapter 25. Bloopers and Blunders in Optics Chapter 26. Rule of Thumb and Hints Glossary Bibliography Index v v Tachometers Servo Motors

Pedagogy: v v v v There are 465 problems given in the book: 123 Solved examples 251 Exercise problems with answers 91 Objective type questions

CONTENTS Part I--Generalised Treatment, DC Machinesand Transformers 1. Generalised Treatment of Electrical Machines 3 2. Direct Current Machines 73 3. Transformers 179 Part II--Induction Machines, Synchronous Machines, Fractional Kilowatt Motors and Power Converters 4. Three-Phase Induction Machines 281 5. Three-Phase Synchronous Machines 406 6. Single-Phase Motors 483 7. Power Converters+ 528

International Edition

Machinery
NEW
ELECTRICAL MACHINES Third Edition
by S K Bhattacharya

ELECTRIC MACHINERY FUNDAMENTALS Fourth Edition
by Stephen J Chapman, BAE Systems, Australia 2005 / 720 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-246523-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-115155-9 [IE]

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072465239
CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Machinery Principles. 2 Transformers. 3 Introduction to Power Electronics. 4 AC Machinery Fundamentals. 5 Synchronous Generators. 6 Synchronous Motors. 7 Induction Motors. 8 DC Machinery Fundamentals. 9 DC Motors and Generators. 10 Single-Phase and Special-Purpose Motors. Appendix A Review of Three-Phase Circuits. Appendix B Coil Pitch and Distributed Windings. Appendix C Salient-Pole Theory of Synchronous Machines. Appendix D Tables of Constants and Conversion Factors

2008 / 560 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-066921-5

(McGraw-Hill India Title)
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Thoroughly revised and updated edition completely cover the diploma syllabus of the two semester course in electrical machines. v v v v v v v v New topics on includes: Speed control of single phase induction motor Stepper motors Tachometers Servo Motors New sections on: Speed control of single phase induction motor Stepper motors

181

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
ELECTRIC MACHINERY Sixth Edition
by A. E. Fitzgerald, deceased; Charles Kingsley, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Stephen Umans, Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology 2003 / 608 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-366009-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-123010-0 [IE]

Electricity & Electronics

NEW
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
by Frank D. Petruzella 2010 (May 2009) / Softcover / 480 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-352182-4

www.mhhe.com/fitzgerald6e
CONTENTS 1. Magnetic Circuits and Magnetic Materials. 2. Transformers. 3. Multi-Winding Transformers. 4. Introduction to Rotating Machines. 5. Synchronous Machines. 6. Polyphase Induction Machines. 7. DC Machines. 8. Variable-Reluctance Machines and Stepping Motors. 9. Single- and Two-Phase Motors. 10. Introduction to Power Electronics. 11. Speed and Torque Control. Appendix A. Three-phase circuits. Appendix B. Voltages, Magnetic Fields and Inductances of Distributed AC Windings. Appendix C. Engineering Aspects of Practical Electric-Machine Performance and Operation. Appendix D. The dq0 Transformation. Appendix E. Table of Constants and Conversion Factors for SI Units

(A Glencoe Trade & Technical Title) www.mhhe.com/emcs1e (Details not available at press time)

AMERICAN ELECTRICIANS' HANDBOOK Fifteenth Edition
by Terrell Croft, Wilford I. Summers, National Fire Protection Association, and Frederic Hartwell 2009 (August 2008) / Hardcover / 1856 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149462-5

A Professional Reference Title
The most popular electricians' handbook for the past 95 years has been completely updated to provide the latest NEC and NESC rules and standards, and new references to solar power, photovoltaics, induction lighting, and more. Providing all the information you'll need to design, maintain, and operate systems and equipment, the Fifteenth Edition of the American Electricians' Handbook is the key to tackling even the most complex jobs with complete confidence. This one-stop resource focuses on systems and equipment rather than codes and calculations, making it the most practical, hands-on guide available. No matter what kind of electrical project you plan to take on, the American Electricians' Handbook is the only guide you'll need. CONTENTS Preface to the Fifteenth Edition DIVISION 1: Fundamentals DIVISION 2: Properties and Splicing of Conductors DIVISION 3: Circuits and Circuit Calculations DIVISION 4: General Electrical Equipment and Batteries DIVISION 5: Transformers DIVISION 6: Solid-State Devices and Circuits DIVISION 7: Generators and Motors DIVISION 8: Outside Distribution DIVISION 9: Interior Wiring DIVISION 10: Electrical Lighting DIVISION 11: Optical Fiber DIVISION 12: Wiring and Design Tables Index

International Edition
ELECTRIC MACHINERY AND POWER SYSTEMS FUNDAMENTALS
by Stephen J. Chapman, BAE SYSTEMS Australia 2002 / 696 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-229135-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-122620-2 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/chapman
CONTENTS Part 1 Introduction. 1 Mechanical and Electro-magnetic Fundamentals. 2 Three-Phase Circuits. Part 2 Power Systems Components. 3 Transformers. 4 AC Machinery Fundamentals. 5 Synchronous Generators. 6 Synchronous Motors. 7 Induction Motors. 8 Transmission Lines. Part 3 Power Systems. 9 Power System Representation and Equations. 10 Introduction to Power-Flow Studies. 11 Symmetrical Faults. 12 Asymmetrical Faults

182

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
VHDL: MODULAR DESIGN AND SYNTHESIS OF CORES AND SYSTEMS Third Edition
by Zainalabedin Navabi, Northeastern University 2007 / Hardcover with CDROM / 531 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-147545-7

Basic Electricity
International Edition
ELECTRICITY: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS Seventh Edition
by Richard J. Fowler 2008 (April 2007) / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-322279-0 (with Simulation CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-128593-3 [IE with Simulation CD]

A Professional Reference Title
CONTENTS Introduction Acknowledgments Chapter 1: Digital System Design Automation with VHDL Chapter 2: RTL with VHDL Chapter 3: VHDL Constructs for Structure and Hierarchy Descriptions Chapter 4: Concurrent Constructs for RT Level Descriptions Chapter 5: Sequential Constructs for RT Level Descriptions Chapter 6: VHDL Language Utilities and Packages Chapter 7: VHDL Signal Model Chapter 8: Hardware Cores and Models Chapter 9: Core Design and Testability Chapter 10: Design, Test and Application of a Processor Core Appendix A: Vhdl Keywords Appendix B: Vhdl Language Grammar Appendix C: Vhdl Standard Packages Appendix D: Std_logic_1164 Package Appendix E: Std_logic_textio Package Appendix F: Std_logic_arith Package Appendix G: Std_logic_signed Appendix H: Std_logic_unsigned Appendix I: Math_real Package Index

www.mhhe.com/fowler7e
This widely-used text prepares students for entry-level jobs in electronics, electrical trades and related fields. Its level and approach are ideal for both electronics and electricity programs looking for a relatively short, applied book covering DC/AC circuits. Additional chapters on topics such as safety, transformers, motors, instrumentation, and residential wiring are also included. No prior knowledge of electricity is assumed; the only prerequisites are arithmetic and basic algebra. Practical skills are emphasized throughout the text, and supported in the hands-on work provided in the companion Experiments Manual. MultiSim circuit files are provided, on a bound-in CD ROM, for those who want to bring software simulation work into their classes and labs. CONTENTS 1.) Basic Concepts. 1-1 Work and Energy. 1-2 Unit of Energy. 1-3 Energy Conversion. 1-4 Efficiency. 1-5 Structure of Matter. 1-6 Electric Charge. 1-7 Valence Electrons. 1-8 Free Electrons. 1-9 Ions. 1-10 Static Charge and Static Electricity. 1-11 Static Discharge. 1-12 Uses of Static Electricity. 2.) Electrical Quantities and Units. 2-1 Charge. 2-2 Unit of Charge. 2-3 Current and Current Carriers. 2-4 Current in Solids. 2-5 Current in Liquids and Gases. 2-6 Current in a Vacuum. 2-7 Unit of Current—The Ampere. 2-8 Voltage. 2-9 Unit of Voltage—The Volt. 2-10 Polarity. 2-11 Sources of Voltage. 2-12 Resistance. 2-13 Conductors. 2-14 Insulators. 2-15 Semiconductors. 2-16 Unit of Resistance—The Ohm. 2-17 Temperature Coefficient. 2-18 Resistivity. 2-19 Resistors. 2-20 Power and Energy. 2-21 Unit of Power. 2-22 Efficiency. 2-23 Powers of 10. 2-24 Multiple and Submultiple Units. 2-25 Special Units and Conversions. 3.) Basic Circuits, Laws, and Measurements 3-1 Circuit Essentials.

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR ELECTRICITY AND ELECTRONICS Second Edition
by Aurthur Beiser, New York University 1993 / 224 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-004439-5

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Basic Electricity and Algebra. Fractions, Decimals, and Percentage. Power and Energy. Powers of 10 and Logarithms. Resistance and Wire Size. Series Circuits. Parallel Circuits. Simultaneous Equations and Kirchhoff's Rules. Network Theorems. Inductance. Capacitance. Trigonometry and Vectors. Alternating Current. American Wire Gage Tables. Appendices: A: Conversion Factors. B: American Wire Gage Tables. C: Table of Allowable Current Carrying Capacities (ampacities) of Copper Conductors. D: Four-Place Logarithms. E: Natural Trigonometric Functions.

183

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
3-2 Circuit Symbols and Diagrams . 3-3 Calculating Electrical Quantities. 3-4 Measuring Electrical Quantities. 4.) Circuit Components. 4-1 Batteries and Cells. 4-2 Lead-Acid Cells. 4-3 Nickel-Cadmium Cells. 4-4 Carbon-Zinc and Zinc Chloride Cells. 4-5 Alkaline-Manganese Dioxide Cells. 4-6 Mercuric Oxide Cells. 4-7 Silver Oxide Cells. 4-8 Lithium Cells 4-9 Miniature Lamps and LEDs. 4-10 Resistors. 4-11 Switches. 4-12 Wires and Cables. 4-13 Fuses and Circuit Breakers. 4-14 Other Components. 5.) Multiple-Load Circuits. 5-1 Subscripts. 5-2 Power in Multiple-Load Circuits. 5-3 Series Circuits 5-4 Maximum Power Transfer. 5-5 Parallel Circuits. 5-6 Conductance. 5-7 Series-Parallel Circuits. 5-8 Voltage Dividers and Regulators. 6.) Complex-Circuit Analysis. 6-1 Simultaneous Equations. 6-2 Loop-Equations Technique. 6-3 Node Voltage Technique. 6-4 Superposition Theorem. 6-5 Voltage Sources. 6-6 Thevenin’s Theorem. 6-7 Current Source. 6-8 Norton’s Theorem. 6-9 Comparison of Techniques. 7.) Magnetism and Electromagnetism. 7-1 Magnetism and Magnets. 7-2 Magnetic Fields, Flux, and Poles. 7-3 Electromagnetism. 7-4 Magnetic Materials. 7-5 Magnetizing Magnetic Materials. 7-6 Magnetomotive Force. 7-7 Saturation. 7-8 Demagnetizing. 7-9 Residual Magnetism. 7-10 Reluctance. 7-11 Magnetic Shields. 7-12 Induced Voltage. 7-13 Magnetic Quantities and Units. 7-14 Electromagnets. 7-15 DC Motors. 7-16 Solenoids. 7-17 Relays. 7-18 Hall-Effect Devices. 8.) Alternating Current and Voltage. 8-1 AC Terminology. 8-2 Waveforms. 8-3 Types of AC Waveforms. 8-4 Quantifying Alternating Current. 8-5 The Sine Wave. 8-6 AC Generator. 8-7 Advantages of Alternating Current. 8-8 Three-Phase Alternating Current. 9.) Power in AC Circuits. 9-1 Power in Resistive AC Circuits . 9-2 Power in Out-Of-Phase Circuits. 9-3 True Power and Apparent Power. 9-4 Power Factor. 10.) Capacitance. 10-1 Terminology. 10-2 Basic Capacitor Action. 10-3 Voltage Rating. 10-4 Unit of Capacitance. 10-5 Determining Capacitance. 10-6 Types of Capacitors. 10-7 Schematic Symbols. 10-8 Capacitors in DC Circuits. 10-9 Capacitors in AC Circuits. 10-10 Capacitors in Series. 10-11 Capacitors in Parallel. 10-12 Detecting Faulty Capacitors. 10-13 Undesired, or Stray, Capacitance. 10-14 Capacitor Specifications. 10-15 Uses of Capacitors. 11.) Inductance. 11-1 Characteristics of Inductance. 11-2 Unit of Inductance—The Henry. 11-3 Factors of Determining Inductance. 11-4 Types of Inductors. 11-5 Ratings of Inductors. 11-6 Inductors in DC Circuits. 11-7 Ideal Inductors in AC Circuits. 11-8 Real Inductors in AC Circuits. 11-9 Inductors in Parallel. 11-10 Inductors in Series. 11-11 Time Constants for Inductors. 11-12 Preventing Mutual Inductance. 11-13 Undesired Inductance. 12.) Transformers. 12-1 Transformer Fundamentals. 12-2 Efficiency of Transformers. 12-3 Loaded and Unloaded Transformers. 12-4 Transformer Cores. 12-5 Types of Transformers. 12-6 Impedance Matching. 12-7 Transformer Ratings. 12-8 Series and Parallel Windings. 12-9 Off-Center-Tapped Windings. 12-10 Three-Phase Transformers. 13.) R, C, and L Circuits. 13-1 Impedance. 13-2 Adding Phasors. 13-3 Solving RC Circuits. 13-4 Solving RL Circuits. 13-5 Solving RCL Circuits. 13-6 Resonance. 13-7 Filters. 14.) Electric Motors. 14-1 Motor Classifications. 14-2 Motor Ratings. 14-3 Motor Enclosures. 14-4 Squirrel-Cage Induction Motors. 14-5 Synchronous Motors. 14-6 Other Types of Motors. 15.) Instruments and Measurements. 15-1 Digital Multimeter. 15-2 Meter Movements. 15-3 Analog Ammeters 15-4 Analog Voltmeters. 15-5 Meter Loading. 15-6 Analog Ohmmeters. 15-7 Insulation Testers. 15-8 Wheatstone Bridge. 15-9 Wattmeters. 15-10 Frequency Meters. 15-11 Measuring Impedance. 15-12 Measuring Inductance and Capacitance. 16.) Residential Wiring Concepts. 16-1 Electrical Codes. 16-2 Power Distribution. 16-3 Service Entrance. 16-4 Cables and Conductors.

184

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
16-5 240-V. Branch Circuits. 16-6 120-V Branch Circuits. 16-7 Switched-Receptacle Outlet. 16-8 Multiple Switching. 16-9 Lighted-Handle Switches. 16-10 Circuit Interrupters. 16-11 Feeder Circuits. 16-12 Low-Voltage Control Circuits. 16-13 Electronic Control Circuits. Glossary of Terms and Symbols. Appendix A Common Tools. Appendix B Soldering and the Soldering Process. Appendix C Formulas and Conversions. Appendix D Cooper Wire Table. Appendix E Resistivity of Metals and Alloys. Appendix F Temperature Coefficients of Resistance. Appendix G Trigonometric Functions. Appendix H Capacitor Codes and Color Codes. Appendix I The Oscilloscope. Appendix J Basics of Cramer’s Rule. Index Chapter 34: Characteristics of Inductance. Chapter 35: Transformers. Chapter 36Inductances in Series and Parallel. Chapter 37: RC Time Constants. Chapter 38: Reactance of a Capacitor (XC). Chapter 39: Capacitors in Series and Parallel. Chapter 40: The Capacitive Voltage Divider. Chapter 41: Impedance of a Series RL Circuit. Chapter 42: Voltage Relationships in a Series RL Circuit Impedance of a Series RC Circuit. Chapter 43: Voltage Relationships in a Series RC Circuit. Chapter 44: Power in AC Circuits. Chapter 45: Frequency Response of a Reactive Circuit. Chapter 46: Impedance of a Series RLC Circuit. Chapter 47: Effects of Changes in Frequency on Impedance and Chapter 48: Current in a Series RLC Circuit. Chapter 49: Impedance of Parallel RL and RC Circuits. Chapter 50: Impedance of a Parralles RLC Circuit. Chapter 51: Resonant Frequency and Frequency Response of a Series RLC Circuit. Chapter 52: Effect of Q on Frequency Response and Bandwidth of a Series Resonant Circuit. Chapter 53: Characteristics of Parallel Resonant Circuits. Chapter 54: Low-Pass and Hig h-Pass Filters. Chapter 55: RC Bandpass and Bandstop Filters. Chapter 56: Nonlinear Resistors - Thermistors. Chapter 57: Nonlinear Resistors - Varistors (VDRS). Appendices. A: Wiring Methods B: Familiarization with Hand Tools Used in Electronics C: Soldering Techniques.

International Edition
BASIC ELECTRICITY: A TEXT-LAB MANUAL Seventh Edition
by by Paul B Zbar and Joseph Sloop, Gordon Rockmaker, Electronic Industries Association 2000 / 460 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-821275-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-120284-8 [IE]

(A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction to Experiments. Chapter 2: Resistor Color Code and Measurement of Resistance. Chapter 3: Measurement of Voltage. Chapter 4: Conductors and Insulators. Chapter 5: Switches and Switching Circuits. Chapter 6: Measurement of Direct Current. Chapter 7: Ohm’s Law. Chapter 8: Series Circuits. Chapter 9: Designing Series Circuit. Chapter 10: Voltage-Divider Circuits unloaded). Chapter 11: Current in a Parallel Circuit. Chapter 12: Resistance of a Parallel Circuit. Chapter 13: Designing Parallel Circuits. Chapter 14: Resistance of Series-Parallel Circuits. Chapter 15: Direct-Current Meters (shunts and multipliers). Chapter 16: Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law (one source). Chapter 17: Kirchhoff’s Current Law . Chapter 18: Voltage-Divider Circuits (loaded). Chapter 19: Designing Voltage and Current-Divider Circuits. Chapter 20: Troubleshooting Electric Circuits using Voltage, Current, and Resistance Measurement. Chapter 21: Maximum Power Transfer. Chapter 22: Solving Circuits using Mesh Currents. Chapter 23: Balanced-Bridge Circuit. Chapter 24: Superposition Theorem. Chapter 25: Thevenin’s Theorem. Chapter 26: Norton’s Theorem. Chapter 27: Millman’s Theorem. Chapter 28: Magnetic Field Associated with Current in a Wire. Chapter 29: Inducing Voltage in a Coil. Chapter 30: Applications of the DC Relay. Chapter 31: Oscilloscope Operation. Chapter 32: Oscilloscope Voltage and Frequency Measurement. Chapter 33: Peak, RMS, and Average Values of AC.

International Edition
ELECTRICITY/ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS A Text-Lab Manual Fourth Edition
by by Paul B Zbar and Joseph Sloop, Gordon Rockmaker, Electronic Industries Association 1993 / 384 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-02-800843-1 (Out-of-Print} ISBN: 978-0-07-113780-5 [IE]

(A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)
CONTENTS Using the Multimeter Series and Parallel Resistance Circuits Voltage and Voltage Measurement Measurement and Control of DC Ohm’s Law and the Series Circuit The Parallel Circuit Series-Parallel Circuits Kirchhoff’s Laws Thevenin’s Theorem Power Electricity and Magnetism Alternating Current Measurement Capacitors Capacitive Reactance

185

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Basic Electronics: DC/AC Circuits

International Edition
GROB’S BASIC ELECTRONICS Fundamentals of DC and AC Circuits with Simulations CD
by Mitchel E. Schultz, Western Wisconsin Technical College 2007 / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-325036-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-110809-6 [IE, with Student CD] - Out-of-Print Grob’s Basic Electronics: Fundamentals of DC/AC Circuits is written for the beginning student pursuing a degree in electronics technology. In covering the fundamentals of electricity and electronics, this text focuses on essential topics for the technician and the all-important development of troubleshooting skills. This highly practical approach combines clear, carefully-laid-out explanations of key topics with worked-out examples and problems to solve. Review problems that follow each section reinforce material just completed making this a very student-friendly text. It provides the student with complete, comprehensive coverage of all of the fundamental concepts of DC and AC circuit theory.

International Edition
GROB'S BASIC ELECTRONICS WITH SIMULATION CD Tenth Edition
by Mitchel E Schultz, Western Wisconsin Technical College 2007 / 1,056 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-322276-9 (with MultiSIM CD-ROM) ISBN: 978-0-07-110848-5 [IE, with Student CD]

(A Glencoe Trade & Technical Title) www.mhe.com/grob10e
Grob’s Basic Electronics, Tenth Edition, is written for the beginning student pursuing a technical degree in Electronics Technology. In covering the fundamentals of electricity and electronics, this text focuses on essential topics for the technician, and the all-important development of testing and troubleshooting skills. This highly practical approach combines clear, carefully-laid-out explanations of key topics with good, worked-out examples and problems to solve. Review problems that follow each section reinforce the material just completed, making this a very student-friendly text. It is a thoroughly accessible introduction to basic DC and AC circuits and electronic devices. This tenth edition of this longtime best-selling text has been refined, updated and made more student friendly. The focus on absolutely essential knowledge for technicians, and focus on real-world applications of these basic concepts makes it ideal for today’s technology students. CONTENTS Preface Introduction to Powers of 10. 1 Electricity. 2 Resistors. 3 Ohm’s Law. 4 Series Circuits. 5 Parallel Circuits. 6 Series-Parallel Circuits. 7 Voltage Dividers and Current Dividers. 8 Direct-Current Meters. 9 Kirchhoff’s Laws. 10 Network Theorems. 11 Conductors and Insulators. 12 Batteries. 13 Magnetism. 14 Electromagnetism. 15 Alternating Voltage and Current. 16 Capacitance. 17 Capacitive Reactance. 18 Capacitive Circuits. 19 Inductance. 20 Inductive Reactance. 21 Inductive Circuits. 22 RC and L/R Time Constants. 23 Alternating Current Circuits. 24 Complex Numbers for AC Circuits. 25 Resonance. 26 Filters. 27 Semiconductor Diodes: Theory and Applications. 28 Bipolar Junction Transistors. 29 Transistor Amplifiers. 30 Field Effect Transistors. 31 Power Amplifiers. 32 Thyristors. 33 Operational Amplifiers.

International Edition
ELECTRICITY/ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALS A Text-Lab Manual Fourth Edition
by by Paul B Zbar and Joseph Sloop, Gordon Rockmaker, Electronic Industries Association 1993 / 384 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-02-800843-1 (Out-of-Print} ISBN: 978-0-07-113780-5 [IE]

(A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)
CONTENTS Using the Multimeter Series and Parallel Resistance Circuits Voltage and Voltage Measurement Measurement and Control of DC Ohm’s Law and the Series Circuit The Parallel Circuit Series-Parallel Circuits Kirchhoff’s Laws Thevenin’s Theorem Power Electricity and Magnetism Alternating Current Measurement Capacitors Capacitive Reactance

186

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Digital Electronics

11. Design Of Sequential Circuits 12. D/a Conversion And A/d Conversion 13. Memory 14. Digital Integrated Circuits 15. Applications 16. A Simple Computer Design Appendicies

International Edition
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS Seventh Edition
by Roger L. Tokheim 2008 (February 2007) / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-322275-2 (Student Text with MultiSIM CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-110850-8 [IE with MultiSIM CD]

International Edition
MICROPROCESSORS PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS Second Edition
by Charles M Gilmore 1995 / 544 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-113965-6 [IE]

(A Glencoe Trade & Technical Title) www.mhhe.com/tokheim7e
Digital Electronics: Principles and Applications is a concise and practical text that prepares students for entry-level electronics jobs. Its level and approach are ideal for both electronics and electricity programs looking for a relatively short, applied book. The seventh edition has been updated, with new coverage of microcontrollers, memory, and interfacing. Optional simulation work with MultiSim is included in the text and accompanying Experiments Manual, with circuit files included on a bound-in CD ROM. Additional student and instructor resources are included on a new Online Learning Center website. CONTENTS 1 Digital Electronics. 2 Numbers We Use in Digital Electronics. 3 Logic Gates. 4 Combining Logic Gates. 5 IC Specifications and Simple Interfacing. 6 Encoding, Decoding, and Seven-Segment Displays. 7 Flip-Flops. 8 Counters. 9 Shift Registers. 10 Arithmetic circuits. 11 Memory and Storage. 12 Digital Systems. 13 Computer Systems. 14 Connecting with Analog Devices

(A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)
CONTENTS What Is The Microprocessor? The Decimal And Binary Number Systems Processor Arithmetic Basic Microprocessor Architectural Concepts Inside The Microprocessor An Introduction To Microprocessor Instructions Communicating With The Microprocessor Two 8-bit Microprocessors: The Z80 And 6802 The Microcontroller: A Single Chip Microprocessor Advanced Microprocessors Memory Mass Storage Microprocessor I/o An Introduction To Programming Operating Systems And System Software Servicing Microprocessor-based Products Developing Microprocessor-based Products New Developments In Microprocessor Technology

DIGITAL PRINCIPLES & APPLICATIONS Sixth Edition
by Donald P Leach, Earlier from Santa, Clara University, Albert Paul Malvino, and Goutam Saha 2006 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-0601758

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://www.mhhe.com/leach/dpa6
CONTENTS Preface to the Sixth Edition Preface 1. Digital Principles 2. Digital Logic 3. Combinational Logic Circuits 4. Data-processing Circuits 5. Number Systems And Codes 6. Arithmetic Circuit 7. Clocks And Timing Circuits 8. Flip-flops 9. Registers 10. Counters

187

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Digital Signal Processing

CONTENTS Preface. Chapter 1 Introduction to Electronic Communication. 1-1 The Significance of Human Communications. 1-2 Communication Systems. 1-3 Types of Electronic Communication. 1-4 Modulation and Multiplexing. 1-5 The Electromagnetic Spectrum. 1-6 Bandwidth. 1-7 A Survey of Communication Applications. 1-8 Careers in the Communications Industry. Chapter 2 The Fundamentals of Electronics: A Review. 2-1 Gain, Attenuation and Decibels. 2-2 Tuned Circuits. 2-3 Filters. 2-4 Fourier Theory. Chapter 3 Amplitude Modulation Fundamentals 3-1 AM Concepts. 3-2 Modulation Index and Percentage of Modulation. 3-3 Sidebands and The Frequency Domain. 3-4 AM Power. 3-5 Single-Sideband Modulation. 3-6 Classification of Radio Emissions. Chapter 4 Amplitude Modulator and Demodulator Circuits. 4-1 Basic Principles of Amplitude Modulation. 4-2 Amplitude Modulators. 4-3 Amplitude Demodulators. 4-4 Balanced Modulators 4-5 SSB Circuits. Chapter 5 Fundamentals of Frequency Modulation. 5-1 Basic Principles of Frequency Modulation. 5-2 Principles of Phase Modulation 5-3 Modulation Index and Sidebands. 5-4 Noise Suppression Effects of FM. 5-5 Frequency Modulation versus Amplitude Modulation. Chapter 6 FM Circuits. 6-1 Frequency Modulators. 6-2 Phase Modulators. 6-3 Frequency Demodulators. Chapter 7 Digital Communications Techniques. 7-1 Digital Transmission of Data. 7-2 Data Converters. 7-3 Parallel and Serial Transmission. 7-4 Pulse Code Modulation. 7-5 Pulse Modulation. 7-6 Digital Signal Processing. Chapter 8 Radio Transmitters. 8-1 Transmitter Fundamentals. 8-2 Carrier Generators. 8-3 Power Amplifiers. 8-4 Impedance Matching Networks. 8-5 Typical Transmitter Circuits Chapter 9 Communications Receivers., 9-1 Basic Principles of Signal Reproduction. 9-2 Superheterodyne Receivers. 9-3 Frequency Conversion. 9-4 Intermediate Frequency and Images. 9-5 Noise. 9-6 Typical Receiver Circuits. 9-7 Receivers and Transmitters. Chapter 10 Multiplexing and Demultiplexing. 10-1 Multiplexing Principles. 10-2 Frequency Division Multiplexing. 10-3 Time Division Multiplexing. 10-3 Pulse Code Modulation. 10-4 Duplexing. Chapter 11 Data Transmission Techniques. 11-1 Digital Codes. 11-2 Principles of Digital Transmission. 11-3 Transmission Efficiency. 11-4 Basic Modem Concepts. 11-5 Wideband Modulation.

International Edition
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
by Charles A Schuler, and Mahesh Chugani 2005 / 352 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-829744-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-111331-1 [IE]

(A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title) www.mhhe.com/dsp
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing. Chapter 2 Converting Analog Signals to Digital Signals. Chapter 3 Correlation and Convolution. Chapter 4 Periodic Functions and Fourier Synthesis. Chapter 5 Discrete Fourier Transform. Chapter 6 Windows. Chapter 7 Digital Filters. Chapter 8 Practical Implementation of Filters. Chapter 9 Digital Signal Processing Systems. Chapter 10 Illustrated DSP Dictionary. Index

Electronic Communication

International Edition
PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Third Edition
by Louis E. Frenzel 2008 (January 2007) / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-322278-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-110607-8 [IE, with OLC]

(A Glencoe Title) www.mhhe.com/frenzel3e
Principles of Electronic Communication Systems is designed for an introductory course in communication electronics for Electronics Technology and Electrical Engineering Technology students who have a background in basic electronics, algebra and trigonometry. The text covers current, state-of-the-art technologies used in all forms of modern electronic communications, using a systems approach to best reflect current industry practice. This edition contains greatly expanded and updated material on the Internet, cell phones and wireless technologies. Practical skills like testing and troubleshooting are included throughout the new edition. As before, Frenzel's book is notable for its readability, which is augmented by numerous fourcolor line drawings, photographs, examples and learning features. A brand-new Laboratory & Activities Manual provides both hands-on experiments and a variety of other activities, reflecting the variety of skills now needed in the electronic communications world. A new Online Learning Center web site is available, with a wealth of learning resources for students, and teaching materials for instructors.

188

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
11-6 Advanced Modem Technology. 11-7 Error Detection and Correction. 11-8 Protocols. Chapter 12 Introduction to Networking and Local Area Networks. 12-1 Network Fundamentals. 12-2 LAN Hardware. 12-3 Ethernet LANs. 12-4 Token Ring LAN. Chapter 13 Transmission Lines. 13-1 Transmission Line Basics. 13-2 Standing Waves. 13-3 Transmission Lines as Circuit Elements. 13-4 The Smith Chart. Chapter 14 Antennas and Wave Propagation. 14-1 Antenna Fundamentals. 14-2 Common Antenna Types. 14-3 Radio Wave Propagation. Chapter 15 Internet Technologies. 15-1 Internet Applications. 15-2 Internet Transmission Systems. 15-3 Storage Area Networks. 15-4 Internet Security. Chapter 16 Microwave Communications. 16-1 Microwave Concepts. 16-2 Microwave Transistor Amplifiers. 16-3 Waveguides and Cavity Resonators. 16-4 Microwave Semiconductor Diodes. 16-5 Microwave Tubes. 16-6 Microwave Antennas. 16-7 Microwave Applications. Chapter 17 Satellite Communications. 17-1 Satellite Orbits. 17-2 Satellite Communications Systems. 17-3 Satellite Subsystems . 17-4 Ground Stations. 17-5 Satellite Applications. Chapter 18 Telecommunication Systems. 18-1 Telephones. 18-2 The Telephone System. 18-3 Facsimile. 18-4 Paging Systems. 18-5 Integrated Services Digital Network. 18-6 Internet Telephony. Chapter 19 Optical Communication. 19-1 Optical Principles 19-2 Optical Communication System. 19-3 Fiber Optic Cables. 19-4 Optical Transmitters and Receivers. 19-5 Wavelength Division Multiplexing. 19-6 Passive Optical Networks. Chapter 20 Cell Phone Technologies. 20-1 Cellular Telephone Systems. 20-2 The Advanced Mobile Telephone System. 20-3 Digital Cell Phone Systems. Chapter 21 Wireless Technologies. 21-1 Wireless LANs. 21-2 PANs and Bluetooth. 21-3 ZigBee and Mesh Wireless Networks. 21-4 WiMAX and Wireless Metropolitan Area Networks. 21-5 Infrared Wireless. 21-6 Radio Frequency Identification. 21-7 Ultra Wideband Wireless. Chapter 22 Communication Tests and Measurements. 22-1 Communications Test Equipment. 22-2 Common Communication Tests. 22-3 Troubleshooting Techniques. 22-4 Electromagnetic Interference Testing. Appendix. Glossary. Index.

International Edition
COMMUNICATION ELECTRONICS Third Edition
by Louis E Frenzel, Jr., 2000 / 448 pages ISBN: 978-0-02-804837-6 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-118304-8 [IE]

(A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)
CONTENTS Introduction to Communication. Amplitude Modulation and Single-Side Band. Modulation. Amplitude Modulation Circuits. Frequency Modulation. Frequency Modulation Circuits. Radio Transmitters. Communications Receivers. Multiplexing. Antennas, Transmission Lines, and Radio Wave Propogation. Microwave Techniques. Introduction to Satellite Communications. Data Communication. Fiber-Optic Telecommunica-tions. Television. The Telephone Systems and its Applications.

International Edition
ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION Sixth Edition
by Robert L Shrader 1993 / 864 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-057157-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-113665-5 [IE]

(A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)
CONTENTS Current, Voltage, and Resistance Direct-Current Circuits Magnetism. Alternating Current Inductance and Transformers Capacitance Alternating-Current Circuits Resonance and LC Filters Active Devices Power Supplies Oscillators Digital Fundamentals Measuring Devices Audio-Frequency Amplifiers Radio-Frequency Amplifiers Basic Trans-mitters Amplitude Modulation and SSB Amplitude-Modulation Receivers Frequency Modulation Antennas Two-Way Communications Microwaves Fiber Optics Broadcast Stations Television Maritime Radio Radar Sources of Electricity Operating Fundamentals

189

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Electronics Principles
ELECTRONICS: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS Seventh Edition
by Charles A. Schuler 2008 (March 2007) / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-331651-2 (with MultiSIM CD)

(A Glencoe Trade & Technical Title) www.mhhe.com/schuler7e
Electronics: Principles and Applications provides a concise, practical introduction to analog devices, circuits and systems. Like earlier editions, the Seventh Edition combines theory with real-world applications in a well-paced sequence, introducing students to such topics as semiconductors, op amps, linear integrated circuits, switching power supplies, electronic communications devices and DSP. The text prepares students to effectively diagnose, repair, verify, and install electronic circuits and systems, without overwhelming them with excessive theory. MultiSim examples are included for optional simulation activities, with MultiSim circuit files included on a bound-in CD ROM. Prerequisites are a command of algebra and an understanding of fundamental electrical concepts. CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 1-1 A Brief History. 1-2 Digital or Analog. 1-3 Analog Functions 1-5 Trends in Electronics. 2 Semiconductors. 2-1 Conductors & Insulators. 2-2 Semiconductors. 2-3 N-Type Semiconductors. 2-4 P-Type Semiconductors. 3 Diodes. 3-1 The PN Junction. 3-2 Characteristic Curves of Diodes. 3-3 Diode Lead Identification. 3-4 Diode Types and Applications. 4 Power Supplies. 4-1 The Power-Supply System. 4-2 Rectification. 4-3 Full-Wave Rectification. 4-4 Conversion of RMS Values to Average Values. 4-5 Filters. 4-6 Voltage Multipliers. 4-7 Ripple and Regulation. 4-8 Zener Regulators. 4-9 More Karnaugh Maps. 5 Transistors. 5-1 Amplification. 5-2 Transistors. 5-3 Characteristic Curves. 5-4 Transistor Data. 5-5 Transistor Testing. 5-6 Other Transistor Types. 5-7 Transistors as Switches. 6 Introduction to Small-Signal Amplifiers. 6-1 Measuring Gain. 6-2 Common-Emitter Amplifier. 6-3 Stabilizing the Amplifier. 6-4 Other Configurations. 6-5 Simulation and Models. 7 More About Small-Signal Amplifiers. 7-1 Amplifier Coupling. 7-2 Voltage Gains in Coupled Stages.

7-3 Field-Effect Transistor (FET) Amplifiers. 7-4 Negative Feedback. 7-5 Frequency Response. 7-6 Triggering Flip-Flops. 7-7 Schmitt Triggered Devices. 7-8 IEEE Logic Symbols. 8 Large-Signal Amplifiers. 8-1 Amplifier Class. 8-2 Class A Power Amplifiers. 8-3 Class B Power Amplifiers. 8-4 Class AB Power Amplifiers. 8-5 Class C Power Amplifiers. 8-6 Switch-Mode Amplifiers. 9 Operational Amplifiers. 9-1 The Differential Amplifier. 9-2 Differential Amplifier Analysis. 9-3 Operational Amplifiers. 9-4 Setting Op-Amp Gain. 9-5 Frequency Effects in Op Amps. 9-6 Op-Amp Applications. 9-7 Comparators. 10 Troubleshooting. 10-1 Preliminary Checks. 10-2 No Output. 10-3 Reduced Output. 10-4 Distortion and Noise. 10-5 Intermittents. 10-6 Operational Amplifiers. 11 Oscillators. 11-1 Oscillator Characteristics. 11-2 RC Circuits. 11-3 LC Circuits. 11-4 Crystal Circuits. 11-5 Relaxation Oscillators. 11-6 Undesired Oscillations. 11-7 Oscillator Troubleshooting. 11-8 Direct Digital Synthesis. 12 Communications. 12-1 Modulation and Demodulation. 12-2 Simple Receivers. 12-3 Superheterodyne Receivers. 12-4 Frequency Modulation and Single Sideband. 12-5 Wireless Networks. 12-6 Troubleshooting. 13 Integrated Circuits. 13-1 Introduction. 13-2 Fabrication. 13-3 The 555 Timer. 13-4 Analog ICs. 13-5 Mixed IC Signals. 13-6 Troubleshooting. 14 Electronic Control Devices and Circuits. 14-1 Introduction. 14-2 The Silicon-Controlled Rectifier. 14-3 Full-Wave Devices. 14-4 Feedback in Control Circuitry. 14-5 Troubleshooting Electronic Control Circuits. 15 Regulated Power Supplies. 15-1 Open-Loop Voltage Regulation. 15-2 Closed-Loop Voltage Regulation. 15-3 Current and Voltage Limiting. 15-4 Switch-Mode Regulators. 15-5 Troubleshooting Regulated Power Supplies. 16 Digital Signal Processing. 16-1 Overview of DSP Systems. 16-2 Moving-Average Filters. 16-3 Fourier Theory. 16-4 Digital Filter Theory. 16-5 Other DSP Applications. 16-6 Limitations of DSP. 16-7 DSP Troubleshooting. Appendix A Soldering.

190

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Appendix B Thermionic Devices. Glossary. Index.

Programmable Logic Controllers

International Edition
ELECTRONICS PRINCIPLES Seventh Edition
by Albert Paul Malvino and David J Bates, Western Wisconsin Technical College 2007 / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-322277-6 (with Simulation CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-126191-3 [IE with SIM CD)]

International Edition
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS Third Edition
by Frank D. Petruzella 2005 / Hardcover / 480 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-829852-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-125046-8 [IE]

(A Glencoe Trade & Technical Title) www.mhhe.com/malvino7e
This seventh edition of Malvino’s classic Electronic Principles offers students a definitive overview of electronic circuits and devices. Expert knowledge of electronic devices is presented in a stimulating, clearly written, conversational style. The new, streamlined book design is fullcolor throughout, with ample, clear illustrations. Greater emphasis on modern integrated circuit (IC) technology, and the revision of nearly one third of the previous edition’s chapter problems and review questions refresh this text while retaining its proven approach. Inaddition to the text there is a wealth of supplementary material included for both student and instructor. An upgraded Experiments Manual, the optional use of MultiSIM software, an instructor’s manual with an Instructor Productivity Center CD-ROM, the updated Workbook, and the brand new Online Learning Center website make this text a powerful learning tool. Electronic Principles is written for electronics students who have done course work in basic DC/AC circuit analysis, along with algebra and trigonometry prerequisites. The book gives clear, accessible coverage of basic electronics concepts in the first half of the book, then applies these to the important electronic circuits and devices most widely used in today’s industry. CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Semiconductors. 3 Diode Theory. 4 Diode Circuits. 5 Special-Purpose Diodes. 6 Bipolar Junction Transistors. 7 Transistor Fundamentals. 8 Transistor Biasing. 9 AC Models. 10 Voltage Amplifiers. 11 CC and CB Amplifiers. 12 Power Amplifiers. 13 JFETs. 14 MOSFETs. 15 Thyristors. 16 Frequency Effects. 17 Differential Amplifiers. 18 Operational Amplifiers. 19 Negative Feedback. 20 Linear Op-Amp Circuits. 21 Active Filters. 22 Nonlinear Op-Amp Circuits. 23 Oscillators. 24 Regulated Power Supplies.

http://www.mhhe.com/plc
Now in four-color, this outstanding text for the first course in programmable logic controllers (PLCs) focuses on how PLCs work and gives students practical information about installing, programming, and maintaining PLC systems. It’s not intended to replace manufacturer’s or user’s manuals, but rather complements and expands on the information contained in these materials. All topics are covered in small segments. Students systematically carry out a wide range of generic programming exercises and assignments. All of the information about PLCs has been updated.

Power Systems

International Edition
MODERN POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS Third Edition
by L. S. Kothari, University of Delhi, and I J Nagrath 2003 / Softcover / 708 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-049489-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-124111-3 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070494894
CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. Inductance and Resistance of Transmission Lines. 3. Capacitance of Transmission Lines. 4. Representation of Power System Components. 5. Characteristics and Performance of Power Transmission Lines. 6. Load Flow Studies. 7. Optional System Operation. 8. Automatic Generation and Voltage Control. 9. Symmetrical Fault Analysis. 10. Symmetrical Components. 11. Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis. 12. Power System Stability. 13. Power System Security. 14. An Introduction to State Estimation of Power Systems. 15. Compensation in Power Systems. 16. Load Forecasting Technique. 17. Voltage Stability. Appendix A : Introduction to Vector and Matrix Algebra. Appendix B : General Circuit Constants. Appendix C : Triangular Factorization and Optimal Ordering. Appendix D : Elements of Power System Jacobian Matrix.

191

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Appendix E : Kuhn-Tucker Theorem. Appendix F : Real-Time Computer Control of Power Systems. Appendix G : Introduction to MATLAB and SIMULINK. Answers to Problems. Index.

International Edition
ELEMENTS OF POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS Fourth Edition
by William Stevenson, Jr., North Carolina State University 1982 / 436 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066584-2 [IE] CONTENTS

International Edition
POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS Second Edition
by Hadi Saadat, Milwaukee School of Engineering 2002 / 712 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-128184-3 [IE with CD software Version 3.0] CONTENTS 1 The Power System: An Overview. 2 Basic Principles. 3 Generator - Transformer Models and the Per Unit System. 4 Transmission Line Parameters. 5 Line Model and Performance. 6 Power Flow Analysis. 7 Optimal Dispatch of Generation. 8 Synchronous Machine Transient Analysis. 9 Balanced Fault. 10 Symmetrical Components and Imbalanced Fault. 11 Stability. 12 Power System Control. Appendixes

Chapter 1 General Background Chapter 2 Basic Concepts Chapter 3 Series Impedance of Transmission Lines Chapter 4 Capacitance of Transmission Lines Chapter 5 Current and Voltage Relations on a Transmission Line Chapter 6 System Modeling Chapter 7 Network Calculations Chapter 8 Load-Flow Solutions and Control Chapter 9 Economic Operation of Power Systems Chapter 10 Symmetrical Three-Phase Faults Chapter 11 Symmetrical Components Chapter 12 Unsymmetrical Faults Chapter 13 System Protection Chapter 14 Power System Stability

Power Electronics
POWER ELECTRONICS Second Edition
by M D Singh and K B Khanchandani 2006 / 1,096 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-058389-4

International Edition
POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS
by John Grainger, North Carolina State University; William Stevenson, Jr., late professor, North Carolina State University 1994 / 784 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-061293-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-113338-8 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Basic Concepts 2 Transformers 3 The Synchronous Machine 4 Series Impedance of Transmission Lines 5 Capacitance of Transmission Lines 6 Current and Voltage Relations on a Transmission Line 7 The Admittance Model and Network Calculations 8 The Impedance Model and Network Calculations 9 Power Flow Solutions 10 Symmetrical Faults 11 Symmetrical Components and Sequence Networks 12 Unsymmetrical Faults 13 Economic Operation of Power Systems 14 Zbus Methods in Contingency Analysis 15 State Estimation of Power Systems 16 Power System Stability

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/singh/pe2e)
CONTENTS 1. Power Electronic Systems: An Overview 2. Thyristor: Principles and Characteristics 3. Gate Triggering Circuits 4. Series and Parallel Operation of Thyristors 5. Modern Power Semiconductor Devices 6. Phase Controlled Converters 7. Duel Converters 8. Choppers 9. Inverters 10. Cycloconverters 11. A.C. Regulators 12. Resonant Converters 13. Protection, Cooling and Mounting of Thyristors 14. Control of D.C. Drives 15. Control of A.C. Drives 16. Thyristor Applications Multiple Choice Questions Review Questions Unsolved Examples References

192

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
POWER ELECTRONICS Third Edition
by Cyril W Lander 1994 / 496 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-707714-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-113445-3 [IE] NEW TO THE EDITION/REVISION CHANGES: Includes: v • Concept of Gas Insulated Substation (GIS) has been introduced in this edition. (Ch - 5 & 8) v • Completely revised section on Paschen’s Law (Ch -2) with supporting problems. v • Details of High Voltage Laboratories across the world have been made up-to-date. (Table 11. 6) v Excludes:

(McGraw-Hill UK Title)
CONTENTS Rectifying Devices. Rectifying Circuits. Converter Operation. DC Line Commutation. Frequency Conversion. Some Applications. Harmonics. DC Machine Control. AC Machine Control. Protection. Glossary of Terms. References and Bibliography.

v Finite Difference Methods (FDM) of Electric Field Computation stands obsolete now-a-days hence has been removed from the new edition. Pedagogical Enhancement: v Fourth edition offers almost 100 fresh problems in different sets such as MCQs, review questions, solved & unsolved problems. Pedagogical Features : v v v v Solved examples: 51 Exercise problems: 190 Objective type questions: 195 A total of 436 problems in the book.

High Voltage Engineering

CONTENTS 1. Introduction 2. Conduction and Breakdown in Gases 3. Conduction and Breakdown in Liquid Dielectrics 4. Breakdown in Solid Dielectrics 5. Applications of Insulating Materials 6. Generation of High Voltages and Currents 7. Measurement of High Voltages and Currents 8. Overvoltage Phenomenon and Insulation Coordination in Electric Power Systems 9. Non-Destructive Testing of Materials and Electrical Apparatus 10 High-Voltage Testing of Electrical Apparatus 11. Design, Planning and Layout of High-Voltage Laboratories

NEW
HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING Fourth Edition
by M.S. Naidu (deceased)

2008 / Softcover / 504 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066928-4

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/hve4e
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Complete coverage of one semester undergraduate course on High Voltage Engineering v Comprehensive coverage on Insulating materials, their properties and applications. v Unique chapter on Overvoltage Phenomenon (Ch 8)

v Information on Design, Planning and Layout of High Volatge Laboratories provided in the concluding chapter. (Ch 11) v Latest concept of Gas Insulated Substation (GIS) has been introduced in this edition

193

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Electromagnetics

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTRIC CIRCUITS Fourth Edition
by Mahmood Nahvi and Joseph A. Edminister, University of Akron 2003 / 400 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-139307-2

International Edition
ENGINEERING ELECTROMAGNETICS Seventh Edition
by William Hayt, (deceased), and John Buck, Georgia Institute of Technology 2006 / 608 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-310463-8 (with CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-124449-7 [IE with CD]

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. Circuit Concepts. 3. Circuit Laws. 4. Analysis Methods. 5. Amplifiers and Operational Amplifier Circuits. 6. Waveforms and Signals. 7. First-Order Circuits. 8. Higher-Order Circuits and Complex Frequency. 9. Sinusoidal Steady-State Circuit Analysis. 10. AC Power. 11. Polyphase Circuits. 12. Frequency Response, Filters, and Resonance. 13. Two-Port Networks. 14. Mutual Inductance and Transformers. 15. Circuit Analysis Using Spice and Pspice. 16. The LaPlace Transform Method. 17. Fourier Method of Waveform Analysis. Appendix A Complex Number System. Appendix B Matrices and Determinants.

www.mhhe.com/haytbuck7
CONTENTS 1 Vector Analysis. 2 Coulomb’s Law and Electric Field Intensity. 3 Electric Flux Density, Gauss’s Law, and Divergence. 4 Energy and Potential. 5 Currents and Conductors. 6 Dielectrics and Capacitance. 7 Poisson’s and Laplace’s Equations. 8 The Steady Magnetic Field. 9 Magnetic Forces, Materials, and Inductance. 10 Time-Varying Fields and Maxwell’s Equations. 11 Transmission Lines. 12 The Uniform Plane Wave. 13 Plane Waves at Boundaries and in Dispersive Media. 14 Electromagnetic Waves in Transmission Lines and Waveguides. Appendix A Vector Analysis. Appendix B Units. Appendix C Material Constants. Appendix D Orgins of the Complex Permittivity. Appendix E Answers to Selected Problems

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTRIC MACHINES AND ELECTROMECHANICS Second Edition
by Syed A. Nasar, University of Kentucky 1998 / 208 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-045994-6

(A Schaum's Publication)

International Edition
ELECTROMAGNETICS Fifth Edition
by John Kraus, Ohio State University (Emeritus) and Daniel A Fleisch, Aeroflex-Lintele Corp, and Wittenburg University 1999 / 800 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-116429-0 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Electric and Magnetic Fields. 3 Transmission Lines. 4 Wave Propagation, Attenuation, Polarization, Reflection, Refraction and Diffraction. 5 Antennas, Radiation, Radar and Wireless. 6 Electrodynamics. 7 Dielectric and Magnetic Materials. 8 Waveguides, Resonators and Fiber Optics. 9 Bio-Electromagnetics. 10 Electromagnetic Effects in High-Speed Digital Systems. 11 Numerical Techniques

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTROMAGNETICS Second Edition
by Joseph Edminister Cornell University 1995 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-021234-3

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Vector Analysis Coulomb Forces and Electric Field Intensity Electric Flux and Gauss' Law Divergence and the Divergence Theorem The Electrostatic Field: Work, Energy, and Potential Current, Current Density, and Conductors Capacitance and Dielectric Materials Laplace's Equation Ampere's Law and the Magnetic Field Forces and Torques in Magnetic Fields Inductance and Magnetic Circuits Displacement Current and Induced EMF Maxwell's Equations and Boundary Conditions Electromagnetic Waves Transmission Lines Waveguides Antennas

194

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Electromagnetics (Advanced)

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO RADAR SYSTEMS Third Edition
by Merrill I. Skolnik 2001 / 784 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-288138-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-118189-1 [IE] CONTENTS 1 An Introduction to Radar. 2 The Radar Equation. 3 MTI and Pulse Doppler Radar. 4 Tracking Radar. 5 Detection of Signals in Noise. 6 Information from Radar Signals. 7 Radar Clutter. 8 Propogation of Radar Waves . 9 The Radar Antenna. 10 Radar Transmitters. 11 Radar Receiver

16 Arrays of Dipoles and of Apertures. 17 Lens Antennas. 18 Frequency-Selective Surfaces and Periodic Structures by Ben A. Munk. 19 Practical Design Considerations of Large Aperture Antennas. 20 Some Examples of Large or Unique Antennas. 21 Antennas for Special Applications. 22 Terahertz Antennas. 23 Baluns, etc. By Ben A. Munk. 24 Antenna Measurements. By Arto Lehto and Pertti Vainikainen. Appendix A Tables for Reference. Appendix B Books and Video Tapes. Appendix C Computer Programs (Codes). Appendix D Absorbing Materials. Appendix E Measurement Error

International Edition
MICROWAVE ENGINEERING
by A Das, Anna University and Sisir K Das, Head, EMC Division, Sameer Center for Electromagnetics, India 2000 / 640 pages / softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-463577-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-118884-5 [IE] - (Out-of-Print)

(McGraw-Hill India Title)
CONTENTS Introduction. Basic Transmission Line Theory. Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves. Microwave Transmission Lines. Impedance Transformations For Matching. Microwave Network Theory and Passive Devices. Microwave Resonators. Microwave Filters. Microwave Vacuum Tube Devices. Microwave Solid State Devices and Circuits. Applications of Microwaves. Microwave Radiation Hazards. Microwave Measurements.

Microwaves & Antennas
International Edition
ANTENNAS Third Edition
by John Kraus, Professor Emeritus, Ohio State University and Ronald J Marhefka, Ohio State University 2002 / 960 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-232103-6 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-123201-2 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/kraus
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Antenna Basics. 3 The Antenna Family. 4 Point Sources. 5 Arrays of Point Sources. 6 The Electric Dipole and Thin Linear Antennas. 7 The Loop Antenna. 8 End Fire Antennas: The Helical Beam Antenna and the Yagi-Uda Array. 9 Slot, Patch and Horn Antennas. 9 II Slot and Horn Antennas II. 10 Flat Sheet, Corner and Parabolic Reflector Antennas. 11 Broadband and Frequency-Independent Antennas. 12 Antenna Temperature, Remote Sensing and Radar Cross-Section. 13 Self and Mutual Impedances. 14 The Cylindrical Antenna and the Moment Method (MM). 15 The Fourier Transform Relation Between Aperture Distribution and Far-Field Pattern.

195

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Signals & Systems

CONTENTS 1. Signals – continuous-time and Discrete-time 2. Laplace and Z-Transforms 3. Fourier Series of Continuous-time Signals 4. The continuous-time Fourier Transform 5. Fourier Representation of Discrete-Time Signals 6. Sampling and Reconstruction of Bandlimited Signals 7.Systems 8. Systems: Time and Frequency Domain Analysis 9.Convolution & Correlation: Continuous-Time Signals 10. Discrete-Time Convolutions & Correlations 11. Hilbert Transform – Continuous & Discrete-Time 12. Applications to Communication and Signal Processing

NEW
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
by P. V. S. Rao, Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Bombay

International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS SIGNALS SYSTEMS
2008 / Softcover / 592 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066927-7 by M.J. Roberts, University Of Tennessee-Knoxville 2008 (January 2007) / Hardcover / 800 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-330950-7 (with Bind-in card) ISBN: 978-0-07-125937-8 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/rao/signals
FEATURES v v 191 Objective type questions 235 Multiple Choice Questions Highlights:

http://aris.mhhe.com
As in most areas of science and engineering, the most important and useful theories are the ones that capture the essence, and therefore the beauty, of physical phenomena. This is true of signals and systems. Signals and Systems: Analysis Using Transform Methods and MATLAB captures the mathematical beauty of signals and systems and offers a student-centered, pedagogically driven approach. The author has a clear understanding of the issues students face in learning the material and does a superior job of addressing these issues. The book is intended to cover a one-semester sequence in Signals and Systems for juniors in engineering. This text is created in modular format, so instructors can select chapters within the framework that they teach this course. CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Mathematical Description of Continuous-Time Signals. 3 Mathematical Description of Discrete-Time Signals. 4 Properties of Continuous-Time Systems. 5 Properties of Discrete-Time Systems. 6 Time-Domain Analysis of Continuous-Time Systems. 7 Time-Domain Analysis of Discrete-Time Systems 8 The Continuous-Time Fourier Series. 9 The Discrete-Time Fourier Series. 10 The Continuous-Time Fourier Transform. 11 The Discrete-Time Fourier Transform 12 Continuous-Time Fourier Transform Analysis of Signals and Systems. 13 Discrete-Time Fourier Transform Analysis of Signals and Systems. 14 Sampling and the Discrete Fourier Transform. 15 The Laplace Transform. 16 The z Transform Appendix A: Useful Mathematical Relations. Appendix B: The Continuous-Time Fourier Series Pairs. Appendix C: Discrete-Time Fourier Series Pairs. Appendix D: Continuous-Time Fourier Transform Pairs. Appendix E: Discrete-Time Fourier Transform Pairs. Appendix F: Laplace Transform Pairs. Appendix G: z Transform Pairs.

v Integrated coverage of Continuous-Time & Discrete-Time Signals & Systems. v Separate chapter on Fourier Representation of Discrete-Time Signals covering DTFT (Discrete-time Fourier transform), DFS (Discrete Fourier series), DFT (Discrete Fourier transform) and FFT (Fast Fourier transform). (Ch -5) v Separate chapter on Hilbert Transforms and its applications.(Ch -11) v Convolution and correlation of continuous time and discrete time signals are discussed in separate chapters enabling clear understanding. (Ch - 9 & 10) v Concept of Fourier series expansion has been developed from the basic vector space perspective. This is a unique approach which no other book follows. v Rich in pedagogy. Contains short answer review questions, fill-in the blanks type of objective questions, a number of graded problems and Multiple Choice Questions (with answers) at the end of each chapter. v Chapterwise MATLAB examples and exercises present.

Pedagogy: v v v v v v v Pedagogy: A total of 953 problems 140 Solved examples 106 Review questions 233 Exercise problems with key 24 MATLAB exercises 24 MATLAB examples

196

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS Analysis of Signals Through Linear Systems
by M J Roberts, University of Tennessee—Knoxville 2004 / 832 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-293044-3 (with OLC Bind-In Card) ISBN: 978-0-07-123268-5 [IE] Fourier Transform; Inverse Fourier Transform; Properties of Fourier Transform; Spectrum Plots. Chapter 5: Filtering; What is a filter?; Time and frequency response; Ideal low pass filters; Band pass transmission; Distortion; Phase delay and group delay. Chapter 6: Energy Spectral Density and Correlation; The correlation function; Autocorrelation; Energy spectral density; Power spectral density. Chapter 7: The Discrete Fourier Transform Definition; Examples; The Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform. Chapter 8: Amplitude Modulation; Amplitude Modulation; Double side-band modulation; Suppressed-Carrier Modulation; Single-side band modulation; Vestigal sideband modulation. Chapter 9: Phase and Frequency Modulation; Frequency modulation; Phase-Locked loop; FM Waves; Chapter 10: The z-Transform; Common z-transforms; Properties of the z-transform; Inverse z-transform; The System Function.

www.mhhe.com/roberts
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Mathematical Description of Signals. 3 Description and Analysis of Systems. 4 The Fourier Series. 5 The Fourier Transform. 6 Fourier Transform Analysis of Signals and Systems. 7 Sampling and the Discrete Fourier Transform. 8 Correlation, Energy Spectral Density, and Power Spectral Density. 9 The Laplace Transform. 10 Laplace Transform Analysis of Signals and Systems. 11 The z Transform. 12 z-Transform Analysis of Signals and Systems. Appendix A: Useful Mathematical Relations. Appendix B: Introduction to MATLAB. Appendix C: Least Common Multiples. Appendix D: Convolution Properties. Appendix E: Table of Fourier Pairs. Appendix F: Table of Laplace Transform Pairs Appendix G: Table of z Transform Pairs. Appendix H: Complex Numbers and Functions. Appendix I: Differential and Difference Equations. Appendix J: Vectors and Matrices. Bibliography

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS SIGNALS & SYSTEMS DEMYSTIFIED
by David McMahon 2007 / Softcover / 336 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-147578-5 by Hwei Hsu, Fairleigh Dickinson University 1995 / 352 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-030641-7

(A Schaum's Publications)
CONTENTS Signals and Systems Linear Time-Invariant Systems Laplace Transform and Continuous-Time LTI Systems The z-Transform and Discrete-Time LTI Systems Fourier Analysis of Continuous-Time Signals and Systems Fourier Analysis of Discrete-Time Signals and Systems State Space Analysis Appendices: Review of Matrix Theory Properties of Linear Time-Invariant Systems and Various Transforms Review of Complex Numbers

(A Professional Reference Title)
The fast and easy way to learn signals and systems. This easy-to-use guide will help students taking this difficult subject, as well as professionals who want to brush up on their knowledge. You will get straightforward information on signal processing, linear systems, and discrete systems. Advanced topics covered include Fourier analysis, filtering, spectral density, AM and FM systems, and the z-Transform. CONTENTS Chapter 1: An Introduction to Signals Continuous and Discrete Signals; Energy and Power in Signals; Periodic Signals Computing Energy: Examples Even and Odd functions. Chapter 2: Linear Time-Invariant Systems Memoryless systems; Causal and non-causal systems; Linear Systems; Time-Invariance; Stability; Unit Impulse and Unit Step Functions; Impulse Response Function Convolution. Chapter 3: Discrete Time Signals; Energy and power in discrete signals; The Unit Impulse and Unit Step sequences; Properties of Discrete Sequences; Convolution; Discrete Linear Time-Invariant Systems. Chapter 4: Fourier Analysis; Fourier Series;

197

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Digital Signal Processing

International Edition
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
by S Salivahanan, Mepco Schlenk Engineering College, Sivakasi, A Vallavaraj, Caledonian College of Engineering, Sultanate of Oman, and C Gnanapriya, Infosys Technologies Limited, Bangalore 2000 / 808 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-463996-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-118982-8 [IE]

International Edition
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING A Computer-Based Approach Third Edition
by Sanjit K. Mitra, University of California at Santa Barbara 2006 / 896 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-304837-6 (with CD) ISBN: 978-0-07-125579-0 [IE with CD]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/007463996x
CONTENTS 1 Classification of signals and systems. 2 Fourier analysis of periodic and aperiodic continuous-time signals and systems. 3 Applications of laplace transform to system analysis. 4 z-transform. 5 Linear time invariant systems. 6 Discrete and fast fourier transforms. 7 Finite impulse response (fir) filters. 8 Infinite impulse response (iit) filters. 9 Realisation of digital linear systems. 10 Effects of finite word length in digital filters. 11 Multirate digital signal processing. 12 Spectral estimation. 13 Adaptive filters. 14 Applications of digital signal processing. 15 MATLAB programs

www.mhhe.com/mitra3
CONTENTS 1 Signals and Signal Processing. 2 Discrete-Time Signals and Systems. 3 Discrete-Time Signals and Systems in the Frequency Domain. 4 Digital Processing of Continuous-Time Signals. 5 Finite-Length Discrete Transforms. 6 Discrete-Time Signals and Systems in the z-Domain. 7 LTI Discrete-Time Systems in the Transform Domain. 8 Digital Filter Structures. 9 IIR Digital Filter Design. 10 FIR Digital Filter Design. 11 DSP Algorithm Implementation Considerations. 12 Analysis of Finite Wordlength Effects. 13 Multirate Digital Signal Processing Fundamentals. 14 Multirate Filter Banks and Wavelets. 15 Applications of Digital Signal Processing. Appendix: Random Signals

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
by Monson Hayes, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Ga 1999 / 352 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-027389-4

International Edition
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS: ARCHITECTURE, PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONS
by B. Venkataramani, and M. Bhaskar, Regional Engineering College, Tiruchirappalli, India 2002 / 424 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-047334-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-122897-8 [IE]

(A Schaum's Publication)
CONTENTS Signals and Systems. Fourier Analysis. Sampling. The Z-Transform. Transform Analysis of Systems. The DFT. The Fast Fourier Transform. Implementation of Discrete-Time Systems. Filter Design.

(McGraw-Hill India Title)
CONTENTS 1. An Overview of Digital Signal Processing and its Applications. 2. Introduction To Programmable DSPs. 3. Architecture of Tms320c5x. 4. Tms320c5x Assembly language Instructions. 5. Instruction Pipelining in C5x. 6. Application Programs in C5x. 7. Architecture of Tms320c3x. 8. Addressing Modes and Assembly Language Instructions of C3x. 9. Application Programmes in C3x. 10. Tms320c54x Overview. 11. Tms320c54x Assembly Language Instructions. 12. Application Programs on C54x. 13. An Overview of Tms320c6x DSPS. 14. An Overview of Motorola DSP563xx. 15. Recent Trends in DSP System Design. Answers to Selected Questions. Bibliography. Index

198

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Communications
NEW
International Edition
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Fifth Edition
by A. Bruce Carlson, Rensselaer Polytech Institute, Paul B. Crilly, University Of TennesseeKnoxville, Janet Rutledge, University of Maryland at Baltimore

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: ANALOG & DIGITAL Second Edition
by R. P. Singh, Maulana Azad College of Technology, Bhopal 2007 / Softcover / 608 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-063454-1

(McGraw-Hill India Title)
The revised edition deals with the basics of communication systems required at the UG level in detail and in a user-friendly manner. The understanding of the subject has been very well created with the help of easy to understand mathematical usage in numerous solved and unsolved examples. Maintaining the same writing style, the authors have tried to keep the readers abreast with the latest developments in the field. CONTENTS 1. Signal Analysis 2. Linear Systems 3. Probability and Random Signal Theory 4. Noise 5. Amplitude Modulations Systems 6. Angle Modulation Systems 7. Pulse Modulation Systems 8. Pulse Code Modulation 9. Data Transmission 10. Information Theory 11. Coding 12. Advanced Communication Systems

2010 (February 2009) / Hardcover / 864 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-338040-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-126332-0 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/carlson
This exciting revision of Communication Systems, a classic text in the communications field, presents an introduction to electrical communication systems, including analysis methods, design principles, and hardware considerations. The fifth edition has been updated to reflect current technology in this ever-evolving field. The text covers both analog and digital communications. It features worked examples and exercises for students to solve within chapters, helping them to master new concepts as they are introduced. NEW TO THIS EDITION v The author has added conceptual/descriptive/thought questions throughout the book as well as MATLAB® questions on the website. v New worked out examples and end-of-chapter problems have been added to further update the book. v The appendix has been updated to include material on radio wave propagation. v The end matter includes a new list of abbreviations and math symbols. v The fifth edition has expanded coverage of bandwith, ultra-wideband systems, rake receivers, expanded cell phone coverage, discrete time signals and the discrete Fourier transform, multiple access, and orthogonal frequency division multiplexing CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Signals and Spectra 3 Signal Transmission and Filtering 4 Linear CW Modulation 5 Exponential CW Modulation 6 Sampling and Pulse Modulation 7 Analog Communication Systems 8 Probability and Random Variables 9 Random Signals and Noise 10 Noise in Analog Modulation Systems 11 Baseband Digital Transmission 12 Digitization Techniques for Analog Messages and Computer Networks 13 Channel Coding and Encryption 14 Bandpass Digital Transmission 15 Spread Spectrum Systems 16 Information and Detection Theory Appendix: Circuit and System Noise

International Edition
COMMUNICATION THEORY
by Thomas 2005 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-059091-5 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-127878-2 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title)
CONTENTS 1 A Quick Review of Signal Analysis and Introduction to Modulation 2 Amplitude Modulation—Double-Sideband Suppressed-Carrier Modulation 3 Conventional Amplitude Modulation—Double-Sideband FullCarrier Modulation 4 Single-Sideband Modulation and Vestigial-Sideband Modulation 5 Introduction to Angle Modulation 6 Generation and Detection of Angle-Modulated Signals 7 Random Variables and Random Processes 8 Effect of Noise on Amplitude Modulation System Performance 9 Effect of Noise on Angle Modulation System Performance 10 Analog Pulse Modulation, Pulse Code Modulation and Differential Appendix 1 Time and Frequency Division Multiplexing Appendix 2 An Introduction to Radio Receivers Appendix 3 Justification for Approximate Linear Analysis in FM Receivers Appendix 4 Entropy and Information Suggested Reading Index

199

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
COMMUNICATION NETWORK Second Edition
by Alberto Leon-Garcia, University of Toronto and Indra Widjaja 2004 / 848 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-246352-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-125709-1 [IE]

FUNDAMENTALS OF COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
by Michael P. Fitz, University Of California-Los Angeles 2007 / Hardcover / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-148280-6 / MHID: 0-07-148280-6

(A Professional Reference Title)
You can rely on Fundamentals of Communications Systems for a solid introduction to physical layer communications theory, filled with modern implementations and MATLAB examples. This state-of-theart guide covers essential theory and current engineering practice, carefully explaining the real-world tradeoffs necessary among performance, spectral efficiency, and complexity. Written by an award-winning communications expert, the book first takes readers through analog communications basics, amplitude modulations, analog angle modulation, and random processes. This essential resource then explains noise in bandpass communications systems…bandpass Gaussian random processes…digital communications basics…complexity of optimum demodulation…spectrally efficient data transmission...and more. CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgments Chapter 1: Introduction Part 1: Mathematical Foundations Chapter 2: Signals and Systems Review Chapter 3: Review of Probability and Random Variables Chapter 4: Complex Baseband Representation of Bandpass Signals Part 2: Analog Communication Chapter 5: Analog Communications Basic Chapter 6: Amplitude Modulation Chapter 7: Analog Angle Modulation Chapter 8: More Topics in Analog Communications Part 3: Noise in Communications Systems Chapter 9: Random Processes Chapter 10: Noise in Bandpass Communication Systems Chapter 11: Fidelity in Analog Demodulation Part 4: Fundamentals of Digital Communication Chapter 12: Digital Communication Basics Chapter 13: Optimal Single Bit Demodulation Structures Chapter 14: Transmitting More Than One Bit Chapter 15: Managing the Complexity of Optimum Demodulation Chapter 16: Spectrality Efficient Data Transmission Chapter 17: Orthogonal Modulations with Memory Appendix A: Useful Formulas Appendix B: Notation Appendix C: Acronyms Appendix D: Fourier Transforms: f versus w Appendix E: Further Reading and Bibliography Index

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/007246352X
CONTENTS Preface. 1 Communication Networks and Services. 2 Application and Layered Architectures. 3 Digital Transmission Fundamentals. 4 Transmission Systems and Circuit Switching Networks. 5 ARQ and Flow Control. 6 Local Area Networks and Medium Access Control. 7 Packet-Switching Networks. 8 TCP/IP. 9 ATM Networks. 10 Advanced Network Architectures. 11 Network Security. 12 Multi-Media Information and Networking. Epilogue. Appendixes. A Delay and Loss Performance. B Network Management

International Edition
MODERN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS Second Edition
by Jack R. Smith, University of Florida 1998 / 608 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-059283-4 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-115586-1 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Introduction to Radio Communication Systems 2 Small-Signal Amplifiers 3 Network Noise and Intermodulation Distortion 4 Frequency-Selective Networks and Transformers 5 High-Frequency Amplifiers and Automatic Gain Control 6 Hybrid and Transmission-Line Transformers 7 Oscillators/8 Phase-Locked Loops 9 Phase-Locked Loop Analysis 10 Frequency Synthesizers 11 Power Amplifiers/ 2 Modulators and Demodulators

International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS Second Edition
by Hwei Hsu, Fairleigh Dickinson University 2003 / 336 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-140228-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-122997-5 [IE]

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Schaum's Publication)

200

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Digital Communications

International Edition
MODERN DIGITAL ELECTRONICS Third Edition

International Edition
DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS Fifth Edition
by John Proakis, Northeastern University, and Massoud Salehi, Northeastern University 2008 (November 2007) / Hardcover / 1024 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-295716-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-126378-8 [IE]

by R P Jain, Director, Institute of Engineering and Technology, Sonepat 2003 / 624 pages / Softcover ISBN-13: 978-0-07-049492-3 / MHID: 0-07-049492-4 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123670-6 / MHID: 0-07-123670-8 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/jain/digitalelectronics
CONTENTS 1. Fundamental Concepts 2. Number Systems and Codes 3. Semiconductor Devices – Switching Mode Operation 4. Digital Logic Families 5. Combinational Logic Design 6. Combinational Logic Design Using MSI Circuits 7. FLIP-FLOPs 8. Sequential Logic Design 9. Timing Circuits 10. A/D and D/A Converters 11. Semiconductor Memories 12. Programmable Logic Devices 13. Fundamentals of Microprocessors 14. Computer-Aided Design of Digital Systems Appendix A1 – Reserved Words in VHDL A2 – Symbols Defined in VHDL Appendix B – Bibliography Appendix C – Answers to Review Questions Appendix D – Answers to Selected Problems Index

www.mhhe.com/proakis
Digital Communications is a classic book in the area that is designed to be used as a senior or graduate level text. The text is flexible and can easily be used in a one semester course or there is enough depth to cover two semesters. Its comprehensive nature makes it a great book for students to keep for reference in their professional careers. This all-inclusive guide delivers an outstanding introduction to the analysis and design of digital communication systems. Includes expert coverage of new topics: Turbocodes, Turboequalization, Antenna Arrays, Digital Cellular Systems, and Iterative Detection. Convenient, sequential organization begins with a look at the history and classification of channel models and builds from there. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 2: Deterministic and Random Signal Analysis Chapter 3: Digital Modulation Schemes Chapter 4: Optimum Receivers for AWGN Channels Chapter 5: Synchronization Techniques Chapter 6: An Introduction to Information Theory Chapter 7: Channel Coding I: Linear Block Codes Chapter 8: Channel Coding II: Trellis and Graph Based Codes Chapter 9: Digital Communication Through Bandlimited Channels Chapter 10: Adaptive Equalization Chapter 11: Multi-channel and Multi-carrier Systems Chapter 12: Spread Spectrum Systems Chapter 13: Fading Channels I: Characterization and Signaling Chapter 14: Fading Channels II: Capacity and Coding Chapter 15: Multiple-Antenna Systems Chapter 16: Multi-user Communications Appendices

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SYSTEMS
by James Palmer, Rochester Institute of Technology; David Perlman, Rochester Institute of Technology 1993 / 400 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-048439-9

(A Schaum's Publications)
CONTENTS 1 Numbers and the Binary System 2 Design of Combinational Logic I 3 Design of Combinational Logic II-Manipulation 4 Hardware and the Mixed-Logic Convention 5 MSI and LSI Elements 6 Timing Diagrams 7 The Flip-Flop/8 Combinations of Flip-Flops 9 Application Specific Devices 10 Design of Simple State Machines 11 Electronically Programmable Functions Appendixes A: Basic Boolean Theorems and Identities B: Standard Logic Symbols C: Some Comments on Digital Logic Simulation

201

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Fiber Optics
International Edition
AN INTRODUCTION TO FIBER OPTICS SYSTEMS Second Edition
by John Powers, Naval Postgraduate School 1997 / 340 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-116679-9 [IE]

Coding and Information Theory
NEW
INFORMATION THEORY, CODING AND CRYPTOGRAPHY Second Edition
by Ranjan Bose, Department of Electrical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, New Delhi

www.mhhe.com/engineering/electrical/powers
CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 The Optical Fiber 3 Fiber Properties 4 Splicers, Connectors, and Couplers 5. Optical Sources/6 Optical Receivers 7 Optical Link Design 8 Fiber Optic Networks 9 Wavelength-Division Multiplexing.

2008 / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-066901-7

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070669015
NEW TO THIS EDITION v New! Turbo codes have been covered in detail. (Ch -6)

v New! Detailed coverage of Trellis Coding Modulation (TCM). (Ch-7) v Detailed chapter on Cryptography covering fundamentals, private and public key cryptography, current encryption standards and the latest trends v Physical concept is provided along with moderate mathematical rigor v Theories and definitions explained through well-chosen solved examples and exercise problems. v A telegraphic summary at the end of each chapter

v Space Time Block Codes and Space Time Trellis Codes have been introduced [Ch -7, Sec 7.9] v v Turbo codes have been covered in detail. [Ch – 6, Sec 6.11] Detailed coverage of Trellis Coding Modulation (TCM). (Ch-7)

NEW CONCEPTS: v To introduce the reader to the current research trends some of the new concepts have been introduced in this area. These are:

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

v v

Multi Input Multi Output (MIMO) Channels Channel capacity for MIMO systems

CONTENTS 1. Source Coding 2. Channel Capacity and Coding 3. Linear Block Codes for Error Correction 4. Cyclic Codes 5. Bose-Chaudhuri Hocquenghem (BCH) Codes 6. Convolutional Codes 7. Trellis Coded Modulation 8. Cryptography

202

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Probability & Random Processes

International Edition
PROBABILITY, RANDOM VARIABLES AND STOCHASTIC PROCESSES WITH ERRATA SHEET Fourth Edition
by Athansious Papoulis and S Unnikrishna Pillai, both of Polytechnic University 2002 / 864 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-281725-6 (with Errata Sheet) ISBN: 978-0-07-122661-5 [IE] (with Errata Sheet)

NEW
PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND RANDOM PROCESSES Third Edition
by T Veerarajan, Sree Sowdamibika College of Engineering

www.mhhe.com/engcs/electrical/papoulis
CONTENTS Part 1 Probability and Random Variables. 1 The Meaning of Probability. 2 The Axioms of Probability. 3 Repeated Trials. 4 The Concept of a Random Variable. 5 Functions of One Random Variable. 6 Two Random Variables. 7 Sequences of Random Variables. 8 Statistics. Part 2 Stochastic Processes. 9 General Concepts. 10 Random Walk and Other Applications. 11 Spectral Representation. 12 Spectral Estimation. 13 Mean Square Estimation. 14 Entropy. 15 Markov Chains. 16 Markov Processes and Queueing Theory

2008 / Softcover / 612 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066925-3

(A McGraw-Hill India Title) http://www.mhhe.com/veerarajan/psrp3e
NEW TO THIS EDITION Highlight: v Detailed coverage of the topic on Statistical Measures of Central Tendency which includes Mean, Median and Mode. (Refer chapter number 4 on Statistical Averages. ) v Detailed coverage of topics like Dispersion, Skewness and Kurtosis and Moments of a Random Variable. ( Refer chapter number 4 on Statistical Averages. ) v Introduction of the topic on Linear Correlation and Regression has been discussed in chapter number 4. v The applications of Random Variables have been dealt with in detail in chapter like Test of Hypothesis, Queueing Theory and Design of Experiments. ( Refer chapters 6, 9 and 10) v Special Probability Distributions and their inter-relation has been explained with great clarity. Pedagogical Features : v v v Solved Examples: 366 Numerical Questions: 1149 A total of 1555 questions in the book.

International Edition
PROBABILITY, RANDOM VARIABLES AND RANDOM SIGNAL PRINCIPLES Fourth Edition
by Peyton Peebles, University of Florida, Gainesville 2001 / 480 pages ISBN-13: 978-0-07-366007-3 / MHID: 0-07-366007-8 ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118181-5 / MHID: 0-07-118181-4 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/peebles
CONTENTS 1 Probability. 2 The Random Variable. 3 Operations on one Random Variable—Expectation. 4 Multiple Random Variables. 5 Operations of Multiple Random Variables. 6 Random Processes-Temporal Characteristics. 7 Random Processes-Spectral Characteristics. 8 Linear Systems with Random Inputs. 9 Optimum Linear Systems. 10 Some Practical Applications of the Theory. Appendix A Review of the Impulse Function. Appendix B Gaussian Distribution Function. Appendix C Useful Mathematical Quantities. Appendix D Review of Fourier Transforms. Appendix E Table of Useful Fourier Transforms. Appendix F Some Probability Densities and Distributions. Appendix G Some Mathematical Topics of Interest.

CONTENTS 1. Probability Theory 1 2. Random Variables 33 3. Functions of Random Variables 83 4. Statistical Averages 111 5. Some Special Probability Distributions 208 6. Random Processes 290 7. Special Random Process 354 8. Tests of Hypotheses 419 9. Queueing Theory 492 10. Design of Experiments

203

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Digital Logic Design
NEW
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC DESIGN Third Edition
by Alan B. Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic UniversityBoca Raton

7 The Design of Sequential Systems 8 Solving Larger Sequential Problems 9 Simplification of Sequential Circuits Appendix A Relating the Algebra to the Karnaugh Map Appendix B Answers to Selected Exercises Appendix C Chapter Tests Answers Appendix D Laboratory Experiments Appendix E Complete Examples

NEW
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC WITH VHDL DESIGN WITH CD-ROM Third Edition
by Stephen Brown, University of Toronto, Canada, and Zvonko Vranesic, University of Toronto, Canada

2010 (January 2009) / Hardcover / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-319164-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-016490-1 [IE]

Browse http://www.mhhe.com/marcovitz
Introduction to Logic Design by Alan Marcovitz is intended for the first course in logic design, taken by computer science, computer engineering, and electrical engineering students. As with the previous editions, this edition has a clear presentation of fundamentals and an exceptional collection of examples, solved problems and exercises. The text integrates laboratory experiences, both hardware and computer simulation, while not making them mandatory for following the main flow of the chapters. Design is emphasized throughout, and switching algebra is developed as a tool for analyzing and implementing digital systems. The presentation includes excellent coverage of minimization of combinational circuits, including multiple output ones, using the Karnaugh map and iterated consensus. There are a number of examples of the design of larger systems, both combinational and sequential, using medium scale integrated circuits and programmable logic devices. The third edition features two chapters on sequential systems. The first chapter covers analysis of sequential systems and the second covers design. Complete coverage of the analysis and design of synchronous sequential systems adds to the comprehensive nature of the text. The derivation of state tables from word problems further emphasizes the practical implementation of the material being presented. NEW TO THIS EDITION v All of the K-Map (Karnaugh map) coverage is resented in one chapter (chapter 3) instead of coverage appearing in two chapters. v For the third edition, Chapter 9 will be posted on the website. This allows for additional coverage of other topics without increasing the length of the text. v Additional experiments have been added to Appendix D to allow students the opportunity to perform a variety of experiments. v New Appendix A (Relating the Algebra to the Karnaugh Map) ties algebra coverage and K-Map coverage together. v New problems have been added in Appendix E for both combinatorial and sequential systems which go from word problem to circuit all in one place. CONTENTS 1 Introduction 2 Combinational Systems 3 The Karnaugh Map 4 Function Minimization Algorithms 5 Designing Combinational Systems 6 Analysis of Sequential Systems

2009 (March 2008) ISBN: 978-0-07-722143-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-128428-8 [IE, with CD-Rom]

www.mhhe.com/brownvranesic
Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design teaches the basic design techniques for logic circuits. It emphasizes the synthesis of circuits and explains how circuits are implemented in real chips. Fundamental concepts are illustrated by using small examples, which are easy to understand. Then, a modular approach is used to show how larger circuits are designed. VHDL is used to demonstrate how the basic building blocks and larger systems are defined in a hardware description language, producing designs that can be implemented with modern CAD tools. The book emphasizes CAD through the use of Altera's Quartus II CAD software, a state-of-the-art digital circuit design package. This software produces automatic mapping of designs written in VHDL into Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) and Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs). NEW TO THIS EDITION v Numerous new end-of-chapter problems.

v Addition of a new chapter, Chapter 12 (Computer-Aided Design Tools). CONTENTS Chapter 1: Design Concepts Chapter 2: Introduction to Logic Circuits Chapter 3: Implementation Technology Chapter 4: Optimized Implementation of Logic Functions Chapter 5: Number Representation and Arithmetic Circuits Chapter 6: Combinational-Circuit Building Blocks Chapter 7: Flip-Flops, Registers, Counters, and a Simple Processor Chapter 8: Synchronous Sequential Circuits Chapter 9: Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Chapter 10: Digital System Design Chapter 11: Testing of Logic Circuits Chapter 12: Computer Aided Design Tools Appendix A VHDL Reference Appendix B Tutorial 1--Using Quartus II CAD Software Appendix C Tutorial 2--Implementing Circuits in Altera Devices

204

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Appendix D Tutorial 3--Physical Implementations in a PLD Appendix E Commercial Devices Answers

International Edition
DESIGN FOR ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERS
by Ralph Ford, Penn State Erie Behrend College, and Chris Coulston, Penn State Erie Behrend College 2008 (August 2007) / Softcover / 336 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-338035-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-126347-4 [IE]

NEW
DIGITAL CONTROL AND STATE VARIABLE METHODS Third Edition
by M Gopal

www.mhhe.com/ford
This book is written for students and teachers engaged in electrical and computer engineering (ECE) design projects, primarily in the senior year. It guides students and faculty through the steps necessary for the successful execution of design projects. The objective of the text is to provide a treatment of the design process in ECE with a sound academic basis that is integrated with practical application. It has a strong guiding vision -- that a solid understanding of the Design Process, Design Tools, and the right mix of Professional Skills are critical for project and career success. This text is unique in providing a comprehensive design treatment for ECE. CONTENTS 2008 / Softcover / 800 pages MHID: 978-0-07-066880-5 Part I – The Engineering Design Process Chapter 1: The Engineering Design Process Chapter 2: Project Selection and Needs Identification Chapter 3: The Requirements Specification Chapter 4: Concept Generation and Evaluation Part II – Design Tools Chapter 5: System Design I: Functional Decomposition Chapter 6: System Design II: Behavior Models Chapter 7: Testing Chapter 8: System Reliability Part III – Professional Skills Chapter 9: Teams and Teamwork Chapter 10: Project Management Chapter 11: Ethical and Legal Issues Chapter 12: Oral Presentations Appendices References Appendix A Glossary Appendix B Decision Making with Analytical Hierarchy Process Appendix C Component Failure Rate Data Appendix D Manufacturer Datasheets Index

(McGraw-Hill India Title) www.mhhe.com/gopal/dc3e
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Modular presentation of digital control, state variable methods and nonlinear systems. v Includes state variable analysis and design methods for continuous-time and discrete time systems. v Detailed discussion of nonlinear systems both conventional and intelligent v v Presents up-to-date treatment of digital control systems. New! Chapter on nonlinear control structures. (chapter 10)

v New! In-depth coverage of optimal control in the light of Lyapunov stability and Lyapunov function (chapter -8) CONTENTS Digital Control: Principles and Design in Transform Domain 1. Introduction 2. Signal Processing in Digital Control 3. Models of Digital Control Devices and Systems 4. Design of Digital Control Algorithms State Variable Methods in Automatic Control: Continuous-Time and Sampled-Data Systems 5. Control System Analysis using state variable methods 6. State variable Analysis of Digital Control System 7. Pole-Placement Design and State Observers 8. The Concept of Lyapunov Stability and Lyapunov Function Approach to Optimal Control. Nonlinear Control Systems: Conventional and Intelligent 9. Nonlinear Systems Analysis 10. Non-linear control structure 11. Neural Networks 12. Fuzzy logic models

205

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC WITH VERILOG DESIGN Second Edition
by Stephen Brown, University of Toronto, Canada, and Zvonko Vranesic, University of Toronto, Canada 2008 (May 2007) / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-721164-6 ISBN: 978-0-07-126598-0 [IE, with CD]

International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC AND COMPUTER DESIGN WITH CD
by Alan B. Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic University-Boca Raton 2008 (February 2007) / Hardcover with disk ISBN: 978-0-07-331417-4 ISBN: 978-0-07-127611-5 [IE, with CD]

www.mhhe.com/marcovitz
Introduction to Logic and Computer Design by Alan Marcovitz takes the successful formula realized in the author’s previous books and makes it even better. With the inclusion of several chapters on computer design, Marcovitz now offers everything a fundamentals-oriented logic design course might include. Further, this new book is supported by an ARIS site - McGraw-Hill's electronic homework management systems -- including 350 algorithmic problems and a host of new media supplements to make both the instructor’s and the student’s tasks easier. As with Marcovitz’s previous books, the clear presentation of concepts and well-paced writing style make Introduction to Logic and Computer Design the ideal companion to any first course in digital logic. Users rave about the book’s extensive set of examples — well integrated into the body of the text and included at the end of each chapter in sections of solved problems — that give students multiple opportunities to understand the topics being presented. CONTENTS 1 Introduction Part I Logic Design 2 Combinational Systems 3 The Karnaugh Map 4 Designing Combinational Systems 5 Analysis of Sequential Systems 6 The Design of Sequential Systems 7 Solving Larger Sequential Problems Part II Computer Design 8 Computer Organization 9 Computer Design Fundamentals 10 The Design of a Central Processing Unit 11 Beyond the Central Processing Unit

www.mhhe.com/brown
Fundamentals of Digital Logic With Verilog Design teaches the basic design techniques for logic circuits. It emphasizes the synthesis of circuits and explains how circuits are implemented in real chips. Fundamental concepts are illustrated by using small examples. Use of CAD software is well integrated into the book. A CD-ROM that contains Altera's MAX+plusII CAD software comes free with every copy of the text. The CAD software provides automatic mapping of a design written in Verilog into Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) and Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs). Students will be able to try, firsthand, the book's Verilog examples (over 140) and homework problems. Engineers use MAX+plusII for designing, simulating, testing and implementing logic circuits. The version included with this text supports all major features of the commercial product and comes with a compiler for the IEEE standard Verilog language. Students will be able to: v v v enter a design into the CAD system compile the design into a selected device simulate the functionality and timing of the resulting circuit

v implement the designs in actual devices (using the school's laboratory facilities) Verilog is a complex language, so it is introduced gradually in the book. Each Verilog feature is presented as it becomes pertinent for the circuits being discussed. To teach the student to use the MAX+plusII, the book includes three tutorials. CONTENTS Chapter 1 Design Concepts Chapter 2 Introduction to Logic Circuits Chapter 3 Implementation Technology Chapter 4 Optimized Implementation of Logic Functions Chapter 5 Number Representation and Arithmetic Circuits Chapter 6 Combinational-Circuit Building Blocks Chapter 7 Flip-Flop, Registers, Counters, and a Simple Processor Chapter 8 Synchronous Sequential Circuits Chapter 9 Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Chapter 10 Digital System Design Chapter 11 Testing of Logic Circuits Chapter 12 Computer Aided Design Tools Appendix A Verilog Reference Appendix B Tutorial 1-Using Quartus II CAD Software Appendix C Tutorial 2-Implementing Circuits in Altera Devices Appendix D Tutorial 3-Physical Implementation in a FPGA Appendix E Commercial Devices Answers Index

International Edition
DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND DESIGN WITH CD-ROM
by Donald Givone, SUNY — Buffalo 2003 / 832 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-255132-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-123005-6 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/givone
CONTENTS 1 Introduction. 2 Number Systems, Arithmetic, and Codes. 3 Boolean Algebra and Combinational Networks. 4 Simplification of Boolean Expressions. 5 Logic Design with MSI Components and Programmable Logic Devices. 6 Flip-Flops and Simple Flip-Flop Applications. 7 Synchronous Sequential Networks. 8 Algorithmic State Machines. 9 Asnynchronous Sequential Networks. Appendix A: Digital Circuits. Appendix B: TBD

206

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND LOGIC DESIGN
by Thomas C. Bartee, IDA 1991 / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-112554-3 [IE] CONTENTS 1. Introduction. 2. Number Systems. 3. Boolean Algebra and Gate Networks. 4. Logic Design. 5. The Arithmetic-Logic Unit. 6. The Memory Element. 7. Input-Output. 8. Buses and Interfaces. 9. The Control Unit. 10. Computer Architecture. 11. Selected Architectures. 12. Logic Circuits Overview.

Computer Networks

International Edition
DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKING Fourth Edition
By Behrouz A. Forouzan, Deanza College 2007 / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-325032-8 ISBN: 978-0-07-125442-7 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/forouzan
As one of the fastest growing technologies in our culture today, data communications and networking presents a unique challenge for instructors. As both the number and types of students are increasing, it is essential to have a textbook that provides coverage of the latest advances, while presenting the material in a way that is accessible to students with little or no background in the field. Using a bottom-up approach, Data Communications and Networking presents this highly technical subject matter without relying on complex formulas by using a strong pedagogical approach supported by more than 700 figures. Now in its Fourth Edition, this textbook brings the beginning student right the forefront of the latest advances in the field, while presenting the fundamentals in a clear, straightforward manner. Students will find better coverage, improved figures and better explanations on cuttingedge material. The “bottom-up” approach allows instructors to cover the material in one course, rather than having separate courses on data communications and networking. CONTENTS Part 1 Overview of Data Communications and Networking. 1 Introduction 2 Network Models Part 2 Physical Layer 3 Signals 4 Digital Transmission 5 Analog Transmission 6 Multiplexing 7 Transmission Media 8 Circuit Switching and Telephone Network 9 High-Speed Digital Access: DSL, Cable Modems, and SONET Part 3 Data Link Layer 10 Error Detection and Correction 11 Data Link Control and Protocols 12 Point-to-Point Access: PPP 13 Multiple Access 14 Local Area Networks: Ethernet 15 Wireless LANs 16 Connecting LANs, Backbone Networks, and Virtual LANs 17 Cellular Telephone and Satellite Networks 18 Virtual Circuit Switching: Frame Relay and ATM Part 4 Network Layer 19 Host-to-Host Delivery: Internetworking, Addressing, and Routing 20 Network Layer Protocols: ARP, IPv4, ICMP, IPv6, and ICMPv6 21 Unicast and Multicast Routing: Routing Protocols Part 5 Transport Layer. 22 Process-to-Process Delivery: UDP and TCP 23 Congestion Control and Quality of Service. Part 6 Application Layer 24 Client-Server Model: Socket Interface 25 Domain Name System (DNS) 26 Electronic Mail (SMTP) and File Transfer (FTP) 27 HTTP and WWW 28 Multimedia Part 7 Security 29 Cryptography 30 Message Security, User Authentication, and Key Management 31 Security Protocols in the Internet

Neural Networks/Fuzzy Logic

International Edition
NEURAL NETWORKS: A CLASSROOM APPROACH
by Satish Kumar, Reader in Computer Science and Applications, Dayalbagh Educational Institute, Agra 2004 / 768 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-048292-0 ISBN: 978-0-07-124672-9 [IE]

(McGraw-Hill India Title) http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070482926
CONTENTS I. Traces of History and A Neuroscience Briefer: 1 Brain Style Computing: Origins and Issues. 2 Lessons from Neuroscience. II. Feedforward Neural Networks and Supervised Learning: 3 Artificial Neurons, Neural Networks and Architectures 4 Geometry of Binary Threshold Neurons and Their Networks. 5 Supervised Learning I: Perceptrons and LMS. 6 Supervised Learning II: Backpropagation and Beyond. 7 Neural Network: A Statistical Pattern Recognition Perspective. 8 Focussing on Generalization: Support Vector Machines and Radial Basis Function Networks. III. Recurrent Neurodynamical Systems: 9 Dynamical Systems Review. 10 Attractor Neural Networks. 11 Adaptive Resonance Theory. 12 Towards the Self Organizing Feature Map. IV. Contemporary Topics: 13 Pulsed Neuron Models: The New Generation. 14 Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Systems and Applications. 15 Neural Networks and the Soft Computing Paradigm

207

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Appendix A ASCII Code. Appendix B Numbering Systems and Transformation. Appendix C The OSI Model Appendix D 8B/6T Code. Appendix E Checksum Calculation. Appendix F Structure of a Router. Appendix G ATM LANs. Appendix H Client-Server Programs. Appendix I RFCs. Appendix J UDP and TCP Ports. Appendix K Contact Addresses

Local Area Networks

International Edition
LOCAL AREA NETWORKS
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College 2002 / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-115080-4 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/forouzan

International Edition
COMMUNICATION NETWORK Second Edition
by Alberto Leon-Garcia, University of Toronto and Indra Widjaja 2004 / 848 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-246352-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-125709-1 [IE]

CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction. Chapter 2 Data Communication Models. Chapter 3 Data Transmission. Chapter 4 Transmission Media. Chapter 5 Error Detection. Chapter 6 LAN Topologies. Chapter 7 Flow & Error Control. Chapter 8 Medium Access Methods. Chapter 9 Logical Link Control (LLC). Chapter 10 Ethernet: 10 Mbps. Chapter 11 Ethernet Evolution: Fast and Gigabit Ethernet. Chapter 12 Token Bus. Chapter 13 Token Ring. Chapter 14 ATM LANs. Chapter 15 Wireless LANs. Chapter 16 LAN Performance. Chapter 17 Connecting LANs. Chapter 18 TCP/IP. Chapter 19 Data Encryption. Chapter 20 Network Management. Appendix A ASCII Code. Appendix B Numbering Systems & Transformation. Appendix C Spanning Tree. Appendix D Information Theory. Appendix E ATM. Appendix F DQDB. Appendix G FDDI. Appendix H Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs). Appendix I Virtual Private Networks (VPNs). Appendix J Probability. Glossary. Solutions. Index

http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/007246352X
CONTENTS Preface. 1 Communication Networks and Services. 2 Application and Layered Architectures. 3 Digital Transmission Fundamentals. 4 Transmission Systems and Circuit Switching Networks. 5 ARQ and Flow Control. 6 Local Area Networks and Medium Access Control. 7 Packet-Switching Networks. 8 TCP/IP. 9 ATM Networks. 10 Advanced Network Architectures. 11 Network Security. 12 Multi-Media Information and Networking. Epilogue. Appendixes. A Delay and Loss Performance. B Network Management

208

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
LOCAL AREA NETWORKS WITH CD-ROM Second Edition
by Gerd Keiser, PhotonicsComm Solutions, Inc. 2002 / 552 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-122650-9 [IE with CD-ROM] NEW TO THIS EDITION v Approximately 20% of the problems are new or revised for this edition. CONTENTS Part 1 Modeling, Computers, and Error Analysis 1 Mathematical Modeling and Engineering Problem Solving 2 Programming and Software 3 Approximations and Round-Off Errors 4 Truncation Errors and the Taylor Series Part 2 Roots of Equations 5 Bracketing Methods 6 Open Methods 7 Roots of Polynomials 8 Case Studies: Roots of Equations Part 3 Linear Algebraic Equations 9 Gauss Elimination 10 LU Decomposition and Matrix Inversion 11 Special Matrices and Gauss-Seidel 12 Case Studies: Linear Algebraic Equations Part 4 Optimization 13 One-Dimensional Unconstrained Optimization 14 Multidimensional Unconstrained Optimization 15 Constrained Optimization 16 Case Studies: Optimization Part 5 Curve Fitting 17 Least-Squares Regression 18 Interpolation 19 Fourier Approximation 20 Case Studies: Curve Fitting Part 6 Numerical Differentiation and Integration 21 Newton-Cotes Integration Formulas 22 Integration of Equations 23 Numerical Differentiation 24 Case Studies: Numerical Integration and Differentiation Part 7 Ordinary Differential Equations 25 Runge-Kutta Methods 26 Stiffness and Multistep Methods 27 Boundary-Value and Eigenvalue Problems 28 Case Studies: Ordinary Differential Equations Part 8 Partial Differential Equations 29 Finite Difference: Elliptic Equations 30 Finite Difference: Parabolic Equations 31 Finite-Element Method 32 Case Studies: Partial Differential Equations Appendix A The Fourier Series Appendix B Getting Started with Matlab Bibliography Index

www.mhhe.com/engcs/electrical/keiser2
CONTENTS 1 Overview of LANs. 2 Network Architectures and Protocols. 3 Data Communication Concepts. 4 LAN Access Techniques. 5 Ethernet. 6 Token-Passing LANs. 7 ATM LANs. 8 Wireless LANs. 9 Fibre Channel and SANSs. 10 Internetworking. 11 Network Management. 12 Network Security

Numerical Methods
NEW
International Edition
NUMERICAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERS Sixth Edition
by Steven C. Chapra, Tufts University, and Raymond P. Canale, Emeritus University of Michigan 2010 (May 2009) / Hardcover / 960 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-340106-5 ISBN: 978-0-07-126759-5 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/chapra
Instructors love Numerical Methods for Engineers because it makes teaching easy! Students love it because it is written for them--with clear explanations and examples throughout. The text features a broad array of applications that span all engineering disciplines. The sixth edition retains the successful instructional techniques of earlier editions. Chapra and Canale's unique approach opens each part of the text with sections called Motivation, Mathematical Background, and Orientation. This prepares the student for upcoming problems in a motivating and engaging manner. Each part closes with an Epilogue containing Trade-Offs, Important Relationships and Formulas, and Advanced Methods and Additional References. Much more than a summary, the Epilogue deepens understanding of what has been learned and provides a peek into more advanced methods. Approximately 20% of the problems are new or revised in this edition. The expanded breadth of engineering disciplines covered is especially evident in the problems, which now cover such areas as biotechnology and biomedical engineering. Users will find use of software packages, specifically MATLAB®, Excel® with VBA and Mathcad®. This includes material on developing MATLAB® m-files and VBA macros.

209

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS WITH MATLAB FOR ENGINEERS AND SCIENTISTS Second Edition
by Steven C. Chapra, Tufts University 2008 (November 2006) / Hardcover / 544 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-313290-7 ISBN: 978-0-07-125921-7 [IE]

Computer Architecture/ Microprocessors
NEW
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Architecture, Programming and Design Second Edition
by Raj Kamal, Devi Ahilya University, Indore 2008 / Softcover / 700 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-066764-8

www.mhhe.com/chapra
Steven Chapra’s second edition, Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineers and Scientists, is written for engineers and scientists who want to learn numerical problem solving. This text focuses on problem-solving (applications) rather than theory, using MATLAB, and is intended for Numerical Methods users; hence theory is included only to inform key concepts. The second edition feature new material such as Numerical Differentiation and ODE's: Boundary-Value Problems. For those who require a more theoretical approach, see Chapra's best-selling Numerical Methods for Engineers, 5/e (2006), also by McGraw-Hill. CONTENTS Part One Modeling, Computers, and Error Analysis. 1. Mathematical Modeling Numerical Methods and Problem Solving. 2. MATLAB Fundamentals. 3. Programming with MATLAB. 4. Roundoff and Trunication Errors. Part Two Roots and Optimization. 5. Roots: Bracketing Methods. 6. Roots: Open Methods. 7. Optimization. Part Three Linear Systems. 8. Linear Algebraic Equations and Matrices. 9. Gauss Elimination. 10. LU Factorization. 11. Matrix Inverse and Condition. 12. Iterative Methods. Part Four Curve Fitting. 13. Linear Regression. 14. General Linear Least-Squares and Non-Linear Regression. 15. Polynomial Interpolation. 16. Splines and Piecewise Interpolation. Part Five Integration and Differentiation. 17. Numerical Integration Formulas. 18. Numerical Integration of Functions. 19. Numerical Differentiation. Part Six Ordinary Differential Equations. 20. Initial-Value Problems. 21. Adaptive Methods and Stiff Systems. 22. Boundary-Value Problems Appendix A: Eigenvalues Appendix B: MATLAB Built-in Functions Appendix C: MATLAB M-File Functions Bibliography Index

McGraw-Hill India Title) Browse http://www.mhhe.com/kamal/emb2
NEW TO THIS EDITION v Bottom up approach employed, where hardware and software issues have been discussed followed by Case Studies. v Comprehensive coverage of topics like Real Time Operating Systems and 8051 Architecture. v Design process and examples are covered throughout the book. v Practical orientation in presenting the subject, with two chapters on Case Studies (Chapters 11 and 12). v Student friendly pedagogy, detailing concepts that have been covered and ones to be covered, as chapter openers. Pedagogy: v v v v Solved Examples: Over 120 Figures: Over 100 Review Questions: Over 170 Practice Exercises: Over 120

CONTENTS 1. Introduction to The Embedded Systems 2. 8051 And Advanced Processor Architectures, Memory organization, and Real World Interfacing 3. Devices and Communication Buses For Devices Network 4. Device Drivers And Interrupts Servicing Mechanism 5. Programming Concepts And Embedded Programming In C, C++ and Java 6. Program Modeling Concepts In Single And Multiprocessor Systems Software-Development Process 7. Real Time Operating Systems- I: Inter Process Communication And Synchronization Of Processes, Task And Threads 8. Real Time Operating Systems 9. RTOS Programming--I: MicroC/OS-II and VxWorks 10. RTOS PROGRAMMING--II: Windows CE, OSEK, RTLinux and Others 11. Design Examples And Case Studies Of Program Modeling And Programming With Rtos--1 12. Design Examples And Case Studies Of Program Modeling And Programming With RTOS--1 Appendixes

210

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
MODERN PROCESSOR DESIGN: Fundamentals of Superscalar Processors
by John P Shen, Carnegie Mellon University and Mikko Lipasti, University of Wisconsin - Madison 2005 / Hardcover / 640 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-057064-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-124487-9 [IE]

International Edition
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATION Third Edition
by John P. Hayes, University of Michigan 1998 / 624 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-115997-5 [IE] CONTENTS 1 Computation and Computers 2 Design Methodology 3 Processor Design 4 Datapath Design 5 Control Design/6 Memory Organization 7 System Organization

www.mhhe.com/shen
CONTENTS 1 Processor Design. 2 Pipelined Processors. 3 Memory and I/O Systems. 4 Superscalar Organization. 5 Superscalar Techniques. 6 The PowerPC 620. 7 Intel’s P6 Microarchitecture. 8 Survey of Superscalar Processors. 9 Advanced Instruction Flow Techniques. 10 Advanced Register Data Flow Techniques. 11 Executing Multiple Threads.

International Edition
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE PARALLELISM, SCALABILITY, PROGRAMMABILITY
by Kai Hwang, University of Southern California 1993 / 672 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-124713-9 [IE] CONTENTS Part One•Theory of Parallelism 1 Parallel Computer Models 2 Program and Network Properties 3 Principles of Performance and Scalability Part Two•Hardware Technologies 4 Processors and Memory Hierarchy 5 Bus/Cache and Shared-Memory 6 Pipelining and Superscalar Techniques Part Three•Parallel and Scalable Architectures 7 Multiprocessors and Multi-computers 8 Multivector and SIMD Supercomputers 9 Scalable, Multithreaded, and Dataflow Architectures Part Four•Software for Paralle Programming 10 Parallel Models, Languages and Compilers 11 Development of Parallel Programs 12 Unix Extensions for Parallel Computers Bibliography

International Edition
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION Fifth Edition
by V. Carl Hamacher, Queen’s University; Zvonko Vranesic, University of Toronto; Safwat Zaky, University of Toronto 2002 / 832 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-232086-2 ISBN: 978-0-07-112218-4 [IE, text only]

www.mhhe.com/hamacher
CONTENTS 1 Basic Structure of Computers. 2 Machine Instructions and Programs. 3 ARM, Motorola, and Intel Instruction Sets. 4 Input/Output Organization. 5 The Memory System. 6 Arithmetic. 7 Basic Processing Unit. 8 Pipelining. 9 Embedded Systems. 10 Computer Peripherals. 11 Processor Families. 12 Large Computer Systems. Appendix A Logic Circuits. Appendix B ARM Instruction Set. Appendix C Motorola 68000Instruction Set. Appendix D Intel IA-32 Instruction Set. Appendix E Character Codes and Number Conversion

211

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
PROGRAMMING AND CUSTOMIZING THE PIC MICROCONTROLLER Third Edition
by Myke Predko 2008 (September 2007) / Softcover / 1263 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-147287-6

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
by Nick Carter, University of Illinois - Champaign 2002 / 304 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-136207-8

(A Schaum's Publication)

(A Professional Reference Title)
Tap into the latest advancements in PIC technology with the fully revamped Third Edition of McGraw-Hill's Programming and Customizing the PIC Microcontroller. Long known as the subject's definitive text, this indispensable volume comes packed with more than 600 illustrations, and provides comprehensive, easy-to-understand coverage of the PIC microcontroller's hardware and software schemes. With 100 experiments, projects, and libraries, you get a firm grasp of PICs, how they work, and the ins-and-outs of their most dynamic applications. CONTENTS Part 1: The PIC Microcontroller Chapter 1--Microcontrollers Chapter 2--The Microchip PIC Microcontroller Part 2: Setting up your own PIC Microcontroller Development Lab Chapter 3--Programmer PCB Chapter 4--Software Development Tools Part 3: PIC MCU Basics Chapter 5--PIC MCU Processor Architecture Chapter 6--The PIC Microcontroller Instruction Set Chapter 7--The Configuration Register Chapter 8--Basic Operating Features Part 4: PIC Microcontroller Interfacing Capabilities Chapter 9--PIC MCU Optional Hardware Features Chapter 10--PIC MCU Application Design Issues Chapter 11--PIC MCU Hardware Interfacing Chapter 12--Practical PC Interfacing Chapter 13--PIC Microcontroller Program Memory Loading Part 5: PIC Microcontroller Software Development Chapter 14--Microchip MPLAB IDE Chapter 15--Assembly Language Software Techniques Chapter 16--Macro Development Chapter 17--Designing your own PIC Microcontroller Applications Chapter 18--Debugging your Applications Chapter 19 – Emulators Part 6: PIC Microcontroller Applications Chapter 20 – Demonstrations Chapter 21--Projects Chapter 22--Real Time Operating Systems Chapter 23--In Closing Appendix A: Resources Appendix B: PIC MCU Summary Appendix C: Useful Tables and Data Appendix D: Basic Electronics Appendix E: Digital Electronics Appendix F: BASIC Reference Appendix G: C Reference Appendix H: 16 Bit Numbers Appendix I: Reuse, Return and Recycle

Design in Electrical Engineering
International Edition
DESIGN FOR ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERS
by Ralph Ford, Penn State Erie Behrend College, and Chris Coulston, Penn State Erie Behrend College 2008 (August 2007) / Softcover / 336 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-338035-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-126347-4 [IE]

www.mhhe.com/fordcoulston
This book is written for students and teachers engaged in electrical and computer engineering (ECE) design projects, primarily in the senior year. It guides students and faculty through the steps necessary for the successful execution of design projects. The objective of the text is to provide a treatment of the design process in ECE with a sound academic basis that is integrated with practical application. It has a strong guiding vision -- that a solid understanding of the Design Process, Design Tools, and the right mix of Professional Skills are critical for project and career success. This text is unique in providing a comprehensive design treatment for ECE. CONTENTS Part I – The Engineering Design Process Chapter 1: The Engineering Design Process Chapter 2: Project Selection and Needs Identification Chapter 3: The Requirements Specification Chapter 4: Concept Generation and Evaluation Part II – Design Tools Chapter 5: System Design I: Functional Decomposition Chapter 6: System Design II: Behavior Models Chapter 7: Testing Chapter 8: System Reliability Part III – Professional Skills Chapter 9: Teams and Teamwork Chapter 10: Project Management Chapter 11: Ethical and Legal Issues Chapter 12: Oral Presentations Appendices References Appendix A Glossary Appendix B Decision Making with Analytical Hierarchy Process Appendix C Component Failure Rate Data Appendix D Manufacturer Datasheets Index

212

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Telecommunications
GREEN ELECTRONICS DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING
by Sammy G. Shina 2008 (April 2008) / Hardcover / 384 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149594-3

AIDED NAVIGATION: GPS WITH HIGH RATE SENSORS
by Jay A. Farrell, University Of California-Riverside 2008 (February 2008) / Hardcover / 500 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-149329-1

(A Professional Reference Title)
Aided Navigation presents an industry standard approach to aided navigation system design. Incorporationg both underlying theory and application, this reference explains the essential theory, concepts and tools for these versatile systems. CONTENTS Chapter 1: Aided Navigation Theory Chapter 2: Introduction to Aided Navigation Chapter 3: Coordinate Systems Chapter 4: Deterministic Modeling Chapter 5: Stochastic Modeling Chapter 6: Optimal Estimation Chapter 7: Navigation System Design Chapter 8: Navigation Case Studies Chapter 9: Global Positioning System(GPS) Chapter 10: Inertial Navigation System(INS) Chapter 11: Encoder-based Dead-reckoning Chapter 12: Doppler-based Dead-reckoning Chapter 13: GPS aided INS Chapter 14: GPS aided Encoder Chapter 15: GPS aided Doppler

(A Professional Reference Title)
Green Electronics Design and Manufacturing shows you how to create environmentally- friendly electronic products in the most cost-effective manner possible. You will learn how to convert over to and design in a lead-free manufacturing environment. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Green Electronics Products Chapter 2. Electronics Industry Global Environmental Regulations Chapter 3. Managing Corporate Strategy for Green Products Chapter 4. Green Design Techniques Chapter 5. Green Laminates and Printed Circuit Boards Chapter 6. Converting to Lead-Free Electronics Manufacturing Chapter 7. Managing Changes in Environmental Regulations Chapter 8. The Green Supply Chain Chapter 9. Testing Green Products Chapter 10. Experimental Techniques for Green Product Verification

SWITCH-MODE POWER SUPPLIES FABLESS SEMICONDUCTOR IMPLEMENTATION
by Rakesh Kumar 2008 (March 2008) / Hardcover / 352 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-150266-5 by Christophe P. Basso 2008 (January 2008) / Hardcover with CDROM / 736 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-150858-2

(A Professional Reference Title)
Switch-Mode Power Supplies: SPICE Simulations and Practical Designs is a comprehensive resource on using SPICE as a power conversion design companion. This book uniquely bridges analysis and market reality to teach the development and marketing of stateof-the art switching converters. Invaluable to both the graduating student and the experienced design engineer, this guide explains how to derive founding equations of the most popular converters…design safe, reliable converters through numerous practical examples…and utilize SPICE simulations to virtually breadboard a converter on the PC before using the soldering iron. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Introduction to Power Conversion Chapter 2. Small Signal Modeling Chapter 3. Feedback and Control Loops Chapter 4. Basic Blocks and Generic Models Chapter 5. Simulation and Design of Non-Isolated Converters Chapter 6. Simulations and Design of Isolated Converters – Front End Chapter 7. Simulation and Design of Isolated Converters – The Flyback Chapter 8. Simulation and Design of Isolated Converters – the Forward Appendices

(A Professional Reference Title)
Fabless Semiconductor Implementation tackles the challenges faced by integrated circuit manufacturing firms following or transitioning over to the fables business model (focusing on design and outsourcing the actual manufacturing). This resource details the potential pitfalls and solutions for this new IC design model, allowing firms to stay focused on cutting-edge design, and not invest in manufacturing. CONTENTS Chapter 1. Fabless Industry Chapter 2. The Big Picture Chapter 3. Lifecycle of a Fabless IC Company Chapter 4. Selecting the Implementation Approach Chapter 5. Selecting the Technologies Chapter 6. Implementing the COT Approach Chapter 7. Managing Cost Chapter 8. Managing the Implementation Program Future Trends

213

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
WIRELESS AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS Third Edition
by William C Y Lee, Chairman of Linkair, Inc. 2006 / 544 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-143686-1 ISBN: 978-0-07-125255-3 [IE]

International Edition
OPTICAL NETWORKING CRASH COURSE
by Steven Shepard 2001 / 269 pages ISBN: 978-0-07-120292-3 [IE]

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Professional Reference Title)
CONTENTS Part One: The Optical Networking Market-place. Chapter 1: Toward a New Network Model. Chapter 2: A Corollary: The Data Network. Chapter 3: The Local Service Providers’ Response. Chapter 4: Service Regions of the Optical Network. Chapter 5: The Optical Networking Applications Set. Chapter 6: A Brief History of the Network. Chapter 7: The Traditional Digital Hierarchy. Chapter 8: The Birth of Optical Networking: Sonet and SDH. Chapter 9: Switching and Routing. Chapter 10: The Service Provider’s World: Back to Switching and Routing. Chapter 11: Ring Architectures in the Optical Domain. Chapter 12: Amplification and Regeneration. Part Two: From Copper to Glass. Chapter 13: Overview of Optical Technology. Chapter 14: Total Internal Reflection. Chapter 15: Later Developments in Optical Networking. Chapter 16: Fundamentals of Optical Networking. Chapter 17: Optical Sources. Chapter 18: Optical Fiber. Chapter 19: Optical Fiber. Chapter 20: Putting It All Together. Chapter 21: Fiber Nonlinearities. Chapter 22: Intermodulation Effects. Chapter 23: Scattering Problems. Chapter 24: An Aside: Optical Amplification. Chapter 25: Pulling it all Together. Chapter 26: Optical Receivers. Chapter 27: Photodetector Types. Chapter 28: Optical Fiber. Chapter 29: Multimode Fiber. Chapter 30: Single-Mode Fiber. Chapter 31: Why Do We Care? Part Three: Corollary Technologies. Chapter 32: Introduction. Chapter 33: Optical Cable Assemblies. Chapter 34: Fiber Cable Architectures. Chapter 35: The Special Case of Submarine Cables. Chapter 36: Fiber Installation Options. Chapter 37: Commercial Fiber Products. Chapter 38: An Aside: Freespace Optics. Chapter 39: Summary. Chapter 40: Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM). Chapter 41: Optical Switching and Routing. Chapter 42: Network Management. Part Four: Solutions and Applications. Chapter 43: The Optical Hierarchy of Motivation. Chapter 44: Players in the Network Game. Chapter 45: Reinventing the Network. Chapter 46: Toward a New Network Paradigm. Chapter 47: Why the Evolution? Chapter 48: The Evolving IP Protocol Model. Chapter 49: IP’s Promise. Chapter 50: Protocol Assemblies: Putting it Together. Chapter 51: One More time: Putting it All Together. Chapter 52: The Future.

(A Professional Reference Title)
CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction to Wireless Communications. Chapter 2 Introduction to Cellular Systems. Chapter 3 Specification of Analog Cellular Systems. Chapter 4 Specification of Digital Cellular Systems. Chapter 5 Specification of Newly Mobile Systems. Chapter 6 Specification of WLL and WLAN Systems. Chapter 7 Cell Coverage and Antennas. Chapter 8 Cochannel Interferences. Chapter 9 Types of Non-Cochannel Interference. Chapter 10 Frequency Management and Channel Assignment. Chapter 11 Handoffs and Dropped calls. Chapter 12 Operational Technology and Techniques. Chapter 13 Switching and Traffic. Chapter 14 Data Links and Microwaves. Chapter 15 System Evaluations. Chapter 16 Intelligent Cell Concept. Chapter 17 Intelligent and All IP Network. Chapter 18 Mobile Communications. Related Topics

International Edition
LEE’S ESSENTIALS OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS
by William C Y Lee 2001 / 450 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-116536-5 [IE]

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Professional Reference Title)
CONTENTS How Telephones, Wireline, and Wireless Were Born. Why Mobile Radio Systems are Difficult to Develop. How to Evaluate a Spectrum - An Efficient System. Important Factors of Choosing a New Digital System. Learn From the Past. Application of CDMA. What Is Our Future? Internet and Wireless Future.

214

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING Second Edition
by William C.Y. Lee 1998 / 550 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-115766-7 [IE]

International Edition
SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS Fourth Edition
by Dennis Roddy, Lakehead University 2006 / 636 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-146298-3 ISBN: 978-0-07-125286-7 [IE]

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Professional Reference Title)

(A Professional Reference Title)
CONTENTS Chapter 1: Overview of Satellite Systems. Chapter 2: Orbits and Launching Methods. Chapter 3: The Geostationary Orbit. Chapter 4: Radio Wave Propagation. Chapter 5: Polarization. Chapter 6: Antennas. Chapter 7: The Space Segment. Chapter 8: The Earth Segment. Chapter 9: Analog Signals. Chapter 10: Digital Signals. Chapter 11: Error Control Coding. Chapter 12: The Space Link. Chapter 13: Interference. Chapter 14: Satellite Access. Chapter 15: Satellites in Networks. Chapter 16: Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) Television. Chapter 17: Satellite Mobile and Specialized Services. Appendix A: Answers To Selected Problems. Appendix B: Conic Sections. Appendix C: Nasa Two-line Orbital Elements. Appendix D: Listings Of Artificial Satellites. Appendix E: Illustrating Third-order Intermodulation Products. Appendix F: Acronyms. Appendix G: Logarithmic Units. Index.

Professional References
LABVIEW GRAPHICAL PROGRAMMING Fourth Edition
by Gary W Johnson, and Richard Jennings 2007 / 752 pages / Softcover ISBN: 978-0-07-145146-8

(A Professional Reference Title)
LabVIEW is an award-winning programming language that allows engineers to create “virtual” instruments on their desktop. This new edition details the powerful features of the most recent version of LabVIEW.Written in a highly accessible and readable style, LabVIEW Graphical Programming illustrates basic LabVIEW programming techniques, building up to advanced programming concepts. The CD-ROM contains a wealth of virtual instruments and software tools. CONTENTS Roots. Getting Started. Controlling Program Flow. LabVIEW Data Types. Timing. Synchronization. Files. Gary’s Approach to Building an Application. Documentation. Instrument Driver Basics. Instrument Driver Development Techniques. Inputs and Outputs. Using the DAQ Library. Analog DAQ. Digital DAQ. Writing a Data Acquisition Program. Process Control Applications. Physics Applications. Data Visualization, Imaging and Sound. LabVIEW RT. LabVIEW FPGA. Embedded LabVIEW.

International Edition
CHIP SCALE PACKAGE
by John H Lau, Express Packaging Systems, Inc., Wataru Nakayama, University of Maryland, John Prince, University of Arizona and C P Wong, Institute of Technology 1999 / 564 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-038304-3 (Out-of-Print) ISBN: 978-0-07-116508-2 [IE]

(International Edition is not for sale in Australia, Europe & Japan.) (A Professional Reference Title)
CONTENTS Part I: Flip Chip and Wire Bond for CSP. Part II: Customized Leadframe Based CSPs. Part III: CSPs with Flexible Substrate. Part IV: CSPs with Rigid Substrate. Part V: Wafer-Level Redistribution CSPs.

215

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
International Edition
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING Second Edition
by William C.Y. Lee 1998 / 550 pages / Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-07-115766-7 [IE]

(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.) (A Professional Reference Title)

INVITATION TO PUBLISH
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook proposal for publication. Please contact your local McGraw-Hill office or email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Website: www.mheducation.asia

COMPLIMENTARY COPIES
Complimentary desk copies are available for course adoption only. To request for a review copy: ° contact your local McGraw-Hill Representatives ° fax the Examination Copy Request Form ° email to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com ° submit online at www.mheducation.asia Visit McGraw-Hill Education Website: www.mheducation.asia

216

TITLE INDEX
A
A+ Certification All-In-One Exam Guide, 6e A+ Certification Study Guide, 6e A+ Specializations Certification All-In-One Exam Guide Ace the IT Interview, 2e Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals, 2e Advanced Programming Using Visual Basic 2005, 3e Advanced Programming Using Visual Basic 2008, 4e Advantage Series: Microsoft Office 2003 Advantage Series: Office XP Volume I Aided Navigation: GPS with High Rate Sensors Algorithms AMA Handbook of Project Management, The, 2e American Electricians’ Handbook, 15e Analysis and Design of Digital Integrated Circuits, 3e Annual Editions: Computers in Society 08/09, 14e Annual Editions: Computers in Society 09/10, 15e Antennas, 3e Application Cases in Management Information Systems, 5e Applied C: An Introduction and More Applied Numerical Methods with MatLab for Engineers and Scientists, 2e Applied Software Measurement, 3e Artificial Intelligence, 3e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Assembly Language Programming and Organization of the IBM PC Meyers Holcombe Meyers Moreira Hwang Ray Bradley Bradley Coulthard Hutchinson-Clifford Farrell Dasgupta Dinsmore Croft Hodges De Palma De Palma Kraus Morgan Fischer Chapra Jones Rich Yu 117 118 116 111 58,211 19 95 93 81 79 213 5 140 182 174 141 141 195 134 9 48,210 57 6 7

B
Basic Electricity: A Text-Lab Manual, 7e Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e Bioinformatics: A Computing Perspective Building an e-Business: From the Ground Up Business Data Communications Business Driven Information Systems, 2e Business Driven Technology, 3e Zbar Brophy Gopal Reding Forouzan Baltzan Baltzan 185 164 56 152 7,139 129,131 131

C
C for Engineers and Scientists with Companion CD C Programming for Engineering and Computer Science (B.E.S.T. Series) C++ Primer for Engineers: An Object-Oriented Approach, A C++ Primer for Non C Programmers CAPM/PMP Project Management All-In-One Exam Guide Cases in Electronic Commerce, 2e CCNA Cisco Certified Network Associate Study Guide, 3e Cheng Tan Ponnambalam Zamir Phillips Huff Deal 8 9 10 12 112 153 112

217

TITLE INDEX
Chipscale Package Circuit Analysis Demystified Circuits and Networks, 3e [India Title] CISA Certified Information Systems Auditor All-In-One Exam Guide Cisco: A Beginner’s Guide, 4e CISSP Certification All-In-One Exam Guide, 4e Citrix® Presentation Server Plantinum Edition for Windows: The Official Guide CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, 3e CNet Do-It-Yourself PC Upgrade Projects Communication Electronics, 3e Communication Network, 2e Communication Systems, 5e Communication Systems: Analog & Digital, 2e [India Title] Communication Theory Comprehensive Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java, A Computer Architecture and Logic Design Computer Architecture and Organization, 3e Computer Graphics Computer Graphics, 2e Computer Organization Computer Organization, 5e Computers, Communications, and Information Core with PowerWeb and Interactive Companion 3.0, 7e Computing Essentials 2008 Introductory Edition, 19e Computing Essentials 2009, Complete Edition, 20e Computing Essentials 2010, Introductory Edition, 20e Control Systems (India Title) Control Systems, 3e (India Title) Coreldraw® X: The Official Guide Corporate Information Strategy and Management: Text and Cases, 8e Cryptography and Network Security Cryptography and Network Security, 2e [India Title] Crystal Reports XI: The Complete Reference CSS & XHTML: The Complete Reference, 5e Customer Relationship Management CWNA Certified Wireless Network Administrator Official Study Guide, 4e CWSP Certified Wireless Security Professional Official Study Guide (Exam Pwo-200), 2e Lau McMahon Sudhakar Harris Velte Harris Reeser Kang Hart-Davis Frenzel Leon-Garcia Carlson Singh Thomas Wu (Otani) Bartee Hayes Sinha Harrington ISRD Hamacher Hutchinson-Clifford O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary Srivastava Gopal Bain Applegate Forouzan Kahate Peck Powell Storbacka Carpenter Carpenter 215 168 168 116 113 113 107 174 77 189 20,200,208 199 199 199 37 18,30,207 18,211 15 16 16 17,211 75 74 75 73 178 179 17 140 43 43 57 102 158 104,115 46

D
Data Communications and Network Security Data Communications and Networking Data Communications and Networks Data Communications Networking, 4e Carr Godbole Miller Forouzan 138 20,104 138 19,207

218

TITLE INDEX
Data Structures and the Java Collections Framework, 2e Data Structures and the Standard Template Library Data Structures Using C [India Title] Data Structures, Algorithms and Object-Oriented Programming Database Design, Application Development, and Administration, 3e Database Management Systems, 3e Database Management Systems: Designing & Building Business Applications, 3e Database System Concepts, 5e Database Systems: Concepts, Languages, Architectures Databases: Design, Development and Deployment Using Microsoft Access, 2e Decision Support and Data Warehouse Systems Delivering Business Intelligence with Microsoft SQL Server, 2e Design for Electrical and Computer Engineers Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits, 3e Designing and Managing the Supply Chain, 3e Digital Communications, 5e Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 2e [India Title] Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 3e [India Title] Digital Electronics: Principles and Applications, 7e Digital Principles and Applications, 6e Digital Principles and Design with CD-ROM Digital Signal Processing Digital Signal Processing Digital Signal Processing: A Computer-Based Approach, 3e Digital Signal Processors: Architecture, Programming and Applications Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, 6e Discrete Mathematics By Example Distributed Systems and Networks Collins Collins Krishnamoorthy Heileman Mannino Ramakrishnan Post Silberschatz Atzeni Rob Mallach Larson Ford Razavi Franco Simchi-Levi Proakis Gopal Gopal Tokheim Leach Givone Salivahanan Schuler Mitra Venkataramani Rosen Simpson Buchanan 21 23 22 23 134 24 135 24 25 135 139 135 205,212 173 176 155 201 180 29,205 187 187 30,206 198 188 198 198 30 31 33

E
eBay the Smart Way, 5e e-Business and e-Commerce Infrastructure e-Commerce e-Commerce: Context, Concepts and Consequences e-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications e-Learning in China University Electric Machinery and Power Systems Fundamentals Electric Machinery Fundamentals, 4e Electric Machinery, 6e Electric Motors and Control Systems Electrical Machines, 3e (India Title) Electricity/Electronics Fundamentals: A Text-Lab Manual, 4e Sinclair Chaudhury Rayport Bandyopadhyay Whiteley Wu Chapman Chapman Fitzgerald Petruzella Bhattacharya Zbar 158 150 153 150 149 158 182 181 182 182 181 185,186

219

TITLE INDEX
Electricity: Principles and Applications, 7e Electromagnetics, 5e Electronic Commerce, 3e Electronic Commerce: Framework, Technologies, and Applications, 3e [India] Electronic Commerce: Security, Risk Management, and Control, 2e Electronic Communication, 6e Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2e Electronics Principles, 7e Electronics: Principles and Applications, 7e Elementary Numerical Analysis: An Algorithmic Approach, 3e Elements of Power System Analysis, 4e Embedded Core Design with FPGAS Embedded Systems, 2e [India Title] Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7e ERP Demystified, 2e Essentials of Business Driven Information Systems Ethical Decision Making and Information Technology, 2e Even More Excellent HTML with HTML Reference Guide, 2e Exploring Python Fowler Kraus Bhasker Bhasker Greenstein Shrader Millman Malvino Schuler Conte Stevenson Navabi Kamal Hayt Leon Baltzan Grillo Gottleber Budd 183 194 149 149 152 189 166 191 190 48 192 177 18,210 165,194 143 129 142 101 55

F
Fabless Semiconductor Implementation FlexTM 3: A Beginner’s Guide Foundations of Information Systems Fourier Transform and Its Applications, The, 3e Fundamentals of Communications Systems Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design, 2e Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design with CD-ROM, 3e Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, 4e Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices Fundamentals of Wireless Networking Fundamentals Signals Systems Kumar Davis Zwass Bracewell Fitz Brown Brown Alexander Rizzoni Achuthan Anderson Price Roberts 213 14 134 180 200 28,206 27,204 164 163 175 175 105 196

G
Genealogy Online, 8e Gray Hat Hacking, 2e Green Electronics Design and Manufacturing Green It Grob’s Basic Electronics with Simulation CD, 10e Grob’s Basic Electronics: Fundamentals of DC and AC Circuits with Simulation CD Crowe Harris Shina Velte Schultz Schultz 14 45 213 105 186 186

220

TITLE INDEX
H
Hacking Exposed Linux, 3e Hacking Exposed VoIP: Voice Over IP Security Secrets & Solutions Hacking Exposed Windows: Windows Security Secrets and Solutions, 3e Hacking Exposed Wireless Hands-On Oracle Database 10G Express Edition for Linux Hands-On Oracle Database 10G Express Edition for Windows Hands-On SQL Server™ 2005 Integration Services Harley Hahn’s Guide to Unix and Linux Herb Schildt’s C++ Programming Cookbook High Voltage Engineering, 4e (India Title) How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Access 2007 How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Excel 2007 How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Powerpoint 2007 How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Project 2007 How to do Everything with Microsoft® Expression® Web How to do Everything with Windows Vista How to Do Everything with Your Mac HTML: A Beginner’s Guide, 3e ISECOM Endler Scambray Cache Bobrowski Bobrowski Nanda Hahn Schildt Naidu Andersen Hart-Davis Mann Finkelstein Marmel Baker Simmons Spivey Willard 44 46 45 46 123 123 108 41,64 98 193 86 84 92 88 91 14 90 59 101

I
Information Assurance for the Enterprise: A Roadmap to Information Security Information Systems Development, 4e Information Systems Essentials, 3e Information Technology and Management, 2e Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, 2e [India Title] Interactive Companion CD-ROM Version 3.0 Interactive Computing Series: Office XP Volume I Internet Business Models and Strategies: Text and Cases, 2e Internet Business Models: Text and Cases Internet Marketing, 2e Internet Marketing: Readings and Online Resources Introduction to Business Data Mining Introduction to Computer Graphics Introduction to Computer Science Using Java, , An, 2e Introduction to Computing Systems: From Bits to Gates to C and Beyond, 2e Introduction to Database Systems Introduction to e-Commerce, 2e Introduction to Fiber Optics Systems, An, 2e Introduction to Help Desk Concepts and Skills Introduction to Information Systems Project Management, 2e Schou Avison Haag Thompson Bose McGraw-Hill Laudon Afuah Eisenmann Mohammed Richardson Olson Krishnamurthy Kamin Patt Bressan Rayport Powers Sanderson Olson 44 136 130 134 15,202 76 79 150 151 151 151 144 16 38 8,16,34 24 149,152 202 77 140

221

TITLE INDEX
Introduction to Information Systems, 14e Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation, 3e Introduction to Logic and Computer Design with CD Introduction to Logic Design, 3e Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems, 3e Introduction to Object-Oriented Analysis and Design Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java, An, 5e Introduction to Programming with Java: A Problem-Solving Approach Introduction to Radar Systems, 3e Introduction to Semiconductor Devices, An Introduction to Systems Analysis and Design Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms Introduction to Unix Introduction to Video Game Design and Development with Student CD I-Series: Microsoft Office 2003, Volume I I-Series: Microsoft Office Access 2003,Complete O’Brien Martin Marcovitz Marcovitz Alciatore Schach Wu Dean Skolnik Neamen Whitten Lee Wrightson Saulter Haag Haag 130 63 28,206 27,204 178 137 35 37 195 175 136 5 66 102 81 86

J
Java 1.5 Program Design Java 5.0 Program Design Java Programming: From the Ground Up Java Structures: Data Structures in Java for the Principled Programmer, 2e Java: A Beginner’s Guide, 4e Java: An Object-Oriented Language Java: The Complete Reference, 7e Javaserver Faces: The Complete Reference JD Edwards Enterprise One: The Complete Reference Just Enough Unix, 5e Cohoon Cohoon Bravaco Bailey Schildt Smith Schildt Schalk Jacot Andersen 38 38 36 21 39,99 39 40,99 98 144 64

K
Knowledge Management Natarajan 153

L
Labview Graphical Programming, 4e Learning C++ Learning Programming Using Visual Basic .Net, 4e Lee’s Essentials of Wireless Communications Legal Landmines in e-Commerce Linear Integrated Circuits [India Title] Linear Integrated Circuits and OP AMPs (India Title) Lineman and Cableman’s Handbook, 11e Johnson Graham Burrows Lee Canton Salivahanan Bali Shoemaker 215 11 95 214 152 167 165 172

222

TITLE INDEX
Linux: The Complete Reference, 6e Linux+ Certification Study Guide Local Area Networks Local Area Networks, 2e Logistics & Supply Chain Management [UK] Petersen Tracy Forouzan Keiser Jonsson 89 111 40,208 41,209 155

M
Machine Learning Management Information Systems for the Information Age, 7e Management Information Systems, 3e Management Information Systems, 4e Management Information Systems, 9e Management of Telecommunications, The, 2e Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems Matching Supply with Demand: An Introduction to Operations Management, 2e MCITP Enterprise Support Technician All-In-One Exam Guide MCITP SQL Server 2005 Database Developer All-In-One Exam Guide MCTS SQL Server 2005 Implementation & Maintenance Study Guide, 3e MCTS Windows Vista Client Configuration Passport (Exam 70-620), 2e MCTS Windows Vista Client Configuration Study Guide, 2e Microelectronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3e Microelectronic Circuit Design, 3e Microprocessors Principles and Applications, 2e Microsoft Access 2007: A Professional Approach Microsoft Excel 2007: A Professional Approach Microsoft Exchange Server 2007: A Beginner’s Guide, 2e Microsoft Exchange Server 2007: The Complete Reference, 2e Microsoft Office 2007 Brief: A Professional Approach Microsoft Office 2007: A Professional Approach Microsoft Office Access 2007 Introductory Microsoft Office Access 2007 Quicksteps Microsoft Office Access 2007: The Complete Reference Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Introduction Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Quicksteps Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 Quicksteps Microsoft Office Powerpoint 2007 Brief Microsoft Office Powerpoint 2007 Quicksteps Microsoft Outlook 2007: A Professional Approach Microsoft Powerpoint 2007: A Professional Approach Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Programming Microsoft Windows Server 2008: A Beginner’s Guide Microsoft Windows Server 2008: The Complete Reference Microsoft Word 2007: A Professional Approach Mitchell Haag Jawadekar Post O’Brien Carr Olson Cachon McCain Gibson Carpenter Simmons Simmons Neamen Jaeger Gilmore Juarez Stewart Cavalancia Luckett Hinkle Hinkle O’Leary Cronan Anderson O’Leary Cronan Matthews O’Leary Matthews Nickles Graves Plenderleith Matthews Ruest Hinkle 7 133 133 133 132 139 143 154 119 111,119 114 114 114 171 170 187 85 83 106 106 78 80 85 87 87 83 84 93 87 88 92 88 96 107 107 82

223

TITLE INDEX
Microsoft® SQL ServerTM 2005 High Availability with Clustering & Database MIrroring Microsoft® SQL ServerTM 2008 New Features, 2e Microsoft® SQL ServerTM 2008 Reporting Services, 3e Microsoft® SQL ServerTM 2008: A Beginner’s Guide, 4e Microsoft® XNA™ Game Studio Creator’s Guide Microwave Engineering Mike Meyers A+ Certification Passport, 3e Mike Meyers A+ Guide to Managing and Troubleshooting PCs, 2e Mike Meyers A+ Guide to Operating Systems, 2e Mike Meyers A+ Guide: Essentials, 2e Mike Meyers’ Comptia Network+ Guide to Managing and Troubleshooting Networks, 2e Mike Meyers MCSE/MCSA Windows Server 2003 Active Directory Certification Passport Mobile Communications Engineering, 2e Modern Communication Circuits, 2e Modern Digital Electronics, 3e Modern Power System Analysis, 3e Modern Processor Design: Fundamentals of Superscalar Processors Multimedia: Making It Work, 7e Musician’s Guide to Pro Tools, 2e (The) Otey Otey Larson Petkovic Cawood Das Meyers Meyers Meyers Meyers Meyers Culp Lee Smith Jain Kothari Shen Vaughan Keane 32 32 33,55 32 102 195 117 118 118 117 115 114 215,216 200 201 191 19,211 42 42

N
Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach Nintendo Wii Flash Game Creator’s Guide Numerical Methods for Engineers, 6e Kumar Perkins Chapra 47,207 103 47,209

O
O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office 2007 O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Brief O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007 Brief O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007 Introductory Object Oriented Programming with C++, 4e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Object-Oriented and Classical Software Engineering, 7e Object-Oriented Design Using Java Object-Oriented Software Engineering Object-Oriented Software Engineering: Practical Software Development Using UML and Java, 2e Object-Oriented Systems Analysis and Design Using UML, 3e Object-Oriented Technology Objects Have Class: An Introduction to Programming with Java with CD-Rom and OLC OCP Oracle Database 11G: Administration II Exam Guide, 2e Office 2007 Windows Vista Version Office 2007 Working with Simnet Operating Systems: A Concept-Based Approach, 2e Operating Systems: A Spiral Approach O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary Balagurusamy Schach Skrien Schach Lethbridge Bennett Tsang Poplawski Bryla O’Leary Triad Interactive Dhamdhere Elmasri 80 83 82 82 10 51 36 50 51 137 52 38 120 78 79 54 54

224

TITLE INDEX
Optical Fiber Communications, 3e Optical Networking Crash Course Optical System Design, 2e Optics, 3e Oracle Database 10G Express Edition PHP Web Programming Oracle Database 10G Real Application Clusters Handbook Oracle Database 10G RMAN Backup & Recovery Oracle Database 11G DBA Handbook Oracle Database 11G New Features Oracle Database 11G PL/SQL Programming Oracle Database 11G SQL Oracle Database 11G: A Beginner’s Guide Oracle Database 11G: The Complete Reference Oracle E-Business Suite Security Oracle JDeveloper 10G for Forms & PL/SQL Developers: A Guide to Web Development with Oracle ADF Oracle SQL and Introductory PL/SQL Oracle SQL Developer Handbook Keiser Shepard Fischer Ghatak McLaughlin Gopalakrishnan Hart Bryla Freeman McLaughlin Price Abramson Loney Abel Koletzke Preece Hotka 177 214 180 177 125 123 124 121 122,145 122 122 120 120 123 124 135 124

P
Parallel Programming in C with MPI and Open MP Peter Norton’s Computing Fundamentals, 6e Peter Norton’s Introduction to Computers, 6e PHP: A Beginner’s Guide Power Electronics, 2e Power Electronics, 3e Power System Analysis Power System Analysis, 2e Practical Object-Oriented Design with UML, 2e Principles and Applications of Electrical Engineering, 5e Principles and Tools for Supply Chain Management with Student CD-Rom Principles of Computer Security: Security+ and Beyond Principles of Electronic Communication Systems, 3e Principles of Electronic Materials and Device, 3e Principles of Multimedia Principles of Voice and Data Communications Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal Principles, 4e Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes with Errata Sheet, 4e Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, 3e (India Title) Programmable Logic Controllers, 3e Programming and Customizing the PIC Microcontroller, 3e Programming in ANSI C, 4e Programming in C#, 2e Programming in C++: Lessons and Applications Quinn Norton Norton Vaswani Singh Lander Grainger Saadat Priestley Rizzoni Webster Conklin Frenzel Kasap Parekh Bates Peebles Papoulis Veerarajan Petruzella Predko Balagurusamy Balagurusamy D’Orazio 58 75 76 97 192 193 192 192 53 163 156 44 188 176 42 103,138 203 203 203 191 212 6 13 10

225

TITLE INDEX
Programming in Visual Basic 2008, 7e Programming in Visual Basic 6.0 Update Edition with CD Programming in Visual Basic.Net: Update Edition for VB.Net 2003 with 5-CD VB.Net 2003 Software Set Programming in Visual C# 2008, 3e Programming in Visual C# with Visual Studio Trial Software, 2e Programming Languages, 2e Programming the Web Using ASP.Net Programming the Web Using Visual Studio .Net Programming the Web Using XHTML and Javascript Programming the Web Using XML Programming with Java with CD-ROM PSpice for Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e PSpice for Basic Microelectronics with CD Pulse and Digital Circuits Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms, 2e Purchasing and Supply Management Purchasing and Supply Management, 13e Bradley Bradley Bradley Bradley Bradley Tucker Mercer Mercer Lagerstrom Pearlman Bradley Tront Tront Rao Millman Benton Leenders 94 96 95 12 13,94 59 100 97 102 100 97 167 170 174 166 156 157

Q
Quickbooks 2007 The Official Guide Ivens 84

R
RHCE Red Hat Certified Engineer Linux Study Guide, 5e Jang 112

S
SAP® Netweave Portal Technology: The Complete Reference SAP® Project System Handbook Satellite Communications, 4e Schaum’s 2000 Solved Problems in Electronics Schaum’s Easy Outline of XML Schaum’s Outline of Analog and Digital Communications, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Basic Electrical Engineering, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Basic Electricity, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Basic Mathematics for Electricity and Electronics, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Computer Architecture Schaum’s Outline of Computer Graphics, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Computer Networking Schaum’s Outline of Data Structures with C++ Schaum’s Outline of Data Structures with Java, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Digital Signal Processing Schaum’s Outline of Electric Circuits, 4e Schaum’s Outline of Electric Machines and Electromechanics, 2e Jay Dowling Roddy Cathey Tittel Hsu O’Malley Cathey Gussow Beiser Carter Plastock Tittel Hubbard Hubbard Hayes Nahvi Nasar 26 26 215 173 100 173,200 169 164 168 183 19,212 17 20 23 21 198 169,194 194

226

TITLE INDEX
Schaum’s Outline of Electromagnetics, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Essential Computer Mathematics Schaum’s Outline of Feedback and Control Systems, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of Computing with C++ Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of Relational Databases Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of SQL Programming Schaum’s Outline of Guide to UML, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Introduction to Computer Science Schaum’s Outline of Introduction to Digital Systems Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Computer Science Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C++, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Fortran 77 Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Java, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Signals and Systems Schaum’s Outline of Visual Basic Schaum’s Solved Problems in Electric Circuits, Book 1 Schaum’s Outline of HTML Scientific Computing, 2e SCJA Sun Certified Java Associate Study Guide SCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 6 Study Guide Secrets of the Rockstar Programmers: Riding the IT Crest Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3e Session Initiation Protocol (SIP): Controlling Convergent Networks Signals & Systems Demystified Signals and Systems Signals and Systems (India Title) Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 4e Simulation Using Promodel, 2e Simulation with Arena, 4e Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach, 7e Software Project Management, 5e [UK Title] SQL Server 2005: The Complete Reference, 2e SQL: A Beginner’s Guide, 3e Structuring Data and Building Algorithms Struts: The Complete Reference, 2e Sun Certified Enterprise Architect for Java EE Study Guide (Exam 310-051), 2e Supply Chain Logistics Management, 2e Supply Chain Logistics Management, 3e Supply Management, 8e Swing: A Beginner’s Guide Edminister Cathey Lipschutz DiStefano Hubbard Mata-Toledo Mata-Toledo Bennett Mata-Toledo Palmer Tymann Gottfried Hubbard Mayo Hubbard Hsu Gottfried Nasar Mercer Heath Smith Sierra Burns Neamen Russell McMahon Roberts Rao Law Harrell Kelton Pressman Hughes Shapiro Oppel Chai Holmes Allen Bowersox Bowersox Burt Schildt 194 169 31 179 11 26 62 63 35 201 34,39 9 11,23 55 40 197 96 169 101 48 125 98,125 57 176 63 197 197 196 60 61 60 49 61,140 145 62,121 22 58 45,126 157 153 154 11,99

227

TITLE INDEX
Switch-Mode Power Supplies Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Circuits System on Package Systems Analysis and Design Methods, 7e Systems Analysis and Design: An Active Approach Basso De Micheli Tummala Whitten Marakas 213 174 176 136 137

T
TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 4e 3G Wireless Networks, 2e Forouzan Smith 62 105

U
Unix Concepts and Applications, 4e Unix: The Complete Reference, 2e Using Information Technology, 7e Using Information Technology, 8e Das Rose Williams Williams 65 90 74,76 73

V
VHDL Design Oriented Approach, A [India Title] VHDL: Modular Design and Synthesis of Cores and Systems, 3e Limaye Navabi 29 30,183

W
Web Design Using Dreamweaver Web Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach Web Technologies: TCP/IP, Architecture, and Java Programming, 2e [India Title] Why ERP? A Primer on SAP Implementation Windows Vista Brief Edition Windows Vista Quicksteps Windows Vista: The Complete Reference Winning Results with Google AdWords, 2e Wireless and Cellular Communications, 3e World Class Supply Management, 7e World Wide Web Design with HTML World-Class Warehousing and Material Handling Miller Pressman Kahate Jacobs O’Leary Matthews Young Goodman Lee Burt Xavier Frazelle 100 50 66 144 89 89 91 14 214 157 101 158

Y
Your Unix: The Ultimate Guide, 2e Das 65

228

AUTHOR INDEX
A
Abel Abramson Achuthan Afuah Alciatore Alexander Allen Andersen Andersen Anderson Anderson Applegate Atzeni Avison Oracle E-Business Suite Security Oracle Database 11G: A Beginner’s Guide Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices Internet Business Models and Strategies: Text and Cases, 2e Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems, 3e Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, 4e Sun Certified Enterprise Architect for Java EE Study Guide (Exam 310-051), 2e How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Access 2007 Just Enough Unix, 5e Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices Microsoft Office Access 2007: The Complete Reference Corporate Information Strategy and Management: Text and Cases, 8e Database Systems: Concepts, Languages, Architectures Information Systems Development, 4e 123 120 175 150 178 164 45,126 86 64 175 87 140 25 136

B
Bailey Bain Baker Balagurusamy Balagurusamy Balagurusamy Bali Baltzan Baltzan Baltzan Bandyopadhyay Bartee Basso Bates Beiser Bennett Bennett Benton Bhasker Bhasker Bhattacharya Bobrowski Bobrowski Bose Bowersox Java Structures: Data Structures in Java for the Principled Programmer, 2e Coreldraw® X: The Official Guide How to do Everything with Microsoft® Expression® Web Object Oriented Programming with C++, 4e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Programming in C#, 2e Programming in ANSI C, 4e Linear Integrated Circuits and OP AMPs (India Title) Business Driven Information Systems, 2e Business Driven Technology, 3e Essentials of Business Driven Information Systems e-Commerce: Context, Concepts and Consequences Computer Architecture and Logic Design Switch-Mode Power Supplies Principles of Voice and Data Communications Schaum’s Outline of Basic Mathematics for Electricity and Electronics, 2e Object-Oriented Systems Analysis and Design Using UML, 3e Schaum’s Outline of Guide to UML, 2e Purchasing and Supply Management Electronic Commerce, 3e Electronic Commerce: Framework, Technologies, and Applications, 3e [India] Electrical Machines, 3e (India Title) Hands-On Oracle Database 10G Express Edition for Linux Hands-On Oracle Database 10G Express Edition for Windows Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, 2e [India Title] Supply Chain Logistics Management, 2e 21 17 14 10 13 6 165 129,131 131 129 150 18,30,207 213 103,138 183 137 63 156 149 149 181 123 123 15,202 157

229

AUTHOR INDEX
Bowersox Bracewell Bradley Bradley Bradley Bradley Bradley Bradley Bradley Bradley Bravaco Bressan Brophy Brown Brown Bryla Bryla Buchanan Budd Burns Burrows Burt Burt Supply Chain Logistics Management, 3e Fourier Transform and Its Applications, The, 3e Advanced Programming Using Visual Basic 2008, 4e Programming in Visual Basic 2008, 7e Programming in Visual C# 2008, 3e Advanced Programming Using Visual Basic 2005, 3e Programming in Visual Basic 6.0 Update Edition with CD Programming in Visual Basic.Net: Update Edition for VB.Net 2003 with 5-CD VB.Net 2003 Software Set Programming in Visual C# with Visual Studio Trial Software, 2e Programming with Java with CD-ROM Java Programming: From the Ground Up Introduction to Database Systems Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design with CD-ROM, 3e Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design, 2e OCP Oracle Database 11G: Administration II Exam Guide, 2e Oracle Database 11G DBA Handbook Distributed Systems and Networks Exploring Python Secrets of the Rockstar Programmers: Riding the IT Crest Learning Programming Using Visual Basic .Net, 4e Supply Management, 8e World Class Supply Management, 7e 153 180 93 94 12 95 96 95 13,94 97 36 24 164 27,204 28,206 120 121 33 55 57 95 154 157

C
Cache Cachon Canton Carlson Carpenter Carpenter Carpenter Carr Carr Carter Cathey Cathey Cathey Cavalancia Cawood Chai Chapman Hacking Exposed Wireless Matching Supply with Demand: An Introduction to Operations Management, 2e Legal Landmines in e-Commerce Communication Systems, 5e CWNA Certified Wireless Network Administrator Official Study Guide, 4e MCTS SQL Server 2005 Implementation & Maintenance Study Guide, 3e CWSP Certified Wireless Security Professional Official Study Guide (Exam Pwo-200), 2e Data Communications and Network Security Management of Telecommunications, The, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Computer Architecture Schaum’s 2000 Solved Problems in Electronics Schaum’s Outline of Basic Electrical Engineering, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2e Microsoft Exchange Server 2007: A Beginner’s Guide, 2e Microsoft® XNA™ Game Studio Creator’s Guide Structuring Data and Building Algorithms Electric Machinery and Power Systems Fundamentals 46 154 152 199 104,115 114 46 138 139 19,212 173 164 169 106 102 22 182

230

AUTHOR INDEX
Chapman Chapra Chapra Chaudhury Cheng Cohoon Cohoon Collins Collins Conklin Conte Coulthard Croft Cronan Cronan Crowe Culp Electric Machinery Fundamentals, 4e Numerical Methods for Engineers, 6e Applied Numerical Methods with MatLab for Engineers and Scientists, 2e e-Business and e-Commerce Infrastructure C for Engineers and Scientists with Companion CD Java 1.5 Program Design Java 5.0 Program Design Data Structures and the Java Collections Framework, 2e Data Structures and the Standard Template Library Principles of Computer Security: Security+ and Beyond Elementary Numerical Analysis: An Algorithmic Approach, 3e Advantage Series: Microsoft Office 2003 American Electricians’ Handbook, 15e Microsoft Office Access 2007 Quicksteps Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Quicksteps Genealogy Online, 8e Mike Meyers MCSE/MCSA Windows Server 2003 Active Directory Certification Passport 181 47,209 48,210 150 8 38 38 21 23 44 48 81 182 87 84 14 114

D
D’Orazio Das Das Das Dasgupta Davis De Micheli De Palma De Palma Deal Dean Dhamdhere Dinsmore DiStefano Dowling Programming in C++: Lessons and Applications Microwave Engineering Unix Concepts and Applications, 4e Your Unix: The Ultimate Guide, 2e Algorithms FlexTM 3: A Beginner’s Guide Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Circuits Annual Editions: Computers in Society 08/09, 14e Annual Editions: Computers in Society 09/10, 15e CCNA Cisco Certified Network Associate Study Guide, 3e Introduction to Programming with Java: A Problem-Solving Approach Operating Systems: A Concept-Based Approach, 2e AMA Handbook of Project Management, The, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Feedback and Control Systems, 2e SAP® Project System Handbook 10 195 65 65 5 14 174 141 141 112 37 54 140 179 26

E
Edminister Eisenmann Elmasri Endler Schaum’s Outline of Electromagnetics, 2e Internet Business Models: Text and Cases Operating Systems: A Spiral Approach Hacking Exposed VoIP: Voice Over IP Security Secrets & Solutions 194 151 54 46

231

AUTHOR INDEX
F
Farrell Finkelstein Fischer Fischer Fitz Fitzgerald Ford Forouzan Forouzan Forouzan Forouzan Forouzan Fowler Franco Frazelle Freeman Frenzel Frenzel Aided Navigation: GPS with High Rate Sensors How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Powerpoint 2007 Optical System Design, 2e Applied C: An Introduction and More Fundamentals of Communications Systems Electric Machinery, 6e Design for Electrical and Computer Engineers TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 4e Business Data Communications Cryptography and Network Security Data Communications Networking, 4e Local Area Networks Electricity: Principles and Applications, 7e Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits, 3e World-Class Warehousing and Material Handling Oracle Database 11G New Features Communication Electronics, 3e Principles of Electronic Communication Systems, 3e 213 88 180 9 200 182 205,212 62 7,139 43 19,207 40,208 183 176 158 122,145 189 188

G
Ghatak Gibson Gilmore Givone Godbole Goodman Gopal Gopal Gopal Gopal Gopalakrishnan Gottfried Gottfried Gottleber Graham Grainger Graves Greenstein Grillo Gussow Optics, 3e MCITP SQL Server 2005 Database Developer All-In-One Exam Guide Microprocessors Principles and Applications, 2e Digital Principles and Design with CD-ROM Data Communications and Networking Winning Results with Google AdWords, 2e Bioinformatics: A Computing Perspective Control Systems, 3e (India Title) Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 2e [India Title] Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 3e [India Title] Oracle Database 10G Real Application Clusters Handbook Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Visual Basic Even More Excellent HTML with HTML Reference Guide, 2e Learning C++ Power System Analysis Microsoft Powerpoint 2007: A Professional Approach Electronic Commerce: Security, Risk Management, and Control, 2e Ethical Decision Making and Information Technology, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Basic Electricity, 2e 177 111,119 187 30,206 20,104 14 56 179 180 29,205 123 9 96 101 11 192 88 152 142 168

232

AUTHOR INDEX
H
Haag Haag Haag Haag Hahn Hamacher Harrell Harrington Harris Harris Harris Hart Hart-Davis Hart-Davis Hayes Hayes Hayt Heath Heileman Hinkle Hinkle Hinkle Hodges Holcombe Holmes Hotka Hsu Hsu Hubbard Hubbard Hubbard Hubbard Hubbard Huff Hughes Hutchinson-Clifford Hutchinson-Clifford Hwang Information Systems Essentials, 3e Management Information Systems for the Information Age, 7e I-Series: Microsoft Office 2003, Volume I I-Series: Microsoft Office Access 2003,Complete Harley Hahn’s Guide to Unix and Linux Computer Organization, 5e Simulation Using Promodel, 2e Computer Graphics, 2e CISA Certified Information Systems Auditor All-In-One Exam Guide CISSP Certification All-In-One Exam Guide, 4e Gray Hat Hacking, 2e Oracle Database 10G RMAN Backup & Recovery CNet Do-It-Yourself PC Upgrade Projects How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Schaum’s Outline of Digital Signal Processing Computer Architecture and Organization, 3e Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7e Scientific Computing, 2e Data Structures, Algorithms and Object-Oriented Programming Microsoft Office 2007 Brief: A Professional Approach Microsoft Office 2007: A Professional Approach Microsoft Word 2007: A Professional Approach Analysis and Design of Digital Integrated Circuits, 3e A+ Certification Study Guide, 6e Struts: The Complete Reference, 2e Oracle SQL Developer Handbook Schaum’s Outline of Analog and Digital Communications, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Signals and Systems Schaum’s Outline of Data Structures with C++ Schaum’s Outline of Data Structures with Java, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of Computing with C++ Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C++, 2e Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Java, 2e Cases in Electronic Commerce, 2e Software Project Management, 5e [UK Title] Advantage Series: Office XP Volume I Computers, Communications, and Information Core with PowerWeb and Interactive Companion 3.0, 7e Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability 130 133 81 86 41,64 17,211 61 16 116 113 45 124 77 84 198 18,211 165,194 48 23 78 80 82 174 118 58 124 173,200 197 23 21 11 11,23 40 153 61,140 79 75 58,211

233

AUTHOR INDEX
I
ISECOM ISRD Ivens Hacking Exposed Linux, 3e Computer Organization Quickbooks 2007 The Official Guide 44 16 84

J
Jacobs Jacot Jaeger Jain Jang Jawadekar Jay Johnson Jones Jonsson Juarez Why ERP? A Primer on SAP Implementation JD Edwards Enterprise One: The Complete Reference Microelectronic Circuit Design, 3e Modern Digital Electronics, 3e RHCE Red Hat Certified Engineer Linux Study Guide, 5e Management Information Systems, 3e SAP® Netweave Portal Technology: The Complete Reference Labview Graphical Programming, 4e Applied Software Measurement, 3e Logistics & Supply Chain Management [UK] Microsoft Access 2007: A Professional Approach 144 144 170 201 112 133 26 215 57 155 85

K
Kahate Kahate Kamal Kamin Kang Kasap Keane Keiser Keiser Kelton Koletzke Kothari Kraus Kraus Krishnamoorthy Krishnamurthy Kumar Kumar Web Technologies: TCP/IP, Architecture, and Java Programming, 2e [India Title] Cryptography and Network Security, 2e [India Title] Embedded Systems, 2e [India Title] Introduction to Computer Science Using Java, , An, 2e CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, 3e Principles of Electronic Materials and Device, 3e Musician’s Guide to Pro Tools, 2e (The) Optical Fiber Communications, 3e Local Area Networks, 2e Simulation with Arena, 4e Oracle JDeveloper 10G for Forms & PL/SQL Developers: A Guide to Web Development with Oracle ADF Modern Power System Analysis, 3e Antennas, 3e Electromagnetics, 5e Data Structures Using C [India Title] Introduction to Computer Graphics Fabless Semiconductor Implementation Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach 66 43 18,210 38 174 176 42 177 41,209 60 124 191 195 194 22 16 213 47,207

234

AUTHOR INDEX
L
Lagerstrom Lander Larson Larson Lau Laudon Law Leach Lee Lee Lee Lee Leenders Leon Leon-Garcia Lethbridge Limaye Lipschutz Loney Luckett Programming the Web Using XHTML and Javascript Power Electronics, 3e Delivering Business Intelligence with Microsoft SQL Server, 2e Microsoft® SQL ServerTM 2008 Reporting Services, 3e Chipscale Package Interactive Computing Series: Office XP Volume I Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 4e Digital Principles and Applications, 6e Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lee’s Essentials of Wireless Communications Mobile Communications Engineering, 2e Wireless and Cellular Communications, 3e Purchasing and Supply Management, 13e ERP Demystified, 2e Communication Network, 2e Object-Oriented Software Engineering: Practical Software Development Using UML and Java, 2e VHDL Design Oriented Approach, A [India Title] Schaum’s Outline of Essential Computer Mathematics Oracle Database 11G: The Complete Reference Microsoft Exchange Server 2007: The Complete Reference, 2e 102 193 135 33,55 215 79 60 187 5 214 215,216 214 157 143 20,200,208 51 29 31 120 106

M
Mallach Malvino Mann Mannino Marakas Marcovitz Marcovitz Marmel Martin Mata-Toledo Mata-Toledo Mata-Toledo Matthews Matthews Matthews Matthews Mayo McCain McGraw-Hill Decision Support and Data Warehouse Systems Electronics Principles, 7e How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 Database Design, Application Development, and Administration, 3e Systems Analysis and Design: An Active Approach Introduction to Logic and Computer Design with CD Introduction to Logic Design, 3e How to do Everything with Microsoft Office Project 2007 Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation, 3e Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of Relational Databases Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of SQL Programming Schaum’s Outline of Introduction to Computer Science Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 Quicksteps Microsoft Office Powerpoint 2007 Quicksteps Microsoft Windows Server 2008: A Beginner’s Guide Windows Vista Quicksteps Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Fortran 77 MCITP Enterprise Support Technician All-In-One Exam Guide Interactive Companion CD-ROM Version 3.0 139 191 92 134 137 28,206 27,204 91 63 26 62 35 93 88 107 89 55 119 76

235

AUTHOR INDEX
McLaughlin McLaughlin McMahon McMahon Mercer Mercer Mercer Meyers Meyers Meyers Meyers Meyers Meyers Meyers Miller Miller Millman Millman Mitchell Mitra Mohammed Moreira Morgan Oracle Database 10G Express Edition PHP Web Programming Oracle Database 11G PL/SQL Programming Circuit Analysis Demystified Signals & Systems Demystified Schaum’s Outline of HTML Programming the Web Using ASP.Net Programming the Web Using Visual Studio .Net A+ Certification All-In-One Exam Guide, 6e A+ Specializations Certification All-In-One Exam Guide Mike Meyers A+ Certification Passport, 3e Mike Meyers A+ Guide to Managing and Troubleshooting PCs, 2e Mike Meyers A+ Guide to Operating Systems, 2e Mike Meyers A+ Guide: Essentials, 2e Mike Meyers’ Comptia Network+ Guide to Managing and Troubleshooting Networks, 2e Data Communications and Networks Web Design Using Dreamweaver Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2e Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms, 2e Machine Learning Digital Signal Processing: A Computer-Based Approach, 3e Internet Marketing, 2e Ace the IT Interview, 2e Application Cases in Management Information Systems, 5e 125 122 168 197 101 100 97 117 116 117 118 118 117 115 138 100 166 166 7 198 151 111 134

N
Nahvi Naidu Nanda Nasar Nasar Natarajan Navabi Navabi Neamen Neamen Neamen Nickles Norton Norton Schaum’s Outline of Electric Circuits, 4e High Voltage Engineering, 4e (India Title) Hands-On SQL Server™ 2005 Integration Services Schaum’s Outline of Electric Machines and Electromechanics, 2e Schaum’s Solved Problems in Electric Circuits, Book 1 Knowledge Management Embedded Core Design with FPGAS VHDL: Modular Design and Synthesis of Cores and Systems, 3e Introduction to Semiconductor Devices, An Microelectronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3e Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3e Microsoft Outlook 2007: A Professional Approach Peter Norton’s Computing Fundamentals, 6e Peter Norton’s Introduction to Computers, 6e 169,194 193 108 194 169 153 177 30,183 175 171 176 92 75 76

236

AUTHOR INDEX
O
O’Brien O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary O’Malley O’Leary O’Leary O’Leary Olson Olson Olson Oppel Otey Otey Management Information Systems, 9e O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007 Brief Computing Essentials 2008 Introductory Edition, 19e Microsoft Office Access 2007 Introductory Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Introduction Microsoft Office Powerpoint 2007 Brief O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office 2007 O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007 Brief O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007 Introductory Windows Vista Brief Edition Schaum’s Outline of Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e Computing Essentials 2009, Complete Edition, 20e Computing Essentials 2010, Introductory Edition, 20e Office 2007 Windows Vista Version Introduction to Business Data Mining Introduction to Information Systems Project Management, 2e Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems SQL: A Beginner’s Guide, 3e Microsoft® SQL ServerTM 2005 High Availability with Clustering & Database MIrroring Microsoft® SQL ServerTM 2008 New Features, 2e 132 82 74 85 83 87 80 83 82 89 169 75 73 78 144 140 143 62,121 32 32

P
Palmer Papoulis Parekh Patt Pearlman Peck Peebles Perkins Petersen Petkovic Petruzella Petruzella Phillips Plastock Plenderleith Ponnambalam Poplawski Post Post Schaum’s Outline of Introduction to Digital Systems Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes with Errata Sheet, 4e Principles of Multimedia Introduction to Computing Systems: From Bits to Gates to C and Beyond, 2e Programming the Web Using XML Crystal Reports XI: The Complete Reference Probability, Random Variables and Random Signal Principles, 4e Nintendo Wii Flash Game Creator’s Guide Linux: The Complete Reference, 6e Microsoft® SQL ServerTM 2008: A Beginner’s Guide, 4e Electric Motors and Control Systems Programmable Logic Controllers, 3e CAPM/PMP Project Management All-In-One Exam Guide Schaum’s Outline of Computer Graphics, 2e Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 Programming C++ Primer for Engineers: An Object-Oriented Approach, A Objects Have Class: An Introduction to Programming with Java with CD-Rom and OLC Database Management Systems: Designing & Building Business Applications, 3e Management Information Systems, 4e 201 203 42 8,16,34 100 57 203 103 89 32 182 191 112 17 96 10 38 135 133

237

AUTHOR INDEX
Powell Powers Predko Preece Pressman Pressman Price Price Priestley Proakis CSS & XHTML: The Complete Reference, 5e Introduction to Fiber Optics Systems, An, 2e Programming and Customizing the PIC Microcontroller, 3e Oracle SQL and Introductory PL/SQL Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach, 7e Web Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach Fundamentals of Wireless Networking Oracle Database 11G SQL Practical Object-Oriented Design with UML, 2e Digital Communications, 5e 102 202 212 135 49 50 105 122 53 201

Q
Quinn Parallel Programming in C with MPI and Open MP 58

R
Ramakrishnan Rao Rao Ray Rayport Rayport Razavi Reding Reeser Rich Richardson Rizzoni Rizzoni Rob Roberts Roberts Roddy Rose Rosen Ruest Russell Database Management Systems, 3e Pulse and Digital Circuits Signals and Systems (India Title) Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals, 2e e-Commerce Introduction to e-Commerce, 2e Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits Building an e-Business: From the Ground Up Citrix® Presentation Server Plantinum Edition for Windows: The Official Guide Artificial Intelligence, 3e [McGraw-Hill India Title] Internet Marketing: Readings and Online Resources Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering Principles and Applications of Electrical Engineering, 5e Databases: Design, Development and Deployment Using Microsoft Access, 2e Fundamentals Signals Systems Signals and Systems Satellite Communications, 4e Unix: The Complete Reference, 2e Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, 6e Microsoft Windows Server 2008: The Complete Reference Session Initiation Protocol (SIP): Controlling Convergent Networks 24 174 196 19 153 149,152 173 152 107 6 151 163 163 135 196 197 215 90 30 107 63

238

AUTHOR INDEX
S
Saadat Salivahanan Salivahanan Sanderson Saulter Scambray Schach Schach Schach Schalk Schildt Schildt Schildt Schildt Schou Schuler Schuler Schultz Schultz Shapiro Shen Shepard Shina Shoemaker Shrader Sierra Silberschatz Simchi-Levi Simmons Simmons Simmons Simpson Sinclair Singh Singh Sinha Skolnik Skrien Smith Smith Smith Power System Analysis, 2e Digital Signal Processing Linear Integrated Circuits [India Title] Introduction to Help Desk Concepts and Skills Introduction to Video Game Design and Development with Student CD Hacking Exposed Windows: Windows Security Secrets and Solutions, 3e Introduction to Object-Oriented Analysis and Design Object-Oriented and Classical Software Engineering, 7e Object-Oriented Software Engineering Javaserver Faces: The Complete Reference Herb Schildt’s C++ Programming Cookbook Java: A Beginner’s Guide, 4e Java: The Complete Reference, 7e Swing: A Beginner’s Guide Information Assurance for the Enterprise: A Roadmap to Information Security Digital Signal Processing Electronics: Principles and Applications, 7e Grob’s Basic Electronics with Simulation CD, 10e Grob’s Basic Electronics: Fundamentals of DC and AC Circuits with Simulation CD SQL Server 2005: The Complete Reference, 2e Modern Processor Design: Fundamentals of Superscalar Processors Optical Networking Crash Course Green Electronics Design and Manufacturing Lineman and Cableman’s Handbook, 11e Electronic Communication, 6e SCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 6 Study Guide Database System Concepts, 5e Designing and Managing the Supply Chain, 3e MCTS Windows Vista Client Configuration Passport (Exam 70-620), 2e MCTS Windows Vista Client Configuration Study Guide, 2e How to do Everything with Windows Vista Discrete Mathematics By Example eBay the Smart Way, 5e Communication Systems: Analog & Digital, 2e [India Title] Power Electronics, 2e Computer Graphics Introduction to Radar Systems, 3e Object-Oriented Design Using Java Modern Communication Circuits, 2e SCJA Sun Certified Java Associate Study Guide 3G Wireless Networks, 2e 192 198 167 77 102 45 137 51 50 98 98 39,99 40,99 11,99 44 188 190 186 186 145 19,211 214 213 172 189 98,125 24 155 114 114 90 31 158 199 192 15 195 36 200 125 105

239

AUTHOR INDEX
Smith Spivey Srivastava Stevenson Stewart Storbacka Sudhakar Java: An Object-Oriented Language How to Do Everything with Your Mac Control Systems (India Title) Elements of Power System Analysis, 4e Microsoft Excel 2007: A Professional Approach Customer Relationship Management Circuits and Networks, 3e [India Title] 39 59 178 192 83 158 168

T
Tan Thomas Thompson Tittel Tittel Tokheim Tracy Triad Interactive Tront Tront Tsang Tucker Tummala Tymann C Programming for Engineering and Computer Science (B.E.S.T. Series) Communication Theory Information Technology and Management, 2e Schaum’s Easy Outline of XML Schaum’s Outline of Computer Networking Digital Electronics: Principles and Applications, 7e Linux+ Certification Study Guide Office 2007 Working with Simnet PSpice for Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e PSpice for Basic Microelectronics with CD Object-Oriented Technology Programming Languages, 2e System on Package Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Computer Science 9 199 134 100 20 187 111 79 167 170 52 59 176 34,39

V
Tan Thomas Thompson Tittel Tittel Tokheim Tracy Triad Interactive Tront Tront Tsang Tucker Tummala Tymann C Programming for Engineering and Computer Science (B.E.S.T. Series) Communication Theory Information Technology and Management, 2e Schaum’s Easy Outline of XML Schaum’s Outline of Computer Networking Digital Electronics: Principles and Applications, 7e Linux+ Certification Study Guide Office 2007 Working with Simnet PSpice for Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e PSpice for Basic Microelectronics with CD Object-Oriented Technology Programming Languages, 2e System on Package Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Computer Science 9 199 134 100 20 187 111 79 167 170 52 59 176 34,39

240

AUTHOR INDEX
W
Webster Whiteley Whitten Whitten Willard Williams Williams Wrightson Wu Wu Wu (Otani) Principles and Tools for Supply Chain Management with Student CD-Rom e-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications Introduction to Systems Analysis and Design Systems Analysis and Design Methods, 7e HTML: A Beginner’s Guide, 3e Using Information Technology, 8e Using Information Technology, 7e Introduction to Unix e-Learning in China University Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java, An, 5e Comprehensive Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java, A 156 149 136 136 101 73 74,76 66 158 35 37

X
Xavier World Wide Web Design with HTML 101

Y
Young Yu Windows Vista: The Complete Reference Assembly Language Programming and Organization of the IBM PC 91 7

Z
Zamir Zbar Zbar Zwass C++ Primer for Non C Programmers Basic Electricity: A Text-Lab Manual, 7e Electricity/Electronics Fundamentals: A Text-Lab Manual, 4e Foundations of Information Systems 12 185 185,186 134

241

EXAMINATION COPY REQUEST FORM

McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 www.mheducation.asia

u Professors/lecturers who are interested to review titles listed in this catalog for text adoption consideration, please complete this request form and fax to your local McGraw-Hill office (see inside back cover for fax number) or to McGraw-Hill Singapore. u Requests for examination copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hill reserve the right to refuse any requests which do not relate to teaching. u Please make copies of this form if necessary.

REQUESTED BY
Name Department University Address Room #

Tel Email address

Fax

COMP REQUEST
Please indicate ISBN No, Author & Title 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Course Name Subject Decision Date Current Text Used Individual Decision Enrolment Commencement Date Group Decision

McGRAW-HILL MAILING LIST

McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 www.mheducation.asia

Please include me in your mailing list for information on McGraw-Hill books. Please email information on McGraw-Hill books to my email address at

I am already on your mailing list but my address has changed. Please update my record to the following new address.

Name
(Mr / Ms / Dr / Prof) (Underline family name)

Position Department University Address

Postal Code Tel Email address Fax

SUBJECT OF INTEREST
o Accounting o Advertising o Business Management o Finance & Investment o Marketing o Economics o Human Resource Management o Insurance & Real Estate o Training o Computing o Aeronautical & Aerospace Engineering o Architecture & Urban Planning o Chemical Engineering o Civil Engineering o Construction o Electronics & Communications o Electrical Engineering o General Engineering

o Industrial & Plant Engineering o Mechanical Engineering o Medical Science o Dentistry o Nursing o Agriculture o Biology o Chemistry o Forestry o Geography & Geology o Physics & Astronomy o Zoology o Mathematics & Statistics o Art & Humanities o Education o English o English as a 2nd Language/ELT o Foreign Language o Health & Nutrition

o History o Law o Library Science o Mass Communication o Music o Philosophy & Religion o Physical Education o Political Science o Psychology o Sociology Please return by fax at (65) 6862 3354 to McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) Singapore office.
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) respects your privacy. If you do not wish to receive further marketing information from McGraw-Hill Education (Asia), please send an email to marketingsvc_mhea@mcgraw-hill.com or write to McGraw-Hill Education (Asia), 60 Tuas Basin Link, Singapore 638775. View The McGraw-Hill Companies Customer Privacy Policy at http://www.mcgraw-hill.com/ privacy.html. For questions or to learn more about how McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) applies this policy, please contact us at the above email or postal address.

M c G R AW - H I L L E D U C A T I O N ( A S I A )

SINGAPORE
(also servicing Mauritius)

McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
60 Tuas Basin Link, Singapore 638775 Tel: (65) 6863 1580 • Customer Service Hotline: (65) 6868 8188 Fax (65) 6862 3354 eMail: mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com • website: www.mheducation.asia

CHINA
(Representative Office)

JAPAN
McGraw-Hill Education Japan
1-12-3 Kandasuda-cho Chiyoda-ku Tokyo 101-0041 Japan Tel: (81-3) 5298 7221 Fax: (81-3) 5298 7224 eMail: mhejpn@mcgraw-hill.co.jp

TAIWAN
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
7/F, No: 53 Bo-Ai Road Taipei 100 Taiwan Tel: (886-2) 2311 3000 Fax: (886-2) 2388 8822 eMail: mietw_mhe@mcgraw-hill.com

McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
Suite 906, 9/F, SP Tower A Tsinghua Science Park No. 1, Zhongguancun East Road Haidian District Beijing 100084, P R China Tel: (86-10) 6279 0299 Fax: (86-10) 6279 0292 eMail: instructorchina@mcgraw-hill.com

KOREA
McGraw-Hill Korea Inc
3F, Ji-Woo Bldg 376-12 Seokyo-Dong Mapo-Ku Seoul 121-210, Korea Tel: (82-2) 325 2351 Fax: (82-2) 325 2371 eMail: miekr_mhe@mcgraw-hill.com

THAILAND
(also servicing Cambodia & Laos)

HONG KONG
McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
Suites 2906-10, Shell Tower Times Square 1, Matheson Street, Causeway Bay Hong Kong Tel: (85-2) 2730 6640 Fax: (85-2) 2730 2085 eMail: miehk_mhe@mcgraw-hill.com

McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
40/27 Soi Inthamara 8 Suthisarn Road, Phayathai Bangkok 10400, Thailand Tel: (66-2) 615 6555 Fax: (66-2) 615 6515 eMail: mieth_mhe@mcgraw-hill.com

MALAYSIA/BRUNEI
McGraw-Hill Malaysia Sdn Bhd

VIETNAM
(Representative Office)

INDIA
(also servicing Bangladesh, Pakistan, Nepal & Sri Lanka)

McGraw-Hill Education (India) Limited
B-4, Sector 63 Distt Gautam Budh Nagar Noida, UP-201301, India Tel: (91-12) 438 3545 Fax: (91-12) 438 3401 - 403 eMail: saurabh_sharma@mcgraw-hill.com

No. 40, Jalan Pengacara U1/48 Temasya Industrial Park 40150 Shah Alam Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia Tel: (60-3) 7627 6888 Fax: (60-3) 7627 6838 eMail: msia_mhe@mcgraw-hill.com

McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
Unit 701-6, Regus Business Center 7th Floor, Me Linh Point Tower 2 Ngo Duc Ke Street District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam Tel: (84-8) 3520 2781 Fax: (84-8) 3823 7840 eMail: van_yen_quang@mcgraw-hill.com

PHILIPPINES
(also servicing Guam) (Representative Office)

INDONESIA
(Appointed Agent) P T Media Global Edukasi Grand Boutique Center, Blok D-65 Jalan Mangga Dua Raya Jakarta 14430 Indonesia Tel: (62-21) 601 1963/601 1973 Fax: (62-21) 625 7245 eMail: info@mge.co.id

McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc
Unit 1503, Jollibee Plaza Condominium Emerald Avenue Corner Ruby Street Ortigas Center, Pasig City 1600 Philippines Tel: (63-2) 638 5177 / 638 5178 Fax: (63-2) 638 5181 eMail: mghphils@mcgraw-hill.com.ph

We publish digital solutions
McGraw-Hill Higher Education offers a wide variety of online products categorized by content, course management systems, and online assessment. Content products offer online McGraw-Hill coursework that complements the textbook. Course management systems offer different ways to actually deliver that McGraw-Hill digital content. And online assessment products focus on how well students are doing in class. No matter which product our customers choose, they count on unparalleled service that answers every question through the life of the adoption.

CONTENT
Online Learning Center
These new and improved sites offer instructors an instant online presence with a ready-to-go Website that ties directly to their book. Students can visit the site for key terms, quizzes, exercises, and more. Instructors can have this book-specific content delivered in PageOut of other course management systems like Blackboard or WebCT.

ONLINE ASSESSMENT
Homework Manager
Homework Manager is a powerful new online system for homework, testing and quizzing. It may be used in practice, homework or exam mode and other assignment modes. The exercises and problems are textbook-specific and it offers algorithmic generated questions. The assignments are automatically graded for instructors with instant grading and feedback for students.

EZ Test
Easy-to-use desktop test generator used for creating paper tests. Create paper tests from book specific test banks or write your own algorithmic questions using simple question templates. You can also create multiple versions of the same test.

www.mhhe.com/hm

COU RSE M A N AG E M E N T S YS T E M S
PageOut
PageOut offers instructors an easy way to create a course Website. Students can follow their syllabus for coursework, readings, quizzes, or daily assignments. With simple development and powerful features, it’s little wonder why PageOut continues to be the tool instructors count on most for creating course Websites.

www.mhhe.com/eztest

asia.pageout.net Third Party Delivery Systems
Course Management Systems like Blackboard and WebCT offer instructors another way to integrate digital McGraw-Hill content into their class. Should they choose one of these Course Management Systems, they can be confident in knowing that delivering McGraw-Hill digital content will be simple to use.

McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) 60 Tuas Basin Link Singapore 638775 Tel (65) 6863 1580 Fax (65) 6862 3354 email: mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com website: www.mheducation.asia

C08-000620-X


				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:5936
posted:9/10/2009
language:English
pages:262